A golden Chaine: OR, …

A golden Chaine: OR, THE DESCRIPTION OF Theologie, containing the order of the causes of Salua­tion and Damnation, according to Gods word. A view whereof is to be seene in the Table annexed.

Hereunto is adioyned the order which M. Theodore Beza vsed in comforting afflicted consciences.

[figure]

Printed by IOHN LEGAT, Printer to the Vniuersitie of Cambridge. 1600.

To the Christian Reader.

CHristian Reader,

there are at this day foure seuerall o­pinions of the order of Gods predestination. The first is, of the olde and new Pelagians; who place the cause of Gods predestination in man; in that they hold, that God did ordaine mē either to life or death, according as he did foresee, that they would by their natural free­will, either reiect or receiue grace offered. The second of them, who (of some) are tearmed Lutherans; which teach, that God foreseeing, howe all mankinde beeing shutte vp vnder vnbe­leefe, would therefore reiect grace offered, did hereupon, purpose to choose some to saluation of his meere mercie, without any respect of their faith or good workes, and the rest to reiect, beeing mooued to doe this, because hee did eternally foresee that they would reiect his grace offered them in the Go­spell. The third Semipelagian Papists, which ascribe Gods predestination, partly to mercie, and partly to mens foreseene preparations and meritorious workes. The fourth, of such as teach, that the cause of the execution of Gods predestination, is his mercie in Christ, in them which are saued; and in them which perish, the fall and corruption of man: yet so, as that the decree and e­ternall counsell of God, concerning them both, hath not any cause beside his will and pleasure. Of these foure opinions, the three former I labour to op­pugne, as erronious, and to maintaine the last, as beeing trueth, which will beare waight in the ballance of the Sanctuarie.

A further discourse whereof, here I make bold to offer to thy godly con­sideration: in reading whereof, regard not so much the thing it selfe, penned very slenderly, as mine intent & affection: who desire among the rest, to cast my mite into the treasurie of the Church of England, and for want of gold, pearle, and pretions stone, to bring a rammes skinne or twaine, and a little Goates haire, to the building of the Lords tabernacle. Exod. 35.23.

The Father of our Lord Iesus Christ grant that according to the riches of his glorie, thou maiest bee strengthened by his spirit in the inner man, that Christ may dwell in thy heart by faith; to the end that thou being rooted and grounded in loue, maiest bee able to comprehend with all Saints, what is the breadth, and length, and height thereof; & to knowe the loue of Christ which passeth knowledge, that thou maiest be filled with all fulnes of God. Amen.

Farewell.
Thine in Christ Iesus, W. P.
A GOLDEN CHAINE: OR, THE DESCRIPTION OF Theologie. THE CONTENTS.
  • 1 Of the bodie of Scripture, and Theo­logie. pag. 1
  • 2 Of God and the nature of God. ibid.
  • 3 Of the life of God. pag. 3
  • 4 Of Gods glorie and blessednes. pag. 5
  • 5 Concerning the persons of the God­head. pag. 6
  • 6 Of Gods workes and his decree. pag. 8
  • 7 Of Predestination and creation. pag. 10
  • 8 Of Angels. pag. 11
  • 9 Of Man & the state of innocencie. pag. 12
  • 10 Of sinne and the fall of angels. pag. 13
  • 11 Of mans fall and disobedience. pag. 15
  • 12 Of Originall sinne. pag. 16
  • 13 Of Actuall sinne. pag. 19
  • 14 Of the punishment of sinne. pag. 22
  • 15 Of Election and of Iesus Christ the foundation thereof. pag. 23
  • 16 Of the vnion of the two natures in Christ. pag. 25
  • 17 Of the distinctiō of both natures. pag. 27
  • 18 Of Christs natiuitie and office. pag. 27
  • 19 Concerning the outward meanes of executing the decree of Election, and of the Decalogue. pag. 36
  • 20 Of the first commandement. pag. 38
  • 21 Of the second commandement. pag. 42
  • 22 Of the third commandement. pag. 54
  • 23 Of the fourth commandement. pag. 61
  • 24 Of the fift commandement. pag. 66
  • 25 Of the sixt commandement. pag. 73
  • 26 Of the seuenth commandement. pag. 82
  • 27 Of the eight commandement. pag. 88
  • 28 Concerning the ninth commaunde­ment. pag. 95
  • 29 Of the tenth commandement. pag. 100
  • 30 Of the vse of the Law. pag. 101
  • 31 Of the Couenant of grace. pag. 102
  • 32 Of the Sacraments. pag. 103
  • 33 Of Baptisme. pag. 107
  • 34 Of the Lords Supper. pag. 111
  • 35 Of the degrees of executing Gods decree in election. pag. 113
  • 36 Conce [...]ning the first degree of the declaration of Gods loue. pag. 114
  • 37 Concerning the second degree of the declaration of Gods loue. pag. 121
  • 38 Concerning the third degree of the declaration of Gods loue. pag. 124
  • 39 Of Repentance and the fruit there­of. pag. 128
  • 40 Of Christian warfare. pag. 129
  • 41 Of the first Assault. pag. 130
  • 42 Of the second Assault. pag. 131
  • 43 Of the third Assault. pag. 134
  • 44 Of the patient bearing of the Crosse. pag. 136
  • 45 Of the calling vpon God. pag. 138
  • 46 Of Christian Apologie and Mar­tyrdome. pag. 139
  • 47 Of edification and Almes among the faithfull. pag. 140
  • 48 Of the fourth degree of the declara­tion of Gods loue, and of the estate of the Elect after this life. pag. 141
  • 49 Of the estate of the Elect at the last day of iudgement. pag. 143
  • 50 Of the estate of the Elect after iudgement. pag. 144
  • 51 Concerning the order of the causes of Saluation according to the doctrine of the Church of Rome. pag. 146
  • 52 Concerning the decree of Reproba­tion. pag. 163
  • 53 Concerning the ex [...]tion of the de­cree of Reprobation. pag. 164
  • [Page]54 Concerning a new deuised doctrine of Predestination, taught by some new and late Diuines. pag. 167
  • 55 Of the state and condition of the Reprobates when they are dead. pag. 175
  • 56 Of the state of the Reprobates in hell. pag. 176
  • 57 Of the Application of Predestina­nation. ibid.
AN EPOSITION OF THE SYMBOLE OR Creede of the Apostles. THE CONTENTS.
  • The Creede. pag. 185
  • Faith. pag. 187
  • God. pag. 198
  • The three persons. pag. 202
  • The Father. pag. 205
  • Gods omnipotencie. pag. 212
  • The creation. 217. 221
  • Gods counsell. pag. 218
  • The creation of heauen. pag. 228
  • The creation of Angels. pag. 231
  • The creation of Man. pag. 236
  • Gods prouidence. pag. 242
  • Adams fall and Originall sinne. pag. 252
  • The couenant of grace. pag. 259
  • The title, Iesus. pag. 262
  • The title, Christ. pag. 266
  • The title, Sonne. pag. 271
  • The title, Lord. pag. 278
  • The incarnation of Christ. pag. 279
  • Christs humiliation. pag. 295
  • Christs passion. pag. 297
  • Christs arraignment. pag. 300
  • Christs execution. pag. 328
  • Christs sacrifice. pag. 350
  • Christs triumph. pag. 356
  • Christs buriall. pag. 376
  • The descension of Christ. pag. 372
  • Christs exaltation. pag. 370
  • Christs resurrection. pag. 379
  • Christs ascension. pag. 396
  • Christs sitting at, &c. pag. 407
  • Christs intercession. pag. 409
  • Christs kingdome. pag. 417
  • The last iudgement. pag. 420
  • The holy Ghost. pag. 436
  • The Church. 451.488
  • Predestination. pag. 453
  • The mysticall vnion. pag. 483
  • The communion of Saints. pag. 500
  • The forgiuenes of sinnes. pag. 506
  • The Resurrection of the bodie. pag. 509
  • Life euerlasting. pag. 516
AN EXPOSITION OF THE LORDS PRAIER. THE CONTENTS.
  • The exposition of the Lords prayer. pag. 525
  • The vse of the Lords prayer. pag. 561
  • Of the circumstances of praying. pag. 562
  • Of Gods hearing our prayers. pag. 563
  • The prayers of Paul. pag. 564
A TREATISE TENDING VN­TO a declaration, whether a man be in the estate of damnation, or in the estate of grace. THE CONTENTS.
  • [Page]1 How farre a Reprobate may goe in Christian religion. pag. 574
  • 2 The estate of a true Christian in this life: which also sheweth how farre the Elect beeing called, goe beyond all re­probates in Christianitie. pag. 584
  • 3 A Dialogue to the same purpose, ga­thered out of the sauorie writings of M. Tyndal and Bradford. pag. 617
  • 4 How a Reprobate may performe all the religion of the church of Rome. pag. 642
  • 5 The conflicts of Sathan with a Chri­stian. pag. 756
  • 6 How the word of God is to be applied aright vnto the conscience. pag. 663
  • 7 Consolations for the troubled consci­ences of weake Christians. pag. 666
  • 8 A Declaration of certaine spiritual Desertions. pag. 674
A case of Conscience. THE CONTENTS.
  • A case of conscience resolued out of the word of God; How a man may know whether he be the child of God or no. pag. 685
  • A Discourse taken out of the writings of Hier. Zanchius, wherein the afore­said Case of conscience is disputed, and resolued.
A Direction for the gouernment of the tongue according to Gods word. THE CONTENTS.
  • 1 The generall meanes of ruling the tongue. pag. 713
  • 2 The matter of our speech. pag. 714
  • 3 The manner of our speech, & what must be done before our speech. pag. 716
  • 4 What is to be done in speaking, and of wisdome. ibid.
  • 5 Of trueth and reuerence in speech. pag. 718
  • 6 Of modestie and meekenes. pag. 722
  • 7 Of sobrietie, vrbanitie, fidelitie, and care of others good name. pag. 725
  • 8 Of the bonds of trueth. pag. 729
  • 9 What is to bee done when wee haue spoken. pag. 730
  • 10 Of writing. ibid.
  • 11 Of silence. pag. 731
  • 12 An exhortation to keepe the tongue.
TWO TREATISES:
  • [Page]I. Of the nature and practise of Repentance.
    THE CONTENTS.
    • 1 What Repentance is. pag. 738
    • 2 Of the causes of Repentance. pag. 740
    • 3 How Rep [...]ntance is wrought. pag. 741
    • 4 Of the partes of Repentance. pag. 742
    • 5 Of the degrees of Repentance. pag. 743
    • 6 Of the persons which must repent. ibid.
    • 7 Of the practise of repentance. ibid.
    • 8 Of l [...]gall motiues to Repentance. pag. 752
    • 9 Of motiues Euangelicall. pag. 755
    • 10 Of the time of Repentance. pag. 756
    • 11 Of c [...]rtaine cases in repentance. pag. 758
    • 12 Of the contraries to repētance. pag. 757
    • 13 Of corruptions in the doctrine of re­pentance. pag. 761
  • II. Of the combat of the flesh and Spirit. pag. 762
  • The treatise of Dying well. p. 773.
  • The treatise of the right knowledge of Christ crucified. p. 815.
A Discourse of Conscience. THE CONTENTS.
  • 1 What conscience is. pag. 831
  • 2 The actions or duties of conscience where the point is handled, Howe any thing is saide to binde the conscience. pag. 832
  • 3 The kinds and differences of consci­ence, where is handled libertie of con­science, and the question disputed whe­ther a man may in conscience bee vn­fallibly certain of his saluation. pag. 867
  • 4 Mans duty touching conscience, which is to get and keepe it. pag. 900
A Reformed Catholike: OR, A DECLARATION SHEW­ing how neare we may come to the present Church of Rome in sundrie points of Religion: and wherein we must for euer depart from them. THE CONTENTS.
  • 1 Of free will. pag. 910
  • 2 Of Originall sinne. pag. 915
  • 3 Assurance of saluation. pag. 918
  • 4 Iustification of a sinner. pag. 925
  • [Page]5 Of merits. pag. 940
  • 6 Of satisfactions for sinne. pag. 945
  • 7 Of Traditions. pag. 950
  • 8 Of Vowes. pag. 955
  • 9 Of Images. pag. 961
  • 10 Of reall presence. pag. 966
  • 11 The sacrifice of the Masse. pag. 972
  • 12 Of Fasting. pag. 977
  • 13 Of the state of perfection. pag. 980
  • 13 Of the worshipping of saints depar­ted. pag. 985
  • 15 Of Implicite faith. pag. 991
  • 16 Of Purgatorie. pag. 995
  • 17 Of the supremacie. pag. 996
  • 18 Of the efficacie of the sacraments. pag. 1000
  • 19 Of Faith. pag. 1003
  • 20 Of Repentance. pag. 1006
  • 21 The sinnes of the Romane Church. pag. 1014
  • An aduertisement to Romane Ca­tholikes. pag. 1018
  • The foundation of Christian Religion, gathered into sixe principles. p. 1029.
A Graine of Musterd-seede. THE CONTENTS.
  • A man that doth but beginne to be con­uerted, is euen at that instant the ve­ry child of God, though inwardly hee be more carnall then spirituall. pag. 1046
  • 2. Conclusion. The first materiall beginning of the conuersion of a sinner, or the smallest measure of renewing grace, haue the promises of this life, and the life to come. pag. 1047
  • 3. Conclusion. A constant and earnest desire to be re­conciled to God, to beleeue and to re­pent, if it bee in a troubled heart, is in acceptation with God, as reconciliati­on, faith, repentance it selfe. pag. 1048
  • 4. Conclusion. To see and feele in our selues the want of any grace, and to be grieued ther­fore, is the grace it selfe. pag. 1053
  • 5. Conclusion. He that hath begunne to subiect him­selfe to Christ and his word, though as yet hee be ignorant in most points of religion: yet if he haue care to increase in knowledge, and to practise that which he knoweth, hee is accepted of God, as a true beleeuer. pag. 1053
  • 6. Conclusion. The aforsaide beginnings of grace are counterfeite, vnlesse they encrease. pag. 1054

[Page]The bodie of holy Scripture is distingui­shed into sacred scien­ces, whereof

  • One is principall. Theologie is a science of liuing well and blessedly for euer.
  • Other at­tendants or handmaids.
    • I. Ethiques, a doctrine of liuing honestly and ciuilly.
    • II. Oeconomickes, a doctrine of gouer­ning a familie well.
    • III. Politiques, a doctrine of the right ad­ministration of a common weale.
    • IIII. Ecclesiasticall discipline, a doctrine of well ordering the Church.
    • V. The Iewes commonweale, In as much as it differeth from Church gouerne­ment.
    • VII. Academie, the doctrine of gouer­ning Schooles well: especially those of the Prophets.

CHAP. 1. Of the bodie of Scripture and Theologie.

THe bodie of Scripture, is a doctrine sufficient to liue well.

It comprehendeth many holy sciences, whereof one is principall, others are handmaids or retainers.

The principall science is Theologie.

Theologie, is the science of liuing blessedly for euer. Blessed life consisteth in the knowledge of God. Ioh. 17:3. This is life eternall, that they know thee to be the onely very God and whome thou hast sent Christ Iesus. Esai 53.11. By his know­ledge shall my righteous seruant (viz. Christ) iustifie many. And therefore it con­sisteth likewise in the knowledge of our selues, because we know God by looking into our selues.

Theologie hath two parts: the first of God, the second of his workes.

CHAP. 2. Of God, and the nature of God.

THat there is a God, it is euident: 1. by the course of nature: 2. by the na­ture of the soule of man: 3. by the distinction of things honest and di­shonest: 4. by the terrour of conscience: 5. by the regiment of ciuill societies: 6. the order of all causes hauing euer recourse to some former beginning: 7. the determination of all things to their seuerall ends: 8. the consent of all men well in their wits.

God is Iehouah Elohim. Exod. 6.2. And Elohim spake vnto Moses, and said vnto him, I am Iehouah: and I appeared vnto Abraham, to Isaac, and to Iacob, by the name of God almightie, but by my name Iehouah was I not knowne vnto them. Ex­od. 3.13. If they say vnto me, What is his name? What shall I say vnto them? And God answered Moses, I am that I am: Also he said, thus shalt thou say vnto the chil­dren of Israel, I am hath sent me vnto you. And God spake further to Moses, Thus shalt thou say vnto the children of Israel, Iehouah Elohim, &c. hath sent me vnto you. In these wordes, the first title of God, declareth his Nature, the second his Persons.

The Nature of God, is his most liuely and most perfect essence.

The perfection of the nature of God, is his absolute constitution, by the which he is wholly complete within himselfe Exod. 3. 13. I am that I am. Act. 17.24. God that made the world, and all things that are therein, seeing that he is the Lord of heauen and earth, dwelleth not in temples made with hands, neither is worshipped with mens hands, as though he needed any thing, seeing he giueth to all life and breath and all things.

[Page 2]The perfection of his Nature, is either Simplenes, or the Infinitenes therof.

The Simplenesse of his nature, is that by which he is void of all Logical re­lation. He hath not in him, subiect or adiunct. Ioh. 5.26. As the Father hath life in himselfe, so hath he giuen to the Sonne to haue life in himselfe: conferred with Ioh. 14.6. I am the way, the truth, and the life. 1. Ioh. 1.7. But if we walke in light, as he is in light: conferred with v. 5. God is light, and in him is no darkenesse. Hence it is manifest, that to haue Life, and to be Life: to be in Light, and to be Light, in God are all one. Neither is God subiect to generalitie, or special­tie: whole, or parts: matter, or that which is made of matter: for so there should be in God diuers things, and one more perfect then another. Therefore, whatsoeuer is in God, is his essence, and all that he is, he is by essence. The say­ing of Augustine in his 6. booke and 4. chap. of the Trinitie, is fit to prooue this: In God (saith he) to be, and to be iust, or mightie, are all one: but in the minde of man, it is not all one to be, and to be mightie, or iust: for the minde may be destitute of these vertues, and yet a minde.

Hence it is manifest, that the Nature of God is immutable and Spirituall.

Gods immutabilitie of nature, is that by which he is void of all compositi­on, diuision, and change. Iam. 1. 17. With God there is no variablenesse nor sha­dowe of changing. Mal. 3.6. I am the Lord and am not changed. Where it is saide, that God repenteth, &c. Gen. 6.6. the meaning is, that God changeth the acti­on, as men doe that repent: therefore repentance, it signifieth not any muta­tion in God, but in his actions, and such things as are made and chaunged by him.

Gods Nature, is spirituall in that it is incorporall, and therefore inuisible. Ioh. 4.24. God is a spirit. 2. Cor. 3. 17. The Lord is the spirit. 1. Tim. 1.17. To the King eternall, immortall, inuisible, onely wise God, be glorie and honour for euer and euer. Col. 1.15. Who is the image of the inuisible God.

The infinitenesse of GOD, is twofolde: his Eternitie, and Exceeding greatnesse.

Gods eternitie, is that by which he is without beginning and ending, Psal. 90. 2. Before the mountaines were made, and before thou hadst formed the earth and the round world, euen from euerlasting to euerlasting, thou art our God. Revel. [...]. 8. I am Alpha and Omega, that is, the beginning and ending, saith the Lord, Which is, Which was, and Which is to come.

Gods exceeding greatnes, is that by which his incomprehensible nature is euery where present, both within and without the world. Psal. 145.3. Great is the Lord, and worthie to be praised, and his greatnes is incomprehensible. 1. King. 8.27. Is it true indeede that God will dwell on the earth? behold the heauens, and the heauens of heauens are not able to containe thee: how much lesse is this: house that I haue built? Ier. 23. 24. Doe not I fill the heauen and earth, saith the Lord? Hence it is plaine:

First, that he is onely one, and that indiuisible, not many. Eph. 4.5. One Lord, one faith, one Baptisme, one God and Father of all. Deut. 4. 35. Vnto thee it was shewed, that thou mightest know that the Lord he is God, and that there is none but he alone. 1. Cor. 8.4. We know that an idoll is nothing in the world, and that there is none other God but one. And there can be but one thing infinite in nature.

[Page 3]Secondly, that God is the knower of the heart. For nothing is hidden from that nature, which is within all things, and without all things, which is inclu­ded in nothing, nor excluded from any thing. Because 1. King. 8. 39. the Lord searcheth all hearts, and vnderstandeth euery worke of the minde. Psal. 139.1,2. Thou knowest my sitting downe, and my rising vp, thou vnderstandest my cogitation a farre off.

CHAP. 3. Of the life of God.

HItherto we haue spoken of the perfection of Gods nature. Now follow­eth the life of God, by which the Diuine Nature is in perpetuall action, liuing, and moouing in it selfe, Psal. 42. 2. My soule thirsteth for God, euen for the liuing God, when shall I come and appeare before the presence of God? Hebr. 3. 12. See that there be not at any time in any of you an euill heart to depart from the liuing God.

The diuine Nature, is especially in perpetual operation by three attributes, the which doe manifest the operation of God towards his creatures. These are his Wisdome, Will, and Omnipotencie.

The wisdome or knowledge of God, is that by the which God doth not by certaine notions abstracted from the things themselues, but by his owne es­sence, nor successiuely and by discourse of reason, but by one eternall and im­mutable act of vnderstanding, distinctly and perfectly know himselfe, and all other things, though infinite, whether they haue beene or not. Matth. 11.27. No man knoweth the Sonne but the Father, nor the Father but the Sonne, and he to whome the Sonne will reueale him. Hebr. 4. 13. There is nothing created, which is not manifest in his sight: but all things are naked and open to his eyes, with whome we haue to doe. Psal. 147.5. His wisdome is infinite.

Gods wisdome hath these parts: his foreknowledge, and his counsell.

The foreknowledge of God, is that by which he most assuredly foreseeth all things that are to come. Act. 2.23. Him haue ye taken by the hands of the wic­ked, beeing deliuered by the determinate counsell and foreknowledge of God, and haue crucified and slaine. Rom. 8. Those things which he knew before, he also prede­stinated to be made like to the image of his sonne. This is not properly spoken of God, but by reason of men, to whome things are past or to come.

The counsell of God, is that by the which he doth most straightly perceiue the best reason of all things that are. Prov. 8. 14. I haue counsell and wisdome, I am vnderstanding, and I haue strength.

The will of God, is that by the which he both most freely and iustly with one act willeth all things. Rom. 9. 18. He hath mercie on whom he will, and whom he will hardeneth. Eph. 1.5. Who hath predestinate vs to be adopted through Iesus Christ vnto himselfe, according to the good pleasure of his will. Iam. 4. 15. For that which you should say, if the Lord will, and we liue, we will doe this or that.

God willeth that which is good, by approouing it; that which is euill, in as much as it is euill, by disallowing and forsaking it. And yet he voluntarily doth permit euill: because it is good that there should be euill. Act. 14.16. Who in time past suffered all the Gentiles to walke in their owne waies. Psal. 81.12. So I gaue them vp to the hardnes of their heart, and they haue walked in their owne counsels.

[Page 4]The will of God, by reason of diuers obiects, hath diuers Names, and is ei­ther called Loue and Hatred, or Grace and Iustice.

The Loue of God is that, by the which God approoueth first himselfe, and then all his creatures, without their desert, and thē doth take delight. 1 Ioh. 4. 16. God is loue, and who so remaineth in loue, remaineth in God, and God in him. Ioh. 3.16. So God loued the world, that he gaue his onely begotten Sonne, &c. Rom. 5.8. God setteth out his loue towards vs, seeing that while we were yet sinners, Christ died for vs.

The Hatred of God, is that by the which he disliketh and detesteth his creature offending, for his fault. 1. Cor. 10.5. But many of them the Lord misli­ked, for they perished in the wildernes. Psal. 5. 5. Thou hatest all the workers of ini­quitie. Psal. 44.8. Thou hast loued iustice and hated iniquitie.

The Grace of God, is that by which he freely declareth his fauour to his creatures. Rom 11.6. If it be of grace, it is no more of workes: otherwise grace is not grace, but if it be of workes, it is no more grace. Tit. 2. 11. The sauing grace of God shined to all men, teaching vs to denie impietie, &c.

The Grace of God, is either his Goodnes, or his Mercie.

The Goodnes of God, is that by which he beeing in himselfe absolutely good, doth freely exercise his liberalitie vpon his creatures. Matth. 19.17. Why callest thou me good, there is none good but one, euen God. Math. 5. 45. He maketh his sunne to shine vpon the good and bad, and he raineth vpon the iust and vniust.

Gods mercie, is that by which he freely assisteth all his creatures in their miseries. Esai 30. 18. Yet will the Lord waite, that he may haue mercie vpon you. Lament. 3.22. It is the Lords mercies, that we are not consumed, because his com­passions faile not. Exod. 39.19. I take pitie on whome I take pitie, and am mercifull on whome I am mercifull.

Gods Iustice, is that by which he in all things willeth that which is iust. Psal. 10. The iust Lord loueth iustice. Psalm. 5.4. For thou art not a God that loueth wic­kednesse.

Gods iustice is in word or deede.

Iustice in word, is that truth by which he constantly, and indeede willeth that which he hath [...]aid. Rom. 3.4. Let God be true, and euery man a lyar. Matth. 24.25. Heauen and earth shall passe away, but my word shall not passe away. Hence it is, that God is iust in keeping his promise. 1. Ioh. 1.9. If we confesse our sinnes, God is faithfull and iust to forgiue our sinnes. 2. Tim. 4. 8. Henceforth is laid vp for me the crowne of righteousnes, which the Lord the righteous Iudge shall giue me at that day.

Iustice indeede, is that by which he either disposeth or rewardeth.

Gods disposing iustice, is that by which he, as a most free Lord ordereth rightly all things in his actions. Psal. 45.17. The Lord is righteous in al his waies.

Gods rewarding iustice, is that by which he rendreth to his creature accor­ding to his worke. 2. Thess. 1.6. It is iustice with God, to render affliction to such [...] afflict you, but to you which are afflicted, releasing with vs. 1. Pet. 1.17. Therefore if you call him Father, which without respect of person iudgeth according to euery worke, passe the time of your dwelling here in feare. Ierem. 51. 56. The Lord that recompenseth shall surely recompence.

[Page 5]The Iustice of God, is either his Gentlenes, or Anger.

Gods Gentlenes, is that by which he freely bestoweth vpon his creature a reward. 2. Thess. 1. 5. Which is a token of the righteous iudgement of God, that ye may be counted worthie the kingdome of God, for the which yee also suffer. Matth. 10. 41, 42. He that receiueth a Prophet in the name of a Prophet, shall haue a Prophets reward: and he that receiueth a righteous man in the name of a righteous man, shall receiue the reward of a righteous man. And whosoeuer shall giue vnto one of these little ones to drinke a cup of cold water onely in the name of a Disciple, vere­ly I say vnto you, he shall not loose his reward.

Gods Anger, is that by which he punisheth the transgression of his crea­ture. Rom. 1.18. For the wrath of God is reuealed from heauen against all vngodli­nes, and vnrighteousnes of men, which withhold the truth in vnrighteousnes. Ioh. 3.36. He that obeyeth not the Sonne, shal not see life, but the wrath of God abideth on him.

Thus much concerning the will of GOD. Now followeth his omnipo­tencie.

Gods omnipotencie, is that by which he is most able to performe euery worke. Math. 19.29. With men this is impossible, with God all things are possible.

Some things notwithstanding are here to be excepted. First, those things whose action argueth an impotencie, as to lie, to denie his word. Titus 1. 2. which God, that cannot lie, hath promised. 2. Tim. 2. 13. He cannot denie himselfe. Secondly, such things as are contrarie to the Nature of God, as to destroy himselfe, and not to beget his Sonne from eternitie. Thirdly, such things as imploy contradiction. For God cannot make a trueth false, or that which is, when it is, not to be.

Gods power, may be distinguished into an absolute and actuall power.

Gods absolute power, is that by which he can doe more, then he either doth, or will doe. Matth. 3.9. I say vnto you, God is able of these stones to raise vp children to Abraham. Philip. 3. 21. According to the working, whereby he is able to subdue euen all things vnto himselfe.

Gods actuall power, is that by which he causeth all things to be, which he freely will. Psal. 135. 6. All things which God will, those he doth in heauen and in earth, and in all depths.

CHAP. 5. Of Gods glorie, and blessednesse.

OVt of the former attributes, by which the true Iehouah is distinguished from a fained god, and from idols, arise the glorie of God, and his bles­sednesse.

Gods glorie or maiestie, is the infinite excellencie of his most simple and most holy diuine Nature. Hebr. 1.3. Who beeing the brightnesse of his glorie, and the ingraued forme of his person, &c. Dan. 3. Thou art onely God, and glorious vp­on the earth.

By this we see, that God onely can know himselfe perfectly. Ioh. 6.46. Not that any mā hath seene the Father, saue he which is of God, he hath seen the Father. 1. Tim. 6. 16. Who onely hath immortalitie, and dwelleth in the light, that none can attaine vnto, whom neuer man saw, neither can see. Exod. 33.18. Thou canst not see my face.

[Page 6]Notwithstanding there is a certaine manifestation of gods glorie: partly more obscure, partly more apparant.

The more obscure manifestation, is the vision of Gods maiestie in this life by the eies of the mind, through the help of things perceiued by the outward senses. Esa. 6.1. I saw the Lord sitting vppon an high throne, and lifted vp, and the lower parts thereof filled the temple. Exod. [...]3.22. And while my glorie passeth by. I will put thee in a cleft of the rocke, and will couer thee with my hand whiles I passe by: after I will take away mine hand, and thou shalt see my backe parts, but my face shall not be seene. 1. Cor. 13. 12. Nowe we se as through a glasse darkely.

The more apparant manifestation of God, is the contemplation of him in heauen face to face. 1. Corinth. 13. 12. But then shall we see face to face. Dan. 7. 9, 10. I beheld till the thrones were set vp, and the ancient of daies did fit, whose gar­ment was white as snow, &c. Matth. 19.16.

Gods blessednes, is that by which God is in himselfe, and of himselfe all sufficient, Gen. 17.1. I am God all sufficient, walke before me, and be thou vpright. Col. 2.2.9. For in him dwelleth all the fulnesse of the godhead bodily. 1. Tim. 6.5. Which in due time he shall shew, that is blessed and Prince onely, &c.

CHAP. 5. Concerning the persons of the Godhead.

THe persons are they, which subsisting in one Godhead, are distinguish­ed by incommunicable properties. 1. Ioh. 5.7. There are three that beare record in heauen, the Father, the Word, and the holy Ghost, and these three are one. Gen. 19.24. Then Iehouah raigned vpon Sodom and vpon Gomorrah, brimstone, and fire from Iehouah in heauen. Ioh. 1.1. In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and that Word was God.

They therefore are coequall, and are distinguished not by degree, but by order.

The Constitution of a person is, when as a personall proprietie or the pro­per manner of subsisting is adioyned to the Dietie, or one diuine nature.

Distinction of persons, is that, which albeit euery person is one and the same perfect God, yet the Father is not the Sonne or the holy Ghost, but the Father alone; and the holy Ghost is not the Father or the Sonne, but the ho­ly Ghost alone: neither can they be deuided, by reason of the infinitnesse of their most simple essence, which is all one in number, and the same in the Fa­ther, the same in the Sonne, and the same in the holy Ghost: so that in these there is diuersitie of persons, but vnitie in essence.

The communion of the persons, or rather vnion, is that by which each one is in the rest, and with the rest, by reason of the vnitie of the Godhead: & ther­fore euerie each one doth possesse, loue, and glorifie another, and worke the same thing. Ioh. 4.10. Beleeuest thou not that I am in the Father, and the Father is in me? the wordes that I spake vnto you, I speake not of my selfe, but the father that dwelleth in me, he doth the workes. Prov. 8.22. The Lord hath possessed me in the beginning of his way: I was before the works of old. And vers. 20. Them was I with him as a nourisher, and I was daily his delight, reioicing alwaie before him. Ioh. 1. 1. In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and that Word was [Page 7] God. and chap. 5.19. The Sonne can doe nothing of himselfe, saue that he seeth the Father do: for whatsoeuer things he doth, the same doth the Sonne also.

There be three persons: the Father, the Sonne, and the holy Ghost, Matth. 3.16.17. And Iesus when hee was baptized, came straight out of the water, and lo, the heauens were opened vnto him, and Iohn saw the Spirit of God, descending like a doue, and lighting vpon him: and loe, a voyce came from heauen, saying, This is my belooued sonne, in whome I am well pleased.

The father, is a person without beginning, who from all eternitie begate the Sonne, Heb. 1.3. Who being the brightnes of the glorie, and the ingraued forme of his person. Psal. 2.7. Thou art my Sonne, this day haue I begotten thee.

In the generation of the Sonne, these properties must be noted: I. Hee that begetteth, and he that is begotten are togither, and not one before another in time. II. He that begetteth doth communicate with him that is begotten, not some one part, but his whole essence. III. The Father begot the Sonne not out of himselfe, but within in himselfe.

The incommunicable propertie of the Father, is to be vnbegotten, to be a Father, and to beget. He is the beginning of actions, because he beginneth e­uery action of himselfe, effecting it by the Sonne and the holy Ghost. 1. Cor. 8.6. Yet vnto vs, there is but one God, which is the Father of whome are all things and we in him, and one Lord Iesus Christ, by whome are all things, and wee by him. Rom. 11. [...]6. For of him, and through him, and for him are all things.

The other two persons haue the Godhead, or the whole diuine essence, of the Father by communication, namely, the Sonne and the holy Ghost.

The Sonne is the second person, begotten of the Father from all eternitie. Heb. 1.5. For vnto which of the Angels said be at any time, Thou art my Sonne, this day begat I thee? Col. 1.15. Who is the image of the inuisible God, the first borne of euery creatur [...]. Ioh. 1.14. And we saw the glory thereof as the glory of the only be­gotten sonne of the father. Rom. 8.32. He who spared not his owne sonne.

For this cause he is said to be sent from the father. Ioh. 8.42. I proceeded forth and came from God, neither came I of my selfe, but he sent me. This sending taketh not away the equalitie of essence and power, but declareth the order of the persons. Ioh. 5 [...]18. Therefore the Iewes sought the more to kill him, not onely because he had broken the Sabboth: but said also that God was his Father, and made himselfe equall with God. Phil. 2.6. Who being in the forme of God, thought it no robberie to be equall with God.

Although the Son be begotten of his Father, yet neuertheles he is of & by himselfe very God: for he must be considered either according to his essence or according to his filiatiō or Sonship. In regard of his essence, he is ( [...]) i. of and by himselfe very God: for the Deitie which is commō to all the t [...]ree persons is not begotten. But as he is a person, and the sonne of the Father, he is not of himselfe, but from another: for he is the eternall Sonne of his father. And thus he is truely said to be very God of very God.

For this cause also he is the WORD of the father, not a vanishing, but an essentiall word; because as a word is, as it were, begotten of the mind, so is the Sonne begotten of the Father; and also, because hee bringeth glad ty­dings from the bosome of his Father. Nazian. in his Oration of the Sonne. [Page 8] Basil in his preface before Iohns Gospel.

The propertie of the Sonne, is to be begotten.

His proper manner of working, is to execute actions from the Father, by the holy Ghost. 1. Cor. 8. 6. Our Lord Iesus Christ, by whome are all things, and we by him. Ioh. 5.19. Whatsoeuer things he doth, the same doth the Sonne also.

The holy Ghost, is the third person, proceeding from the Father and the Sonne. Ioh. 15. 26. But when the Comforter shall come, whom I will send vnto you from the Father, euen the Spirit of truth, which proceedeth of the Father, he shall testifie of me. Rom. 8. 9. But ye are not in the flesh, but in the spirit, seeing the spirit of God dwelleth in you. But if there be any that hath not the spirit of Christ, he is not his. Ioh. 16.13,14. But when the Spirit of truth shall come, he shall conduct you into all truth: for he shall not speake of himselfe, but whatsoeuer he heareth, he shall speake, and shall declare vnto you such things as are to come. He shall glorifie me, for he shall receiue of mine, and shew it vnto you.

What may be the essentiall difference betwixt proceeding, and begetting, neither the Scriptures determine, nor the Church knoweth.

The incommunicabl [...] propertie of the holy Ghost, is to proceed.

His proper manner of working, is to finish an action, effecting it, as from the Father and the Sonne.

And albeit the Father and the Sonne are two distinct persons, yet are they both but one beginning of the holy Ghost.

CHAP. 6. Of Gods workes, and his decree.

THus farre concerning the first part of Theologie: the second followeth, of the workes of God.

The workes of God, are all those, which he doth out of himselfe, that is, out of his diuine essence.

These are common to the Trinitie, alwaies reserued the peculiar manner of working to euery person.

The end of all these, is the manifestation of the glorie of God. Rom. 11.36. For him are all things, to him be glorie for euer.

The worke, or action of God, is either his decree, or the execution of his decree.

The decree of God, is that by which God in himselfe, hath necessarily, and yet freely, from all eternitie determined all things. Eph. 1. 11. In whome also we are chosen when we were predestinate, according to the purpose of him, which wor­ [...]eth all things after the counsell of his owne will. and vers. 4. As he hath chosen vs in him before the foundation of the world. Matth. 10.29. Are not two sparrowes sold for a farthing, and not one of them falleth on the ground without your Father? Rom 9. 21. Hath not the potter power on the clay, to make of the same lumpe one vessell [...] dishonour, and another to honour.

Ther [...]fore the Lord, according to his good pleasure, hath most certainely decreed e [...]ery both thing and action, whether past, present, or to come, toge­ther with their circumstances of place, time, meanes, and ende.

Yea, he hath most iustly decreed the wicked workes of the wicked. For if it had not so pleased him, they had neuer beene at all. And albeit they of thei [...] [Page 9] owne nature, are and remaine wicked; yet in respect of Gods decree, they are to be accounted good. For there is not any thing absolutely euill, 1. Pet. 3.17. For it is better (if the will of God be so) that ye suffer for well doing, then for euill doing.

The thing which in the owne [...]ature is euill, in Gods eternal counsel comes in the place of a good thing; in that it is some occasion and way to manifest the glorie of God in his iustice, and his mercie.

God his foreknowledge, is conioyned with his decree; and inde [...]e is in na­ture before it: yet not in regard of God, but vs; because knowledge goeth be­fore the will, & the effecting of a worke. For we doe nothing, but those things that we haue before willed, neither doe we will any thing which we know not before.

God his foreknowledge in it selfe, is not a cause why things are, but as it is conioyned with his decree. For things doe not therefore come to passe, be­cause that God did foreknow them; but because he decreed and willed them: therefore they come to passe.

The execution of Gods decree, is that by which all things in their time are accomplished which were foreknowne, or decreed, and that euen as they were foreknowne and decreed.

The same decree of GOD, is the first and principall working cause of all things, which also is in order, and time before all other causes. For with Gods decree is alwaies his will annexed, by the which he can willingly effect that he hath decreed. And it were a signe of impotencie, to decree any thing which he could not willingly compasse. And with Gods will is conioyned an effectu­all power, by which the Lord can bring to passe, whatsoeuer he hath freely decreed.

This first and principall cause, howbeit in it selfe it be necessarie, yet it doth not take away freedome of will in election, or the nature and propertie of se­cond causes, but onely brings them into a certaine order, that is, it directeth them to the determinate ende: whereupon the effects and euents of things are contingent or necessarie, as the nature of the second cause is. So Christ accor­ding to his Fathers decree died necessarily, Act. 17.3. but yet willingly, Math. 25. 39. And if we respect the temperature of Christs bodie, he might haue prolonged his life; and therefore in this respect may be said to haue died con­tingently.

The execution of Gods decree, hath two branches, his operation, and his operatiue permission.

Gods operation, is his effectuall producing of all good things, which either haue beeing or moouing, or which are done.

Gods operatiue permission, is that by which he onely permitteth one and the same worke to be done of others, as it is euill; but as it is good, he effectual­ly worketh the same. Gen. 50.20. You indeede had purposed euill against me, but God decreed that for good, that he might, as he hath done this day, preserue his peo­ple aliue. And Gen. 45.7. God hath sent me before you to preserue your posteritie in this land. Esai 10. 5, 6, 7. Woe vnto Asshur, the rod of my wrath, and the staffe in their hands is mine indignation. I will send him to a dissembling nation, and I will [Page 10] giue him a charge against the people of my wrath to take the spoile, & to take the praie, and to tread them vnder feete like the myre in the streete. But he thinketh not so, neither doth his heart esteeme it so: but he imagineth to destroy, and to cut off not a few nations.

God permitteth euill, by a certaine volun [...]arie permission, in that he forsa­keth the second cause in working euill. And he for [...]aketh his creature, either by detracting the grace it had, or not bestowing that which it wanteth. Rom. 1.26. For this cause God gaue them vp vnto vile affections. 2. Tim. 2.25, 26. In­structing them with meekenes that are contrarie minded, proouing if God at any time will giue them repentance, that they may know the trueth, and that they may come to amendment out of the snare of the diuell, which are taken of him at his will:

Neither must we thinke God vniust, who is indebted to none, Rom. 9.15. I will haue mercy on him to whome I will shew mercie. Yea, it is in Gods pleasure to bestowe how much grace and vpon whome he will. Matth. 20.15. Is it not lawfull for me to doe as I will with mine owne?

That which is euill, hath some respect of goodnes with God: first, in that it is the punishment of sinne: and punishment is accounted a morall good, in that it is the part of a iust Iudge to punish sinne. Secondly, as it is a meere acti­on or act. Thirdly, as it i [...] a chastisement, a triall of ones faith, martyrdome, propitiation for sinne, as the death and passion of Christ. Act. 2.23. and 4.24. And if we obserue these caueats, God is not onely a bare permissiue agent in an euill worke, but a powerfull effectour of the same, yet so, as he neither in­stilleth an aberration into the action, nor yet supporteth, or intēdeth thesame, but that he most freely suffereth euill, and best disposeth of it to his own glo­rie. The like we may see in this similitude: Let a man spurre forward a lame horse; in that he mooueth forward, the rider is the cause; but that he halteth, he himselfe is the canse. And againe, wee see the sunne beames gathering them­selues into a sunne glasse, they burne such things as they light vpon: now, that they burne, the cause is not in the sunne, but in the glasse. The like may bee said of Gods action in an euill subiect.

CHAP. 7. Of Predestination and Creation.

GOds decree, in as much as it concerneth man, is called Predestination: which is the decree of God, by the which he hath ordained all men to a certaine and euerlasting estate: that is, either to saluation or condemnation, for his owne glorie. 1. Thes. 5.9. For God hath not appointed vs vnto wrath, but to obtaine saluation by the meanes of our Lord Iesus Christ. Rom. 9.13. As it is written, I haue loved Iacob, and hated Esau. and vers. 22. What and if God would, to [...]hewe his wrath, and to make his power knowne, suffer with long patience the vessels of wrath prepared to destruction, and that he might declare the riches of his glorie vpon the vessells of mercie, which he hath prepared vnto glorie?

The meanes of accomplishing Gods Predestination are two fold:

The creation, and the fall.

The creation, is that by which God made all things very good, of nothing, that is, of no matter which was before the creation, Gen. 1.1. In the beginning God created the heauen, &c. to the end of the chapter.

[Page 11]Gods manner of creating, as also of gouerning, is such as that by his word alone, he, without any instruments, meanes, assistance, or motion produced al sorts of things. For to will any thing with God, is both to be able [...] and to per­forme it, Heb. 11.3. By faith we vnderstand, that the world was ordained by the word of God, so that the things which wee see, are not made of things which did ap­peare. Psal. 148.5. Let them praise the name of the Lord, for he commanded and they were created.

The goodnes of the creature, is a kind of excellencie, by which it was void of all sinne, that is, free from punishment and transgression.

The creation, is of the world, or inhabitants in the world.

The world, is a most beutifull palace, framed out of a deformed substance, and fit to be inhabited.

The parts of the world, are the heauens and earth.

The heauens are threefold: the first is the aire, the second the skie, the third an inuisible and incorporall essence, created to bee the seate of all the blessed, both men, and Angels. This third heauen is called Paradise, 2. Cor. 13.4.

The inhabitours of the world, are reasonable creatures made according to Gods owne image: they are either Angels or men, Gen. 1. 26. Furthermore, God said, Let vs make man in our owne image, according to our likenes. Iob. 1.6. When the children of God came and stood before the Lord, Satan came also among them.

The image of God, is the integritie of the reasonable creature, resembling God in holines, Eph. 4. 24. And put on the new man which after God is created in righteousnesse and true holinesse.

CHAP. 8. Of Angels.

THe Angels each of them beeing created in the beginning, were setled in an vpright estate. In whome these things are to be noted. First their na­ture. Angels are spirituall and incorporall essences. Heb. 2. 16. For he in no sort tooke the Angels, but he tooke the seede of Abraham. Heb. 1.7. And of the Angels he saith, he maketh the spirits his messengers, and his ministers a flame of fire.

Secondly, their qualities. First, they are wise, 2 Sam. 14.18. My lord the king is euen as an Angel of God in hearing good and badde. 2. They are of great might, 2. Thes. 1.7. When the Lord Iesus shall shew himselfe from heauen with his mighty Angels. 2. Sam. 24. Dauid sawe the Angel that smote the people. 2. King. 19.35. The same night the Angel of the Lord went out and smote in the campe of Ashur, an hundreth, fourescore, and fiue thousand. 3. They are swift and of great agilitie, E­say, 6,6, Then flew [...] one of the Seraphims vnto me with an hotte cole in his hand. Dan. 9.21 [...] The man Gabriel whome I had seene before in a vision, came flying and touched me. This is the reason why the Cherubins in the Tabernacle were painted with winges.

Thirdly, they are innumerable, Gen. 3.2. Now Iacob wēt forth on his iourney, and the angel of God met him. Dan. [...]0.7. Thousand thousands ministred vnto him, and ten thousand thousands stood before him. Matth. 26.25. Thinkest thou I cannot praie to my father, and he will giue me moe then twelue legions of Angels? Heb. 12. 22. To the company of innumerable angels.

[Page 12]Fourthly, they are in the highest heauen, where they euer attēd vpon God, and haue societie with him. Mark. 18.10. In heauen their Angels alwaies be­hold the face of my Father which is in heauen. Psal. 68.17. The chariots of God are twentie thousand thousand Angels, and the Lord is among them. Mark. 12.25. But are as Angels in heauen.

Fiftly, their degree. That there are degrees of Angels, it is most plaine. Co­los. 1.16. By him were all things created which are in heauen and in earth, things visible and invisible: whether they be thrones or dominions, or principalities, or po­wers. Rom. 8.38. Neither Angels, nor principalities, nor powers &c. 1. Thes. 4.16. The Lord shall descend with the voice of the Aarchangel, and with the trumpet of God. But it is not for vs to search, who, or how many bee of each order, nei­ther ought we curiously to enquire howe they are distinguished, whether in essence, or qualities. Coloss. 2. 18. Let no man at his pleasure beare rule ouer you by humblenes of minde, and worshipping of Angels, advancing himselfe in those things which he neuer saw.

Sixtly, their office. Their office is partly to magnify God, & partly to per­forme his commandements. Psalme 103. vers. 20. 21. Praise the Lord, ye his Angels that excell in strength, that doe his commandement in obeying the voice of his vvorde. Praise the Lord, all ye his hostes, ye his seruants that doe his pleasure.

Seuenthly: The establishing of some Angels in that integritie, in which they were created.

CHAP. 7. Of man, and the estate of innocencie.

MAn, after he was created of God, was established in an excellent estate of innocencie. In this estate seuen things are chiefly to be regarded.

  • I. The place. The garden of Heden, that most pleasant garden. Gen. 2. 15. Then the Lord tooke the man, and put him into the garden of Heden.
  • II. The integritie of mans nature. Which was Eph [...] 4.24. Created in righ­teousnes and true holines. This integritie hath two parts.

    The first is wisdome, which is true and perfect knoweledge of God, and of his will, in as much as it is to be performed of man, yea, and of the counsell of God in all his creatures. Coloss. 3. 10. And haue put on the newe man, which is renewed in knowledge, after the image of him that created him. Gen. chap. 2.19. When the Lord God had formed on the earth euery beast of the field, and euery foule of the heauen, he brought them vnto the man, to see howe he would call them: for howesoeuer the man called the liuing creature, so was the name thereof.

    The second is Iustice, which is a conformitie of the will, affections, and powers of the body to the will of God.

  • III. Mans dignitie, consisting of foure parts. First, his communion with God, by which as God reioiced in his own image, so likewise man was incen­sed to loue God: this is apparent by Gods familiar conference with Adam, Gen. 1.29. And God said, Behold, I haue giuen vnto you euery hearb bearing seede &c. that shall be to you for meate. Secondly, his dominion ouer all the creatures of the earth, Gen. 2. 19. Psal. 8.6. Thou hast made him Lord ouer the workes of thine hands, & hast set all things vnder his feet, &c. Thirdly, the decencie, & dig­nitie [Page 13] of the bodie, in which, though naked, as nothing was vnseemely, so was there in it imprinted a princely maiestie. Psal. 8. Thou hast made him little low­er then then God, and crowned him with glorie and worship. Gen. 2.25. They were both naked; and neither ashamed. 1. Cor. 12.22. Vpon those members of the bodie, which we thinke most vnhonest, put we more honestie on, and our vncomely parts haue more comelines on. Fourthly, labour of the bodie without paine or griefe. Gen. 3. 17,19. Because thou hast obeyed the voice of thy wife, &c. cursed is the earth for thy sake, in sorrow shalt thou eate of it all the daies of thy life, &c.
  • IV. Subiection to God, whereby man was bound to performe obedience to the commandements of God: which were two. The one was concerning the two trees: the other, the obseruation of the Sabboth.

    Gods commandement concerning the trees, was ordained to make exami­nation, and triall of mans obedience. It consisteth of two parts: the first, is the giuing of the tree of life, that as a signe, it might confirme to man his perpetu­all abode in the garden of Heden, if stil he persisted in his obedience. R [...]uel. 2. 7. To him that ouercōmeth, will I giue to eate of the tree of life, which is in the midst of Paradise of God. Prov. 3.18. Shee is a tree of life to them which lay hold on her: and blessed is he that retaineth her. The second, is the prohibition to eate of the tree of the knowledge of good and euil, togither with a commination of tem­porall and eternall death, after the transgression of this commandement. Gen. 2.17. Of the tree of the knowledge of good and euill, thou shalt not eate of it: for in the day that thou eatest thereof, thou shalt die the death. This was a signe of death, and had his name of the euent, because the obseruation thereof would haue brought perpetuall happines, as the violation gaue experience of euill, that is, of all miserie, namely of punishment, and of guiltinesse of sinne.

    Gods commandement concerning the obseruation of the Sabboth, is that, by which God ordained the sanctification of the Sabboth. Gen. 2.3. God bles­sed the seauenth day, and sanctified it.

  • V. His calling, which is his seruice of God, in the obseruation of his com­mandements, & the dressing of the garden of Heden. Prov. 16.4. God made all things for himselfe. Gen. 2.15. He placed him in the garden of Heden, to dresse and keepe it.
  • VI. His diet was the hearbs of the earth, and fruit of euery tree, except the tree of the knowledge of good and euill. Gen. 1.29. And God said, Behold, I haue giuen vnto you euery hearb bearing seede, which is vpon all the earth, and euery tree, wherein is the fruit of a tree bearing seede, that shall be to you for meate. and chap. 3.17. But of the tree of knowledge of good and euill, thou shalt not eate.
  • VII. His free choice, both to will, and performe the commandement con­cerning the two trees, and also to neglect and violate the same. Whereby we see that our first parents were indeede created perfect, but mutable: for so it pleased God to prepare a way to the execution of his decree.

CHAP. 10. Of sinne, and the fall of Angels.

THe fall, is a reuolting of the reasonable creature from obedience to sinne.

Sinne, is the corruption, or rather depriuation of the first integritie. More plainely, it is a falling or turning from God, binding the offendour by [Page 14] the course of Gods iustice, to vndergoe the punishment.

Here a doubt may be mooued, whether sinne be a thing existing, or not. The answere is this: Of things which are, some are positiue, other primitiue. Things positiue, are all substances together with those their properties, ef­fects, inclinations, and affections, which the Lord hath created and imprinted in their natures. The thing is called priuatiue which graunteth or presuppo­seth the absence of some such thing, as ought to bee in a thing. Such a thing is sinne, the which properly and of it selfe is not any thing created, and exi­sting; but rather the absence of that good which ought to bee in the crea­ture.

Sinne hath two parts: A defect, or impotencie; and is a confusion or distur­bance of all the powers and actions of the creature.

Impotencie is nothing els, but the very want or losse of that good, which God hath ingrafted in the nature of his creature.

The fall was effected on this maner. First, God created his reasonable crea­tures good indeede, but withall changeable, as we haue shewed before. For to bee vnchangeable good, is proper to God alone. Secondly, God tried their obedience in those things about which they were conversant. Deu. 13.13. Thou shalt not hearken to the wordes of the Prophet, or vnto that dreamer of dreames: for the Lord your God prooueth you, to knowe whether you loue the Lord your God, with all your heart, and with all your soule. Thirdly, in this triall God doth not assist them with new grace to stand, but for iust causes forsaketh thē. Lastly, after God hath forsaken them, and left them to themselues, they fall quite from God: no otherwise, then when a man staying vp a staffe from the ground, it standeth vpright: but if he neuer so little withdraw his hand it fal­leth of it selfe.

The fall, is of men, and Angels.

The fall of Angels, is that by which the vnderstanding, pointing at a more excellent estate, and of it own accord approouing the same, together with the will making especiall choice thereof, they, albeit they might freely by their in­tegritie, haue chosen the contrarie, were the sole instruments of their fall from God. 2. Pet. 2.4. If God spared not the angels which sinned, but cast them downe in­to hell, and deliuered them into chaines of darkenes, to be kept vnto damnation, &c. Iud. 6. The Angels which kept not their first estate, but left their own habitation, he hath reserued in euerlasting chaines, &c. Ioh. 8.44. He was a murtherer from the beginning, and continued not in the trueth: for their is no trueth in him.

In the fall of Angels, consider: First, their corruption, arising from the fall, which is the deprauation of their nature; and is either that fearefull malice and hatred, by which they set themselues against God, or their insatiable desire to destroy mankinde; to the effecting whereof, they neglect neither force nor fraud. 1. Ioh. 3.8. He that committeth sinne, is of the diuell, because the diuell sinned from the beginning. For this cause was the Sonne of God reuealed, to dissolue the works of the diuell. 1. Pet. 5.8. Your aduersarie the diuell goeth about like a roaring lyon, seeking whom he may devoure. Eph. 6.12. You striue not against flesh and blood but against Principalities, and powers, and wordly gouernours, the princes of darke­nes of this world, against spirituall wickednesses, which are in supercelestiall things.

[Page 15]II. Their degree, and diuersitie: for of these Angels, one is cheife, and the rest attendants. The chiefe is Beelzebub, prince of the rest of the diuels & the world, farre aboue them all in malice. Matth. 25.41. Away from me ye cursed, into euerlasting fire, prepared for the diuell & his angels. 2. Cor. 4.4. Whose minds the god of this world hath blinded. Revel. 12. 7. And there was warre in heauen, Michael, and his Angels fought with the dragon, & the dragon & his angels fought.

Ministring angels, are such as waite vpon the diuell, in accomplishing his wickednesse.

III. Their punishment. God, after their fall, gaue them ouer to perpetu­all torments, without any hope of pardon. Iude vers. 6.2. Pet. 2.4. God spared not the Angels that had sinned, but cast them downe into hell, and deliuered them in­to chaines of darke [...]es, to be kept vnto damnation. This he did: first, to admonish men, what great punishment they deserued. Secondly, to shew, that grieuous sinnes must more grieuously be punished.

The fall of Angels was the more grieuous, because both their nature was more able to resist, and the diuell was the first founder of sinne.

Their punishment is easier, or more grieuous.

Their easier punishment is double. The first, is their deiection from hea­uen. 2. Pet. 2.4. God cast the Angels that sinned into hell. The second, is the a­bridging and limitation of their power, Iob. 1. 12. The Lord said vnto Satan, Behold, all that he hath is in thine hand, onely vpon him lay not thine hand.

The more grieuous paine, is that torment in the deepe, which is endlesse & infinite, in time and measure. Luk. 8.31. And they besought him, that he would not command them to goe downe into the deepe.

CHAP. 11. Of mans fall and disobedience.

Adams fall, was his willing reuolting to disobedience by eating the forbid­den fruite. In Adams fall, we may note the manner, greatnesse, and fruite of it.

  • I. The manner of Adams fall, was on this sort. First, the diuell, hauing im­mediately before fallen himselfe, insinuateth vnto our first parents, that both the punishment for eating the forbidden fruite was vncertaine, and that God was not true in his word vnto them. Secōdly, by this his legerdemain, he blin­ded the eies of their vnderstanding. Thirdly, being thus blinded, they begin to distrust God, and to doubt of Gods fauour. Fourthly, they thus doubting, are mooued to behold the forbidden fruit. Fiftly, they no sooner see the beautie thereof, but they desire it. Sixtly, that they may satisfie their desire, they eate of the fruit, which by the hands of the woman, was taken from the tree: by which act they become vtterly disloyall to God. Gen. 3.1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8.

    Thus without constraint, they willingly fall from their integritie, God vp­on iust causes leauing them to themselues, and freely suffering them to fall. For wee must not thinke that mans fall was either by chance, or God not knowing it, or barely winking at it, or by his bare permission, or against his will: but rather miraculously, not without the will of God, but yet without all approbation of it.

  • II. The greatnes of this transg [...] must be esteemed, not by the exter­nall [Page 16] obiect, or the basenes of an apple, but by the off [...]n [...] it containeth against Gods maiestie. This offence appeareth by many trespasses committed in that action. The 1. is doubting of Gods word. 2: want of faith. For they beleeue not Gods threatning, [ In that day ye eate therof, you shal die the death:] but be­ing bewitched with the diuels promise, [ ye shalbe like gods] they cease to feare Gods punishment, and are inflamed with a desire of greater dignitie. 3. Their curiositie, in forsaking Gods word, and seeking other wisdome. 4. Their pride, in seeking to magnifie thēselues, and to become like God. 5. Contempt of God, in transgressing his commandements against their owne conscience. 6. In that they preferre the diuell before God. 7. Ingratitude, who, in as much as in them lieth, expel Gods spirit dwelling in them, and despise that blessed v­nion. 8. They murther both themselues and their progeni [...].

  • III. The fruit or effects. Out of this corrupt estate of our first parents, a­rose the estate of infidelitie or vnbeleefe, whereby God hath included all men vnder sinne, that he might manifest his mercie in the saluation of some, and his iustice in condemnation of others. Rom. 11.32. God hath shut vp all men in vn­beleefe, that he might haue mercie on all. Gal. 3.22. The Scripture hath concluded all vnder sinne, that the promise by the faith of Iesus Christ should be giuen to them that beleeue.

In this estate, we must consider sinne, and the punishment of sinne. Sinne is threefold.

The first, is the participation of Adams both transgression and guiltinesse: whereby in his finne, all his posteritie sinned. Rom. 5. 12. As by one man sinne enered into the world, and by sinne death: so death entred vpon all men, in that all men haue sinned. The reason of this is ready. Adam was not then a priuate man, but represented all mankinde, and therefore looke what good he receiued from God, or euill elsewhere, both were common to others with him. 1. Cor. 15.22. As in Adam all men die, so in Christ all men rise againe.

Againe, when Adam offended, his posteritie was in his loynes, from whō they should by the course of nature, issue: and therefore take part of the guil­tines with him. Hebr. 7.9,10. And to say as the thing is, Levi &c. paied tithes to Melchisedec: for he was yet in the loynes of his father Abraham, when Melchise­dec met him.

CHAP. 12. Of Originall sinne.

OVt of the former transgression ariseth another, namely Originall sinne, which is corruption ingendred in our first conception, whereby euery facultie of soule and bodie is prone and disposed to euil. Psal. 1.1. I was borne in iniquitie, and in sinne hath my mother conceiued me. Gen. 6. 5. Tit. 33. We our selues were in times past vnwise, disobedient, deceiued, seruing the lusts and diuerse pleasures, liuing in maliciousnes and enuie, hatefull, and hating one another. Hebr. 12.1. Let vs cast away euery thing that presseth downe, and the sinne that hangeth so fast on.

By this we see, that sinne is not a corruption of mans substance, but onely of faculties: otherwise neither could mens soules be immortal, nor Christ take vpon him mans nature.

[Page 17]All Adams posteritie is equally partaker of this corruptiō: the reason why it sheweth not it selfe equally in all, is because some haue the spirit of sanctifi­cation, some the spirit, onely to bridle corruption, some neither.

The propagation of sinne, from the parents to the childrē, is either because the soule is infected by the contagion of the body, as a good ointment by a fu­stie vessell; or because God, in the very moment of creation and infusion of soules into infants, doth vtterly forsake them. For as Adam receiued the image of God, both for himselfe and others: so did he loose it from himselfe and others.

But whereas the propagation of sinne is as a common fire in a towne, men are not so much to search howe it came, as to bee carefull howe to extin­guish it.

That wee may the better knowe originall sinne in the seuerall faculties of mans nature, three circumstances must be considered.

1. How much of Gods image we yet retaine. 2. How much sinne man receiued from Adam. 3. The increase thereof afterward.

I. In the minde. The remnant of Gods image, is certaine notions concer­ning good and euill: as, that there is a God, and that the same God punisheth transgressions: that there is an euerlasting life: that we must reuerence our su­periours, & not harme our neighbours. But euen these notions, they are both generall and corrupt, and haue none other vse, but to bereaue man of all ex­cuse before Gods iudgement seat. Rom. 1.19,20. That which may be known con­cerning God, is manifest in them: for God hath shewed it vnto them. For the inuisible things of him, that is, his eternall power & Godhead, are seene by the creation of the world, being considered in his works, to the intent they should be without excuse.

Mens mindes receiued from Adam: 1. Ignorāce, namely, a want, or rather a depriuation of knowledge in the things of God, whether they concerne his sincere worship, or eternall happines. 1. Cor. 2.14. The naturall man perceiueth not the things of the spirit of God, for they are foolishnes vnto him, neither can hee know thē, because they are spiritually discerned. Rom. 8.7. The wisdome of the flesh is enimitie with God, for it is not subiect to the law of God, neither indeede can be.

II. Impotencie whereby the minde of it selfe is vnable to vnderstand spi­rituall things, though they be taught. Luk. 24.45. Then opened he their vnder­standing, that they might vnderstand the Scriptures. 2. Cor. 3.5. Not that we are sufficient of our selues, to think any thing as of our selues: but our sufficiēcie is of God.

III. Vanitie, in that the minde thinketh falsehood truth, and trueth false­hood. Eph. 4.7. Walke no more as other Gentiles, in the vanitie of your vnderstan­ding. 1. Cor. 1.21. It pleased God by the foolishnes of preaching, to saue those which beleeue. 23. We preach Christ crucified, to the Iewes a stumbling blocke, but to the Grecians foolishnes. Prou. 14.12. There is a way which seemeth good in the eies of men, but the end thereof is death.

IV. A naturall incl [...]nation onely to conceiue and deuise the thing which is euill. Gen. 6.5. The Lord saw that the wickednes of man was great vpon earth, & all the imaginations of the thoughts of the heart were on [...]ly euill continually, Iere. 4. 22. They are wise to doe euill, but to do well they haue no knowledge.

Hence it is apparant, that the originall, and as I may say, the matter of all [Page 18] heresies, is naturally ingrafted in mans nature. This is worthie the obseruation of students in diuinitie.

The increase of sin in the vnderstanding, is 1. a reprobate sense, when God withdraweth the light of nature. Ioh. 12.40. He hath blinded their eies, and har­dened their harts, least they should see with their eies, & vnderstād with their harts, and I should heale them, and they be conuerted. Rom. 1.28. As they regarded not to know God, so God deliuered thē vp vnto a reprobate minde, to do those things which are not conuenient. 2. The spirit of slumber, Rom. 11.8. God hath giuen them the spirit of slumber, &c. 3. A spirituall drunkennesse, Esay 29.9. They are drunken, but not with wine, they stagger, but not with strong drinke. 4. Strong il­lusions. 2. Thess. 2.11. God shall send them strong illusions, & they shall beleeue lies.

The remnant of Gods image in the conscience, is an obseruing and watch­full power, like the eye of a keeper, reserued in man, partly to reprooue, partly to represse the vnbridled course of his affections. Rom. 2.15. Which shewe the effect of the law written in their hearts, their conscience also bearing witnesse, and their thoughts accusing one another or excusing.

That which the conscience hath receiued of Adam, is the impurenes ther­of. Titus 1.15. To them that are defiled a [...] vnbeleeuing nothing is pure, but euen their mindes and consciences are defiled. This impuritie hath three effects: the first, is to excuse sinne; as, if a man serue God outwardly, he will excuse and cloake his inward impietie. Mark 10.19,20. Thou knowest the commandements. Thou shalt not, &c. Then he answered, and said, Master, all these things haue I ob­serued from my youth. Againe, it excuseth intents not warranted in Gods word, 1. Chron. 13.9. When they came to the threshing floore of Chidon, Vzza put forth his hand to hold the Arke, for the oxe did shake it.

The second, is to accuse and terrifie for doing good. This we may see in su­perstitious idolators, who are grieued when they omit to performe counter­feit and idolatrous worship to their gods. Colos. 2.21,22. Touch not, tast not, handle not, which all perish with vsing, and are after the commandements and do­ctrines of men. Esay 29.13. And their feare toward me was taught them by the precepts of men.

The third, is to accuse and terrifie for sinne. Gen. 50. 15. When Iosephs bre­thren saw that their father was dead, they said, It may be that Ioseph will hate vs, and will pay vs againe all the euill, which we did vnto him. Ioh. 8.9. And when they heard it, beeing accused by their owne consciences, they went out one by one. 1. Ioh. 3. 20. If our heart condemne vs, God is greater then our heart. Though the consci­ence shal accuse a man truly, yet that will not argue any holinesse in it: which appeareth, in that Adam in his innocency had a God, yet no accusing consci­ence.

Impurenes increased in the conscience, is first such a senseles numnesse, as that it can hardly accuse a man of sinne. Eph. 4.19. Who beeing past feeling haue giuen themselues to wantonnes, to worke all vncleannes, euen with greedines. 1. Tim. 4.2. Hauing their consciences burned with an hot yron. This senselesnes springeth from a custome in sinning. 1. Sam. 25.37. Then in the morning when the wine was gone out of Nabal, his wife told him those words, and his heart died within him, and he was like a stone.

[Page 19]II. Some grieuous horror, & terrour of the conscience, Gen. 4.14. [...] hold thou hast cast me this day from the earth, and from thy face shall I be hid. And ver. 13. My punishment i [...] greater, then I can beare. The Symptomes of this disease, are blasphemies, trembling of body, fearefull dreames. Act. 24.26. And [...] h [...] disputed of righteousnes, and temperance and the iudgement to come, Felix tr [...]m­led &c. Dan. 5.9. Then the kings co [...]ntenance was changed and his thoughts trou­bled him, so that the ioynts of his loynes were loosed, and his knees smote one against the other.

In the will, the remnant of Gods image, is a free choice. First, in euery na­turall action, belonging to each liuing creature, as to nourish, to engender, to mooue, to perceiue. Secondly, in euery humane action that is, such as belong to all men; and therefore man hath freewill in outward actions, whether they concerne manners, a familie, or the common-wealth, albeit both in the choice and refusall of them it be very weake. Rom. 2.14. The Gentiles which haue not the law, by nature doe those things which are of the law.

The will receiued. I. An impotencie, whereby it cannot will, or so much as lust after that, which is indeede good, that is, which may please and be accep­table to God. 1. Cor. 2.14. The naturall man perceiueth not the things of the spirit of God for they are foolishnes vnto him neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned. Rom. 5.6. Christ when wee were yet of no strength, at his time died for the vngodly. 2. Tim. 2.26. Phil. 2.13. It is God which worketh in you both the will and the deede, euen of his good pleasure.

II. An inward rebellion, wherby it vtterly abhorreth that which is good, desiring and willing that alone which is euill.

By this it appeareth, that the will is no agent but a meere patient in the first act of conuersion to God, and that by it selfe it can neither begin that conuer­sion, or any other inward and sound obedience due to Gods law.

That which the affections receiue, is a disorder, by which they therfore are not well affected, because they eschew that which is good, and pursue that which is euill. Galat. 5.24. They that are Christs, haue crucified the flesh with the affections and lusts thereof. Rom. 1.26. Therfore God gaue them ouer to filthy lusts. 1. King. 22.8. The king of Israel said vnto Iehosophat, yet is there one of whom thou maiest take counsell, but him I hate, &c. and 21.4. therefore Achab came home to his house discontented and angrie for the word which Naboth spake vnto him; and he laid himselfe on his bed, turning away his face least he should eate meate.

That which the bodie hath receiued, is I. fitnes to begin sinne. This doth the bodie in transporting all obiects and occasions of sinne to the soule. Gen. 3.6. The woman seeing that the tree was good for meate, and pleasant to the eyes, &c. tooke of the fruit thereof, and did eate. II. A fitnesse to execute sinne, so soone as the heart hath begun it. Rom. 6. Neither giue your members as weapons of iniustice to sinne, and vers. 19. As you haue giuen your members as seruants to vncleannes and iniquitie, to commit iniquitie, &c.

CHAP. 13. Of actuall sinne.

A After original sin in Adams posteritie, actuall transgression taketh place. It is either inward or outward. Inward, is of the minde, will, & affections.

[Page 20]The actuall sinne of the minde, is the euill thought or intent thereof, cōtra­ry to Gods law. Examples of euill thoughts: God (the onely knower of the heart) hath in diuers places set downe in his word. I. That there is no God, Psal. 10.4. The wicked is so proud, that he seeketh not for God, he thinketh alwaies there is no God. Psal. 14. 1. The foole saith in his heart, there is no God. II. That there is neither prouidence nor presence of God in the world. Psal. 10.11. He hath said in his heart, God hath forgotten: he hideth away his face & will neuer see. vers. 13. Wherefore doth the wicked centemne God? he saith in his heart, thou wilt not regard. III. It imagineth safegard to it selfe from all perils. Psal. 10. 6. He saith in his heart, I shall neuer be mooued nor be in daunger. Revel. 18.7. She saith in her heart, I sit beeing a Queene, and am no widowe, and shall see no mourning. IV. It esteemeth it selfe more excellent thē other. Apoc. 18.7. I sit as a queene. Luk. 18.11. The Pharisie standing thus, praied to himselfe, I thanke thee, O God, that I am not as other men, extortioners, vniust, adulterers, nor yet as this Publi [...]an. vers. 12. I fast twise in the weeke, and giue tithe of all my possessions. V. That the Gospell of Gods kingdome is meere foolishnes. 1. Cor. 2. 14. The naturall man perceiueth not the things of the spirit of God, for they are foolishnes vnto him. VI. To thinke vncharitably & malitiously of such as serue God sincerely. Math. 12.24. When the Pharisies heard that, they said, he casteth not out diuels but by the prince of diuels. Psal. 74.2. They said in their hearts [...] Let vs destroy them altogither. VII. To thinke the day of death farre off. Esay 28.15. Ye haue said, We haue made a couenant with death, and with hell we are at agreement, though a scourge runne ouer and passe through, it shall not come at vs. VIII. That the paines of hell may be eschewed, in the place before mentioned, they say, With hell haue we made agreement. IX. That God will deferre his both particular and last ge­nerall comming to iudgement. Luk. 12. 19. I will say vnto my soule, soule thou hast much goods laid vp for many yeres. and vers. 45. If that seruāt say in his heart, my master will deferre his comming, &c.

Many carnall men pretend their good meaning: but when God openeth their eies, they shall see these rebellious thoughts rising in their minds, as spar­kles out of a chimney.

The actuall sinne of both wil and affections, is euery wicked motion, incli­nation, and desire. Gal. 5. The flesh lusteth against the spirit.

An actuall outward sinne, is that, to the committing whereof, the members of the bodie doe, together with the faculties of the soule, concurre. Such sinns as these are infinite. Psal. 40. 12. Innumerable troubles haue compassed me, my sins haue taken such hold vpon me, that I am not able to looke vp: yea, they are more in number then the haires of mine head.

Actuall sinne, is of omission or commission: Again, both these are in words or deedes.

In the sinne of commission, obserue these two points. The degrees in com­mitting a sinne, and the differences of sinnes committed.

The degrees, are in number foure. Iames 1. 14, 15. Euery man is tempted, when hee is drawne away by his owne concupiscence, and is entised: Then when lust hath conceiued, it bringeth foorth sinne, and sinne when it is finished, bringeth foorth death.

[Page 21]The first degree, is temptation, whereby man is allured to sinne. This doth Satan by offering to the mind that which is euill. Ioh. 13.2. The diuell had now put into the heart of Iudas Iscariot Simons sonne to betray him. Act. 5.3. Peter said to Ananias, Why hath Satan filled thine heart that thou shouldest lie? &c. 1. Chr. 21. 1. And Satan stood vp against Israel, and prouoked David to number Israel. This also is effected vpon occasion of some externall obiect, which the senses per­ceiue. Iob 31.1. I haue made a couenant with mine eyes, why then should I looke vp­on a maide?

Tentation hath two parts: abstraction, and inescation.

Abstraction, is the first cogitation of committing sinne; whereby the mind is withdrawne from Gods seruice, to the which it should be alwaies readie prest. Luk. 10.27. Thou shalt loue the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and all thy soule, with all thy thought.

Inescation, is that whereby an euill thought conceiued, and for a time retai­ned in the minde by delighting the will and affections, doth as it were, lay a baite for them to draw them to consent.

The second degree, is conception, which is nothing els but a consent and resolution to commit sinne. Psal. 7. 14. He shall trauaile with wickednes, he hath conceiued mischiefe, but he shall bring forth a lie.

The third degree, is the birth of sinne, namely, the committing of sinne, by the assistance both of the faculties of the soule, and the powers of the bodie.

The fourth degree, is perfection, when sinne beeing by custome perfect, and, as it were ripe, the sinner reapeth death, that is, damnation.

This appeareth in the example of Pharaoh: wherefore custome in any sinne is fearefull.

Sinne actually committed, hath fiue differences.

First, to consent with an offendour, and not actually to commit sinne. Eph. 5.11. Haue no fellowship with the vnfruitfull works of darknes, but reprooue them rather. This is done three manner of waies.

  • I. When as a man in iudgement somewhat alloweth the sinne of another. Numb. 20.6,10. Moses and Aaron gathered the congregation together before the rocke, and Moses said vnto them, Heare now ye rebels: shall we bring you water out of the rocke? vers. 12. The Lord spake to Moses and Aaron, because ye beleeued me not, to sanctifie me in the presence of the children of Israel into the land which I haue giuen them.
  • II. When the heart approoueth in affection and consent. Hither may we referre both the Ministers and the Magistrates concealing and winking at of­fences. 1. Sam. 2. 23. Ely said, Why doe ye such things? for of all this people I heare euill of you. Doe no more my sonnes, &c. Now that Elies will agreeth with his sonnes sinnes, it is manifest, vers. 29. Thou honourest thy children aboue me.
  • III. Indeede, by counsell, presence, entisement. Rom. 1. 31. They doe not onely doe the same, but also fauour them that doe them. Mark. 6.25, 26. Shee saide vnto her mother, What shall I aske: and shee said, Iohn Baptists head, &c. Act. 22. 20. When the blood of thy Martyr Steuen was shed, I also stood by, and consented vn­to his death, and kept the clothes of them that slue him.

The second difference, is to sinne ignorantly, as when a man doth not ex­presly [Page 22] and distinctly know whether that which he doth, be a sinne or not, or if he knew it, did not acknowledge and marke it. 1. Tim. 1.23. I before was a bla­sphemer, and a persecutor, and an oppressour: but I was receiued to mercie, for I did it ignorantly through vnbeleefe. Nomb. 35.22, 23, 24. If he pushed him vnadui­sedly and not of hatred, or cast vpon him any thing without laying of waite, or any stone (whereby he might be slaine) and saw him not, or caused it to fall vpon him, and he die, and was not his enemie, neither sought him any harme: then the congregation shall iudge betweene the slayer and the auenger of blood, according to these lawes. 1. Cor. 4 4. I know nothing by my selfe, yet am I not thereby iustified. Psal. 19:13. Cleanse me from my secret sinnes.

The third difference, is to sinne vpon knowledge, but of infirmitie, as when a man fearing some imminent daunger, or amazed at the horrour of death, doth against his knowledge denie that truth, which otherwise he would ac­knowledge and embrace. Such was Peters fall, arising from the ouermuch rashnes of the minde, mingled with some feare.

Thus all men offend, when the flesh, and inordinate desires so ouerrule the will and euery good endeauour, that they prouoke man to that, which hee from his heart detesteth. Rom. 7.19. I doe not the thing which I would, but the e­uill which I would not, that doe I.

The fourth difference, is presumptuous sinning vpon knowledge. Psal. 19. 13. Keepe thy seruant from presumptuous sinnes: let them not raigne ouer me. Hi­therto belongeth, I. euery sinne committed with an high hand, that is, in some contempt of God. Numb. 15.30. The person that doth presumptuously, &c. shalbe cut off from amongst his people: because he hath despised the word of the Lord, and and hath broken his commandement. II. Presumption of Gods mercie in do­ing euill. Eccles. 8.11. Because sentence against an euill worke is not executed spee­dily, therefore the heart of the children of men is fully set in them to doe euill. Rom. 2.4. Despisest thou the riches of his bountifulnes, &c. not knowing that the bounti­fulnes of God leadeth thee to repentance, &c.

The fift difference, is to sinne vpon knowledge and set malice against God, and to this is the sinne against the holy Ghost referred.

CHAP. 14. Of the punishment of sinne.

HItherto we haue intreated of sinne, wherewithall all mankind is infected: in the next place succeedeth the punishmēt of sinne, which is threefold. The first is in this life, and that diuerse waies. The first concerneth the bodie, either in the prouision with trouble for the things of this life, Gen. 3. 17. or a pronenesse to disease, Matth. 9.2. Sonne be of good comfort, thy sinnes be forgiuen thee. Ioh. 5. 14. Behold, thou art made whole, sinne no more, least a worse thing fall vpon thee. Deut. 28.21,22. The Lord shall make the pestilence cleaue vnto thee, vn­till he hath consumed thee from the land, &c. Or shame of nakednesse, Gen. 3.7. Or in womens paines in childbirth. Gen. 3. 16. Vnto the woman he said, I will greatly encrease thy sorrowes, and conceptions: in sorrow shalt thou bring forth children.

II. The soule is punished with trembling of conscience, care, trouble, hardnesse of heart, and madnesse. Deut. 28.28. The Lord shall smite thee with [Page 23] madnesse, and with blindnesse, and with astonying of heart.

III. The whole man is punished, 1. with fearefull subiection to the regi­ment of Satan. Col. 1.13. Which freed vs from the power of darknesse, and transla­ted vs into the kingdome of his beloued Sonne. Heb. 2. 14. He also himself tooke part with them, that he might destroy through death, him that had power of death, that is, the diuell. 2. A separation from the fellowship of God, and trembling at his presence. Eph. 4. 18. Hauing their cogitation darkned, and beeing straungers from the life of God. Gen. 3. 10. I heard thy voice in the garden, and was afraid, be­cause I was naked, therefore I hid my selfe. 3. Vpon a mans goods, diuers ca­lamities and dammages. Deut. 28.29. Thou shalt euer be oppessed with wrong, and be pouled, and no man shall succour thee, &c. to the ende of the chapter. To this place may be referred distinction of Lordships: and of this commeth a care to enlarge them, and bargaining with all manner of ciuill seruitudes. 4. The losse of that Lordly authoritie, which man had ouer all creatures; also their va­nitie, which is not onely a weakning, but also a corrupting of that excellencie of the vertues and powers which God at the first put into them. Rom. 8.20, 21. The creature is subiect to vanitie, not of it owne will, but by reason of him, which hath subdued it vnder hope, &c. 5. In a mans name, infamie and ignominie sometimes after his death. Ierem. 24.9.

The second, is at the last gaspe, namely death, or a change like vnto death, Rom. 6.23. The wages of sinne is death.

The third is, after this life, euen eternall destruction from Gods presence, and his exceeding glorie. 2. Thess. 1.9. Who shalbe punished with euerlasting per­dition, from the presence of God, and the glorie of his power.

CHAP. 15. Of Election, and of Iesus Christ the foundation thereof.

PRedestination hath two parts: Election, and Reprobation. 1. Thess. 5.9. God hath not appointed vs to wrath, but to obtaine saluation by the meanes of our Lord Iesus Christ.

Election, is Gods decree, whereby on his owne free will, he hath ordained certaine men to saluation, to the praise of the glorie of his grace. Eph. 1.4, 5, 6. He hath chosen vs in him, before the foundation of the world, according to the good pleasure of his will, to the praise of the glorie of his grace.

This decree, is that booke of life, wherein are written the names of the E­lect. Revel. 20.12. Another booke was opened, which is the booke of life, and the dead were iudged of those things, that were written in the bookes, according to their workes. 2. Tim. 2.19. The foundation of God remaineth sure, and hath this seale, The Lord knoweth who are his.

The execution of this decree, is an action, by which God, euē as he purpo­sed with himselfe, worketh all those things, which he decreed for the saluation of the Elect. For they whome God elected to this ende, that they should inhe­rite eternall life, were also elected to those subordinate meanes, whereby, as by steppes, they might attaine this end, and without which, it were impossible to obtaine it. Rom. 8. 29, 30. Those which he knew before, he also predestinate to be made like to the image of his Sonne, that he might be the first borne amongst many brethren: Moreouer, whome he predestinate, them he called, whome he called, [Page 24] them [...]ee iustified, and whome hee iustified, them also he glorified.

There appertaine three things to the execution of this decree. First, the foundation. Secondly, the meanes. Thirdly, the degrees.

The foundation is Christ Iesus, called of his father from all eternitie, to performe the office of the Mediator, that in him, all those which should be sa­ued, might be chosen. Heb. 5.5. Christ tooke not to himselfe this honour, to bee made the high Priest, but he that said vnto him, Thou art my Sonne, this day begate I thee, gaue it him &c. Esa. 42.1. Behold my seruant: I will stay vpon him, mine elect, in whome my soule delighteth: I haue put my spirit vpon him, he shall bring foorth iudgement to the Gentiles. Eph. 1.4. Hee hath chosen vs in him, meaning Christ.

Question. Howe can Christ be subordinate vnto Gods election, seeing he together with the Father decreed all things? Answ. Christ as he is Mediator, is not subordinate to the very decree it selfe of election, but to the execution thereof onely. 1. Pet. 1.20. Christ was ordained before the foundation of the world. Augustine in his booke of the Predestinaiion of the Saints, chap. 5. Christ was Predestinate that he might be our head.

In Christ we must especially obserue two things, his incarnatiō, & his Office.

To the working of his Incarnation, concurre: First, both his Natures. Se­condly, their Vnion. Thirdly, their distinction.

Christs first Nature, is the Godhead, in as much as it belongeth to the Son, whereby he is God. Phil. 2.6. Who beeing in the forme of God, thought it no rob­berie to be equall with God. Ioh. 1.1. In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and that Word was God.

It was requisite for the Mediatour to be God; 1. That he might the better sustaine that great miserie, wherewith mankind was ouerwhelmed; the great­nesse whereof, these foure things declare: I. The grieuousnesse of sinne, wher­with Gods maiestie was infinitely offended. II. Gods infinite anger against this sinne. III. The fearefull power of death. IV. The diuels tyrannie who is prince of this world. 2. That he might make his humaine nature both of plē ­tifull merite, and also of sufficient efficacie, for the work of mans redemption. 3. That he might instill into all the elect eternall life, and holinesse. Esa. 43.12. I am the Lord, & there is none besides me a Sauiour, I haue declared, and I haue saued, and I haue shewed, when there was no strange god among you: therefore ye are my witnesses, saith the Lord, that I am God.

I say, the Godhead, in as much as it is the Godhead of the Sonne, is Christs diuine Nature: not as it is the Godhead of the Father, or the holy Ghost, for it is the office of the Sonne, to haue the administration of euery outward acti­on of the Trinitie, from the Father to the holy Ghost. 1. Cor. 6.8. And he be­ing by nature the Sonne of the father, bestowet [...] this priuiledge on those that beleeue, that they are the Sonnes of God by adoption. Ioh. 1.12. As many as receiued him, to them he gaue to be the sonnes of God.

If either the Father or the holy Ghost, should haue beene incarnate, the ti­tle of Sonne should haue beene giuen to one of them, who was not the Sonne by eternall generation; and so there should be moe sonnes then one.

Christs other nature, is his humanity, wherby he, the Mediator, is very mā [...] 1. Tim. 2.5. One God, & one Mediator betwene God & man, the man Christ Ie [...]s.

[Page 25]It was necessarie that Christ should be man. First, that God might be paci­fied in that nature, wherein he was offended. Secondly, that he might vndergo punishment due to sinne, the which the Godhead could not, being void and free from all passion.

Furthermore, Christ, as he is man, is like vnto vs in all things, sinne onely excepted. Heb. 2.17. In all things it became him to be made like vnto his brethren. 1. Cor. 13.4.

Christ therefore is a perfect man, consisting of an essentiall and true soule & bodie, whereunto are ioyned such faculties and properties, as are essentiall vnto both. In his soule, is vnderstanding, memorie, will, and such like: in his bodie, length, breadth, and thicknesse: yea, it is comprehended in one onely place, visible, subiect to feeling, neither is there any thing wanting in him, which may either adorne or make for the beeing of mans nature.

Againe, Christ in his humanitie, was subiect to the infirmities of mans na­ture, which are these: I. to be tempted. Matth. 4.1. Iesus was carried by the spirit into the desart, to be tempted of the Diuell. II. To feare. Heb. 5.7. Who in the daies of his flesh did offer vp praiers and supplications with strong crying and teares, vnto him that was able to saue him from death, and was also heard in that which he fea­red. III. To be angrie. Mark. 3.5. Then he looked round about on them angerly, mourning also for the hardnesse of their hearts, and said vnto the man, Stretch forth thine hand. IV. Forgetfulnesse of his office imposed vpon him, by reason of the agonie astonishing his senses. Matth. 26.39. He went a little further, and fell on his face, and praied, saying, O Father, if it be possible, let this cup passe from me: ne­uertheles, not as I will, but as thou wilt.

VVe must hold these things concerning Christs infinitenes; I. They were such qualities, as did onely affect his humane nature, and not at all constitute the same: and therefore might be left of Christ. II. They were such as were common to all men; as to thirst, to be wearie, and to die: and not personall, as are agues, consumptions, the leprosie, blindnes, &c. III. He was subiect to these infirmities, not by necessitie of his humaine nature, but by his freewill & pleasure, pitying mankind: therefore in him, such infirmities were not the pu­nishment of his owne sinne, as they are in vs, but rather part of that his humi­liation which he did willingly vndergoe for our sakes.

CHAP. 16. Of the Vnion of the two natures in Christ.

NOwe followeth the Vnion of the two natures in Christ, which especially concerneth his Mediation, for by it his humanity did suffer death vpon the crosse in such sort, as he could neither be ouercome, nor perpetually ouer­whelmed by it. Three things belong to this vniting of Natures.

  • I. Conception, by which his humaine nature was by the wonderfull po­wer and operation of God, both immediately, that is, without mans help, and miraculously framed of the substance of the Virgin Marie. Luke 1.35. The holy Ghost shall come vpon thee, & the power of the most high shall ouershadow thee.

    The holy Ghost cannot be said to be the father of Christ, because he did minister no matter to the making of the humanitie, but did onely fashion and frame it of the substance of the Virgin Marie.

  • [Page 26]II. Sanctification, whereby the same humane nature was purified, that is, al­together seuered by the power of the holy ghost, from the least staine of sin, to the end that it might be holy & be made fit to die for others. Luk. 1.35. That holy thing which shall be borne of thee shall be called the Sonne of God. 1. Pet. 3.18. Christ hath once suffered for sinnes, the iust for the vniust. 1. Pet. 2.22. Who did not sinne, neither was there guile found in his mouth.
  • III. Assumption, whereby the Word, that is, the second person in Trini­ty, tooke vpon him flesh, and the seed of Abraham, namely that his humaine Nature, to the end that it beeing destitute of a proper and personal subsistēce, might in the person of the Word obtaine it: subsisting, and, as it were, beeing supported of the Word for euer. Iohn 1.14. That Word was made flesh. Heb. 2.16. Hee tooke not vpon him the nature of Angels, but the seede of Abra­ham.

In the assumption, we haue three things to consider: I. The difference of the two natures in Christ. For the diuine nature, as it is limited to the person of the Sonne is perfect and actually subsisting in it selfe: the other not. II. The manner of vnion. The person of the Sonne did by assuming the humane Na­ture, create it, & by creating, assume it. III. The product of the Vniō. Whole Christ, God and man, was not made a newe person of the two natures, as of partes compounding a new thing; but remained still the same person. Nowe whereas the ancient Fathers tearmed Christ a compound person, wee must vn­derstand them not properly, but by proportion. For as the parts are vnited in the whole, so these two natures doe concurre togither in one person, which is the Sonne of God.

By this we may see, that Christ is one onely Sonne of God, not two: yet in two respects is he one. As he is the eternall Word, hee is by nature the Son of the Father. As he is man, the same Sonne also, yet not by nature or by adopti­on, but only by personal vnion. Luk. 1.35. Matth. 3.17. This is my beloued Son, &c.

The phrase in Scripture agreeing to this Vnion, is the communion of proper­ties, concerning which, obserue two rules.

  • I. Of those things, which are spoken or attributed to Christ, some are on­ly vnderstood of his diuine nature. As that Ioh. 8.58. Before Abraham was, I am. And that Coloss. 1.15. Who is the image of the inuisible God, the first borne of euery creature. Some againe agree only to his humanitie, as borne, suffered, dead, buried, &c. Luk. 2.52. And Iesus increased in wisdome and stature, and in fauour with God and man. Lastly, other things are vnderstood, only of both natures v­nited togither. As Matth. 17.5. This is my beloued Son, in whome onely I am well pleased, heare him. Eph. 1.22. He hath made subiect all things vnder his feete, and hath appointed him ouer all things to be the head to the Church.
  • II. Some things are spoken of Christ, as he is God, which must be inter­preted according to his humane nature. Act. 20.28. To feed the Church of God, that is, Christ, which he (according to his manhood) hath purchased with his own blood. 1. Cor. 2.8. If they had knowne this, they would neuer haue crucified the Lord of glory. Contrarily, some things are mentioned of Christ, as he is man, which onely are vnderstood of his diuine nature. Ioh. 3.13. No man ascended vp to [Page 27] heauen, but he that hath descended from heauen, the sonne of man which is in hea­uen. This is spoken of his manhood, whereas we must vnderstand, that onely his Deitie came downe from heauen. Ioh. 6.62. What if ye should see the sonne of man, (vz. Christs humane nature) ascend vp, where hee (vz. his Deitie) was be­fore.

Lastlie, by reason of this Vnion, Christ, as he is man, is exalted aboue euery name: yea, he is adored, and hath such a great (though not infinite) measure of gifts, as farre surpasse the gifts of all Saints and Angels. Eph. 1.21. And set him at his right hand in heauenly places [...]re aboue all principalitie, and power, and might, and domination, and euery name that is named, not in this world onely, but in that also that is to come. Heb. 1.6. When he bringeth his first begotten Sonne into the world, he saith, And let all the Angels of God worship him. Col. 2.3. In whome all the treasures of wisdome and knowledge are hidden. Phil. 2.9, 10. Therefore god exalted him on hie, & gaue him a name aboue all names, that at the name of Iesus e­uery knee should bow (namely, worship, and be subiect to him) both of things in heauen, and things in earth, and things vnder the earth.

CHAP. 17. Of the distinction of both Natures.

THe distinction of both Natures, is that, whereby they, with their proper­ties and effects, remaine, without composition, mingling, or conuersion, distinct. Ioh. 10.17,18. Therefore doth my Father loue me, because I lay downe my life, that I may take it againe. No man taketh it from me, but: I lay it downe of my selfe. I haue power to lay it downe, and haue power to take it againe. Ioh. 13.31, 32. Now is the Son of man glorified, & God is glorified in him. If God be glorified in him, God shall also glorifie him in himselfe. Here we may obserue, that there is one will in Christ, as God: another, as man. Matth. 26.39. Not as I will but as thou wilt. This also approoueth that sentence of the Chalcedon Creede. Wee confesse, that one and the same Christ Iesus, both Sonne, Lord, only begottē, is known and preached to be in two natures without confusion, mutation, distinction, or separa­tion.

Lastly, hereby it is manifest, that Christ, when he became that which he was not (namely man) continued still that which he was (very God.)

CHAP. 18. Of Christs Natiuitie and Office.

THus much concerning Christs incarnation, the cleere declaration there­of was by his natiuitie.

The natiuity of Christ, is that wherby Mary a Virgin, did after the course of nature, and the custome of women, bring forth Christ that Word of the fa­ther, and the Son of Dauid: so that those are much deceiued, which are of opi­nion that Christ, after a miraculous maner, came into the world, the wombe of the Virgin beeing shut. Luk. 2.23. Euery man child which first openeth the womb, shall be called holy to the Lord. The which place of scripture is applyed to Mary & our Sauiour Christ. Hence is it, that the Virgin Marie is said ( [...]) to bring forth god albeit she is not any way mother of the Godhead. For Christ as hee is God, is without mother, and as man, without Father.

It is conuenient to be thought; that Mary continued a Virgin vntill her [Page 28] dying day, albeit we make not this opinion any article of our beleefe. I. Christ beeing now to depart the world, committed his mother to the tuition and cu­stodie of his disciple Iohn, which it is like he would not haue done, if shee had had any children, by whom, as custome was, shee might haue beene prouided for. Ioh. 19. 26. II. It is likely that shee who was with childe by the holy Ghost, would not after know any man. III. It is agreed of by the Church in all ages.

Christ beeing now borne, was circumcised the eight day, that he might ful­fill all the righteousnes of the law: and b [...]g thirtie yeares of age, he was bap­tized, that he beeing publiquely and solemnly inuested into the office of his Mediatorship, might take vpon him the guilt of our sinnes. He was both cir­cumcised and baptized, that we might learne: I. That the whole efficacie of the Sacraments, depend alone and wholly vpon him. II. That he was Me­diatour of mankind, both before and after the Law, as also vnder grace. III. That he is the knot and bond of both couenants.

His Office followeth, to the perfect accomplishing whereof, he was an­nointed of his Father, that is, he was sufficiently furnished both with gifts and authoritie. Hebr. 1.9. Therefore God, euen thy God annointed thee with the oyle of gladnesse aboue thy fellowes. Esa. 61.1. The Spirit of the Lord was vpon me, therfore be annointed me. Ioh. 3.34. God giueth him not the Spirit by measure.

If any man inforce this as a reason, that Christ could not performe the Of­fice of a Mediatour, beeing not the meane or middle betwixt God and man, but the partie offended, & so one of the extreames: we must know that Christ is two waies said to be the middle or meane. I. Betwixt God and all men: for being both God and man, he doth participate with both extreames. II. Be­twixt God and the faithfull onely: first, according to his humanitie, whereby he receiued the Spirit without measure. Secondly, according to his diuine na­ture, namely, as he is the Word. Now the Word is middle, betwixt the Father and the faithfull: I. In regard of order, because the Word was begotten of the Father, and by it we haue accesse vnto the Father. This subordination, which is of the Sonne to the Father, is not in the diuine essence, seuerally and distin­ctly considered, but in the relation or manner of hauing the essence. And af­ter this manner those things which are subordinate, cannot be vnequall, if they haue one and the same singular essence. II. In regard of his office, the which, beeing imposed on him by his Father, he did willingly vndergoe, and of his owne accord.

Christ doth exercise this office according to both natures vnited in one per­son, and according to each nature distinct one from the other. For in recon­ciling God and man together, the flesh performeth some things distinctly, and the Word other things distinctly. Againe, some other things are done not by the Word or flesh alone, but by both together.

This office is so appropriate to Christ, that neither in whole, or in part, can it be translated to any other. Hebr. 7.24. This man because he endureth for euer, hath an euerlasting priesthood, or a priesthood that cannot passe from one to another.

Therfore Christ, as he is God, hath vnder him, Emperours, Kings, Princes to be his Vicegerents; who therefore are called Gods. Psal. 82.1. But as he is [Page 29] Mediator, that is, a Priest, a Prophet, & King of the Church, he hath no Vice­gerent, Vicar, or Lieuetenant, who, in his either Kingly or Priestly office, in both, or but one, can be in his stead.

Christs office is threefold, Priestly, Propheticall, Regall, Psal. 110.1,2,3,4. Esai 42.1.

Christs Priesthood, is an office of his, wherby he performed all those things to God, whereby is obtained eternall life. Heb. 5.9. And being consecrate, was made the author of eternall saluation, vnto all them that obey him: and is called of God an high Priest for euer after the order of Melchisedec. Chap. 7. 24,25. This man because he endureth for euer, hath an euerlasting Priesthood, wherefore he is a­ble also perfectly to saue all them that come vnto God by him.

His Priesthood, consisteth of two parts. Satisfaction, and Intercession.

Satisfaction, is that, whereby Christ is a full propitiation to his Father for the Elect. Iob. 23.23. If there be a messenger with him, or an interpreter, one of a thousand, to declare vnto man his righteousnes, then will he haue mercie vpon him, and will say, Deliuer him that he goe not downe into the pit, for I haue found a re­conciliation. Rom. 3.24. And are iustisied freely by his grace, through the redempti­on that is in Christ Iesus. v. 25. Whome God hath set forth to be a reconciliation tho­rough faith in his blood. 1. Ioh. 2. 2. He is a propitiation for our sinnes.

Christ satisfied Gods anger for mans offence, according to his humanitie, by performing perfect obedience to the will of God, according to his Deitie, by ministring such especiall dignitie to his perfect obedience, as was both full of merit and efficacie before God, for the saluation of the Elect. Ioh. 17.19. For their sakes sanctifie I my selfe, that they also may be sanctified through the truth. Act. 20.28. To feed the flocke of God, which he hath purchased with his owne blood. 2. Cor. 5.19. God was in Christ, and reconciled the world to himselfe, not imputing their sinnes vnto them.

Satisfaction, comprehendeth his passion, and fulfilling the Law.

His passion, is the first part of satisfaction, by which, he hauing vndergone the punishment of sinne, satisfied Gods iustice, and appeased his anger for the sinnes of the faithfull. His passion was on this manner.

a Somewhat before his death, partly feare arising from the sense of Gods wrath imminent vpon him, partly griefe possessing, as it were, each part of him, so disturbed his sacred minde, b that inwardly for a while it stroke into him a strange kinde of astonishment, or rather obliuion of his dutie imposed vpon him: and outwardly c made him pray vnto his Father (if he would) to remooue that cuppe from him, the which he did expresse with no small crie, many teares, and a bloody sweate, d trickling from his bodie vnto the ground. But when he came againe vnto himselfe, e he freely yeelded himselfe vnto his Father to satisfie vpon the crosse for the transgression of man. After this his a­gonie was ouerpassed, f by Iudas his treacherie Christ is apprehended, and g first he is brought to Annas, after to Caiaphas, where Peter denieth him: h from Caiaphas is he lead bound to Pilate, i Pilate posteth him ouer to He­rod, k he transposteth him backe againe to Pilate, l who acknowledgeth his innocencie, and yet condemneth him as an offender. This innocent thus con­demned, is m pitifully scourged, crowned with thornes, scoffed, spitted at, spite­fully [Page 30] adiudged to the death of the crosse; n on which his hands and feete are fastened with nayles. Here staied not his passions, but after all these, o he be­came accursed to God the Father, that is, God poured vpon him, beeing thus innocent, such a sea of his wrath, as was equiualent to the sinnes of the whole world. He now beeing vnder this curse, through the sense and feeling of this straunge terrour, p complaineth to his Father, that he is forsaken: who not­withstanding, encountring then with Satan and his Angels, did vtterly van­quish q and ouercome them. When this was ended, his heart r was pierced with a speare, till the bloode gushed out from his sides, and he gaue vp s the ghost: and t commended his spirit to his Fathers protection, the which im­mediately went into Paradise. His bodie, u whereof not one bone was broken, was buried, and three daies was x ignominiously captiuated of death.

In this description of Christs passion, we may note fiue circumstances e­specially.

  • I. His Agonie, namely, a vehement anguish, arising vpon the conflict of two contrarie desires in him: The first, was to be obedient to his Father. The second, to auoid the horror of death. Luk. 22.44. Beeing in an agonie, be prayed more earnestly, and his sweate was like droppes of blood, trickling downe to the groūd. Hebr. 5.7. In the daies of his flesh did offer vp prayers and supplications with strong crying and teares vnto him, that was able to saue him from death, and was also heard in that which he feared.
  • II. His Sacrifice, which is an action of Christs, offering himselfe to God the Father, as a ransome for the sinnes of the Elect. Hebr. 9.26. Nowe in the ende of the world hath he appeared once to put away sinne, by the sacrifice of him­selfe.

    In this sacrifice, the oblation was Christ, as he was man. Heb. 10.10 By the which will we are sanctified, euen by the offering of Iesus Christ once made.

    The Altar also was Christ, as he was God. Heb. 13.10. We haue an Altar, whereof they haue no authoritie to eate which serue in the Tabernacle. Hebr. 9.14. How much more shall the bloode of Christ, which through the eternall spirit offered himselfe without spot to God, purge your conscience from dead workes, to serue the li­uing God? Hence it is that Christ is saide to sanctifie himselfe, as he is man, Ioh. 17.19. For their sakes sanctifi [...] I my selfe. Math. 23.17. As the altar, the gift, and the temple, the gold. Math. 23.17.

    Christ is the Priest, as he is God and man. Heb. 5.6. Thou art a Priest for e­uer after the order of Melchisedec. 1. Tim. 2.5,6. One Mediatour betweene God and man, the man Christ Iesus, who gaue himselfe a ransome for all men, to be a te­stimonie in due time.

  • III. God the fathers acceptation of that his sacrifice in which he was wel pleased. For, had it beene that God had not allowed of it, Christs suffering had [Page 31] beene in vaine. Matth. 3.17. This is my beloued Sonne, in whome I am well pleased. Eph. 5.1. Euen as Christ loued vs and gaue himselfe for vs to be an offering and a sacrifice of a sweete smelling sauour to God.
  • IV. Imputation of mans sinne to Christ, whereby his Father accounted him as a transgressour, hauing translated the burden of mans sinnes to his shoulders. Esai 53. 4. He hath borne our infirmities, and caried our sorrowes: yet we did iudge him as plagued and smitten of God, and humbled: But he was wounded for our transgressions, he was broken for our iniquities, &c. and v. 12. He was coun­ted with the transgressours, and he bare the sinnes of many. 2. Cor. 5.21. He hath made him to be sinne for vs, which knew no sinne, that we should be made the righte­ousnes of God in him.
  • V. His wonderfull humiliation, consisting of two parts: I. In that he made himselfe of small or no reputation in respect of his Deitie. Philip. 2.7,8. He made himselfe of no reputation, &c. he humbled himselfe, and became obedient vnto the death, euen the death of the crosse.

We may not thinke, that this debasing of Christ came, because his diuine nature was either wasted or weakened, but because his Deitie did, as it were, lay aside, and conceale his power and maiestie for a season. And as Irenaeus saith, The Word rested, that the humane nature might be crucified, and dead.

II. In that he became execrable, which is, by the law accursed for vs. Gal. 3.10. Cursed is euery one that remaineth not in all things written in the booke of the Law to doe them.

This accursednesse, is either inward or outward.

Inward is the sense of Gods fearefull anger vpon the crosse. Revel. 19. 15. He it is that treadeth the winepresse of the fiercenes and wrath of Almightie God. Esai 53.5. He is grieued for our transgressions, the chastisment of our peace was vpon him, and with his stripes we were healed. This appeared by those droppes of bloode, which issued from him, by his cryings to his Father vpon the crosse, and by sending of Angels to comfort him. Hence was it, that he so much fea­red death, which many Martyrs entertained most willingly.

His outward accursednes, standeth in three degrees. I. Death vpon the crosse, which was not imaginarie, but true, because blood and water issued frō his heart. For seeing that water and blood gushed forth together, it is very like, the casket or coate which inuesteth the heart called Pericardion, was pierced. As Columbus obserueth in his Anatomie, 7. booke. Ioh. 19 [...]4.

His death was necessarie, that he might confirme to vs the Testament, or Couenant of grace promised for our sakes. Heb. 19.15,16. For this cause is he the Mediator of the new Testament, that through death, &c. they which were cal­led, might receiue the promise of eternall inheritance: for where a testament is there must be the death of him that made the testament, &c. ver. 17.

II. Buriall, to ratifie the certentie of his death.

III. Descension into hell, which we must not vnderstand that he went lo­cally into the place of the damned, but that for the time of his abode in the graue he was vnder the ignominious dominion of death. Act. 2.24. Whome God hath raised vp and loosed the sorrowes of death; because it was vnpossible that he should be holden of it. Ephes. 4.9. In that he ascended, vvhat vvas it but that he [Page 32] also he descended first into the lowest part of the earth?

It was necessarie that Christ should be captiuated of death, that he might a­bolish the sting, that is, the power thereof. 1. Cor. 15. 55. O death where is thy sting! O hell where is thy victorie!

Thus we haue heard of Christs maruelous passion, whereby he hath aboli­shed both the first and second death, due vnto vs for our sinnes, the which (as we may further obserue) is a perfect ransom for the sinnes of all and euery one of the Elect. 1. Tim. 2.6. Who gaue himself a ransome for all men. For it was more, that Christ the onely begotten Sonne of God, yea, God himselfe for a small while should beare the curse of the Law, then if the whole world should haue suffered eternall punishment.

This also is worthie our meditation, that then a man is wel grounded in the doctrine of Christs passion, when his heart ceaseth to sinne, & is pricked with the griefe of those sinnes, whereby, as with speares he pierced the side of the immaculate lambe of God. 1. Ioh. 3.6. Who so sinneth, neither hath seene him, nor knowne him. Zach. 12.10. And they shall looke vpon him, whome they haue pierced, and they shall lament for him, as one lamenteth for his onely sonne, and be sorie for him, as one is sorie for his first borne.

After Christs passion, followeth the fulfilling of the Law, by which he satis­fied Gods iustice in fulfilling the whole Law. Rom. 8. 3,4. God sent his owne Sonne, that the righteousnes of the Law might be fulfilled by vs.

He fulfilled the Law, partly by the holines of his humane nature, and part­ly by obedience in the works of the Law. Rom. 8.2. The Law of the spirit of life, which is in Christ Iesus, hath freed me from the Law of sinne, and of death. Matth. 3. 15. It becommeth vs to fulsill all righteousnes, &c. Ioh. 17.19.

Now succeedeth the second part of Christs priesthood, namely, intercessi­on, whereby Christ is an Aduocate, and intreater of God the Father for the faithfull. Rom. 8.34. Christ is at the right hand of God, and maketh request for vs. Christs intercession is directed immediately to God the Father. 1. Ioh. 2.1. If any man sinne, we haue an Aduocate with the Father, euen Iesus Christ the iust. Now as the Father is first of the Trinitie in order, so if he be appeased, the Sonne and the holy Ghost are appeased also. For there is one and the same a­greement and will of all the persons of the Trinitie.

Christ maketh intercession according to both natures. First, according to his humanitie, partly by appearing before his Father in heauen, partly by de­siring the saluation of the Elect. Hebr. 9.24. Christ is entred into very heauen to appeare now in the sight of God for vs. and chap. 7. 25. He is able perfectly to saue them that come to God by him, seeing he euer liueth to make intercession for them. Secondly, according to his Deitie, partly by applying the merit of his death; partly by making request by his holy Spirit, in the hearts of the Elect, with sighes vnspeakable. 1. Pet. 1.2. Elect according to the foreknowledge of the Father to the sanctification of the Spirit. Rom. 8. [...]6. The Spirit helpeth our infirmities: for we know not what to pray as we ought, but the Spirit it selfe maketh request for vs with sighes which cannot be expressed.

We are not therefore to imagine or surmise, that Christ prostrateth him­selfe vpon his knees before his Fathers throne for vs, neither is it necessarie, [Page 27] seeing his very presence before his father, hath in it the force of an humble petition.

The end of Christs intercession is, that such as are iustified by his merits, should by this meanes continue in the state of grace. Now Christs intercessi­on preserueth the elect in couering their continuall slipps, infirmities, and im­perfect actions, by an especiall and continuall application of his merits. That by this meanes mans person may remaine iust, and mans works acceptable to God. 1. Ioh. 2.2. Hee is a reconciliation for our sinnes, and not for ours onely, but for the sinnes of the whole world. 1. Pet. 2.5. Yee as liuely stones, be made a spirituall house and holy Priesthood, to offer vp spirituall sacrifices acceptable to God by Iesus Christ. Reuel. 8.3,4. And another Angell came and stood before the altar, hauing a golden censer, and much odours was giuen vnto him that he should offer with the prayers of all Saints vpon the golden altar, which is before the throne, and t [...] smoke of the odors with the prayers of the Saints, went vp before God out of the Angels hand.

Thus farre concerning Christs priesthood; nowe follow his Propheticall and Regall offices.

His Propheticall office, is that, whereby he immediately from his Father, renealeth his word and all the meanes of saluation comprised in the same. Ioh. 1.18. The Son, which is in the bosome of his father, he hath declared vnto you. Ioh. 8.26. Those things which I heare of my father, I speake to the world. Deut. 18.18. I will raise them vp a Prophet, &c.

The word was first reuealed, partly by visions, by dreames, by speech; part­ly by the instinct and motion of the holy ghost. Heb. 1.1. At sundry times, & in diuers manners, God spake in old time to our Fathers the Prophets: in these last daies he hath spoken to vs by his sonne. 2. Pet. 1.21. Prophecie came not in old time by the will of man, but holy men of God spake as they were mooued by the holy ghost.

The like is done ordinarily onely by the preaching of the word, where the holy ghost doth inwardly illuminate the vnderstanding. Luk. 24.45. Then o­pened he their vnderstanding, that they might vnderstand the Scriptures. v. 21.15. I I will giue you a month and wisdome, where against all your aduersaries shall not bee able to speake, nor resist. Act. 16.14. Whose heart the Lord opened that shee atten­ded on the things that Paul spake. For this cause, Christ is called the Doctor, Lawegiuer, and Counsellour of his Church. Matth. 23.10. Be ye not called D [...] ­ctors, for one is your Doctor, Iesus Christ. Iam. 4.12. There is one Lawgiuer which is able to saue and to destroy. Esa. 9.6. He shall call his name Counsellour, &c. Yea, he is the Apostle of our profession. Heb. 3.1. The Angell of the couenant. Malac. 3.1. And the Mediatour of the new couenant. Heb. 9.15. Therefore the soueraigne authoritie of expoūding the Scripture, only belongs to Christ: and the Church hath onely the ministerie of iudgement and interpretation committed vnto her.

Christs Regall office, is that, whereby he distributeth his gifts, and disposeth all things for the benefit of the elect. Psal. 2. and 110.31.2. The Lord said vnto my Lord, sit t [...]ou on my right hand, till I make thine enimies thy footestoole.

The execution of Christs Regall office, comprehendeth his exaltation.

Christs exaltation, is that, by which he, after his humiliation, was by little [Page 34] and little exalted to glorie; and that in sundrie respects according to both his natures.

The exaltation of his diuine nature, is an apparant declaration of his diuine properties in his humane nature, without the least alteration thereof. Rom. 1. 4. Declared mightily to be the sonne of God, touching the spirit of sanctification by the resurrection from the dead. Act. 2.36. God hath made him both lord & Christ, whome ye haue crucified.

The exaltation of his humanitie, is the putting off from him his seruile cō ­dition, and all infirmities, and the putting on of such habituall gifts; which al­beit they are created and finite; yet they haue so great and so marueilous per­fection, as possibly can be ascribed to any creature. The gifts of his minde, are wisdome, knowledge, ioy, and other vnspeakeable vertues of his bodie, im­mortalitie, strength, agilitie, brightnesse. Philip. 3.21. Who shall change our vile bodies, that it may be fashioned like vnto his glorious body. Math. 17.2. He was trās­figured before them, & his face did shine as the sunne, and his cloathes were as white as the light. Heb. 1.9. God euen thy God hath annointed the with the oyle of gladnes aboue thy fellows. Eph. 1.20.22.

Christs bodie, although it be thus glorified, yet is it still of a solide substāce, compassed about, visible, palpable, and shall perpetually remaine in some cer­taine place. Luk. 24.39. Behold my hands, and my feete, it is euen I, touch me, and see: a spirit hath no flesh and bones, as ye se me haue.

There be three degrees of Christs exaltation.

  • I. His resurrection, wherein by his diuine power he subdued death, and raised vp himselfe to eternall life. 2. Cor. 13.4. Though he was crucified concer­ning his infirmitie, yet liueth he through the power of God. Matth. 28.6. Hee is not here, for he is risen, as he said, Come see the place where the Lord was laid.

    The ende of Christs resurrection, was to shewe that his satisfaction, by his passion and death, was fully absolute. For one onely sinne would haue detai­ [...]ed the Mediatour vnder the dominion of death, though he had fully satisfi­ed for all the rest. 1. Cor. 15.17. If Christ be not raised, your faith is in vaine: yee are yet in your sinnes. Rom. 4.25. Who was deliuered to death for our sinnes, and is risen againe for our iustification.

  • II. His ascension into heauen, which is a true, locall, and visible translation of Christs humane nature from earth into the highest heauen of the blessed, by the vertue & power of his Deitie. Act. 1.9. When he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken vp: for a cloud tooke him vp out of their sight: and while they looked stedfastly towards heauen, as he went beholde, two men stood by thē in white apparell: which also said, Ye men of Galile, why stand ye gazing into heauen, this Iesus which is taken vp from you into heauen, shall come as ye haue seene him goe into heauen. Eph. 4.10. He ascended farre aboue all the heauens.

    The end of Christs ascens [...]on was, that he might prepare a place for the faithfull, giue them the holy ghost, and their eternall glorie. Ioh. 14.2. In my fa­thers house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would haue told you: I goe to pre­pare a place for you. c. 16.7. If I goe not away, the Comforter will not come vnto you: but if I depart, I will send him vnto you.

  • III. His sitting at the right hand of God the father, which metaphorically [Page 35] signifieth that Christ hath in the highest heauens actually all glorie, power, & dominion. Heb. 1.3. By himselfe he hath purged our sinnes, and sitteth at the right hand of the maiestie in the highest places. Psal. 110.1. The Lord said to my Lord, sit thou at my right hand, till I make thine enimies thy footstoole. 1. Cor. 15.25. Hee must raigne till he hath put all his enemies vnder his feete. Act. 7.55. He being full of the holy Ghost looked stedfastly into heauen, and sawe the glory of God, and Iesus standing at the right hand of God. Mark. 20.22.

His regall office hath two parts. The first is, his regiment of the kingdome of heauen, part whereof is in heauen, part vpon the earth, namely the congre­gation of the faithfull.

In the gouernment of his Church, hee exerciseth two prerogatiues royall. The first is, to make lawes. Iames 4.12. There is one Lawgiuer which is able to saue and to destroy. The second is, to ordaine his ministers. Eph. 4.11. He gaue some to be Apostles, others Prophets, others Evangelists, some Pastours and teach­ers, &c. 1. Cor. 12.28. God hath ordained some in the Church, as first, Apostles, se­condly Prophets, thirdly teachers, then them that doe miracles, after that the gifts of healing, helpers, gouernours, diuersitie of tongues.

Christs gouernment of the Church, is either his collection of it out of the world or conseruation being collected. Eph. 4.12. Psal. 10.

The second part of his Regall office, is the destruction of the kingdome of darknes. Col. 1.13. Who hath deliuered vs from the kingdome of darknes. Psal. 2.9. Thou shalt crus [...] them with a scepter of yron, and breake them in pieces like a potters vessell. Luk. 19.27. Those mine enimies, that would not that I should raigne ouer them, bring hither, and slay them before me.

The kingdome of darkenesse, is the whole company of Christs enemies.

The prince of this kingdome, and of all the members thereof, is the diuell. Eph. 2.2. Ye walked once according to the counsell of the world, and after the prince that ruleth in the aire, enen the prince that nowe worketh in the children of disobe­dience. 2. Cor. 4.4. The God of this world hath blinded the eies of the infidels. 2. Cor. 6.15. What concord hath Christ with Belial, or what part hath the beleeuer with the infidel.

The members of this kingdome, and subiects to Satan, are his angels, and vnbeleeuers, among whome, the principall members are Atheistes, who say in their heart, there is no God. Psal. 14.1. And Magitians, who bargaine with the diuell, to accomplish their desires. 1. Sam. 28.7. Psal. 58.5. Idolatours, who either ador [...] false Gods, or the true God in an idol 1. Cor. 10.7.20. Turkes and Iewes are of this bunch; so are Heretiks, who are such as erre with pertina­cie in the foundation of religion. 2. Tim. 2. 18. Apostates, or reuolters from faith in Christ Iesus. Heb. 6.6. False Christs, who b [...]are men in hand, they are true Christs. Matth. 24.26. There were many such about the time of our Sa­uiour Christ his first comming, as Iosephus witnesseth, book 20. of Iewish antiquities, the 11,12. & 14. chapters. Lastly, that Antichtist, who, as it is now apparant, can be none other but the Pope of Rome. 2. Thess. 2.3. Let no man deceiue you by any meanes, for that day shall not come, except there come a depar­ting first, and that that man of sinne bee disclosed, euen the sonne of perdition, which is an aduersarie, and exalteth himselfe against all that is called God, or that [Page 36] is worshipped: so that he doth sit as God in the temple of God, shewing himselfe that he is God. Reuel. 13.11. And I beheld another beast comming out of the earth, which had two hornes like the Lambe, but he spake like the dragon: And he did all that the first beast could doe before him, and he caused the earth, and them that dwell threin, to worship the beast, whose deadly wound was healed.

There were then, first, Antichristes at Rome, when the Bishops thereof would be entitled Vniuersall, or supreame gouernours of the whole world, but then were they complete, when they, togither with Ecclesiasticall censure vsurped ciuill authoritie.

After that Christ hath subdued all his enemies, these two things shall en­sue: I. The surrendering ouer of his kingdome to God the Father, as concer­ning the regiment: for at that time shal cease both that ciuil regiment, and spi­rituall policie, consisting in word and spirit together. II. The subiection of Christ, onely in regard of his humanity, the which then is, when the Sonne of God shall most fully manifest his maiestie, which before was obscured by the flesh as a vaile, so that the same flesh remaining both glorious & vnited to the Sonne of God, may by infinite degrees appeare inferiour.

We may not therefore imagine, that the subiection of Christ, consisteth in diminishing the glorie of the humanitie, but in manifesting most fully the maiestie of the Word.

CHAP. 19. CONCERNING THE OVTWARD MEANES of executing the decree of election, and of the Decalogue.

AFter the foundation of Election, which hath hitherto beene deliuered, it followeth, that we should intreat of the outward meanes of the same.

The meanes are Gods Couenant, and the seale ther­of.

Gods couenant, is his contract with man, concer­ning life eternall, vpon certaine conditions.

This couenant consisteth of two parts: Gods pro­mise to man, Mans promise to God.

Gods promise to man, is that, whereby he bindeth himselfe to man to bee his God, if he breake not the condition.

Mans promise to God, is that, whereby he voweth his allegiance vnto his Lo [...]d, and to performe the condition betweene them.

Againe, there are two kindes of this couenant. The couenant of workes, & the couenant of grace. Ierm. 31.3 [...].42.43. Behold the daies come, saith the Lord, that I will make a now cou [...]nant with the house of Israel, and with the house of Iu­dah, not a [...]cording to the couenant I made with their fathers, when I tocke them [...]y the hand to bring them out of the land of Egypt; the which my couenant they brake; al [...]hough I was an husband to them, saith the Lord. But this shall be the couenant, that I will make with the house of Israel: after those daies, saith the Lord, I will put my law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts, and will be their God, and they shall be my people.

The couenant of works, is Gods couenant, made with condition of perfect [Page 37] obedience, and is expressed in the morall law.

The Morall Law, is that part of Gods word, which commandeth perfect obedience vnto man, as well [...]n his nature, as in his actions, and forbiddeth the contrarie. Rom. 10.5. Moses thus describeth the righteousnes which is of the Law, that the man, which doth these things, shall liue thereby. 1. Tim. 1.5. The end of the commandement; is loue out of a pure heart, and of a good conscience, and faith vnfai­ned. Luk. 16.27. Thou shalt loue the Lord thy God, with all thine heart, with all thy soule, and with all thy strength. Rom. 7. We know that the law is spirituall.

The Law hath two parts. The Edict, commanding obedience, and the con­dition binding to obedience. The condition is eternall life to such as fulfill the law: but to transgressours, euerlasting death.

The Decalogue or ten Commandements, is an abridgement of the whole Law, and the couenant of workes. Exod. 34.27. And the Lord said vnto Moses, Write thou these words, for after the tenour of these words, I haue made a covenant with thee, and with Israel. And was there with the Lord fourtie daies and fourtie nights, and did neither eate bread, nor drinke water, and he wrote in the Tables the words of the covenant, euen the tenne Commandements. 1. King. 8.9. Nothing was in the Arke, saue the two Tables of stone, which Moses had put there at Horeb, where the Lord made a couenant with the children of Israel, when he brought them out of the land of Egypt. Matth. 22.40. On these two commandements hangeth the whole Law and the Prophets.

The true interpretation of the Decalogue, must be according to these rules.

  • I. In the negatiue, the affirmatiue must be vnderstood: and in the affirma­tiue, the negatiue.
  • II. The negatiue bindeth at all times, and to all times: and the affirmatiue, bindeth at all times, but not to all times: and therefore negatiues are of more force.
  • III. Vnder one vice expressely forbidden, are comprehended all of that kind, yea, the least cause, occasion, or entisement thereto, is as well forbidden, as that 1. Ioh. 3.15. Whosoeuer hateth his brother, is a manslayer. Matth. 5.21. to the ende. Euill thoughts are condemned, as well as euill actions.
  • IV. The smallest sinnes are entituled with the same names, that that sinne is, which is expressely forbidden in that commandement, to which they ap­pertaine. As in the former places, hatred is named murther, and to looke after a woman with a lusting eye, is adulterie.
  • V. We must vnderstand euery commandement of the law so, as that we annex this condition: vnlesse God command the contrarie. For God being an ab­solute Lord, and so aboue the law, may command that which his law forbid­deth: so he commanded Isaac to be offered, the Egyptians to be spoiled, the brasen Serpent to be erected which was a figure of Christ, &c.

The Decalogue, is described in two Tables.

The summe of the first Table, is, that we loue God with our mind, memo­rie, affections, and all our strength. Matth. 22. 37. This is the first, (to wit, in nature and order) and great commandement, (namely, in excellencie, and dig­nitie.

CHAP. 20. Of the first commandement.

THe first table hath foure commandements.

The first, teacheth vs to haue and choose the true God for our God. The words are these.

I am Iehouah thy God, which brought thee out of the land of Egypt, and out of the house of bondage. Thou shalt haue none other God but me.

The Resolution.

I am] If any man rather iudge, that these words are a preface to al the com­mandements, then a part of the first, I hinder him not: neuerthelesse, it is like, that they are a perswasion to the keeping of the first commandement: & that they are set before it, to make way vnto it: as being more hard to be receiued, then the rest. And this may appeare, in that the three commandements next following haue their seuerall reasons.

Iehouah] This word signifieth three things: I. Him who of himselfe, and in himselfe, was from all eternitie. Reuel. 1.8. Who is, who was, and who is to come. II. Him which giueth being to all things, when they were not, partly by crea­ting, partly by preseruing them. III. Him which mightily causeth that those things which he hath promised, should both be made, and continued. Exod. 6.1. Rom. 4. 17.

Here beginneth the first reason of the first commandement, taken from the name of God: it is thus framed.

He that is Iehouah, must alone be thy God.

But I am Iehouah:

Therefore I alone must be thy God.

This proposition is wanting: the assumption is in these words ( I am Ieho­uah) the conclusion is the commandement.

Thy God] These are the words of the couenant of grace. Ier. 32.33. wher­by the Lord promiseth to his people, remission of sinnes, and eternall life. Yea these words are as a second reason of the commandements, drawne from the equalitie of that relation, which is betweene God and his people.

If I be thy God, thou againe must be my people, and take me alone for thy God.

But I am thy God:

Therefore thou must be my people, and take me alone for thy God.

The assumption, or second part of this reason, is confirmed by an argumēt taken from Gods effects, when he deliuered his people out of Egypt, as it were, from the seruitude of a most tyrannous master. This deliuerie was not appropriate onely to the Israelites, but in some sort to the Church of God in all ages: in that it was a typ [...] [...]f a more surpassing deliuerie, from that fearefull kingdome of darkenes. 1. Cor. 10.1,2. I would not haue you ignorant, brethren, that all our Fathers were vnder the cloude, and all passed through the red sea, and were all baptized vnto Moses in the cloude, and in the sea. Coloss. 1.13. Who hath deliuered vs from the power of darkenes, and translated vs into the kingdome of his deare sonne.

Other Gods or strange gods] They are so called, not that they by nature are such, or can be, but because the corrupt, and more then diuelish heart of car­nall [Page 39] man esteemeth so of them. Phil. 3.19. Whose God is their bellie. 1. Cor. 4.4. Whose mindes the God of this world hath bewitched.

Before my face] That is, (figuratiuely) in my sight or presence, to whom the secret imaginations of the heart are knowne: and this is the third reason of the first commandement, as if he should say. If thou in my presence reiect me, it is an heinous offence: see therfore thou doe it not. After the same manner rea­soneth the Lord. Gen. 17.1. I am God almightie, therefore walke vpright.

The affirmatiue part.

Make choice of Iehouah to be thy God.

The duties here commanded, are these:

  • I. To acknowledge God, that is, to know and confesse him, to bee such a God, as he hath reuealed himselfe to be in his worde, and creatures. Col. 1.10. Increasing in the knowledge of God. Ierem. 24. 7. And I will giue them an heart to know me, that I am the Lord, and they shall be my people, and I will be their God: for they shall return vnto me with their whole heart. In this knowledge of God must we glorie. Ierem. 9.24. Let him that glorieth, glory in this, that he vnderstandeth and knoweth me: for I am the Lord which shew mercie, iudgement, and righteousnes in the earth.
  • II. An vnion with God, whereby man is knit in heart with God. Iosh. 23. 8. Sticke fast vnto the Lord your God, as yee haue done vnto this day. Act. 11.23. He exhorted all, that with purpose of heart, they would cleaue to the Lord. Man cleaueth vnto God three manner of waies: in affiance, in loue, and feare of God.

Affiance, is that, whereby a man acknowledging the power and mercie of God, and in him, against all assaults whatsoeuer, doth stedfastly rest himselfe. 2. Chro. 20.20. Put your trust in the Lord your God, and ye shall be assured, beleeue his Prophets and ye shal prosper. Psal. 27.1. God is my light, and my saluation, whome should I feare? God is the strength of my life, of whom should I be afraid? v. 3. Though an hoast pitched against me, mine heart should not be afraide: though warre be rai­sed against me, I will be secure.

Hence riseth patience, and alacritie in present perils. Psal. 39.19. I should haue beene dumb, and not opened my mouth, because thou didst it. 2. Sam. 16.10. the King said, What haue I to doe with you, ye sonnes of Zeruiah? If he cursed, because the Lord said, Curse Dauid, what is he that dare say, Why doest thou so? Gen. 45.5. Be not sad neither grieued with your selues, that ye sold me hither: for God did send me before you for your preseruatiō. v. 8. Now then, you sent me not, but god himselfe. 2. King. 6.16. Feare not, for they that be with vs, are moe, thē they that be with thē.

This affiance engendreth hope, which is a patient expectatiō of Gods pre­sence & assistance in all things that are to come. Psal. 37.5. Cōmit thy way vnto the Lord, and trust in him, and he shall bring it to passe. vers. 7. Waite patiently vpon the Lord, and hope in him. Prou. 16.3. Commit thy worke vnto the Lord, and thy thoughts shall be directed.

The loue of God, is that, wherby man acknowledging Gods goodnes and fauour towards him, doth againe loue him aboue all things. Deut. 6.5. Thou shalt loue the Lord thy God with all thine heart, with all thy soule, and with all thy strength.

[Page 40]The marks of the true loue of God are these: I. To heare willingly his word. II. To speake often to him. III. To thinke often of him. IV. To do his will without irkesomnes. V. To giue bodie, and all for his cause. VI. To desire his presence aboue all, & to bewaile his absence. VII. To embrace al such things as appertaine to him. VIII. To loue and hate that which he loueth and ha­teth. IX. In all things to seeke to please him. X. To draw others vnto the loue of him. XI. To esteeme highly of such gifts and graces, as he bestoweth. XII. To stay our selues vpon his counsels reuealed in his word. Lastly, to call vp­on his name with affiance.

The feare of God, is that whereby man, acknowledging Gods both mer­cy and iustice, doth as it were a capital crime feare to displease God. Psal. 103. 3. With thee is mercie, that thou maist be feared. Habak. 3.16. When I heard it, my belly trembled, my lips shooke at the voice: rottennes entred into my bones, & I trem­bled in my selfe, that I might rest in the day of trouble, when he commeth vp against the people to destroy them. Psal. 4.4. Tremble, and sinne not.

Hence ariseth the godly mans desire, to approoue himselfe in all things to his God. Gen. 5.22. And Henoch walked with God, after that, &c. Gen. 17. 1. God said to him, I am al-sufficient, walke before me and be thou perfect.

Out of these three former vertues, proceedeth humilitie, whereby a man acknowledging Gods free bountie, and prostrating himselfe before him, doth ascribe vnto him all praise and glorie. 1. Cor. 1.31. Let him that glorieth, glorie in the Lord. 1. Pet. 5.5. Decke your selues inwardly with lowlinesse of mind: for God resisteth the proud, and giueth grace to the humble. v. 6. Humble your selues there­fore vnder the mightie hand of God, that he may exalt you in due time. 1. Chro. 29. 10,11. And Dauid sayd, Blessed be thou, O Lord God of Israel our father for euer, and thine, O Lorde, is greatnes and power, and glorie, and victorie, and praise: for all that is in heauen, and in earth is thine, &c. and v. 14. But who am I, and what is my people, that we should be able to offer willingly on this sort: for all things come of thee, and of thine owne hand we haue giuen thee, &c.

The negatiue part.

Account not that as God, which is by nature no God.

In this place are these sinnes forbidden:

  • I. Ignorance of the true God and his will, which is not only not to know, but also to doubt of such things, as God hath reuealed in his word, Ierem. 4. 22. My people is foolish, they haue not known me: they are foolish children, and haue none vnderstanding: they are wise to doe euill, but to doe well, they haue no knowe­ledge. Ierem. 9.3. They proceede from euill to worse, and haue not knowne me, saith the Lord.
  • II. Atheisme, when the heart denieth either God, or his attributes: as, his Iustice, Wisdome, Prouidence, Presence. Psal. 14. 1. The foole hath said in his heart there is no God. Eph. 2. 12. Ye had no hope, and were without God in the world. Malach. 1.2. I loue you, saith the Lord, yet ye say, wherein haue we spoken a­gainst thee? v. 14. Ye haue said, it is in vaine to serue God: & what profit is it, that we haue kept his commandements, and that we walked humbly before the Lord of hosts?
  • III. Errours concerning God, the persons of the Deitie, or the attributs. Heere is it to be reprooued Hellenisme, which is the acknowledging & ado­ring [Page 41] of a multiplicitie of Gods. August in his 6. booke of the Citie of God. chap. 7.

    Againe, Iudaisme is here condemned, which worshippeth one God with­out Christ.

    The like may be said of the heresies of the Maniches, and Marcian, who denie God the Father: of Sabellius, denying the distinction of three persons: and Arrius, who saith, that Christ the Sonne of God, is not very God.

  • IV. To withdraw, and remooue the affections of the heart, from the lord, and set them vpon other things. Esay 29.13. The Lord said, this people draweth neere me with their mouth, and honour me with their lips, but their heart is farre from me. Ierem. 12.2. Thou art neere in their mouth, and farre from their reynes. The heart is many waies withdrawne from God.
    • I. By distrust in God. Heb. 10.38. The iust shall liue by faith, but if any with­draw himselfe, my soule shall haue no pleasure in him. From this diffidence arise; I. Impatience in suffering afflictions. Ierem. 20. 14. Cursed be the day wherein I was borne, and let not the day wherein my mother bare me, be blessed. v. 13. Cur­sed be the man, that shewed my father, saying, a man child is born [...] vnto thee, and comforted him. v. 18. How is it that I came forth of the wombe, to see labour & sor­row, that my daies should be consumed with shame? II. Tempting of God, when such as distrust, or rather contemne him, seeke signes of Gods trueth and po­wer. Matth. 4.7. Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God. 1. Corinth. 10.6. Neither let vs tempt God, as they tempted him, and were destroyed by serpents. v. 10. Neither murmure ye, as some of thē murmured, and were destroyed of the destroyer. III. De­speration. Gen. 4. 13. Mine iniquity is greater then can be pardoned. 1. Thes. 4. 13. Sorrow ye not, as they which haue no hope. IV. Doubtfulnes, concerning the trueth of Gods benefits present, or to come. Psal. 116.11. I said in mine hast, all men are lyers.
    • II. Confidence in creatures, whether it be in their strength, as Ierem. 17.5. Cursed is the man that hath his confidence in man, and maketh flesh his arme, but his heart slideth from the Lord. Or riches. Matth. 6.24. Ye cannot serue God and rich­es. Eph. 5.5. No coueto [...]s person, which is an idolater, hath inheritance in the king­dome of Christ and of God. Or defenced places. Iere. 49. 16. Thy feare, & the pride of thine heart hath deceiued thee, that thou dwellest in the clefts of the Rocke, and keepest the height of the hill: though thou shouldest make thy nest as high as the Ea­gle, I will bring thee downe from thence, saith the Lord. Or pleasure, and dainties: to such their bellie is their God. Phil. 3. 14. Or in physitians, 2. Chron. 6. 12. And Asa in the nine and thirtieth yeare of his raigne, was diseased in his feete, and his disease was extreame, yet he sought not the Lord in his disease, but to the Physi­tians. Briefly, to this place principally may be adioyned that diuelish confi­dence, which Magitians, and all such as take aduise at them, doe put in the di­uell, and his workes. Leuit. 20. 6. If any turne after such as worke with spirits, and after soothsayers, to goe a whoring after them, then will I set my face against that person, and will cut him off from among this people.
    • III. The loue of the creature, aboue the loue of God, Math. 10.37. Hee that loueth father or mother more then me, is not worthie of me, and he that loueth sonne or daughter more then me, is not worthy of me. Iohn 12. 43. They loued [Page 42] the praise of man, more then the praise of God. To this belongeth selfe-loue. 2. Tim. 3.2.
    • IV. Hatred and contempt of God, when man flieth from God, and his wrath, when he punisheth offences. Rom. 8.7. The wisdome of the flesh, is enmitie with God. Rom. 1. 30. Haters of God, doers of wrong.
    • V. Want of the feare of God. Psal. 36.1. Wickednes saith to the wicked man, euen in mine heart, that there is no feare of God before their eyes.
    • VI. Feare of the creature, more then the Creator. Rev. 21.8. The fearefull and vnbeleeuing, shall haue their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brim­stone. Matth. 10.28. Feare not them which kill the bodie, but feare him that can cast both bodie and soule into hell fire. Ierem. 10.2. Be not afraid of the signes of heauen, though the heathen be afraid of such.
    • VII. Hardnes of heart, or carnall seruice, when a man, neither acknow­ledging Gods iudgements, nor his owne sinnes, dreameth he is safe frō Gods vengeance, and such perils, as arise from sinne. Rom. 2.5. Thou after thine hard­nesse, and heart that can not repent, heapest to thy selfe wrath against the day of wrath. Luk. 21.34. Take heede to your selues, least at any time, your hearts be op­pressed with surfetting, and drunkennes, and cares of this life, and least that day come on you as vnawares.

These all doe ioyntly ingender pride, whereby man ascribeth all he hath that is good, not to God, but to his owne merit, and industrie, referring and di­sposing them wholly vnto his owne proper credit. 1. Cor. 4.6. That ye might learne by vs, that no man presume aboue that which is written, that one swell not a­gainst another, for any mans cause. vers. 7. For who separateth thee? or what hast thou, that thou hast not receiued? if thou hast receiued it, why reioycest thou, as though thou hadst not receiued it? Gen. 3.5. God doth know, that when yee shall eate thereof, your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as Gods, knowing good and euill. The highest stayre of prides ladder, is that fearefull presumption, by which many clime rashly into Gods seate of maiestie, as if they were gods. Act. 12. 22, 23. The people gaue a shout, saying, The voyce of God, and not of man: but immediately the Angel of the Lord smote him, because he gaue not glorie vnto God, so that he was eaten vp of wormes, and gaue vp the ghost. 2. Thess. 2.4. Which is an aduersa­rie, and exalteth himselfe against all that is called God, or that is worshipped: so that he doth sit as God in the temple of God, shewing himselfe that he is God.

CHAP. 21. Of the second Commandement.

HItherto haue we entreated of the first Commandement, teaching vs to entertaine in our hearts, and to make choice of one onely God. The o­ther three of the first Table, concerne that holy profession, which we must make towards the same God. For first, it is necessarie to make choyce of the true God. Secondly, to make profession of the same God.

In the profession of God, we are to consider the parts thereof, and the time appointed for this profession.

The parts are two: The solemne worship of God, and the glorifying of him.

The second Commandement, describeth such holy and solemne worship, [Page 43] as is due vnto God. The words of the Commandement are these:

Thou shalt make thee no grauen image, neither any similitude of things which are in heauen aboue, neither that are in the earth beneath, nor that are in the waters vnder the earth: thou shalt not bow downe to them, neither serue them, for I am the Lord thy God, a iealous God, visiting the iniquitie of the fathers vpon the children, vpon the third generation, and vpon the fourth of them that hate me, and shew mer­cie vnto thousands, vpon them that loue me and keepe my Commandements.

The Resolution.

Thou shalt not make] This is the first part of the commandement, forbidding to make an idol: Now an idol is not onely a certaine representation, and image of some fained God, but also of the true Iehouah. The which may be prooued against the Papists by these arguments. The first is, Deut. 4.15, 16. Take ther­fore good heede vnto your selues: for yee saw no image in the day that the Lord spake vnto you in Horeb, out of the middest of the fire, that yee corrupt not your selues, and make you a grauen image or representation of any figure: whether it be the likenesse of male or female. Out of the words vttered by Moses, a reason may be framed thus:

If ye saw no image (namely of God) ye shall make none:

But ye saw no image, onely heard a voyce:

Therefore ye shall make no image of God.

The second reason: That idolatrie which the Israelites committed, the very same is prohibited in this commandement.

But the Israelites idolatrie was the worship of God in an image, Hos. 2. 16. At that day, saith the Lord, thou shalt call me no more Baali, but shalt call me Ishi.

The golden calfe was an image of God: for when it was finished, Aaron proclaimed that to morrow should be a feast to Iehouah. Exod. 32.5. And the same calfe is tearmed an idol. Act. 7.41.

Therefore the worshipping of God in an image, is here prohibited.

Any grauen image] Here the more speciall is put for the more generall, namely, a grauen image for all counterfeit meanes of Gods worship.

The first part of the commandement is here illustrated, by a double distri­bution. The first is drawne from the causes. Thou shalt not make thee any idol, whether it be engrauen in wood, or stone: or whether it be painted in a table. The se­cond, is taken from the place. Thou shalt not make thee an idol of things in heauen, as starres and birds: or in the earth, as of man, woman, beasts: or vnder the earth, as fishes.

This place is so expounded by Moses, Deut. 4. 14. to the 20. verse.

Thou shalt not bow downe to them] This is the second part of the commande­ment, forbidding all men to fal downe before an idol. In this word, Bow down, is againe the speciall put for the generall: for in it is inhibited all fained wor­ship of God.

For I] These words are a confirmation of this commandement, perswa­ding to obedience, by foure reasons.

The Lord] (which is strong) The first reason, God is strong, and so able to reuenge idolat [...]ie: Heb. 10.31.

A iealous God] This speech is taken from the estate of wedlocke: for God [Page 44] is called the husband of his Church. Esay 54.5. Eph. 5.26,27. And our spiri­tuall worship, is, as it were, a certaine marriage of our soules, consecrated vnto the Lord. Ier. 2. 2. I remember thee with the kindnes of thy youth, and the loue of thy mariage, when thou wentest after me in the wildernes, in a land that was not sowne. Here is another argument drawne from a comparison of things that be like. Gods people must alone worship him, because they are linked to him, as a wife is to her husband, vnto whome alone she is bound: therefore if his peo­ple forsake him, and betroth themselues vnto idols, he will vndoubtedly giue them a bill of diuorcement, and they shall be no more espoused vnto him.

Visiting] To visit, is not onely to punish the children for the fathers offences, but to make notice, and apprehend them in the same faults: by reason they are giuen ouer to commit their fathers transgressions, that for them they be puni­shed. And this is the third reason drawne from the effects of Gods anger.

Hate me] It may be, this is a secret answer, the obiection whereof is not here in expresse wordes set downe, but may be thus framed. What if we vse Idols to inflame and excite in vs a loue and remembrance of thee. The answer is this by the contrarie: You may thinke that your vse of idols kindleth in you a loue of me, but it is so farre from that, that all such as vse them cannot choose but hate me.

Shew mercie] The fourth reason deriued from the effects of Gods mercie to such as obserue this commandement. Here may we first obserue, that Gods mercie exceedeth his iustice. Psal. 103.8. The Lord is full of compassion and mer­cie, slow to anger, and of great kindnes. vers. 17. The louing kindnes of the Lord, en­dureth for euer. vers. 9. He will not alway chide, neither keepe his anger for euer. Se­condly, we may not surmise, that this excellent promise is made to euery one particularly, who is borne of faithfull parents. For godly Isaak had godlesse Esau to his sonne, and godlesse Saul, had godly Ionathan.

The negatiue part.

Thou shalt neither worship false gods, nor the true God with false worship.

Many things are here forbidden:

  • I. The representation of God, by an image. For it is a lie. Habak. 2. 18. What profiteth the image? for the maker thereof hath made it an image and a tea­cher of lies. Zach. 10.2. The idols haue spoken vanitie. Ierem. 10. 8. The stocke is a doctrine of vanitie. The Eliber Councel in the 39. canon hath this edict. We thought it not meete to haue images in Churches, least that which is worshipped and adored, should be painted vpon wals. Clement. booke 5. ad Iacob. Dom. That ser­pent by others is wont to speake these words: We in honour of the inuisible God, are accustomed to adore visible images, the which out of all controuersie, is very false. August. in his treatise vpon the 113. Psalme.

    The image also of the crosse and Christ crucified, out to be abolished out of Churches, as the brasen serpent was, 2. King. 18.4. Hezekiah is commen­ded for breaking in pieces the brasen serpent to which the children of Israel did then burne incense. This did Hezekiah, albeit at the first this serpent was made by the Lords appointment. Numb. 21.8. and was a type of Christs pas­sion. Ioh. 3.14. Origen in his 7. booke against Celsus. We permit not any to adore Iesus vpon the altars in images, or vpon Church walls: because it is written, Thou shalt haue none other gods but me.

    [Page 45]Epiphanius [...] in that epistle which he wrote to Iohn Bishop of Ierusalem, saith, It is against the custome of the Church, to see any image hanging in the church, whether it be of Christ, or any other saint, and therefore euen with his owne hands rent he asunder the vaile, wherein such an image was painted.

    Some obiect the figure or signe, which appeared to Constantine, wherein he should ouercome: but it was not the signe of the crosse (as the Papists doe triflinly imagine) but of Christs name: for the thing was made of these two greeke letters [...] conioyned together, Euseb. in the life of Constant. booke 1. chap. 22,25.

    Neither serue the Cherubims, which Salomon placed in the temple, for the defence of images: for they were onely in the holy of holiest, where the peo­ple could not see them. And they were types of the glorie of the Messiah, vnto whome the very Angels were subiect: the which we haue now verified in Christ.

    If any man replie, that they worship not the image, but God in the image: let him know, that the creature cannot comprehend the image of the Crea­tor; and if it could, yet God would not be worshipped in it, because it is a dead thing: yea, the worke of mans hands, not of God: and therefore is more base then the smallest liuing creature, of the which we may lawfully say, it is the worke of God. This euinceth, that no kinde of diuine worship belongeth to an image, either simply or by relation, whatsoeuer the sophisticall schoolemen iangle to the contrarie.

    If any man be yet desirous of images, he may haue at hand the preaching of the Gospell, a liuely image of Christ crucified. Gal. 3.1. O foolish Galatians, who hath bewitched you, that yee should not obey the truth, to whome Iesus Christ be­fore was described in your sight, and among you crucified? The like may be saide of the two Sacraments. And that saying of Clemens is true, in his fifth booke of Recognit. If you will truly adore the image of God, doe good vnto man, and ye shall worship his true image: for man is the image of God.

  • II. The least approbation of idolatrie. Hos. 13.2. They say one to another whilest they sacrifice a man, let them kisse the calues. Now a kisse, is an externall signe of some allowance of a thing. Gen. 48.11.

    Therefore it is vnlawfull to be present at Masse, or any idolatrous seruice, though our mindes be absent. 1. Cor. 6,20. Ye are bought with a price, therefore glorifie God in your bodie, and in your spirits, which are Gods. Rom. 11.4. What saith the Scripture? I haue reserued vnto my selfe seuen thousand men, which haue not bowed the knee to Baal. Euseb. 3. booke. The Martyrs, when they were haled vnto the temple of idols, cried out, and with a loud voyce in the middest of their tor­tures testified that they were not idolatrous sacrificers, but professed and constant Christians, reioycing greatly that they might make such a confession.

    That which may be obiected of Naaman the Syrian, who worshipped in the temple of Rimmon, is thus answered, that he did it not with purpose to commit idolatrie, but to performe that ciuill obeysance, which he was wont to exhibit to the Kings maiestie. 2. King. 5.17,18.

    And for this cause, are vtterly forbidden all such processions, playes, and such feasts, as are consecrated to the memoriall, and honour of idoles. Exod. [Page 46] 32.6. They rose vp the next day in the morning, and offered burn [...] offerings [...] and brought peace offerings: also the people sate them downe to eate and drinke, and rose vp to play. 1. Cor. 10.7. Neither be ye idolaters as some of them were, as it is written, &c. And Paul (1. Cor. 8.4. to the ende) earnestly dehorteth the Corinthians from sitting at table in the idols temple; albeit they know that an idol is nothing in the world. Tripartite historie, booke 6. chap. 30. Certaine souldiers refused to ado [...]e, as the custome was, the banner of Iulian, in which were painted the images of Iupiter, Mercurie, and Mars: others bring againe the rewards, which they, after they had burned incense on an altar in the Emperours presence, had receiued. Cry­ing, that they were Christians, and world liue and die in that profession: and as for their former fact, it was of ignorance [...] yea though they had polluted hands with ido­latrie of the Painyms, yet they kept their consciences cleane.

  • III. All reliques and monuments of idols: for these [...] after the idols them­selues are once abolished, must be rased out of all memorie. Exod. 23.13. To shall make no mention of the name of others gods, neither shall it be heard out of thy mouth. Esai 30.22. And ye shall pollute the couering of the images of siluer, and the rich ornament of the images of gold, and cast them away as a menstruous cloath, and thou shalt say vnto it, Get thee hence.
  • IV. Societie with infidels, is here vnlawfull, serueth not onely to maintaine concord, but also to ioyne men in brotherly loue. Of this societie there are many branches.

    The first, is marriage with infidels. Gen. 6.2. The sons of God saw the daugh­ters of men that they were faire, and they tooke them wiues of all that they liked. Mal. 2.11. Iudah hath transgressed, and an abomination is committed in Israel, and in Ierusalem: for Iudah hath defiled the holinesse of the Lord, which he loued, and hath maried the daughters of a strange god. Ezra 9.14. Should we returne to break thy commandements, and ioyne in affinitie with the people of such abomination? 2. King. 8.18. He walked in the waies of the Kings of Israel, as did the house of Ahab: for the daughter of Ahab was his wife: and he did euill in the sight of the Lord.

    The second, is the league in warre: namely a mutuall confederacie to assist one another in the same warre, and to haue one and the same enemies. This is sundrie waies impious: I. If it be vnlawfull to craue assistance of Gods ene­mies, it is likewise vnlawfull to indent with them, that we will assist them. II. It obscureth Gods glorie, as though he himselfe, either would not, or could not aide his Church. III. It is a thousand to one least we be infected with their idolatrie, and other impieties. IV. It endangereth vs to be made partakers of their punishments. 2. Chron. 19. 2. And Iehu the sonne of Hanani the Seer, went out to meete him, and said to King Iehosaphat, Wouldest thou helpe the wicked, and loue them that hate the Lord? therefore for this thing is the wrath of the Lord vpon thee.

    The third, is Traffique: as when a man wittingly and willingly, doth, in hope to enrich himselfe, make sale of such things as he knoweth must serue to an idolatrous vse. This condemneth all those marchants, which trāsport wares to idolatours, and sell them frankencense, waxe, cloath, or other such things as helpe them in the seruice of their idols.

    The fourth, is triall of suites in law before Iudges which are infidels, when [Page 47] Christian courts may be frequented: but if they cannot, and we haue to deale with infidels, we may appeale to infidels. 1. Cor. 9.6. Brother goeth to law with brother, and that vnder infidels. Act. 25.11. Paul appealeth to Cesar.

    The fifth, is the worshipping of the beast, and receiuing his marke. Rev. 14. 9. If any man worship the beast, and his image, and receiue the marke in his forehead, or in his hand. vers. 10. The same shall drinke of the wine of the wrath of God. This beast is the Church of Rome, I meane not that old, but this new Rome, now no better then an hereticall and apostaticall Synagogue.

  • V. Will worship, when God is worshipped with a naked and bare good intention, not warranted by the word of God. Colos. 2.23. Which things indeed haue a shew of wisdome in voluntarie religion, and humblenesse of minde, and in not sparing the bodie: neither haue they it in estimation to satisfie the flesh. 1. Sam. 13. 9,10. And Saul said, Bring a burnt offering to me, and peace offerings: and he offe­red a burnt offering. And as soone as he had made an ende of offering the burnt offe­ring, behold, Samuel came, and vers. 13. said to Saul, Thou hast done foolishly, thou hast not kept the commandement of the lord thy God, which he commanded thee. Hi­therto may we adde popish superstitions in sacrifices, meates, holidaies, appa­rell, temporarie and bead-ridden prayers, indulgences, austere life, whipping, ceremonies, gestures, gate, conuersation, pilgrimage, building of altars, pict­ures, Churches, and all other of that rabble.

    To these may be added consort in musicke in diuine seruice, feeding the eares, not edifying the minde. 1. Cor. 14.15. What is it then? I will pray with the spirit, but I will pray with the vnderstanding also. I will sing with the spirit, but I will sing with the understāding also. Iustinus Martyr in his booke of Christian quest. and Ans. 107. It is not the custome of the Churches, to sing their meeters with any such kinde of instruments, &c. but their manner is onely to vse plaine-song.

    Lastly, monasticall vowes, which I. repugne the law of God: as that vn­chast vow of single life, and proud promise of pouertie doe plainly euince: for he that laboureth not, must not eate, saith Paul: And it is better to marrie, then to burne in lust, saith the same Paul. II. They are greater then mans nature can performe: as in a single life, to liue perpetually chast. III. They disanull Christian libertie, and make such things necessarie, as are indifferēt. IV. They renue Iudaisme. V. They are idolatro [...]s, because they make them parts of Gods worship, and esteeme them as meritorious. VI. Hypocrisie, which gi­ueth to God painted worship, that is, if you regard outward behaniour, great sinceritie: if the inward and heartie affections, none at all. Matth. 15.7. Hypo­crites, well hath Esaias prophecied of you, saying, This people commeth neere me with their mouth, and honour me with their lippes, but their heart is farre from me. Psal. 10.4. The wicked man is so proud, that he seeketh not for God.

    The effects of hypocrisie are these: 1. To seeke the pompe and glorie of the world, and by all meanes to enrich it selfe, notwithstanding it make a glo­rious shewe of the seruice of God. 2. It is sharpe sighted, and hath eagles eyes to obserue other mens behauiour, when in the regarding its owne, it is as blinde as beetle. 3. To be more curious in the obseruation of ancient tra­ditions, then the statutes and commandements of almightie God. 4. To stumble at a straw, and skip ouer a blocke, that is, to omit serious affaires, and [Page 48] hunt after trifles. Matth. 23.4. 5 [...] To doe all things that they may be seene of men. Matth. 6.5.

    Popish fasting, is meere hypocrisie: because it standeth in the distinction of meates, and it is vsed with an opinion of merit.

    Externall abstinence from meates, without internall and spirituall fasting from sinne, and vnlawfull desires. Esai 58.5,6. Is this such a fast, as I haue cho­sen, that a man should afflict his soule for a day, and bowe downe his head as a bul­rush, and lie downe in sack [...]loth and ashes? wilt thou call this a fasting, or an accepta­ble day vnto the Lord? Is not this the fasting that I haue chosen, to loose the bands of wickednes, to take off the heauie burdens, and to let the oppressed goe free, and that ye breake euery yoake?

  • VII. Contempt, neglect, and intermission of Gods seruice. Rev. 3.15,16. I know thy workes, that thou art neither cold nor hote: I would thou werest cold or hote. Therefore because thou art luk [...]warme, and neither cold nor hote, it will come to passe, that I shall spew thee out of my mouth.
  • VIII. Corrupting of Gods worship, and that order of gouernment, which he hath ordained for his Church: the which is done, when any thing is added, detracted, or any way, against his prescript, mangled. Deut. 12.32. E­uery thing which I command you, that doe: neither adde to it, nor detract from it. This condemneth that popish eleuation of bread in the Lords Supper, and the administration of it alone to the people without wine, together with that fearefull abomination of the Masse.

    By this we may learne to reiect all popish traditions, Matth. 15.9. In vaine doe they worship me, teaching for doctrines, mens precepts. Now it is manifest, that all popish traditions, they either on their owne nature, or others abusing of them, serue as wel to superstition and false worship, as to enrich that couetous and proud Hierarchie: whereas the Scriptures contained in the Old & New Testament, are all-sufficient, not onely to confirme doctrines, but also to re­forme manners. 2. Tim. 3.16. The whole Scripture is giuen by inspiration of God, and is profitable to teach, to improoue, and to correct, and to instruct in righteousnes: that the man of God may be absolute, beeing made perfect vnto all good workes.

    The Romish Hierarchie is here also condemned, from the parratour to the Pope: the gouernment whereof, is an expresse image of the old Romane Em­pire, whether we consider the regiment it selfe, or the place of the Empire, or the large circuite of that gouernment. Revel. 13.15. And it was permitted to him, to giue a spirit to the image of the beast, so that the image of the beast should speake, and should cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast, should be killed.

  • IX. A religious reuerence of the creature, as when we attribute more vn­to it, then we ought. Revel. 22.8. When I had heard and seene, I fell downe to wor­s [...]ip before the feete of the Angel, which shewed me these things. But he saide vnto me, See thou doe it not: for I am thy fellow seruant. Act. 10. 25. As Peter came in, Cornelius met him, and fell downe at his feete, and wors [...]ipped him. But Peter tooke him vp, saying, Stand vp, for euen I my selfe am a man.

    If then it be so hainous a thing, to reuerence the creature much more to pray vnto it, whether it be Saint or Angel. Rom. 10.14. How shall they call vp­on [Page 49] him, in whome they haue not beleeued. Matth. 4.10. Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him onely shalt thou serue.

    Neither may we pray vnto Christ, as he is only man, but as he is God and man: for we direct not our prayers vnto the humanitie, but to the deitie, to which the humanity is knit by an hypostaticall vnion.

    This teacheth vs plainely, that invocation of any creature is vnlawefull: for we must pray to them, that are able to knowe the secrets of the heart, and dis­cerne the wisdom of the spirit: now none is able to doe that, but such a nature as is omnipotent. Rom. 8.27. He that searcheth the hearts, knoweth what is the meaning of the spirit: for he maketh request for the Saints, according to the will of God.

    Neuerthelesse such as are Saints indeede, are to be honoured by an ap­probation of Gods gifts in them, and by an honourable mention of them, and also by imitation of their manners and liues, being as patterns for vs to walke after.

  • X. Worshippe of diuells: I. Magique, which is a mischieuous art, accom­plishing wonders by Satans assistance. For it is appropriate to God to doe miracles; for he alone both beyond, and against the course of nature, doeth wonderfull things. Nowe the instruments which God vseth in producing mi­racles, are onely they, who doe in the true Church of God, make profession of the faith.

Albeit the diuels cannot worke miracles, yet may they effect maruailes, or wonders, and that, not by making a newe thing, which before was not at all: but rather by moouing, transporting, and applying natural things diuersly, by causing a thinne body, as the ayre, to be thick and foggie, & also by bewitch­ing the senses of men.

The foundation of Magique, is a couenant with Satan.

A couenant with Satan, is such a contract, by which Magitians haue mutu­ally to doe with the diuell. In this obserue:

The originall of this mutuall contract: I. Satan maketh choice of such men to be his seruants, as are by nature either notorious badde persons, or very sil­lie soules. II. He offereth vnto them diuers meanes, either by other Magi­tians, or by some bookes written by such: Satanicall meanes, I call those, which are vsed in the producing of such an effect, to the which they neither by any expresse rule out of Gods word, nor of their owne nature were euer ordai­ned. Such are concealed speeches, wordes of the Scripture wrested, and abu­sed, to the great contumelie and disgrace of the Lord God; holy, or rather vnholy water, sieues, seales, glasses, images, bowings of the knee, and such like diuers gestures. III. When the wicked see these meanes offered vnto them, they presently are not a little glad, and assuredly beleeue, that in those things there is vertue to worke wonders by. IV. They declare this their satanicall confidence, by their earnest desire, practising, and abusing the meanes. V. Then the diuell is at their elbowes, being thus affected; that he may both as­sist them, & in them shew diuers trickes of his legerdemaine; because he alone doth by meanes voide of all such vertue, effect that, which his wicked instru­ment intended.

[Page 50]Againe, obserue Satans counterfeiting of God. He is Gods Ape, & taketh vpon him, as though he were God. I. As God hath his word, his Sacraments, and faith due vnto h [...]m [...] so hath the diuell his Word; and to seale it vnto the wicked, he annexeth certaine signes, namely characters, gestures, sacrifices; &c. as it were sacraments, that both he may signfie his diuellish pleasure to his Magitians, and they againe may testifie their satanicall both obedience and confidence to him. II [...] As God heareth such as call vpon, trust in, and obey him: so the diuell is greatly delighted with magicall ceremonies and invocati­ons; because by them God is dishonoured, and he magnified: therefore, if God cut him not short, he is readie prest to assist such, as shall vse such cere­monies or inuocations.

The couenant is either Secret, or Expresse.

Secret, or implicite, when one doth not expresly compact with Satan, yet in his heart aloweth of his meanes, assuredly and vpon knowledge beleeuing, that if such means were vsed, there might indeed that great wōder be wrought which he desired.

Expresse, when one doth not onely put his confidence in Satan, but coue­nanteth with him vpon conditions, that he, giuing himselfe wholly ouer to the diuell, may againe, by obseruing certaine ceremonies, accomplish his de­sire.

Magique, is either coniecturall, or operatiue.

Coniecturall, whereby things are by Satans direction prophesied of be­fore. Of prophesies, some are done with meanes, others without.

Prophesies done with meanes, are these.

  • I. Soothsaying, diuination by the flying of birds. Deut. 18.11.
  • II. The kind of diuination, which is, by looking into beasts entrals. Ezech. 21.21. The king of Babel, &c consulted with idols, and looked in the liuer.
  • III. Necromancie, or coniuring: by which the diuel, in the forme of some dead man, is sought vnto for counsell. 1. Sam. 28. 11. Then said the woman; Whome wilt thou I call vp vnto thee? And [...]e said, Call vp Samuel vnto me. vers. 13. Then said he vnto her, Feare not, but what sawest thou? And the woman saide vnto Saul, I saw gods ascending out of the earth. v. 14. Then said he vnto her, What fashion is he of? and she answered, An old man commeth vp lapped in a mantle. And Saul knewe that it was Samuel, and he enclined his face to the ground, and bowed himselfe. And Samuel said to Saul, why hast thou disquieted me, to bring me vp? Thē Saul answered, I am in great distresse: for the Philisti [...]s make warre against me, &c. This Samuel, was not that true Prophet of God, who annointed Saul King ouer Israel: for, 1. the soules of the Saints departed, are farre from the di­uels clawes and dominion. 2. That good Samuel, if it had beene he indeed, would neuer haue permitted Saul to worship him. 3. He faith to wicked Saul, To morrow shalt thou be with me, v. 14. Neither could this be a bare il­lusion, and, as I may say, legerdemeine of the witch, for he plainely foretolde Sauls destruction, which an ignorant woman could not knowe, much lesse durst she constantly auouch any such matter to the king. It remaineth then, that this Samuel, was a meere illusion of Satan.

Diuining without meanes is, when such as are possessed with an vncleane [Page 51] spirit, vse immediatly the helpe of the same spirit, to reueale secrets. Act. 16. 16. A certaine maide hauing a spirit of diuination, met vs, which gate her master much vantage with diuining. Esay. 94.4. Thy voice shall be out of the grounde, like him that hath a spirit of diuination, and thy talking shall whisper out of the dust.

Magique operatiue, hath two parts: Iuggling, and Inchantments.

Iuggling, whereby, through the diuels conueiance, many great and very hard matters, are in shew effected. Exod. 7.10.11,12. Aaron cast forth his rod before Pharaoh, and before his seruants, and it was turned into a serpent: then Pha­raoh called also for the wise men, and sorcerers, and those charmers also of Egypt did in like manner with their enchantments: for they cast downe euery man his rod, and they were turned into serpents: but Aarons rodde deuoured their rod.

Enchantment, or charming, is that, wherby beasts, but especially yong chil­dren, & men of riper yeares, are by Gods permission infected, poisoned, hurt, bounden, killed, and otherwise molested; or contrarily, sometimes cured of Satan, by mumbling vp some fewe wordes, making certaine characters & fi­gures, framing circles, hanging amulets about the necke, or other parts, by hearbes, medicines, and such like trumperie, that thereby the punishment of the faithles may be augmented, in reposing their strength vpon such rotten staues, and the faithfull may be tried, whether they will commit the like abo­mination. Psal. 18.4. Their poison is euen like the poison of a serpent: like the deafe adder that stoppeth his eare, which heare not the voice of the enchanter; though he be most expert in charming. Eccles. 10. 11. If the serpent bite when he is not char­med, &c.

Thus haue we heard Magique described out of gods word, the which, how as yet, common it is, in those especially which are without God in the worlde, & whome Satan by all meanes strongly deludeth, the lamentable experience which many men, and most places haue thereof, can sufficiently proue vnto vs. And surely, if a man will but take a view of all poperie, he shall easily see, that the most part is meere Magique.

They which spread abroad by their writing or othewise, that witches are nothing els, but melancholike doting women, who through the diuels delu­sion, suppose that they themselues doe that, which indeede the diuell doth a­lone: albeit they endeauour cunningly to cloake this sinne, yet by the same meanes they may defend murther, adulterie, and what other sinne soeuer.

II. Those which doe consult with Magitians, they doe also worship the diuel: for they reuolt frō God to the diuell, howesoeuer they plaister vp their impietie with vntempered morter, that they seeke Gods helpe, though by the meanes of Magitians. 1. Sam. 28.13. The woman said to Saul, I saw gods ascen­ding from the earth. Leu. 20.6. If any turne after such as worke with spirit [...], and af­ter soothsayers, to goe a whoring after them, then will I set my face against that per­son, and will cut him off from among his people. Esay 8.19, 20. When they shall say to you, Enquire at them which haue a spirit of diuination, and at the soothsayers, which whisper and murmure. Should not a people enquire as their God? from the liuing to the dead? to the law, and to the testimonie.

The affirmatiue part.

Thou shalt worshippe God in spirit and trueth. Iohn 4. 24. God is a spirit, [Page 52] and they that worship him, must worship him in spirit and trueth. For so soone as a­ny man beginneth to worship God after an ouerthwart and vnlawefull man­ner, he then adoreth an idoll, howsoeuer he seemeth to colour his impietie. Paul therefore Rom. 1.23. saith, that such as worshipped the creature, and turned the glorie of the incorruptible God, to the similitude of a corruptible man, did forsake the Creator. v. 25. and 1. Cor. 10.20. Those things which the Gentiles sacrifice, they sacrifice to diuells, and not vnto God.

To this part therfore appertaine such things, as respect the holy & solemne seruice of God.

  • I. The true and ordinarie meanes of Gods worshippe, as calling vpon the name of the Lord by humble supplication, and hartie thanksgiuing: and the ministerie of the Word, and Sacraments. Act. 2.41,42. They that gladly recei­ued his word, were baptized: & the same day there were added to the Church about three thousand soules. And they continued in the Apostles doctrine, and fellowship, and breaking of bread, and of prayers. 1. Tim. 2.1. I exhort you especially, that prai­ers & supplicatiōs be made for all men, for kings, & all in authoritie. Act. 20.7. The first day of the weeke, the Disciples being come togither to breake bread, Paul prea­ched vnto them, readie to depart on the morrow, and continued the preaching vnto midnight. Tertul. Apolog. chap. 39. We come into the assemblie and congregation, that with our praiers, as with an armie, we might compasse God. This kind of violence offered to God, is acceptable to him. If any man so offend, that he must bee suspended from the publike place of praier, and holy meetings, all ancient men, that be of any ac­count, beare rule, being aduanced to this honour, not by bribes, but by their good re­port, &c. read the rest.
  • II. An holy vse of the meanes. First, in the ministers, who ought to admi­nister al things belonging to Gods worship, according to his word. Math. 28. 20. Teaching them to obserue all things, which I haue commaunded. 1. Corinthians 11. 23. I haue receiued of the Lord that which also I haue deliuered. Second­ly, in the rest of the assemblie: whose dutie is in praying vnto God, in hearing the word preached and read, and in receiuing the Sacraments to behaue thē ­selues outwardly in modestie, and without offence. 1. Corinth. 14.40. Let all things be done honestly, and by order. Inwardly, they must take heede, that their hearts be well prepared to serue God. Eccles. 4.17. Take heede to both thy feete, when thou entrest into the house of God, &c. and chap. 5.1. Be not rash with thy mouth, nor let thine heart he hastie to vtter a thing before God. Againe, wee must looke that wee approch neere God in confidence of his mercie, togither with a contrite and repentant heart for all our sinnes. Heb. 4. 2. The word that they heard profited not, because it was not mixed with faith in those that heard it. Psal. 26.6. I will wash mine hands in innocencie; O Lord, and so come before thine altar.
  • III. The helps and furtherances of the true worship, are two; Vowes and Fasting: and they are not to be takē, as the worship of God it selfe. For we may not obtrude any thing to God, as good seruice, and as though it did binde the conscience, except he haue ordained it for that end and purpose.

    A vow, in the New Testament, is a promise to God, with a full intent to obserue some corporall and externall duties, which a Christian hath on his [Page 53] owne accord, without iniunction, imposed vpon himself, that he may thereby the better be excited vnto repentance, meditation, sobrietie, abstinence, pati­ence, and thankfulnes towards God. Gen. 28.20. Then Iaakob vowed a vow, say­ing, If God will be with me, and will keepe me in this iourney, which I goe, and will giue me bread to eate, and cloathes to put on, so that I come againe to my fathers house in safetie: then shall the Lord be my God, and this stone which I haue set vp as a pillar, shall be Gods house, and of all that thou shalt giue me, I will giue the tenth to thee.

    In vowing, we haue these things to obserue: 1. We must not vow that which is vnlawfull. 2. We ought not to vowe the performance of that, which is contrarie to our vocation. 3. Vowes must be of that which we can doe. 4. They must be farre from so much as a conceit of merit, or wor­ship of God. 5. We must so performe our vowes, as that they encroch not vpon Christian libertie, giuen vs in Christ: for we are bounden to pay our vowes, no longer then the causes thereof either remaine, or are taken away. Deut. 23.18. Thou shalt neither bring the hire of a whore, nor the price of a dogge, into the house of the Lord thy God, for any vow. v. 21. When thou shalt vow a vow vnto the Lord thy God; thou shalt not be slacke to pay it: for the Lord thy God will surely require it of thee: but when thou abstainest from vowing, it shalbe no sinne vnto thee, &c. v. 23. Psal. 66.14. I will pay thee my vowes which my lips haue promised.

    Fasting, is when a man perceiuing the want of some blessing, or suspecting and seeing some imminent calamitie vpon himselfe, or other, abstaineth not onely from flesh for a season, but also from all delights and sustenance, that he thereby may make a more diligent search into his owne sinnes, or offer most hūble praiers vnto God, that he would withhold that, which his anger threat­ned: or bestow vpon vs some such good things as we want. Matth 9.15. Can the children of the marriage chamber mourne, so long as the bridegrome is with thē? 1. Cor. 7.5. Defraud not one another, except for a time, that ye may the better fast and pray. Ioel 2.12. Wherefore euen now, saith the Lord, be ye turned vnto me, with all your heart, with fasting and prayer. vers. 13. Rent your hearts, and not your gar­ments, and turne vnto the Lord your God: for he is gratious and mercifull, long [...]uffe­ring, and of great kindnes, that he might repent him of this euill. vers. 15. Blow the trumpet in Sion, sanctifie a fast, call a solemne assemblie. vers. 16. Gather the people, sanctifie the Congregation, gather the Elders, assemble the children, and those that sucke the breasts. Let the bridegrome goe forth of his chamber, and the bride out of her bride chamber. vers. 17. Let the Priests the ministers of the Lord, weepe between the porch and the altar, and let them say, Spare thy people, O God, &c.

    A fast, is sometime priuate, sometimes publike. 2. Chron. 20.3. Iehosaphat feared, and set himselfe to seeke the Lord, and proclaimed a fast throughout all Iu­dah. Hest. 4. 16. Fast ye for me, and neither eate nor drinke for the space of three daies and nights. I also and my maides will fast.

    A fast is either for one day alone, or for many daies together. Each of them is as occasion serueth, an abstinence from meate at dinner alone, or supper a­lone, or both dinner and supper. Iudg. 20.23. The children of Israel had gone vp and wept before the Lord vnto the euening, &c. Dan. 10.3. I Daniel was in heaui­nes for three weekes of daies, I ate no pleasant bread, neither came flesh nor wine in my mouth, &c.

  • [Page 54]IV. Leagues of amitie among such as feare God according to his worde [...] are lawfull: as, contracts in matrimonie, league in warre, especially if the warre be lawefull, and without confidence in the power of man. 2. Chro. 19.2. Mal. chap. 2. vers. 11.

To these may be added, that couenant which the magistrate and people make among themselues, and with God, for the preseruation of Christian re­ligion. 2. Chr. 15.12. And they made a couenant to seeke the Lord God of their fa­thers with all their heart, & with all their soule, &c. v. 14. And they sware vnto the Lord with a loud voice, and with shouting, and with trumpets, and with cornets.

CHAP. 22. Of the third commandement.

THe third commandement concerneth the glorifying of God in the af­faires of our life, without the solemne seruice of God.

Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vaine: for the Lord will not hold him guiltlesse that taketh his name in vaine.

The Resolution.

Name] This word properly signifieth Gods title: here figuratiuely it is v­sed for any thing, whereby God may be knowne, as men are by their names: so it is vsed for his word, workes, iudgements. Act. 9.15. He is an elect vessell, to conuey my name among the Gentiles. Psal. 8.1. O Lord our God, how great is thy name through all the world! which settest thy glory aboue the heauens.

Take] That is, vsurpe: this word is translated from pretious things, which may not be touched without licence. And in trueth, men, which are no better then wormes creeping on the earth, are vtterly vnworthie to take, or, as I may say, touch the sacred name of God with minde, or mouth: neuerthelesse God of his infinite kindnes permitteth vs so to doe.

In vaine] Namely, for no [...]cause, any matter, and vpon each light and fonde occasion.

For] The reason of this cōmandement is taken from the penaltie annexed. He that abuseth Gods name, is guiltie of sinne before Gods iudgement seate: and therefore is most miserable. Psal. 32.1,2. Blessed is the man whose iniquitie is forgiuen, and whose sinne is couered: blessed is the man to whome God imputeth not s [...]nne.

Guiltlesse] That is, he shall not be vnpunished.

The negatiue part.

Thou shalt not bereaue God of that honour that is due vnto him.

Here is included each seuerall abuse of any thing, that is vsed in the course of our liues, out of the solemne seruice of God.

  • I. Periurie, when a man performeth not that, which he on his own accord sware to doe. Math. 5. 33. Thou shalt not forsweare thy selfe, but performe thine oath to the Lord.

    Periurie containeth in it foure capitall sinnes. 1. Lying. 2. False inuocation on Gods name, because a forswearer calleth on God to confirme a lye. 3. Cō ­tempt of Gods threatnings, that he will most grieuously punish periurie. 4. A lye in his couenant with God, for the forswearer bindeth himselfe to God, and lieth vnto God.

  • [Page 55]II. To sweare that which is false. This is to make god and the diuell both alike. Ioh. 8.44. Ye are of your father the diuel, &c. when he speaketh a lie, he spea­keth of himselfe, because he is a lyer, and the father of lies. Zach. 5.4. It shall enter into the house of him, that sweareth falsely by my name.
  • III. To sweare in common talke. Matth. 5.37. Let your communication be yea, yea, and nay, nay: for whatsoeuer is more then these commeth of euill.
  • IV. To sweare by that which is no God. Matth. 5. 34, 35. But I say vnto you, sweare not at all, neither by heauen, for it is Gods throne: neither by the earth, for it is his footstoole: neither by Hierusalem, for it is the citie of the great king. 1. King. 19.2. Iesabel sent a messenger to Elias, saying, Thus doe the gods, and so let them deale with me, if I by to morrow this time, make not thy life, as is the life of eue­ry one of them. Iere. 12.16. They taught my people to sweare by Baal. Iere. 5.7. Thy sonnes forsake me, and sweare by them which are no gods.

    This place condemneth that vsuall swearing by the masse, faith, and such like. Matth. 23.22. He that sweareth by heauen, sweareth by Gods throne, and him that sitteth thereon.

    But for a man to sweare by Christs death, wounds, blood, & other parts of his, is most horrible: & is as much, as to crucifie Christ againe with the Iewes, or account Christs members, as God himselfe.

  • V. Blasphemie, which is a reproch against God; and the least speech, that sauoureth of contempt to his maiestie. Leuit. 24.15, 16. Whosoeuer curseth his God, shall beare his sinnes. And he that blasphemeth the name of the Lord, shall be put to death. 2. King. 19.10. So shall ye say to the king of Iudah: let not thy God de­ceiue thee, in whome thou trustest, saying, Ierusalem shal not be giuen into the hand of the King of Ashur. Aiax in the Tragedie, hath this blasphemous speech, that euery coward may ouercome, if he haue God on his side: as for him, he can get the victorie without Gods assistance. That slie taunt of the Pope is like­wise blasphemous, wherein he calleth himselfe the seruant of all Gods seruants: when as in trueth, he maketh himselfe Lord of Lords, and God subiect to his vaine fantasie.
  • VI. Cursing our enemies: as, Goe with a vengeance: or, the diuel goe with thee: Or, our selues; as, I would I might neuer stirre: or, as God shall iudge my soule, &c. To this place we may referre the execrations of Iob 3. Ier. 15.
  • VII. To vse the name of God carelesly in our common talke: as, when we say, Good God! good Lord! O Iesus! or, Iesus God! &c. Phil. 2.10. At the name of Iesus, shall euery knee bow, of things in heauen, things in earth, & things vn­der the earth. Esay [...] 45.23. Euery knee shall bow vnto me, and euery tongue shall sweare by me.
  • VIII. Abusing Gods creatures: as, when we either deride the workmā ­ship of God, or the manner of working: againe, when we debase the excellen­cie of the worke, obscure Gods gifts in our brother, or discōmend such meats as God hath sent vs to eate: finally, when as wee in the contemplation of any of Gods creatures, giue not him the due praise and glorie. 1. Cor. 10.31. Whether ye eate or drinke, or whatsoeuer ye doe els, see that ye doe all to the glory of God. Psal. 19.1. The heauens declare the glorie of God, and the firmament sheweth his handie worke.
  • [Page 56]IX. Lots, as when we search what must be (as they say) our fortune, by dice, bones, books, or such like. For we are not to vse lots, but with great reuerence: in that the disposition of them immediately commeth from the Lord, & their proper vse is to decide great controuersies. Prou. 16.33. The Lot is cast into the lappe, but the whole disposition thereof is in the Lord. Prou. 18.18. The lot causeth contentions to cease, and maketh a partition among the mightie. For this cause the land of Canaan was diuided by lots. Iosh. 14. and 15. chap. By which also both the high priests, and the kings were elected: as Saul, 1. Sam. 10. And Matthias into the place of Iudas Iscariot. Act. 1.23.
  • X. Superstition, which is an opinion conceiued of the works of Gods pro­uidence: the reason whereof, can neither be drawne out of the worde of God, nor the whole course of nature. As for example, that it is vnluckie for one in the morning to put on his shoe awry, or to put the left shoe on the right foot, to sneeze in drawing on his shoes, to haue salt fal toward him, to haue an hare cro [...]se him, to bleed some fewe drops of blood, to burne on the right eare. A­gaine, that it is contrarily good lucke to finde old yron, to haue drinke spilled on him, for the left eare to burne, to pare our nailes on some one day of the weeke, to dreame of some certaine things. The like superstition, is to surmise that beasts may be tamed by verses, prayers, or the like; that the repetition of the creede or the Lords praier, can infuse into hearbs a facultie of healing dis­eases. Deut. 18.11. Here also is Palmestrie condemned, when by the inspecti­on of the hand, our fortune is foretold.

    These and such like, albeit they haue true euents, yet are we not to giue cre­dence vnto them: for God permitteth them to haue such successe, that they which see and heare such things [...] may be tried, and it may appeare what confi­dence they haue in God. Deut. [...]3.

  • XI. Astrologie, whether it bee in casting of natiuities, or making of Prog­nostications. This counterfeit art is nothing els, but a meere abuse of the hea­uens, and of the starres 1. The twelue houses, which are the ground of all fi­gures, are made of the fained signes of a supposed Zodiacke, in the highest spheare commonly called the first Mooueable: and therefore to these houses a man cannot truely ascribe any influence or vertue. 2. This arte ariseth not from experience, because it neuer happeneth that the same position of all starres is twise togither obserued: and if it were, yet could there not certaine ground arise from thence, in that the efficacie & influence of the stars is con­fusedly mixed both in the aire and in the earth, as if all hearbs were mingled togither in one vessell. 3. This art withdraweth mens mindes from the con­templation of Gods prouidence, when as they heare, that all things fall out by the motion, and disposition of the starres. 4. Starres were not ordained to [...]oretell things to come, but to distinguish daies, months, and yeares. Gen. 1. 14. Let there be lights in the firmament of the heauen, to separate the day from the night: and let them be for signes and for seasons, and for daies and for yeres. Esay. 47.13. Thou art wearied in the multitude of thy counsells: let nowe the Astrologers, the starre gazers, and Prognosticators stand vp and saue thee from these things, that shall come vpon thee. vers. 14. Behold, they shall be as stubble: the fire shall burne them, &c. Dan. 2.2. The king commanded to call the Inchanters, Astrologers, Sor­rers, [Page 57] and Chaldeans, to shewe the king his dreames. Act. 19.19. Many of thē which vsed curious artes, brought their bookes and burned them before all men. 5. A­strological predictions are conuersant about such things, which either simply depend on the meere will and disposition of God; and not on the starres: or els such, as depending vpon mans free-will, are altogether contingent: and therefore can neither be forseene, not foretold. 6. It is impossible by the bare knowledge of such a cause, as is both common to many, and farre distant from such things as it worketh in, precisely to set downe particular effects: but the starrs are such causes as are both common to many, and farre distant from all things done vpon earth: and therefore a man can no more surely foretell what shall ensue by the contemplation of the starres, then he which seeth an henne sitting, can tell what kinde of chickens shall be in euery egge.

    Question. Haue then the starres no force in inferiour things?

    Answer. Yes vndoubtedly, the starres haue a very great force, yet such as manifesteth it selfe onely in that operation which it hath in the foure princi­pall qualities of naturall things, namely in heate, cold, moysture, and drinesse: and therefore in altering the state, and disposition of the ayre, and in diuersly affecting compound bodies, the starres haue no small effect. But they are so farre from enforcing the will to doe any thing, that they cannot so much as giue vnto it the least inclination. Nowe to define howe great force the starres haue, it is beyond any mans reach. For albeit the effects of the Sunne, in the constitution of the foure parts of the yeare, are apparant to all, and the opera­tion of the Moone not very obscure; yet the force and nature both of planets and fixed starres, which are to vs innumerable, are not so manifest. Therefore seeing man knoweth onely some starres, and their onely operation, and not all, with their forces, it cannot be that he should certainly foretel future things, although they did depend on the starres. For what if the position of such and such certaine starres, doe demonstrate such an effect to ensue? may not the aspects of such as thou yet knowest not, hinder that, and produce the contra­rie?

    Question. Is then the vse of Astrologie vtterly impious?

    Answer. That part of Astrologie, which concerneth the alteration of the ayre, is almost all both false and friuolous; and therefore in a manner all pre­dictions grounded vpon that doctrine are meere toyes, by which the sillie and ignorant people are notably deluded. As for that other part of Astrology, concerning natiuities, reuolutions, progressions, & directions of natiuities, as also that which concerneth election of times, & the finding againe of thinges lost, it is very wicked; and it is probable, that it is of the same brood with im­plicite and close Magique. My reasons are these: I. The word of God recko­ning Astrologers amongst Magitians, adiudgeth them both to one and the same punishment. II. But the Astrologer saith, he foretelleth many things, which, as he said, come so to passe: be it so: But howe, I demaund? and by what meanes? He saith by arte, but that I denie. For the precepts of his arte will ap­peare to such as read them not with a preiudicate affection, very ridiculous. VVhence then, I pray you, doth this curious diuiner foreshew the trueth, but by an inward & secret instinct from the diuell? This is Augustines opinion in [Page] his 5. booke and 7. chapt. of the Citie of God. If we weigh all those things, saith he, we will not without cause beleeue, that Astrologers, when they doe wonderfully declare many truths, worke by some secret instinct of euill spirits, which desire to fill mens braines with erronious and daungerous opinions of starrie destinies, and not by any arte, deriued from the inspection and consideration of the Horoscope, which indeed is none.

  • XII. Popish consecration of water and salt, to restore the minde vnto health, and to chase away diuels. The reformed Missal. pag. 96.
  • XIII. To make iests of the Scripture phrase. Esai 66.2. I will looke, euen to him that is poore, and of a contrite spirit, and which trembleth at my wordes. We haue an example of such scoffing in the Tripart. hist. chapter 36. booke 6. The heathen did grieuously oppresse the Christians, and inflicted sometimes vpon their bo­dies corporall punishments. The which when the Christians signified vnto the Empe­rour, he disdained to assist them, and sent them away with this scoffe: You are to suffer iniuries patiently, for so are ye commanded of your God.
  • XIIII. Lightly to passe ouer Gods iudgements, which are seene in the world. Matth. 26.34. Verily, verily, I say vnto thee, this night before the cocke crow, thou shalt denie me thrise. vers. 35. Peter said vnto him, Though I should die with thee, I will not denie thee. Luk. 13.1,2,3. There were certaine men present at the same season, that shewed him of the Galileans, whose blood Pilate had mingled with their owne sacrifices. And Iesus answered, and said vnto them, Suppose ye that these Galileans were greater sinners, then all the other Galileans, because they haue suf­fered such things? I tell you nay, but except ye amende your liues, ye shall likewise pe­rish.
  • XV. A dissolute conuersation. Matth. 5. 16. Let your light so shine before mē, that they seeing your good workes may glorifie your Father which is in heauen. 2. Sam. 12.14. Because that by this deede, thou hast made the enemies of the Lord to blaspheme, the child that is borne vnto thee, shall surely die.

The affirmatiue part.

In all things giue God his due glorie. 1. Cor. 10.13. To this appertaine:

  • I. Zeale of Gods glorie aboue all things in the world besides. Numb. 25.8. When Phineas the sonne of Eleazer saw it, he followed the man of Israel into his tent, and thrust them both through: to wit, both the man of Israel and the woman through hir bellie. Psal. 69.22. The zeale of thine house hath eaten me vp, and the reproches of the scornefull haue fallen vpon me.
  • II. To vse Gods titles onely in serious affaires, and that with all reuerence. Deut. 28.58. If thou wilt not keepe and doe all the words of this law (that are writ­ten in this booke) and feare this glorious and fearefull name, THE LORD THY GOD. Rom. 9.5. Of whome are the fathers, and of whome, concerning the flesh, Christ came, who is God ouer all, blessed for euer, Amen.
  • III. An holy commemoration of the creature, whereby we, in the contem­plation and admiration of the dignitie and excellencie thereof, yeeld an ap­probation when we name it, and celebrate the praise of God, brightly shining in the same. Psal. 64.9,10. And all men shall see it, and declare the worke of God, and they shall vnderstand what he hath wrought: but the righteous shall be glad in the Lord, and trust in him: and all that are vpright of heart shall reioyce. Luke 2. [Page 59] 18,19. And all they that heard it, wondered at the things that were told them of the shepheards: but Marie kept all these things, and pondered them in her heart. Ierem. 5.12. Feare ye not me, saith the Lord? or will ye not be afraid at my presence, which haue placed the sands for the bounds of the seas, by the perpetuall decree, that it cannot passe it, and though the waues thereof rage, yet can they not preuaile, though they rore, yet can they not passe ouer.
  • IV. An oth, in which we must regard: 1. How an oth is to be taken. 2. How it is to be performed. In taking an oth, foure circumstances must be obserued.
    • I. The matter or parts of an oth: the parts are in number foure. 1. Con­firmation of a truth. 2. Inuocation of God alone, as a witnesse of the truth, and a reuenger of a lie. 3. Confession that God punisheth periurie, when he is brought in as a false witnesse. 4. An obligation, that we will vndergoe the punishment at Gods hand, if we performe not the condition.
    • II. The forme. We must sweare 1. truly, least we forsweare. 2. Iustly, least we commit impietie. 3. In iudgement, for feare of rashnes. Ierem. 4.2. Thou shalt sweare, the Lord liueth, in truth, in iudgement, and righteousnes. Esa. 48. 1. Which sweare by the name of the Lord, and make mention of the God of Israel, but not in truth nor in righteousnes, &c. Therefore the oth of drunken, furious, and franticke men, also othes of children, they doe not impose an obseruation of them, but by law are no othes.
    • III. The ende, namely to confirme some necessarie truth in question. Hebr. 6. 16. Men sweare by him that is greater then themselues: and an oth for confirmation, is among them an end of all strife. I call that a necessarie truth, when some doubt, which must necessarily be decided, can none other way be deter­mined then by an oth: as when Gods glorie, our neighbours bodie or goods, or the credit of the partie for whom the oth is ministred, are necessarily called into question. Rom. 1.9. God is my witnes (whom I serue in my spirit in the Gospel of his Sonne) that without ceasing I make mention of you. 2. Cor. 1. 23. I call God for a record into my soule, that to spare you, I came not as yet vnto Corinth.
    • IV. The diuers kinds or sorts of othes. An oth is publike, or priuate.

      Publike, when the Magistrate, without any peril to him that sweareth, doth vpon iust cause exact a testimonie together with an oth.

      A priuate oth is, which two or more take priuately. This, so that it be spa­ringly, and warily vsed, is lawfull. For if in serious affaires, and matters of great importance, it be lawfull in priuate to admit God as a Iudge, why should he not as well be called to witnesse? Againe, the examples of holy men shew the practise of priuate othes, as not vnlawfull. Iacob and Laban confirmed their couenant one with an other by priuate oth: the like did Booz in his contract with Ruth.

      To this place may be added an asseueration, the which albeit it be like an oth, yet indeede is none: and is nothing else, but a constant assertion of our mind, intersetting sometimes the name of a creature. Such was Christs asser­tion, Verely, verely, I say vnto you. And Pauls, I call God to record in my spirit. Where is both an oth & an asseueration. 1. Cor. 15.31. By your reioycing which I haue in Iesus Christ, I die daily. 1. Sam. 20.3. Indeede, as the Lord liueth, and as [Page 60] my soule liueth, there is but a step betweene me and death. And surely in such a kind of asseueration there is great equitie: for albeit it be vnlawfull to sweare by creatures, least Gods honour and power should be attributed vnto them: yet thus farre may we vse them in an oath, as to make pledges, and as it were cognisances of Gods glorie.

      The performance of an oth, is on this manner. If the oth made be of a law­full thing, it must be performed, be it of much difficultie, great dammage, and extorted by force of him that made it. Psal. 15.4. He that sweareth to his owne hinderance and changeth not, he shall dwell in Gods tabernacle. Yet may the Ma­gistrate, as it shall seeme right and conuenient, either annihilate or moderate such othes.

      Contrarily, if a man sweare to performe things vnlawfull, and that by igno­rāce, error, or infirmitie, or any other way, his oth is to be recalled. For we may not adde sinne vnto sinne. 1. Sam. 25.21. And Dauid said, Indeede I haue kept all in vaine, that this fellow had in the wildernes, &c. vers. 22. So and more also doe God vnto the enemies of Dauid: for surely I will not leaue of all that he hath, by the dawning of the day, any that pisseth against the wall. vers. 33. Dauid said, Blessed be thy counsell and blessed be thou, which hast kept me this day from comming to shedde blood; and that mine hand hath not saued me. 2. Sam. 19.23. Dauid promiseth that Shimei should not die: but 1. King. 2.8,9. Dauid saith to Salomon, Though I sware so, yet thou shalt not count him innocent, but cause his hoare head to goe downe to the graue with blood.

    • V. Sanctification of Gods creatures and ordinances, the which is a separa­tion of them to an holy vse. Thus ought we to sanctifie our meates and drinks, the works of our calling, and marriage.

      The meanes of this sanctification are two: Gods word, and prayer. 1. Tim. 4.4. All which God hath created is good, and nothing must be reiected, if it be recei­ued with thanksgiuing: for it is sanctified by the word and prayer.

      By the word we are instructed; first, whether God alloweth the vse of such things, or not: secondly, we learne after what holy manner, in what place, at what time, with what affection, and to what end we must vse them. Heb. 11.6. Without faith it is impossible to please God. Psal. 119.24. Thy testimonies are my de­light, they are my counsellers. Iosh. 22.19,29. 1. Sam. 15.23.

      Prayer, which sanctifieth, is petition and thanksgiuing.

      By petition, we obtaine of Gods meiestie, assistance by his grace, to make an holy vse of his creatures, and ordinances. Col. 3. 17. Whatsoeuer ye shall doe in word or deede, doe all in the name of the Lord Iesus, giuing thanks to God euen the Father by him. 1. Sam. 17.45. Then said Dauid to the Philistim, Thou commest to me with a sword, and with a speare, and with a shield: but I come to thee in the name of the Lord of hosts, the God of the host of Israel, whome thou hast railed vpon. Mich. 4. 5. We must walke in the name of the Lord our God, for euer and euer. Here may we obserue prayer made vpon particular occasion. 1. For a pro­sperous iourney. Act. 21.5. When the daies were ended, we departed, and went our way, and they all accompanied vs with their wiues and children, euen out of the citie: and we kneeling downe on the shore prayed, &c. 2. For a blessing vpon meats at the table. Ioh. 6.11. Then Iesus tooke the bread, and when he had giuen thankes, [Page 61] he gaue it to his Disciples, and the Disciples to them that were set downe: and like­wise of the fishes as much as they would. Act. 27.35. He tooke bread, and gaue thanks to God, in presence of them all, and brake it, and began to eate. 3. For issue in childbirth. This did Anna, 1. Sam. 1.14. And Zacharie, Luk. 1.13. 4. For good successe in busines, Gen. 24. 12. Abrahams seruant praied.

      Thanksgiuing is the magnifying of Gods name, euen the Father through Christ, for his grace, ayde, and blessing in the lawfull vse of the creatures. Phil. 4.6. In all things let your requests be shewed vnto God, in prayer, and supplication, and giuing of thanks. 1 [...] Thess. 5. 18. In all things giue thanks: for this is the will of God in Christ towards you. This we may read vsed, 1. after meate, Deut. 8.10. When thou hast eaten and filled thy selfe, thou shalt blesse the Lord thy God, for the good land which he hath giuen thee. 2. After the losse of outward wealth. Iob 1.21. And Iob saide, Naked came I out of my mothers wombe, and naked shall I re­turne againe: the Lord hath giuen, and the lord hath taken away, blessed be the name of the Lord for euermore. 3. For deliuerance out of seruitude. Exod. 18. 10. Iethro said, Blessed be the Lord, who hath deliuered you out of the hands of the Egyp­tians, and out of the hand of Pharaoh, who also hath deliuered the people from vnder the hand of the Egyptians. 4. For children. Gen. 29.35. Shee conceiued againe and bare of sonne, saying, Now will I praise the Lord: therefore shee called his name Iudah. 5. For victorie. 2. Sam. 22.1. And Dauid spake the words of this song vnto the Lord, what time the Lord had deliuered him out of the hands of all his ene­mies, and out of the hand of Saul, and said, The Lord is my rocke, and my fortresse, &c. 6. For good successe in domesticall affaires. Abrahams seruant, Gen. 24.12. blessed the Lord of his master Abraham.

CHAP. 23. Of the fourth Commandement.

THe fourth Commandement concerneth the Sabboth: namely, that holy time consecrated to the worship and glorifying of God. The words are these: ‘Remember the Sabboth to keepe it: sixe daies shalt thou labour, and doe [...]ll thy worke: but the seuenth day is the Sabboth of the Lord thy God, in it thou shalt doe no manner of worke, thou, nor thy sonne, nor thy daughter, thy man seruant, nor thy maid, nor thy beast, nor thy straunger that is within thy gates. For in sixe daies the Lord made the heauen and the earth, the sea and all that in them is, and rested the seauenth day: therefore the Lord blessed the seauenth day, and hallowed it.’

The Resolution.

Remember] This clause doth insinuate, that in times past there was great neglect in the obseruation of the Sabboth: and would that all degrees and con­ditions of men should prepare themselues to sanctifie the same: especially those that be gouernours of families, in corporations, and cities, to whome this commandement is directed.

To keepe it holy, or, to sanctifie it] To sanctifie it, is to seuer a thing from com­mon vse, and to consecrate the same to the seruice of God. Here are described the two parts of this commandement: the first where of, is rest from labour: the second, sanctification of that rest.

Sixe daies] These wordes containe a close answer to this obiection. It is [Page] much to cease from our callings one whole day. The answer (together with a first reason to inforce the sanctification of the Sabbath) is in these wordes, which is taken from the greater to the lesse. If I permit thee to follow thy calling, sixe whole daies, thou maist well, and must leaue one onely to serue me.

But the first is true. Therefore the second.

The first propositiō is wanting: the second, or assumption are these words, Sixe daies, &c. The conclusion is the commandement it selfe.

Here may we see, that God hath giuen vs free libertie to worke all the sixe daies. The which freedome no man can annihilate. Neuerthelesse, vpon extra­ordinarie occasions, the Church of God is permitted to separate one daie or more of the seuen, as neede is, either to fasting, or for a solemne day of reioy­cing, for some benefit receiued. Ioel 2.15.

The seuenth day] The second reason of this commaundement taken from the ende thereof.

If the Sabbath were consecrated to God, and his seruice, we must that day abstain from our labours.

But it was consecrated to God, and his seruice.

Therefore we must then abstaine from our labours.

The assumption is in these words ( the seuenth day, &c.) where we must note, that God alone hath this priuiledge, to haue a Sabbath consecrated vnto him: and therefore all holy daies dedicated to what soeuer either Angel or Saint, are vnlawfull: howsoeuer the Church of Rome haue imposed the obseruation of them vpon many people.

In it thou shalt doe] This is the conclusion of the second reason, illustrated by a distribution from the causes. Thou, thy sonne, thy daughter, thy seruant, thy cattell, thy stranger, shall cease that day from your labours.

Any worke] That is, any ordinarie worke of your callings, and such as may be done the day before, or left well vndone till the day after. Yet for all this we are not forbidden to performe such workes euen on this day, as are both holy and of present necessitie.

Such are those works, which doe vpon that day preserue and maintaine the seruice and glorie of God, as I. a Sabbath daies iourney. Act. 1.12. Which is now Hierusalem, containing a Sabbath daies iourney. II. The killing and dres­sing of sacrificed beasts in the time of the law. Matth. 12.5. Haue ye not read in the law, how that on the Sabbath daies, the Priests in the Temple breake the Sab­bath, and are blamelesse? III. Iourneys vnto the Prophets, and places appoin­ted vnto the worship of God. 2. King. 4.23. He said, Why wilt thou goe to him this day? it is neither new moone, nor Sabbath day. Psal. 84.7. They go from strength to strength, till euery one appeare before God in Zion.

Such also are the works of mercie, whereby the safetie of life or goods is procured: as that which Paul did, Act. 20. 9. As Paul was long preaching, Euty­chus ouercome with sleepe, fell downe from the third loft, and was taken vp dead: but Paul went downe and laid himselfe vpon him, and embraced him, saying, Trouble not your selues: for his life is in him. vers. 12. And they brought the boy aliue, and they were not a little comforted. II. To helpe a beast out of a pit. Luk. 14.5. Which of you shall haue an oxe, or an asse fallen into a pit, and will not straightway [Page] pull him out on the Sabbath day? III. Prouision of meate and drinke. Matth. 12.1. Iesus went through the corne on a Sabbath day, and his Disciples were an hungred, and began to plucke the eares of corne, and to eate. In prouision, we must take heede that our cookes, and houshold [...]eruants breake not the Sabbath. The reason of this is framed from the lesser to the greater, out of that place, 2. Sam. 25.15. Dauid longed, and said, Oh that one would giue me to drinke of the wa­ter of the well of Beth-lehem, which is by the gate. vers. 16. Then the three mightie brake into the host of the Philistims, and drew water out of the well of Beth-lehem that was by the gate, and tooke and brought it to Dauid, who would not drinke there­of, but powred it for an offering vnto the Lord. vers. 17. And said, O Lord, be it farre from me that I should doe [...]his: is not this the blood of the men, that went in ieopardie of their liues? therefore would he not drinke. The reason standeth thus. If Dauid would not haue his seruants aduenture their corporall liues for his prouision, nor drinke the water when they had prouided it: much lesse ought we for our meates to aduenture the liues of our seruants. IV. Watering of cattell. Math. 12.11. The Lord answered, and said, Thou hypocrite, will not any of you on the Sab­bath daies, loose his oxe or asse out of the stable, and bring him to the water? Vpon the like present and holy necessitie, Phisitians, vpon the Sabbath day, may take a iourney to visit the diseased, Mariners their voyage, Shepheards may tend their flocke, and Midwiues may helpe women with childe. Mark. 2.27. The Sabbath was made for man, and not man for the Sabbath.

Within thy gates] This word gate, signifieth by a figure, iurisdiction and au­thoritie. Math. 16.18. The gates of hell shall not ouercome it. Let this be a loo­king glasse, wherein all Inholders, and intertainers of strangers may looke in­to themselues, and behold what is their dutie.

For in sixe daies] The third reason of this commaundement from the lik [...] example.

That which I did, thou also must doe,

But I rested the seauenth day and hallowed it:

Therefore thou must doe the like.

God sanctified the Sabbath when he did consecrate it to his seruice; men sanctifie it when they worship God in it. In this place we are to confider the Sabbath, how farre forth it is ceremoniall, and how farre forth morall.

The Sabbath is ceremoniall, in respect of the strict obseruation thereof, which was a type of the internall sanctification of the people of God, and that is, as it were, a continuall resting from the worke of sinne. Exod. 31.1.3. Speake thou also vnto the children of Israel, and say, Notwithstanding keepe ye my sabbath: for it is a signe betweene me and you in your generation, that ye may know that I the Lord doe sanctifie you. The same is recorded, Ezech. 20.12.

It signified also that blessed rest of the faithfull, in the kingdom of heauen: Esai 66. 23. From moneth to moneth, and from sabbath to sabbath, shall all flesh come to worship before me, sa [...]h the Lord. Heb. 4.8,9, 10. If Iesus had giuen them a rest, &c.

The Sabbath is likewise ceremoniall, in that it was obserued the seauenth day after the creation of the world, and was then solemnized with such cere­monies. Numb. 28.9. But on the sabbath day ye shall offer two lambes of a yeare [Page 64] old without spot, and two tenth deales of fine floure for a meate offering, [...]ingled with oyle, and the drinke offering thereof. 10. This is the burnt [...]ffering of euery Sabbath, beside the continuall burnt offering and drinke offering thereof.

But now in the light of the Gospel, and the Churches professing the same, the ceremonie of the Sabbath is ceased. Col. 2.16. Let no man condemne you in meate and drinke, or in respect of an holy day, or of the new moone, or of the Sabbath: 17. which are but shadowes of things to come, but the bodie is Christ. The obser­ [...]ation of the Sabbath was translated by the Apostles from the seuenth day, to the day following. Act. 20. 7. The first day of the weeke, the Disciples beeing come together to breake bread, Paul preached to them. 1. Cor. 16.1,2. Concerning the gathering for the Saints, as I haue ordained in the Churches of Galatia, so doe ye also euery first day of the weeke, let euery one of you put aside by himselfe, and lay vp [...]s God hath prospered him, that then there be no gatherings when I come. This day, by reason that our Sauiour did vpon it ri [...]e againe, is called the Lords day. Revel. 1.10. I was rauished in the spirit on the Lords day.

The obseruation of the Sabbath thus constituted by the Apostles, was ne­uerthelesse neglected of those Churches which succeeded them, but after was reuiued and established by Christian Emperours, as a day most apt to cele­brate the memorie of the creation of the world, and to the serious meditation of the redemption of mankind. Leo and Anton. Edict. of holy daies.

The obseruation of the Sabbath is morall, in as much as it is a certaine sea­uenth day, preserueth and conserueth the ministerie of the word, and the so­lemne worship of God, especially in the assemblies of the church. And in this respect we are vpon this day, as well inioyned a rest from our vocations, as the Iewes were. Esai 58.13. If thou turne away thy foote from the Sabbath, from doing thy will on mine holy day, and call my Sabbath a delight, to consecrate it, as glorious to the Lord, and shalt honour him, not doing thine owne waies, &c.

Finally, it is morall, in that it freeth seruants and cattell from their labours, which on other daies doe seruice vnto their owners.

The affirmative part.

Keepe holy the Sabbath day. This we doe, if we cease from the workes of sinne, and our ordinarie calling: performing those spirituall works, which we are commanded in the second and third Commandement.

  • I. To arise earely in the morning, that so we may prepare our selues to the better sanctifying of the Sabbath ensuing. This preparation consisteth in pri­uate praiers and taking account of our seuerall sinnes. Mark. 1.35. In the mor­ning very earely before day, Iesus arose and went into a solitarie place, and there prayed. The day following was the Sabbath, when he preached in the Synagogues. 39. Exod. 32. 5, 6. Aaron proclaimed, saying, To morrow shalbe the holy day of the Lord: so they rose vp the next day earely in the morning. Eccles. 4. vers. last. Take heede to thy feete when thou entrest into the house of God.
  • II. To be present at publique assemblies, at ordinarie howers, there to heare reuerently and attentiuely the word preached and read, to receiue the Lords Supper, and publikely with the congregation, call vpon and celebrate the name of the Lord. 1. Tim. 1.2,3. Act. 20.7. 2. King. 4.22,23. Act. 13.14, 15. When they departed from Perga, they came to Antiochia, a citie of Pisidia, and [Page 65] went into the Synagogue on the Sabbath day, and sate downe. And after the lecture of the Law and Prophets, the rulers of the Synagogue sent vnto them, saying, Ye men and brethren, if ye haue any word of exhortation for the people, say on.
  • III. When publique meetings are dissolued, to spend the rest of the Sab­both in the meditation of Gods word, and his creatures. Psal. 29. from the be­ginning to the ending. Act. 17. 11. These were also more noble men, then they which were at Thessalonica, which receiued the word with all readinesse, and search­ed the Scriptures daily whether those things were so. We must also exercise then the workes of charitie: as, to visit the sicke, giue almes to the needie, admonish such as fall, reconcile such as are at iarre and discord amongst themselues, &c. Nehem. 8.12. Then all the people went to eate and to drinke, and to send away part, and to make great ioy.

The negatiue part.

Pollute not the Sabboth of the Lord.

This is a grieuous sinne, Matth. 24.20. Pray that your flight be not in winter, nor on the Sabboth daie. Lament. 1.7. The aduersaries saw her, and did mocke at her Sabboths. Leuit. 19.30. Ye shall keepe my Sabboths, and reuerence my Sanctu­arie, I am the Lord. In this part are these things forbidden:

  • I. The workes of our calling, wherein if we doe ought, it must be altoge­ther in regard of charitie, and not in regard of our owne priuate commodity.
  • II. Vnnecessarie iourneyes. Exod. 16.29. Tarrie euery man in his place, let no man goe out of his place the seuenth day. By this reason, the master of the fami­ly must that day remaine at home, to sanctifie the Sabbath with his house­hold.
  • III. Faires vpon the Sabboth daie, Nehem. 3.19. When the gates of Ierusa­lem began to be darke before the Sabboth, I commaunded to shut the gates, &char­ged that they should not be opened till after the Sabboth, and some of my seruants, set I at the gate, that there should no burden be brought in on the Sabboth day. read v. 15,16,17,18.
  • IV. All kind of husbandrie; as plowing, sowing, reaping, mowing, bring­ing home haruest, & other the like. Exod. 34. 21. In the seauenth day shalt thou rest, both in earing time, and in haruest shalt thou rest.
  • V. To vse iestes, sports, banquetting, or any other thing whatsoeuer, which is a means to hinder, or withdraw the mind from that serious attention, which ought to be in Gods seruice: for if the workes of our calling must not be ex­ercised, much lesse these, whereby the minde is as well distracted from Gods seruice, as by the greatest labour.
  • VI. An externall obseruation of the Sabboth, without an internall regard of godlines. Esa. 1.14,15. My soule hateth your new moones, and your appointed feastes, they are a burden vnto me, I am wearie to beare them: and when you shall stretch forth your handes, I will hide mine eies from you, and though you make many praiers, I will not heare: for your handes are full of blood. 2. Tim. 3.5. Which haue a shew of godlines, but denie the force thereof, such therefore auoyd.
  • VII. The manifest prophanation of the Sabboth, in pampering the bel­ly, surfeting, adulterie, and other like prophanenesse, which is nothing els, but to celebrate a Sabboth to the diuell, and not to God.

CHAP. 24. Of the fifth commandement.

HItherto we haue spoken of the commandements of the first table: nowe followeth the secōd table, which concerneth the loue of our neighbour. Rom. 13.9. Thou shalt not commit adulterie, thou shalt not kill, thou shalt not steale, thou shalt not beare false witnes, thou shalt not couet: and if there be any other com­mandement, it is briefly comprehēded in this saying, namely, thou shalt loue thy neigh­bour as thy selfe.

Our neighbour is euery one, which is of our owne flesh. Esa. 58.7. When thou seest the naked couer him, and hide not thy selfe from thine owne flesh.

The manner of louing is so to loue our neighbour as our selues, to witte, truly and sincerely: when as contrarily, the true manner of louiug God, is to loue God without measure.

The second table containeth sixe Commandements: whereof the first, &, in the order of the ten commandements, the fift, concerneth the preseruation of dignity and excellencie of our neighbour.

The words are these:

Honour thy Father and thy mother, that they may prolong thy daies in the lande, which the Lord thy God giueth thee.

The Resolution.

Honour] This Word, by the figure, signifieth all that dutie, whereby our neighbours dignitie is preserued, but especially our Superious. This dignitie proceedeth of this, that euery man beareth in him some part of the image of God, if we respect the outward order and decency, which is obserued in the Church and common wealth. In the Magistrate there is a certaine image of the power and glory of God. Dan. 2.37. O King, thou art a King of Kings, for the God of heauen hath giuen thee a kingdome, power, and strength, & glorie. Hence is it, that Magistrates are called Gods. Psal. 82. 1. In an olde man is the simili­tude of the eternity of God: in a father, the likenesse of his fatherhood. Math. 2 [...].9. And call no man your father vpon the earth: for there is but one, your Father which is in heauen. In a man is the image of Gods prouidence and authoritie. 1 Cor. 11.7. For a man ought not to couer his head, because he is the image of the glo­ry of God: but the woman is the glory of her husband. Finally, in a learned man, is the likenesse of the knowledge and wisdome of God. Nowe therefore that person, in whome euen the least title of the image of God appeareth, is to be be honoured and reuerenced.

Thy father] By a figure, we must here vnderstand, all those that are our su­periours: as, Parents, and such like of our kindred, or aliance which are to vs in stead of Parents: Magistrates, Ministers, our Elders, and those that doe ex­cell vs in any gifts whatsoeuer. The kings of Gerar were called Abimelech, my father the king. Gen. 20.2. Gen. 45.8. God hath made me a father vnto Pha­raoh, and Lord ouer all his house. 1. Cor. 4.15. For though ye haue ten thousand in­structers in Christ, yet haue ye not many Fathers: for in Christ Iesus I haue begotten you. 2. King. 5.13. But his seruants came, and spake vnto him, and said, Father, if the Prophet had commanded thee a great thing [...] wouldest thou not haue done it? 2. King. [...].12. And Elisha sawe it, and he cried, My Father, my Father, my Father, [Page 67] the chariot of Israel, and the horsemen thereof.

And thy mother] This is added, least we should despise our mothers, be­cause of their infirmities, Prou. 23.22. Obey thy father which hath begotten thee, and despise not thy mother when shee is olde.

Here we are put in mind to performe due honour to our stepmothers and fathers in law, as if they were our proper and naturall parents. Ruth. 3. 1. and 5. Afterward Naomi her mother in lawe said vnto her, My daughter, shall not I seeke rest for thee, that thou maiest prosper? And shee answered her, All that thou biddest me, I will do. Exod. 18.17. But Moses father in law said vnto him, The thing which thou doest is not well. 19. Heare nowe my voice, I will giue thee counsell, and God shall be with thee. 24. So Moses obeied the voice of his father in law, and did all that he had said. Mich. 7.6. For the sonne reuileth the Father, the daughter riseth vp against her mother, the daughter in law against her mother in lawe.

That they may prolong] Parents are said to prolong the liues of their chil­dren, because they are Gods instruments, whereby their childrens liues are prolonged: for oftentimes the name of the action is attributed to the instru­ment, wherewith the action is wrought. Luk. 16.9. Make you friendes with the riches of iniquitie, that when ye shall want, they may receiue you into euerlasting habitations. 1. Tim. 4.16. For in doing so, tho [...] shalt both saue thy selfe and them that heare thee.

But Parents doe prolong the liues of their children in commanding them to walke in the waies of the Lord, by exercising iustice and iudgement, Gen. 18.19. For beeing become godly, they haue the promise both of this life, and the life to come. 1. Tim. 4.8.

Further, they effect the same thing by their praiers made in the behalfe of their children. Hereby it plainely appeareth, that the vsuall custome of chil­dren saluting their parents, to aske them their blessing, is no light or vaine thing.

Moreouer, in these words, the reason to mooue vs to the obedience of this commandement, is drawne from the ende, which reason is also a promise, yet a speciall promise. Eph. 6. 2. Honour thy father and thy mother, which is the first commandement with promise, (I say, speciall) because the promise of the second commandement is generall, and belongeth to all the rest of the commande­ments.

And God promiseth long life not absolutely, but so farre as it is a blessing. Eph. 6.3. That it may be well with thee, and that thou maiest liue long on earth. For wee must thinke that long life is not alwaie a blessing, but that sometime it is better to die then to liue. Esay 57.1. The righteous perisheth, and no man conside­reth it in heart: and mercifull men are taken away, and no man vnderstandeth that the righteous is taken away from the euill to come.

But if at any time the Lord giueth a short life to obedient children, hee re­wardeth them againe with eternall life in heauen, and so the promise faileth not, but changeth for the better.

The affirmative part.

Preserue the dignitie of thy neighbour.

Vnder this part is commaunded:

[Page 68]First, reuerence towards all our superiours: the actions whereof, are; reue­rently to rise vp before any man which passeth by vs. Leu. 19.32. Rise vp be­fore the hoorehead, and honour the person of the old man, and dread thy God: I am the Lord. To meete him that commeth towards vs. Gen. 18.2. And he lifted vp his eies, and looked: and loe, three men stood by him, and when he saw them, hee ranne to meete them from the tent doore. 1. King. 2. 19. When Bethsheba came to speake to king Solomon, the king rose to meete her, and bowed himselfe vnto her. To bowe the knee. Mark. 10.17. And when he was gone out of the waie, there came one run­ning, and kneeled to him. Gen. 18.2. He ran to meete them, and bowed himselfe to the ground. To stand by those that sit downe, Gen. 18.8. And he tooke butter, and milke, and the calfe that he had prepared, and set before them, and stoode him­selfe by them vnder the tree, and they did eate. Exod. 18.13. Now on the morrowe, when Moses sate to iudge the people, the people stoode about Moses from morning vnto euen. To giue the cheife seate. 1. King. 2.19. And he sate downe on his throne, and he caused a seate to be set for the kings mother, and shee sate downe at his right hand. Luk. 14. 7,8,9. He spake also a parable vnto the guests, when he marked how they chose out the chiefe roomes, and said vnto them, When thou shalt be bidden of any man to a wedding, set not thy selfe downe in the chiefest place, least a more honourable man then thou be bidden of him, and he that bade both him and thee, come and say to thee, Giue this man roome, and thou then beginne with shame to take the lowest roome. Gen. 43.33. So they sate before him, the eldest according to his age, and the youngest according to his youth, and the men marueiled among them­selues. To let our Superiours speake before vs. Iob. 32.6,7, 17. To keepe si­lence in courts and iudgement places, vntill we be bidden to speake. Act. 24. 10. Then Paul after that the Gouernour had beckened vnto him that he should speake, answered. To giue them such their right and iust titles, as declare our reuerence when we speake vnto them. 1. Pet. 3.6. As Sarah obeyed Abraham and called him Lord: whose daughters ye are, whiles ye doe well. Mar. 10. 17. Good Master, what shall I doe, that I may possesse eternall life? 20. Then he answered, and said vnto him, Master, all these things haue I obserued from my youth. 1. Sam. 1.14, 15. And Eli said vnto her, How long wilt thou be drūken? Put away thy drunkennes from thee: then Hannah answered and said, Nay my Lord, but I am a woman trou­bled in spirit: I haue drunke neither wine nor strong drinke.

Secondly, towards those that are our superiours in authoritie: and first, o­bedience to their commandements. Rom. 13.1. Let euery soule be subiect to the higher power.

VVe are to be admonished to obedience: because euery higher power is the ordinance of God, and the obedience which we performe to him, God accepteth it as though it were done to himselfe and to Christ [...] Rom. 13.2. Whosoeuer therfore, resisteth the power, resisteth the ordinance of God, and they that resist, shall receiue to themselues iudgement. Col. 3.23. And whatsoeuer ye doe, doe it hartilie, as vnto the Lord, & not vnto them. 24. Knowing that of the Lord ye shall receiue the reward of the inheritance: for ye serue the Lord Christ. Obedience is to be performed to our superiours with diligence and faithfulnes. Gen. 24.2. Abraham said vnto his eldest seruant of his house, which had the rule ouer all that he had: put now thy hand vnder my thigh, and I will make thee sweare by the Lord [Page 69] God of heauen, and God of the earth, that thou shalt not take a wife vnto my sonne of the daughters of the Canaanites, amongst whome I dwell. 10. So the seruant tooke ten Camels of his master, and departed. 12. And he said, O Lord God of my master Abraham, I beseech thee send me good speede this day, and shew mercie vnto my master Abraham. 33. Afterward the meate was set before him, but he said, I will not eate, vntill I haue said my message: And Laban said, Speake on. 56. But he saide, Hinder me not, seeing the Lord hath prospered my iourney: send me away that I may goe to my master. Gen. 31.38. This twentie yeares haue I beene with thee, thine ewes and thy goates haue not cast their young, and the rammes of thy flocke haue I not eaten. 39. Whatsoeuer was torne of beasts, I brought it not vnto thee, but made it good my selfe: of mine hand diddest thou require it, were it stollen by day, or stollen by night. 40. I was in the day consumed with heat, and with frost in the night, and my sleepe departed from mine eyes.

Furthermore, we must yeelde obedience to our Superiours: yea, although they be cruell and wicked, but not in wickednesse. 1. Pet. 2.18. Seruants, be sub­iect to your masters with all feare, not onely to the good and courteous, but also to the froward. Act. 4.19. Whether it be right in the sight of God, to obey you rather then God, iudge ye.

Subiection in suffering the punishments inflicted by our Superiours. Gen. 16.6. Then Abraham saide to Sarai, Behold, thy maide is in thine hand, doe with her as it pleaseth thee: then Sarai dealt roughly with her: wherefore shee fledde from her. 9. Then the Angel of the Lord said vnto her, Returne vnto thy dame, and hum­ble thy selfe vnder her hands.

And although the punishment should be vniust, yet must we suffer it, vn­till we can get some lawfull remedie for the same. 1. Pet. 2.19. For it is thanke-worthie, if a man for conscience toward God endure griefe, suffering wrongfully. 20. For what praise is it, if when ye be buffeted for your faults, ye take it patiently? but and if, when ye doe well, ye suffer wrong, and take it patiently, this is acceptable to God.

III. Thankfulnes in our praiers. 1. Tim. 2.1, 2. I exhort you therefore, that first of all, supplications, prayers, intercessions, and giuing of thankes be made for all men, for kings, & for all that be in authoritie, that we may lead a quiet & a peacea­ble life, in all godlines and honestie. 1. Tim. 5.17. Elders that rule well, are worthie of double honour. Gen. 45.9. Haste you, and goe vp to my Father, and tell him, Thus saith thy sonne Ioseph, God hath made me lord ouer all Egypt, come downe to me, ta­rie not. 10. And thou shalt dwell in the land of Goshen. 11. Also I will nourish thee there, for yet remaine fiue yeares of famine, least thou perish through pouertie, thou and thy houshold, and all that thou hast.

Thirdly, towards those that excell vs in gifts: our dutie is to acknowledge the same gifts, and speake of them to their praise. 1. Cor. 8.22,23.

Fourthly, toward all our equals: to thinke reuerently of them. Phil. 2.3. Let nothing be done through contention or vaineglorie, but in meeknes of minde, let euery man esteeme other better then himselfe.

In giuing honour, to goe one before an other, and not in receiuing it. Rom. 12. 10. Submitting your selues one to another in the feare of God. To salute one an other with holy signes, whereby may appeare the loue which we haue one to [Page 70] another in Christ. 1. Pet. 5.14. Greet ye one another with the kisse of loue. Rom. 16. 16. Salute one another with an holy kisse. Exod. 18.7. And Moses went out to meete his father in law, and did obeysance and kissed him. Ruth. 2.4. And beholde, Boaz came from Bethlehem, and said vnto the Reapers, the Lord be with you. And they answered, The Lord blesse thee.

Fiftly, the duties of all Superiours towards their inferiours: to yeeld to them in good matters, as to their brethren. Deut. 17. 20. That his heart be not lifted vp aboue his brethren, and that he turne not from the commaundement, to the right hand, or to the left. Iob. 31.13. If I did contemne the iudgement of my seruant, and of my maide. 2. King. 5.13. And his seruant came and spake vnto him, and said. 14. Then he went downe, and washed himselfe seuen times in Iordan, &c. To shine be­fore their inferiours by an ensample of a blamelesse life. Titus 2.2. That the el­der men bee sober, honest, discreete, sound in the faith, in loue, and in patience. 3. The elder women likewise, that they be in such behauiour as becommeth holines, not false accusers, not giuen to much wine, but teachers of honest things. 1. Pet. 5.3. Not as though ye were Lords ouer Gods heritage, but that ye may be ensamples to the flock. Phil. 4.9. To shewe forth grauitie ioyned with dignitie, by their countenance, gesture, deedes and wordes. Tit. 2. 3,4,5,6,7. Iob. 29.8. The younge men saw me and hid themselues, the aged arose, and stood vp.

Sixtly, towards inferiours in obedience, that is, toward their subiects. 1. To rule them in the Lord, that they doe not offend. 1. Pet. 2.13. Submit your selues vnto all manner of ordinance of man, for the Lords sake, whether it be vnto kings as vnto superiours, 14. or vnto gouernours, as vnto them that are sent of the king, for the punishment of euill doers, and for the praise of them that doe well. Deut. 17.19. And it shall be with him (namely the booke of the lawe) and he shal read therein all the daies of his life, that he may learne to feare the Lord his God, and to keepe all the wordes of this lawe, and those ordinances to doe them. Col. 4. 1. Ye masters doe vnto your seruants, that which is iust and equall: knowing that ye also haue a master in heauen. 2. To prouide such things as shall be to the good of their subiects, whether they belong to the bodie or to the soule. Rom. 13.4. For he is the mi­nister of god for thy wealth. Esa. 49.23. And kings shall be thy nursing Fathers, & Queenes shall be thy nurses. Psal. 132.1. Lord remember Dauid with all his trou­bles. 2. Who sware vnto the Lord, and vowed vnto the mightie God of Iaacob, saying, 3. I will not enter into the tabernacle of mine house, nor come vpon my pallet or bed, 4. nor suffer mine eies to sleepe, nor mine eie lids to slumber, 5. vntil I finde out a place for the Lord, an habitation for the mightie God of Iacob. 3. To punish their faults, the lighter by rebuking, the greater by correction, that is, by inflicting reall or bodily punishment.

There is an holy maner of punishing the guilty, whereunto is required: I. After diligent and wise examination be had, to be assured of the crime com­mitted. II. To shewe forth of Gods word, the offence of the sin: that the con­science of the offender may be touched. III. It is conuenient to deferre or omit the punishment, if thereby any hope of amendment may appeare. Eccl. 7.23. Giue not thy heart also to all the words that men speake, least thou doe heare thy seruant cursing thee. 24. For oftentimes also thine heart knoweth, that thou likewise hast cursed others. 1. Sam. 10. vers. 27. But the wicked men said, Howe shall [Page 71] he saue vs? so they despised him, and brought him no presents: but he held his tongue. IV. To inflict deserued punishment, not in his owne name, but in Gods name, adding the same holily and reuerently. Iosh. 7. 19. Then Ioshua said vnto Achan, My sonne, I beseech thee, giue glorie to the Lord God of Israel, and make confession vnto him, and shew me nowe what thou hast done, hide it not from me. 20. And Achan answered Ioshua, and said, Indeede I haue sinned against the Lord God of Israel, and thus and thus haue I done. 25. And Ioshua said, In as much as thou hast troubled vs, the Lord shall trouble thee this day: and all Israel threwe stones at him, and burned them with fire, and stoned them with stones. V. and lastly, When thou punishest, aime at this one onely thing, that the euill may be purged and amended, and that the offender by sorrowing for his sinne, may vnfainedly repent for the same. Prou. 20.30. The blewnesse of the wound serueth to purge the euill, and the stripes within the bowels of the belly.

Seuenthly, and lastly, there is a certaine duty of a man to bee performed to­ward himselfe, which is, that a man should preserue and maintaine with mo­destie, the dignitie and worthinesse, which is inherent in his own person. Phil. 4.8. Furthermore, brethren, whatsoeuer things are true, whatsoeuer things are ho­nest, whatsoeuer things are iust, whatsoeuer things are pure, whatsoeuer thinges per­taine to loue, whatsoeuer things are of good report, if there be any vertue, or if there be any praise, thinke on these things.

The negatiue part.

Diminish not the excellencie, or dignitie, which is in the person of thy neighbour.

Hither are referred these sinnes:

First, against our superiours: I. Vnreuerent behauiour and contempt of them. The sinnes hereof, are, deriding our superiours. Gen. 9. 22. And when Ham the Father of Canaan sawe the nakednesse of his father, he told his two bre­thren without. Prou. 20.17. The eie that mocketh his father, and despiseth the in­struction of his mother, let the rauens of the valley picke it out, and the young eagles eate it. To speake euill of, or reuile our superiours. Exod. 21.17. And he that curseth his father or his mother, shall die the death.

II. Disobedience, whereby we contemne their iust commādements. Rom. 1.30. Disobedient to Parents. 2. Tim. 3.3. No striker, but gentle, no fighter. The sinnes hereof, are, To make contracts of mariage, without the counsel & con­sent of the Parents. Gen. 6. 2. Then the sonnes of God saw the daughters of men that they were faire, and they tooke them wiues of all that they liked. Gen. 28.6,9. And Esau seeing that the daughters of Canaan displeased Izhac his father, then went Esau to Ishmael, and tooke vnto the wiues which he had, Mahalath the daugh­ter of Ishmael, Abrahams sonne, the sister of Nabaioth, to be his wife. The eie ser­uice of seruants. Coloss. 3.22. Seruant [...] be obedient to them that are your masters according to the flesh, in all things, not with eie seruice as men pleasers, but in single­nes of heart, fearing God. Eph. 6.6. Not with seruice to the eie, as men pleasers An­swering againe, when they are reprehended. Tit. 2.9. Let seruants be subiect to their masters, and please them in all thinges, not answering againe. Deceit­fulnesse and wasting their Masters goods. Titus 2. 10. Neither pikers, but that they shewe all good faithfulnesse. To flee from the power of their superiour. Gen. 16.6. Then Sarah dealt roughly with her, wherfore shee fled frō her. To resist [Page 72] the lawful authoritie of their Superiours. 1. Pet. 2.20. To obey them in things vnlawfull [...] Act. 4. 19. To extoll themselues aboue their betters: this is the sinne of Antichrist. 2. Thess. 2.3, 4. Which (man of sinne) exalteth himselfe against all that is called God. Lastly, the freedome of the Papists, whereby they free chil­dren from the gouernment of their parents: and subiects from the authoritie of their Princes: so that they make it lawefull for them to pretende and pro­cure their death. 1. Sam. 26.8,9. Then said Abishai to Dauid, God hath closed thine enemie into thine hand this day: now therefore I pray thee, let me smite him once with a speare to the earth, and I will not smite him againe: And Dauid said to Abishai, Destroy him not: for who can lay his hand on the Lords Annointed and bee guiltlesse?

III. Ingratitude, and want of a louing affection towards Parentes. Matth. 15.5,6. But ye say, whosoeuer shall say to father or mother, By the gift that is offe­red by me, thou maiest haue profit, though he honour not his father or mother, shall be free. 1. Tim. 5.4.

Secondly, we offend against our equalls, in preferring our selues before them, in talking or in sitting downe. Matth. 20.20. Then came vnto him the mo­ther of Zebedeus children, with her sonnes, worshipping him, and desiring a certaine thing of him. 21. And he said, What wouldest thou? And shee said to him, Graunt, that these my two sonnes may sit, the one at thy right hand, and the other at thy left hand in thy kingdome. 24. And when the other ten heard this, they disdained at the two brethren.

Thirdly, toward our inferiours: I. Through negligēce in gouerning them, and prouiding for their good estate. Hagg. 1.4. Is it time for your selues to dwel in your fieled houses; and this house to lie wast? Dan. 3.28. This condemneth those mothers, which put forth their children to be nursed, hauing both sufficient strength and store of milke themselues to nurse them. 1. Tim. 5.10. If shee haue nourished her children. II. By too much gentlenes and lenitie in correcting thē. 1. King. 1.5. Then Adonijah the sonne of Haggith exalted himselfe, saying, I will be king. 6. And his father would not displease him from his childhood, to say, Why hast thou done so? 1. Sam. 2. 22. So Eli was very old, & heard all that his sonnes did vnto all Israel, and howe they lay with the women that assembled at the doore of the Ta­bernacle of the congregation. 23. And he said vnto them, Why doe ye such things? for of all this people I heare euill reports of you. 24. Do no more, my sonnes for it is no good report that I heare, namely, that ye make the Lords people to trespasse. 25. Not­withstanding they obeyed not the voice of their father, because the Lord would slay them. III. By ouermuch crueltie and threatnings. Eph. 6.4. And ye fathers pro­uoke not your children to wrath. 9. And ye masters doe the same things vnto them, putting away threatnings.

Fourthly and lastly, a man offendeth against himselfe, when through his naughtie behauiour, he doth obscure and almost extinguish those gifts which God hath giuen him. Math. 25.2. 16. Or contrarilie, when he is too wise in his owne conceit. Rom. 12.3. For I say through the grace that is giuen vnto me, to e­ [...]ery one that is among you, that no man presume to vnderstand, aboue that which is meete to vnderstand.

CHAP. 25. Concerning the sixt commandement.

THou shalt not kill.

The Resolution.

Kill] The part is here set for the whole, by a Synecdoche: for killing signi­fieth any kind of endamaging the person of our neighbour.

The equitie of this commandement appeareth by this, that man was crea­ted after the likenesse of God. Gen. 9.6. He that sheddeth mans blood, by man shal his blood be shed: for in the image of God hath he made man. Againe, all men are the same flesh. Esay 58.7. When thou seest the naked couer him, and hide not thy face from thine owne flesh.

Neither ought we to be ignorant of this also, that it is vnlawful for any pri­uate person, not called to that dutie, to kill another, but a publike officer may, that is, if he be warranted by a calling. So did Moses, Exod. 2. 12. And he looked round about, and when he saw no man, he slue the Egyptian, and hid him in the sand. Act. 7.25. For he supposed his brethrē would haue vnderstood, that God by his hand should giue them deliuerance. And Phinehas. Nomb. 25. 8. And he followed the man of Israel into the tent, and thrust them both through (to wit, the man of Israel and the woman) through her bellie: so the plague ceased from the children of Israel. 31. Phinehas the sonne of Eleazar, hath turned mine anger away from the children of Israel, while he was zealous for my sake among them: therefore I haue not consu­med the childrē in my iealousie. And Elijah. 1. King. 18.40. And Eliiah said vnto them, Take the Prophets of Baal, let not a man of them escape: and they tooke them, and Elijah brought them to the brooke of Kishon; & slue them there. And souldiers in battels, waged vpon iust causes. 2. Chro. 20.15. Feare ye not, neither be afraid of this great multitude: for the battell is not yours, but Gods.

The negatiue part.

Thou shalt neither hurt, nor hinder, either thine owne, or thy neighbours life.

The sinnes then that are referred to this part are such, as are committed a­gainst our neighbour, or our selues.

Against our neighbour, are these following: I. In heart; as [...]. Hatred against him. 1. Ioh. 3.15. Who so hateth his brother, is a manslayer. 2. Vnaduised anger, Matth. 5.22. I say vnto you, whosoeuer is angrie with his brother vnaduisedly, is in danger of iudgement. 3. Enuie. Rom. 1.29. Full of anger, murther, contention. 4. Grudges. Iam. 3.14. If ye haue bitter enuying and strife in your hearts reioice not. 5. Want of compassion, and sorrowe at our neighbours calamities. Amos 6.5,6. They sing to the sound of the Viole, &c. but no man is s [...]rry for the affliction of Ioseph. 6. Frowardnes, when we will not be reconciled to our neighbour. Rom. 1.30. Such as can neuer be appeased, vnmercifull. 7. Desire of reuenge. Psal. 5.6. The Lord will abhorre the bloody man and deceitfull.

II. In wordes: 1. Bitternes in speaking. Prou. 12. 18. There is that speaketh wordes, like the prickinges of a sword: but the tongue of wise men is health. 2. Re­proches and railing, which is a casting of a mans sinnes in his teeth which hee hath committed, or an obiecting vnto him some inherent infirmities, Matth. 5.22. Whosoeuer saith vnto his brother, Raca, shall be worthy to be punished by the councell: [...] And whosoeuer shall say, Foole, shall be worthy to be punished with [Page 74] hel fire. 2. Sam. 6.16. As the Arke of the Lord came into the citie of Dauid, Mi­chal Sauls daughter looked through a window, and saw king Dauid leape and dance before the Lord, and shee despised him in her heart, 20. And Michal the daughter of Saul came out to meete Dauid, and saide, O how glorious was the King of Israel this day, which was vncouered to day in the eyes of the maidens of his seruants, as a foole vncouereth himselfe. 3. Contentions, when two or more striue in speech one with another, for any kind of Superioritie. 4. Brawlings in any confe­rence. 5. Crying, which is an vnseemely eleuation of the voice against ones adu [...]rsarie. Gal. 5.19. The workes of the flesh are manifest, which are, 20. emulati­ons, wrath, contentions, seditions. Eph. 4. 31. Let all bitternesse, and anger, and wrath, crying and euill speaking be put away from you, with all malitiousnes. 32. Be courteous one to another. Gen. 16. 11. He (vz. Ismael) shalbe a wild man, his hand shalbe against euery man, and euery mans hand against him. 6. Complaints to e­uery one of such as offer vs iniuries. Iam. 5.9. Grudge not one against another, brethren, least ye be condemned.

III. In countenance and gesture, all such signes, as euidently decipher the malitious affections lurking in the heart. Gen. 4.5,6. His countenance fell down: and the Lord said vnto Cain, Why art thou so wrath? Math. 27.39. They that pas­sed by rayled on him, nodding their heades.

Hence is it, that derision is tearmed persecution. Gen. 21. 9. Sarai saw the sonne of Hagar the Egyptian mocking, &c. Gal. 4.29. He that was borne after the flesh, persecuted him that was borne after the spirit.

IV. In deedes: 1. To fight with, or to beat our neighbour, and to maime his bodie. Leuit. 24. 19, 20. If any man cause any blemish in his neighbour: as he hath done, so shall it be done to him, breach for breach, eie for eie, tooth for tooth. 2. To procure any way the death of our neighbour, whether it be by the sword, famine, or poison. Gen. 4.8. Cain rose vp against his brother, and slue him. 3. To exercise tyrannous crueltie in inflicting punishments. Deut. 25.3. Fourtie stripes shall he cause him to haue, and not past, least if he should exceede, and beate him aboue that with many stripes, thy brother should appeare despised in thy sight. 2. Cor. 11. 24. Of the Iewes I receiued fiue times fourtie stripes saue one. 4. To vse any of Gods creatures hardly. Prouerb. 12.10. A righteous man regar­deth the life of his beast, but the mercies of the wicked are cruell. Deut. 22.6. If thou finde a birds nest in the way, in any tree, or on the ground, whether they be young, or egges, and the damme sitting vpon the young, or vpon the egges, thou shalt not take the damme with the young, but shalt in any wise let the damme goe, and take the yong to thee, that thou maist prosper and prolong thy daies. 5. To take occasion by our neighbours infirmities, to vse him discourteously, and to make him our laughing stocke, or tanting recreation. Leuit. 19 .14. Thou shalt not curse the deafe, nor put a stumbling blocke before the blinde. 2. King. 2. 23. Little children came out of the citie, and mocked him, and saide vnto him, Come vp thou baldhead, come vp thou baldhead. 6. To iniurie the impotent, feeble, poore, strangers, fa­therlesse or widowes. Exod. 22.21,22. Thou shalt not doe iniurie to a straunger, neither oppresse him: for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt. Yee shall not trouble any widow or fatherles childe. 25. Thou shalt not be an vsurer vnto the poore. We then iniurie these: 1. If we pay not the labourer his hire. Deut. 24.14. Thou [Page 75] shalt not oppresse an hired seruant that is needie and poore, neither of thy brethren, nor of the straunger that is within thy gates. 15. Thou shalt giue him his hire for his day: neither shall the sunne goe downe vpon it: for he is poore, and therewith sustai­neth his life: least he crie against thee to the Lord, and it be sinne vnto thee. 2. If thou restore not the pledge of the poore. Exod. 22.26,27. If thou take thy neighbors rayment to pledge, thou shalt restore it vnto him before the sunne goe downe: for that is his garment onely, and his couering for his skin. 3. If we withdraw corne from the poore. Prou. 11.26. He that withdraweth the corne, the people will curse him: but blessing shall be vpon the head of him that selleth corne.

Againe, this law is as well transgressed by not killing, when the law char­geth to kill, and by pardoning the punishment due vnto murther, as by killing when we should not. Nomb. 35.16. If one smite another with an instrument of yron, that he die, he is a murtherer, and the murtherer shall die the death. 33. The land can not be clensed of the bloode that is shedde therein, but by the bloode of him that shedde it.

By this place also are combates of two men hand to hand, for deciding of controuersies, vtterly vnlawfull. 1. Because they are not equall meanes ordai­ned of God, to determine controuersies. 2. In that it falleth out in such com­bates that he is conquerour before man, who indeed is guiltie before God.

This also condemneth Popish Sanctuaries, and places of priuiledge: as Churches, and the like, wherein murtherers shelter and shroud themselues from the danger of the law. For God expressely commandeth (Exod. 21.14.) that such an one shalbe taken from his altar, that he may die. And Ioab 1. King. 2.24. touching the hornes of the altar, was slaine in the Temple.

Hitherto in like sort belong such things as concerne the soule of our neigh­bour. 1. To be a scandale or offence to the soule of our neighbor, either in life or doctrine. Math. 18.7. Woe be to the world because of offences: it is necessarie that offences should come: but woe be to them by whome they doe come.

2. To minister occasions of strife and discord. The which we then doe: 1. When we cannot be brought to remit somewhat of our owne right. 2. When we returne snappish and crooked answers. 3. When we interpret euery thing amisse, and take them in the worst part. 1. Sam. 25. 25. Nabal is his name, and follie is with him. 2. Sam. 10.3. And the Princes of the children of Ammon said to Hanun their Lord, Thinkest thou that Dauid doth honour thy father, that he hath sent comforters to thee? hath not Dauid rather sent his seruants vnto thee, to search the citie, to spie it out, and to ouerthrow it? wherefore Hanun tooke Dauids seruants, and shaued off the halfe of their beards, and cut off their garments in the middle, e­uen to their buttockes, and sent them away.

3. The Ministers sinne against their neighbours, is this, not to preach the word of God to their charge, that they thereby might be instructed in the waies of life. Prou. 29.18. Where there is no vision the people decay, but he that keepeth the Law is blessed. Esai 56. 10. Their watchmen are all blind, they haue no knowledge, they are all dumbe dogs, they cannot barke: they lie and sleepe, and delight in sleeping. And these greedie dogges can neuer haue ynough: and these shepheards they cannot vnderstand: for they all looke to their owne way, euery one for his ad­uantage, and for his owne purpose. Ezech. 3. 18. When I shall say to the vvicked, [Page 76] Thou shalt surely die, and thou giuest him not warning, the same wicked man shall die in his iniquitie, but his blood will I require at thy hands.

And not onely not to preach at all, but to preach negligently, is vtterly con­demned. Ier. 48.10. Cursed be he that doth the worke of the Lord negligently. Re­vel. 3.16. Because thou art lukewarme, and neither hote nor cold: it will come to passe that I shall spew thee out of my mouth. This reprooueth nonresidencie of ministers, which is an ordinarie absence of the minister from his charge: namely, from that particular congregation committed vnto him. Esai 62.6. I haue set watchmen vpon thy walls, O Hierusalem, which all the day and all the night continually shall not cease: yee that are mindfull of the Lord keepe not silence, and giue him no rest, till he repaire, and till he set vp Ierusalem the praise of the world. Act. 20.28,29,30,31. Take heede therefore vnto your selues, and to all the flocke whereof the holy Ghost hath made you ouerseers, to feede the Church of God, which he hath purchasedwith his owne blood. For I know this, that after my departing, shall grieuous wolues enter in among you, not sparing the flocke. Moreouer, of your selues shall men arise, speaking peruerse things to draw disciples after them. Therefore watch and remember, that by the space of three yeares, I ceased not to warne euery one night and day with teares. 1. Pet. 5.2,3. Feede the flocke of God, which dependeth vpon you, caring for it, not by constraint but willingly: not for filthie lucre, but of a readie minde: not as though ye were Lords ouer Gods heritage, but that ye may be ensamples to the flocke. Ezech. 34.4. and 33. The Councel of Antioch, the 17. Can. If any Bishop by imposition of hands inducted into a charge, and appointed to gouerne a people, and he neglect to take vpon him that office, but delaieth to goe vnto the congregation allotted vnto him: such an one shall be prohibited from the Lords table, till he be enforced to attend vpon that charge, or at the least somewhat be de­termined by a complete assembly of the Ministers of that Prouince. The Councel of Sardice, the 14. Canon. We remember that our brethren in a former assemblie decreed, that if any lay-man remaining three Sabboths or Lords daies, that is, three weekes in a citie, did not in the same citie frequent the Church assemblies, he should be excommunicated: If then such things are not allowable in lay-men, much lesse in Ministers, for whome it is neither lawfull nor conuenient, without vrgent necessitie, to be absent from his parish Church longer then the time aboue mentioned. To this decree there was not one non placet, but euery one said, It liketh vs well. The Coū ­cel held at Const. in the 24. Canon decreed that Ministers ought not to haue their substitutes, or vicars, but in their owne persons, with feare and cheerefulnesse, performe all such duties, as are required of them in the seruice of God. The Canon law doth conclude the same things, dist. 39. Canon. si quis vult. debent indesi­nenter, &c. The Bishops (saith the Canon) ought to be continually resident in Gods tabernacle, that they may learne somewhat of God, and the people of them, whilest they read often and meditate vpon Gods word. Againe, in the Canons intituled Pontifices, and siquis in clero. Episcopos, qui dominici gregis suscipiunt cu­ram, &c. The Bishops which take upon them to feede Gods flocke, ought not to depart from their dutie, least they loose that excellent talent which God hath bestowed vp­on thē, but rather striue with that one talent, to get three more talents. And in the 80. Can. of those which are tearmed the Canōs of the Apostles, there is an ex­presse mandate that such, whether Bishop or Senior, who attendeth not vpon their [Page 77] office in the Church, shall forthwith be remooued from that place. The Chalcedon Councell, Canon. 10. Let no man be ordained Minister of two Churches, in two seuerall cities, but let him remaine in that, vnto which he was first called. And if for vaine glorie, he shall afterward goe to a greater congregation, let him immediately be recalled to his first charge, and in that onely exercise his ministerie. But if one be called to another charge, let him simply giue ouer the former, and haue no interest in the same, &c. For this thing, looke to the decree of Damasus, and the Councel of Trent, sect. 7. Can. 8.

There are, notwithstanding the former testimonies, some cases, wherein it is permitted to the Minister that he may be absent: if by his absence the con­gregation be not endammaged: I. Sicknes: the Councell of Men [...]z, 25. Ca­non. If a Bishop be not at home, or be sicke, or vpon some exigent, cannot be present at his parish, let him procure one, who vpon Sabbothes and festiuall daies, will preach vnto his charge. Augustine testifieth, epist. 138. that he was absent on the like occasion.

II. Allowance of the Church, to be absent for a time vpon some necessa­rie and publike commoditie for the same. Coloss. 1.7. Epaphras is their minister, but chap. 4.12. he beeing absent saluteth them. And Ambrose though he were Bishop of Millaine, yet went he twise Ambassador into France, to make a­greement betwixt Maximus and Valentinian. Ambrose 5. booke. and 27. e­pist. to Valentinian the Emperour.

III. If by reason of persecution he be enforced to flee, and see no hope to procure the safetie of his people. This made Cyprian to be absent from Carthage, as he testifieth in his epistles.

Thus much concerning sinnes against our neighbour. Now follow such sinnes, as a man committeth against his owne person; as when a man doeth hurt, kill, and endanger himselfe. Matth. 16.24. If any man will follow me, let him denie himselfe, take vp his crosse, and follow me. Matth. 4. 6. He saide vnto him, If thou be the sonne of God, cast thy selfe downe headlong: for it is written, He shall giue his Angels charge ouer thee, and with their hands they shall lift thee vp, least at any time thou shouldest dash thy foote against a stone. 7. Iesus said vnto him: It is writ­ten againe, Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God. Therefore for a man to be his owne executioner, though to escape a most shameful death, is vtterly vnlaw­full and vngodly.

The affirmatiue part.

Thou shalt preserue the life of thy neighbour. Hitherto may we referre these duties:

  • I. Such as appertaine to the person of our neighbour, and concerne, first his welfare both of bodie and minde; as, to reioyce with them that reioyce. Rom. 12.15. Mark. 10.20. Then he answered and said vnto him, All these things I haue obserued from my youth. And Iesus beheld him, and loued him. Secondly, his miseries, to be grieued with him for them. Rom. 12.15. Mourne with those that mourne. Esa. 24.16. And I said, My leannesse, my leannesse, woe is me, the transgres­sours haue offended, yea the transgressours haue grieuously offended. Psal. 119. vers. 136. Mine eies gus [...] out with water, because men obserue not thy law. Againe, we must helpe him as much as in vs lieth. Iob 29.15. I was as an eye to the blind, and [Page 78] a foote to the lame. 2. Cor. 8. 2. To their power, yea beyond their power, they were willing. And that we doe, we must doe speedily. Prov. 3.28. Say not to thy neigh­bour, Goe and come againe to morrow, and I will giue thee, if thou now haue it. Levit. 19.17. Thou shalt plainly rebuke thy neighbour, and not suffer him to sinne.

    Thirdly, concerning such iniuries, as he offereth vnto thee: I. Thou shalt not be angrie against him, vpon a small occasion. Nomb. 12. 3. Moses was a meeke man aboue all that liued vpon the earth. Prov. 9.11. The discretion of a man deferreth his anger, and his glorie is to passe by an offence. II. Thou must be slow to wrath, and neuer angrie, but for a most iust cause. Mark. 3.5. Then he looked round about on them angerly, mourning also for the hardnesse of their hearts. Prov. 14.29. He that is slow to wrath, is of great wisdome: but he that is of an hastie minde exalteth follie. III. Thine anger must be but for a while. Eph. 4. 26. Be an­grie and sinne not, let not the sunne goe downe vpon thy wrath. IV. Forgiue free­ly an iniurie, and reuenge it not. Eph. 4. 32. Be ye courteous one to another, and tender hearted, forgiuing one another, euen as God for Christs sake forgaue you.

    Fourthly, his wants and infirmities: 1. Auoid occasions whereby they may be stirred and laid open. Gen. 13.8. Then said Abraham to Lot, Let there be no strife I pray thee, betweene thee and me, neither betweene thy heardsmen and mine: for we are brethren. 9. Is not the whole land before thee? depart, I pray thee, from me: If thou wilt take the left hand, I will take the rights or if thou goe to the right hand, I will take the left. Gen. 27.44. And tarie with him a while vntill thy brothers fierce­nesse be asswaged, 45. And till thy brothers wrath turne away from thee, and he for­get the things which thou hast done to him. 2. Depart somtimes from thine owne right. Mat. 17.25,26. What thinkest thou Simon? of whō doe the kings of the earth take tribute, or poll money? of their children, or of strangers? Peter said vnto him, Of strangers. Then said Iesus vnto him, Then are the children free. 27. Neuertheles, lest we should offend thē, go to the sea, and cast in an angle, & take the first fish that com­meth vp, and when thou hast opened his mouth, thou shalt finde a piece of twentie pence: that take and giue it vnto them for me and thee. 3. To appease anger kind­led: which is done, I. by ouercomming euill with goodnes. Rom. 12.21. Be not ouercome of euill, but ouercome euill with goodnes. II. By following after peace. 1. Pet. 3.11. Decline from euill, and doe good, seeke peace, and follow after it. III. By courteous answers. Prou. 15. 1. A soft answer putteth away wrath: but grieuous words stir vp anger. 1. Sam. 1.14. Eli said vnto her, How long wilt thou be drunken? put away thy drunkennes from thee. 15. Then Hannah answered, and saide, Nay my Lord, but I am a woman troubled in spirit: I haue drunke neither wine nor strong drinke, but haue poured out my soule, before the Lord. Philem. v. 15. It may be that he therefore departed for a season, that thou shouldest receiue him for euer. IV. By ouerpassing some wants and infirmities in mens words and deedes. Prou. 19.11. It is a mans honour to passe by infirmities. V. By couering thē with silence. 1. Pet. 4.8. Aboue all things haue feruent loue amongst you, for loue coue­reth a multitude of sinnes. Prou. 17.9. He that couereth transgression, seeketh loue: but he that repeateth a matter, separateth the Prince. VI. By taking euery thing (if it be possible) in the best part. 1. Cor. 13. 5. Loue thinketh none euill.

    This sheweth the lawfulnes of truces, couenants, & other agreements con­cerning peace, being made to auoid iniuries, maintaine ancient bounds, pro­cure [Page 79] securitie in traffique, possessions, and iournies, set pensions, commons for cattell, liberties of hunting, fishing, or fouling, and getting fewell, or other ne­cessaries for publike commodities, if there be no vnlawfull conditions annex­ed vnto the same. And we may make this couenant not onely with Christians, but for the maintenance of peace, with infidels also. For that which is godly to be performed, is no lesse godly to be promised. But it is a note of true godli­nes, to be as much as may be, at peace with all men. Therfore to promise peace by couenant, is very godly. We may see the experience of this in the liues of holy men. Gen. 21.22. At that same time Abimelech and Pichol his chiefe cap­taine, spake vnto Abraham, saying, God is with thee in all that thou doest. 23. Now therefore sweare vnto me here by God, that thou wilt not hurt me, nor my children, nor my childrens children, &c. 24. Then Abraham said, I will sweare. 27. Then A­braham tooke sheepe and beeues, and gaue them vnto Abimelech: and they two made a couenant. Gen. 31.44. Now therefore come and let vs make a couenant, I and thou, which may be a witnes betweene me and thee. 45. Then Laban said to Iaakob, Behold this heape, and behold the pillar, which I haue set vp betweene me and thee. 53. The God of Abraham, and the gods of Nahor, and the god of [...] father be iudge betweene vs: But Iaakob sware by the feare of his father Izhak.

  • II. Concerning his bodie, we are to regard it aliue and dead. Being aliue, we ought if neede be: I. To minister vnto it foode and raiment. Math. 25.41, 42. Depart from me ye cursed into euerlasting fire, which is prepared for the diuell and his angels. For I was an hungred, and ye gaue me no meate, I thirsted, and ye gaue me no drink, &c. 45. In as much as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it not to me. II. To lend our helping hand, when our neighbours bodie is in any daunger. 1. Ioh. 3.16. Hereby we perceiued loue, that he laide downe his life for vs, therefore also ought we to lay downe our liues for the brethren.

    When a man is dead, we ought to commit the dead corpes to the graue, as may appeare by these arguments: I. The instinct of Nature it selfe. II. The examples of the Patriarks, and other holy personages. Abraham buried Sarah. Gen. 23.19. Iaakob is buried by his sonnes. Gen. 50.12. Steuen by religious and de­uout men. Act. 8.2. III. The Lords owne approbation of buriall, in that he numbreth it amongst his benefits. For the want thereof is a curse. Ier. 22.19. He (vz. Iehoiakim) shall be buried as an asse is buried, euen drawne and cast forth without the gates of Ierusalem. Therefore rather then Moses should be vnbu­ried, the Lord himselfe did burie him. Deut. 34.5,6. Moses the seruant of the Lord died in the land of Moab, according to the word of the Lord. And he buried him in a valley, in the land of Moab, ouer against Beth-peor, but no man knoweth of his sepulchre vnto this day. IV. There is no dead carkase so lothsome as man is, the which both argueth the necessitie of buriall, and how vgly we are in the sight of God, by reason of sinne. V. The bodie must rise againe out of the earth, that it may be made a perpetuall mansion house for the soule to dwell in. VI. The bodies of the faithfull are the temples of the holy Ghost, & there­fore must rise againe to glorie. VII. Buriall is a testimonie of the loue and reuerence we beare to the deceased.

    A funeral ought to be solemnized after an honest and ciuil manner: name­ly, agreeable to the nature, and credit as well of those which remaine aliue, as [Page 80] them which are dead. Concerning the liuing, they must see that I. their mour­ning be moderate, and such, as may well expresse their affection and loue to the partie departed. Ioh. 11.34. He said, Where haue ye laid him? they answered, Lord, come and see. [...]5. Then Iesus wept. And (vers. 36.) the Iewes said, Behold how he loued him. II. They must auoid superstition, and not surmise that funerall ceremonies are auaileable to the dead. Such are the rites of the Church of Rome; as to be buried in a Church, especially vnder the altar, and in a Friars coole. III. They ought to take heede of superfluous pompe and solemni­ties. For of all ostentations of pride, that is most foolish, to be boasting of a loathsome and a deformed corps. Esai 22. 15, 16. Thus saith the Lord God of hostes, Goe, get thee to that treasurer, to Shebnah the steward of the house, and say, What hast thou to doe here? and whome hast thou here? that thou shouldest here hew thee out a sepulchre, as he that heweth out his sepulchre in an high place, or that gra­ueth an habitation for himselfe in a rocke.

    To this commandement belongeth these duties: I. Before the vintage or haruest, w [...]ught to permit any man, for the repressing of hunger, to gather grapes, or [...]ucke off the eares of corne in the field. Deut. 23.24,25. When thou commest into thy neighbours vineyard, then thou maist eate grapes at thy pleasure, as much as thou wilt: but thou shalt put none in thy vessel. When thou commest into thy neighbours corne, thou maist plucke the eares with thine hand; but thou shalt not mooue a sickle to thy neighbours corne. Math. 12. 1. Iesus went on the Sabbath day through the corne, and his Disciples were an hungred, and began to plucke the eares of the corne, and to eate, &c. II. In the vintage, and time of haruest, we ought neither to leaue the trees naked of grapes, nor rake vp after the reaping, eares of corne: but to leaue the after gatherings for the poore. Leu. 23.22. When you reape the haruest of your land, thou shalt not rid cleane the corners of thy field when thou reapest: neither shalt thou make any after gathering of thy haruest: but shalt leaue them vnto the poore, and to the stranger: I am the Lord your God. Ruth 2.8. Goe to none other field to gather, neither goe from hence, but abide here by my mai­dens. 7. So shee gleaned in the field vntill euening.

  • III. Concerning the soule of our neighbour: I. We must seeke all meanes to winne him to the profession of Christian religion. 1. Cor. 10. 33. I please all men in all things, not seeking mine owne profit, but the profit of many, that they might be saued. Hebr. 10.24. Let vs consider one another, to prouoke vnto loue and to good workes. II. We must liue amongst men without offence. 1. Cor. 10.32. Giue no offence neither to the Iewes, nor to the Grecians, nor to the church of God. 1. Cor. 8.13. If meate offend my brother, I will eate no flesh while the world standeth, that I may not offend my brother. III. The light of our good life, must be as a lan­terne to direct the waies of our neighbours. Act. 24.14. This I cōfesse vnto thee, that after the way (which they call heresie) so worship I the God of my fathers, be­leeuing all things which are written in the Law and the Prophets, 15. And haue hope towards God, that the resurrection of the dead, which they themselues looke for also, shall be both of iust and vniust. 16. And herein I endeauour my selfe to haue alway a cleere conscience toward God, and toward men. IV. If our neighbour offend, we are to admonish him. 1. Thess. 5.14. We desire you, brethren [...] admonish them that are vnruly: comfort the feeble minded: beare with the weake: be patient to­wards [Page 81] all men. V. If our neighbour runne the waies of Gods commaunde­ment (as Dauid speaketh) we ought to encourage him in the same.
  • VI. Wee may referre such things vnto this commandement, as appertaine to the peculiar preseruation of euery seuerall mans life: 1. Recreation, which is an exercise ioyned with the feare of God, conuersant in things indifferent, for the preseruation of bodily strength, and confirmation of the minde in ho­lines. Eccles. 2.2. I said of laughter, thou art madde, and of ioy, what is this that thou doest? Esay. 5.12. The harpe, violl, timbrell, & pipe, and wine, are in their feasts, but they regard not the worke of the Lord, neither consider the works of his handes. 1. Cor. 10.7. Neither bee ye idolaters, as were some of them, as it is written: The people sate down to eate and drinke, & rose vp to play. Luk. 6.25. Wo be to you that laugh: for ye shall waile and weepe. Deut. 12.7. There ye shall eate before the Lord your God, and ye shall reioice in all that you put your handes vnto, both ye and your house­holds, because the Lord thy God hath blessed thee. To this end hath the worde of God permitted shooting. 2. Sam. 1.18. He bade them teach the children of Iudah to shoot, as it is written in the booke of Iashur. And musicall consort. Nehem. 7. 67. Besides their seruants and maides which were seuen thousaud, three hundreth, and seauen and thirtie: they had two hundreth and fiue and fortie singing men, and singing women. And putting forth of riddles. Iudg. 14. 12. Sampson said vnto thē, I will now put forth a riddle vnto you, and if you can declare it me within seuen daies of the feast, and finde it out, I will giue you thirtie sheetes, and thirtie change of gar­ments. 13. And they answered him, Put forth thy riddle that we may heare it. 14. And he saide vnto them, Out of the eater came meate, and out of the strong came sweetnesse: and they could not in t [...]ree daies expound the riddle. And hunting of wild beasts. Cant. 2.15. Take vs the foxes, the little foxes which destroy the vines: for our vines haue small grapes. Lastly, the searching out or the contemplation of the works of God. 1. King. 4.33. And he spake of trees from the cedar tree that is in Lebanon, euē vnto the hyssop that springeth out of the wal: he spak [...] also of beasts, and of foules, & of creeping things, and of fishes. 2. Phisicke, the vse whereof is ho­ly, if before the receit of it, a man craue remission of his sinnes, and repose his confidence only vpon god, not vpon the means. Math. 9.2. And lo, they brought vnto him a man sicke of the palsie, lying on a bed. And Iesus seeing their faith, said to the sicke of the palsie, Sonne, be of good comfort, thy sinnes are forgiuen thee. 6. The [...] he said to the sicke of the palsie, Arise, take vp thy bed and walke to thine house. Ioh. 5.5. A certaine man was there, which had beene diseased eight and thirtie yeares. 8. Iesus said vnto him. Take vp thy bed & walke. 14. After that Iesus found him in the temple, and said vnto him, Beholde, thou art made whole: sinne no more, least a worse thing come vnto thee. 2. Chro. 16.12. And Asa in the nine & thirtieth yeare of his raigne was diseased in his fecte, and his disease was extreame: yet he sought not to the Lord in his disease, but to the Phisitiās. 3. Auoiding of an iniury, offered by some priuate person: this, if it be against an vnruly and vnstaied aduersarie, and the defense be faultlesse, is very lawfull, and is so farre from a priuate reuenge, that it is to be accounted a iust defence. The defence is then faultlesse, when a man doth so assault his aduersarie, as that he neither purposeth his owne reuenge, or his enemies hurt, but onely his alone safetie from that imminent danger.

    A doubt. Whether may a man flie in the plague time? Answer. Such as [Page 82] bee hindered by their calling, may not; as, Magistrates, and Pastoures, hauing charge of soules: yet free men not bound by calling, may. Reasons. I. A man may prouide for his owne safetie, if it be not to the hinderance of another. II. A man may flie warres, famine, floudes, fire, and other such daungers: there­fore the plague. III. There is lesse daunger of sicknesse, the more the multi­tude of peeple is diminished. Obiection. I. To flie, is a token of distrust. Answer. This diffidence is no fault of the fact, but of the person. II. It is offensiue. An­swer. The offence is giuen, not taken. III. To flie, is to forsake our neighbour against the rule of charitie. Answer. It is not, if kinsfolke and Magistrates bee present. IV. Men are to visit the sicke by Gods appointment. Answer. Lepers were excepted among the Iewes: and so likewise they in these daies which are infected with a disease; answerable to the leprosie, namely, if it be dangerously contagious.

CHAP. 26. Of the seuenth Commandement.

THe seuenth Commandement sheweth how we may preserue the chasti­tie of our selues, and of our neighb [...]ur.

The words are these: ‘Thou shalt not commit adulterie.’

The Resolution.

Adulterie] To commit adulterie, signifieth as much, as to doe any thing, what way soeuer, whereby the chastitie of our selues, or our neighbours may be stained. Math. 5.28.

The negatiue part.

Thou shalt no way either hurt, or hinder thy neighbours chastitie.

In this place are prohibited:

  • I. The lust of the heart, or the euill concupiscence of the flesh. Matth. 5.28. I say vnto you, whosoeuer looketh on a woman to lust after her, he hath already com­mitted adulterie with her in his heart. Colos. 3.5. Mortifie your members which are on earth: fornication, vncleannesse, the inordinate affection, euill concupiscence.
  • II. Burning in the flesh, which is an inward feruencie of lust, whereby the godly motions of the heart are hindered, ouerwhelmed, and, as it were, with contrarie fire, burnt vp. 1. Cor. 7.9. If they cannot abstaine, let them marrie: for it is better to marry then to burne.
  • III. Strange pleasures about generation, prohibited in the word of God: the which are many.
    • I. With beasts. Leuit. 18.23. Thou shalt not be with any beast, to be defiled ther­with, neither shall any woman stand before a beast to lie downe thereto: for it is an a­bomination.
    • II. With the diuel, as witches do by their own confession. For why should not a spirit as well haue societie with a witch, as to eate meate?
    • III. With one of the same sexe. Leuit. 18.22. Thou shalt not lie with the male as one lieth with a woman: for it is abomination. This is a sinne which they com­mit, whome God hath giuen ouer into a reprobate sense. Rom. 1.26. For this cause God gaue them vp to vile affections: for euen their women did change their na­turall vse into that which is against nature. 27. And the men left the naturall vse [Page 83] of the women, and burned in their lusts one toward another, and man with man wrought filthinesse. It was the sinne of Sodome. Gen. 19. where it was so com­mon, that to this day it is tearmed Sodomie.
    • IV. With such as be within the degrees of consanguinitie or affinitie, pro­hibited in the word of God. Leuit. 18.6. None shall come neere to any of the kin­red of his flesh, to vncouer her shame. I am the Lord.
    • V. With vnmarried persons. This sinne is tearmed fornication. Deut. 22. 28. If any man finde a maide that is not betrothed, and take her and lie with her, and they be found. 29. Then the man that lay with her, shall giue vnto the maides father fiftie shekels of siluer: and she shall be his wife, because he hath humbled her: he can­not put her away all his life. 1. Cor. 10.8. Neither let vs commit fornication, as some of them committed fornication, and fell in one day one and twentie thousand.
    • VI. With those, whereof one is married, or at the least betrothed. This sin is called adulterie: and God hath inflicted by his word the same punishment vpon them, which commit this sinne, after they be betrothed, as he doth vpon such as are alreadie married. Deut. 22.22. If a man be found lying with a woman married to a man, then they shall die euen both twaine: to wit, the man that lay with the wife, and the wife: so thou shalt put away euill from Israel. 23. If a maide bee be­trothed to an husband, and a man finde her in the towne and lie with her. 24. Then shall yee bring them both out vnto the gates of the same citie, and shall stone them to death with stones. This is a marueilous great sinne, as may appeare in that it is the punishment of idolatrie. Rom. 1.23. They turned the glory of the vncorrupti­ble God, to the similitude of the image of a corruptible man, &c. 24. Wherefore God gaue them vp vnto their hearts lusts, vnto vncleannes. Yea, this sinne is more hai­nous then theft. Prou. 6.30. Men doe not despise a theefe, when he stealeth to sa­tisfie his soule when he is hungrie: 32. But he that committeth adulterie with a wo­man, is destitute of vnderstanding, he that doth it, destroyeth his owne soule. Againe, the adulterer breaketh the couenant of marriage, which is Gods couenant. Prou. 2.17. Which forsaketh the guide of her youth, and forgetteth the couenant of her God. Adulterers dishonest their owne bodies. 1. Cor. 6.18. Flee fornication, euery sinne that a man doth, is without the bodie: but he that committeth fornication, sinneth against his owne bodie. And bereaue their neighbours of a great and vn­recouerable benefit: namely of chastity. As for the children which are begot­ten in this sort, they are shut out from that preheminence, which they other­wise might obtaine in the congregation. Deut. 23.2. A bastard shall not enter into the Congregation of the Lord: euen to his tenth generation shall he not enter in­to the congregation of the Lord. He maketh his familie a stewes, as appeareth in Dauid, whose adultery was punished by Absoloms lying with his fathers cō ­cubines. 2. Sam. 16.21. Achitophel said to Absolom, Goe to thy fathers concubines, which he hath left to keepe the house. Iob. 31.9. If mine heart haue beene deceiued by a woman, or if I haue laide waite at the doore of my neighbour: let my wife grind vnto another man: and let other men bowe downe vpon her. Mans po­steritie feeleth the smart of this sinne. Iob. 31. 12. This (adulterie) is a fire that shall deuoure to destruction, and which shall roote out all mine increase. To conclude, though this sinne be committed neuer so closely, yet God will re­ueale it. Numb. 5. from the 12. verse to the 23. And it vsually hath one of these [Page 84] two, as companions: namely, dulnesse of heart, or a marueilous horror of con­science, Hose. 4.11. Whordome, and wine, take away their heart.

      As for the Patriarkes Polygamie, or marrying of many wiues, albeit it can­not be defended, yet it may be excused: either because it serued to the enlarg­ing of the number of mankind, when there were but fewe: or at the least, to the propagation of the Church of God.

    • VII. With man and wife. They abuse their libertie, if they know each o­ther so long as the woman is in her flowers. Ezech. 22.10. In thee haue they dis­couered their fathers shame: in thee haue they vexed her that was polluted in her flowers. Leuit. 18.19. Thou shalt not goe vnto a woman to vncouer her shame, as long as she is put apart for her disease. Ezek. 8.6. If a man hath not lien with a men­struous woman. Ambros. lib. de Philos. which Augustine citeth, lib. 2. contra Iu­lian saith, that he committeth adulterie with his wife, who in the vse of wed­locke hath neither regard of seemelines, nor honestie. Hierome in his 1. book, contra Iulianum, saith: A wise man ought to rule his wife in iudgement, not in affection. He will not giue the bridle vnto headstrong pleasure, not headily company with his wife. Nothing (saith he) is more shamelesse, then to make a strumpet of his wife.
    • VIII. Nocturnall pollutions, which arise of immoderate diet, or vnchaste cogitations, going before in the day. Deutr. 23.10. Onans sinne (Gen. 38.8.) was not much vnlike these.
    • IX. Effeminate wantonnesse, wherby occasions are sought to stir vp lust. Galat. 5.19. The workes of the flesh are manifest, which are adulterie, fornication, vncleannesse, wantonnesse. Of this kind are, 1. eyes full of adulterie. 2. Pet. 3.14. Hauing eies full of adulterie, and that cannot cease to sinne. 2. Idlenes, 2. Sam. 11. 2. When it was euening tide, Dauid arose out of his bed, and walked vpon the roofe of the kings palace: and from the roofe he sawe a woman washing her selfe: and the wo­man was very beutiful to looke vpon. 3. And Dauid sent, and inquired what woman it was: and one said, Is not this Bethsheba the daughter of Elian, wife to Vriah the Hittite? Then Dauid sent messengers, and tooke her away: and shee came vnte him, and he lay with her. 3. Riotous and lasciuious attire. 1. Tim. 2.9. The women shall array themselues in comely apparell, with shamefastnes and modestie, not with broy­dered haire, or gold or pearles, or costly apparell, but (as becommeth women that pro­fesse the feare of God) with goodworkes. Esay 3.16. Because the daughters of Zion are hautie, and walke with stretched out necks, and with wandring eies, walking and minsing as they goe, and making a tinkeling with their feete. 17. Therefore shall the Lord make the heades of the daughters of Zion balde, and the Lord shall discouer their secret parts. 18. In that day shall the Lord take away the ornament of the slip­pers, and the caules, and the round tyers, 19. The sweete balles, and the bracelets, and the bonnets, 20. The tyers of the head, and the sloppes, and the headbands, and the ta­blets, and the earings, 21. The rings and the mufflers, 22. The costly apparell and the vailes, and the wimples, and the crisping pinnes, 23. And the glasses, and the fine lin­nen, and the hoodes, and the launes. And no maruaile if the Prophet be so sharp against excessiue and wanton apparell: for this is, I. a lauish and prodigall wasting of the benefits of God, which might well be employed vp­on better vses. II. It is a testimonie, and, as it were, the cognisance or [Page 85] ensigne of pride, whereby a man would haue himselfe in greater reputation then an other. III. It is a note of great idlenesse and slouthfulnesse. For commonly such as bestow much time in tricking and trimming themselues vp, doe quite neglect other busines, & of all things, can not away with paines.
  • IV. It argueth leuitie, in deuising euery day some new fashion, or imitating that which others deuise. V. It maketh a confusion of such degrees and callings as God hath ordained, when as men of inferiour degree and calling, cannot be by their attyre, discerned from men of higher estate. 4. Fulnesse of bread and meate, which prouoke lust. Ezech. 16.45. This was the iniquitie of thy sister Sodome, pride, fulnesse of bread, and idlenesse was in her, and in her daugh­ters. Luk. 16.19. There was a certaine rich man, which was cloathed in purple and fine linnen, and fared well and delicately euery day. Rom. 13.13. Walke honestly, as in the day time, not in gluttonie and drunkennesse, neither in chambring and wan­tonnesse. 5. Corrupt, dishonest, and vnseemely talke. 1. Cor. 15.33. Erre not, euill talke corrupteth good manners. Such are vaine loue-songs, ballades, enter­ludes, and amorous bookes. This is the thing we are carefully to shunne in the reading of Poets, yet so, as mariners doe in nauigation, who forsake not the sea, but decline and flie from the rockes. 6. Lasciuious representations of loue matters, in Playes and Comedies. Eph. 5.3,4. Fornication and all vn­cleannesse, let it not once be named among you, as it becommeth Saints, neither filthi­nesse, nor foolish talking, neither iesting, which are things not comely. 7. Vndecent and vnseemely pictures. 1. Thess. 5. 22. Abstaine from all appearance of euill. 8. Lasciuious dauncing of man and woman together. Mark. 6.22. The daughter of the same Herodias came in and danced, and pleased Herod, &c. 9. Companie with effeminate persons. Prou. 7. 25. Let not thine heart decline to her waies: wander thou not in her paths.
  • V. To appoint some light or sheet-punishment for adulterie, such as that Romish Synagogue doth. For this is nothing els, but to open a gap for other lewd persons, to runne headlong into the like impietie.

The affirmatiue part.

Thou shalt preserue the chastitie of thy neighbour.

Chastitie is the puritie of soule and bodie, as much as belongeth to genera­tion. The minde is chaste, when it is free, or at the least, freed from fleshly con­cupiscence. The bodie is chaste, when it putteth not in execution the concu­piscences of the flesh. 1. Thess. 4. [...]. This is the will of God, euen your sanctification, and that ye should abstaine from fornication. 4. That [...]uery one of you should knowe how to possesse his vessell in holines and honour, 5. And not in the lust of concupiscence, euen as the Gentiles, which know not God. 1. Cor. 7.34. The vnmarried wom [...]n ca­reth for the things of the Lord, that shee may be holy both in bodie and spirit.

There are two especiall vertues which preserue chastitie, Modestie, and So­brietie. Modestie is a vertue which keepeth in each worke an holy decorum, or comelines: and it is seene, I. in the countenance and eyes, namely, when they neither expresse, nor excite the concupiscence of the heart. Iob. 31.1. I made a couenant with mine eye, why then should I thinke on a maid? Gen. 24.64. Rebekah lift vp her eyes, and when she saw Izhak, she lighted downe from the camel. 65. So she tooke a vaile, and couered her face. Prou. 1 [...].13. Shee caught him, and kissed [Page 86] him, and with an impudent face said vnto him, &c. II. In words: when a mans talk is decent, in speaking of such things, we cannot but be ashamed of. Gen. 4.1. Then Adam knew Heuah his wife: who, &c. Psal. 51.1. A Psalme of Dauid, when the Prophet Nathan came vnto him, after he had gone into Bethsheba. Esay 7.20. In that day shall the Lord shaue with a rasor that is hired, euen by them beyond the riuer, by the King of Ashur, the head and the haire of the feete, and it shall con­sume the beard. Iudg. 3.24. When he was gone out, his seruāts came: who seeing that the doores of the parlar were shut, they said, Surely he couereth his feete, (that is, he doth his easement) in his summer chamber. Againe, a mans talke must be little and submisse Matth. 12.19. Behold my seruant whome I haue chosen, he shall not striue, nor crie, neither shall any man heare his voice in the streetes. Prou. 10.19. In many words there cannot want iniquitie: but he that refraineth his lips is wise. And it is a note of a strumpet to be a giglot, and loud tongued. Prou. 7.11. Shee is babling and loud. In apparell, we must obserue an holy comelinesse. Tit. 2. [...]. The elder women must be of such behauiour, as becommeth holinesse. Holy comeli­nesse is that which expresseth to the eie the sinceritie, that is, the godlines, tem­perance, and grauitie either of man or woman. This decencie wil more plain­ly appeare, if we consider the endes of apparell, which are in number fiue. 1. Necessitie, to the ende that our bodies may be defended against the extremity of parching heate, and pinching colde. 2. Honestie, that that deformitie of our naked bodies might be couered, which immediately followed the transgressi­on of our first parents. 3. Commoditie, whereby men, as their calling, worke, and trade of life is different, so do they apparell themselues: and hence it is, that some apparell is more decent for certaine estates of men, then other. 4. Fru­galitie, when a mans attire is proportionable to his abilitie and calling. 5. Di­stinction of persons, as of sexe, ages, offices, times, and actions. For a man hath his set attire, a woman hers, a young man apparelled on this fashion, an olde man on that. And therefore it is vnseemely for a man to put on a womans ap­parell, or a woman the mans. Deut. 22.5. The woman shall not weare that which pertaineth to the man, neither shall a man put on womans raiment: for all that doe so, are an abomination to the Lord thy God.

To set downe precisely out of Gods word what apparrell is decent, is very hard: wherefore in this case, the iudgement and practise of modest, graue, and sincere men, in euery particular estate, is most to be followed, and men must rather keepe too much within the bounds of measure, then to step one foot without the precincts. Concerning the purging of excrements of nature, care must be had, that they bee cast foorth into some separate and close place, and there also couered. Deut. 23.12. Thou shalt haue a place without the host, whither thou shalt resort. 13. And thou shalt haue a paddle among thy weapons, & when thou wouldest sit downe without, thou shalt digge therewith, and returning, thou shalt co­uer thine excrements. 14. For the Lord thy God walketh in the middest of the camp to deliuer thee: therefore thine host shall be holy, that he see no filthy thing in thee, & turne away from thee. 1. Sam. 24.4. And he came to the sheepe-coats by the way, where there was a caue, and Saul went in to couer his feete.

Sobrietie is a vertue, which concerneth the vsage of our diet in holines. For the better obseruation thereof, these rules may serue: I. The cheifest at the [Page 87] banket, let him consecrate the meates to God, by saying grace. 1. Sam. 9.13. The people will not eate, till he (that is, Samuel) came, because he wil blesse the sacri­fice: and then eate they, that be bidden to the feast. Mark. 6.39. He commanded thē to make them all sit downe by companies vpon the grasse, &c. 41. And he tooke the fiue loaues and two fishes, and looked vp to heauen, and gaue thankes. Act. 27.35. When he had thus said, he (that is, Paul) gaue thankes in the presence of them all, & when he had broken bread, he began to eate. II. It is lawefull to furnish a table with store of dishes not onely for necessity, but also for the good entertain­ment of a friende, and for delight. Luk. 5. 29. Leui made him (that is, Iesus) a great feast in his owne house, where there was a great company of Publicans, and of other that sate at tabe with him. Psal. 104.15. He giueth wine that maketh glad the heart of man, & oyle to make the face shine, & bread that strengtheneth mans heart. Ioh. 12.2. There they made him a supper, and Martha serued, but Lazarus was one of them that sate at table with him. 3. Then tooke Marie a pound of oyntment of Spikenard, very costly, and annointed Iesus feete. III. Choose the lower roome at a banquet, and rather then be troublesome, sit as the master of the feast assig­neth thee. Luk. 14.7. He spake a parable to the guests, when he marked howe they chose out the chiefe roomes, and said, 8. When thou shalt be bidden of any man to a wedding, set not thy selfe downe in the chiefest place, least a more honourable man then thou be bidden of him. 9. And he that bade both him and thee, come and say, Giue this man roome. 10. But goe and sit downe in the lowest roome, that when he that bade thee, commeth, he may say vnto thee, Friend, sit vp higher. Prou. 25.5. Stād not in the place of great mē, &c. IV. Man must eate at due times, not at vn­seasonable houres. Eccl. 10.16. Woe be to thee, O land, whē thy Princes eate in the morning. 17. Blessed art thou, O land, when Princes eate in time. V. Man must eate and drinke moderately, so that the body may receiue strength thereby, & the soule be more fresh and liuely, to performe the actions of godlines. Luk. 21. 34. Take heede to your selues, least at any time your hearts be oppressed with surfet­ting and drunkennesse. Prou. 23.29. To whome is woe? &c. Euen to them that tarry long at wine, to them that goe and seeke mixt wine. 3. Looke not thou vpon the wine when it is red, and when it sheweth his colour in the cup, and goeth downe pleasantly, &c. Prou. 25.16. If thou hast found hony, eate that is sufficient for thee, least thou be ouer full, and vomit. Prou. 31.4. It is not for Kings to drinke wine, nor for Princes strong drinke. 5. Least he drinke and forget the decree, and change the iudgement of all the children of affliction. VI. We must then especially regard these things, when we eate at great mens tables. Prou. 23.1. When thou sittest to eate with a ruler, consider diligently what is before thee. 2. Put the knife to thy throate, if thou be a man giuen to thine appetite. 3. Be not desirous of his dainty meates: for it is a de­ceiueable meate. VII. Godly mirth at meate is tollerable. Act. 2.46. They did eate their meat togither with gladnes and singlenes of heart. VIII. Table talke (according as occasion of talke is offered) must be such as may edifie. Such was Christs talke at the Pharises table. Luk. 14. from th [...] 1. verse to the 16. verse. IX. See that after the banquet ended, the broken meate be not lost, but reserued. Iohn 6.12. When they were satisfied, he said vnto his Disciples, Gather vp the broken meate which remaineth, that nothing be lost. X. At a feast leaue som­what. Ruth. 2.14. Shee did eate, and was sufficed, and left thereof.

[Page 88]Chastitie is double: one of single life, another in wedlocke. They that are single, must I. with great care keepe their affections and bodies in holinesse. Psal. 119. 9. Howe shall a young man purge his waies! by directing the same after thy word. 1. Ioh. 2. 13. I write vnto you fathers, because ye haue knowne him, that is from the beginning. I write vnto you young men, because ye haue ouercome that wic­ked one. 14. I write vnto you babes, because ye haue knowne the Father. Eccl. 12.1. Remember thy creator in the daies of thy youth, whiles the euill daies come not, nor the yeares approch, wherein thou shalt say, I haue no pleasure in them. II. They must fast often. 1. Cor. 9.27. I beate downe my bodie, and bring it into subiection, least by any meanes, after I haue preached to others, I my selfe should be reprooued. III. They must take heede they burne not in lust: for, 1. Cor. 7.9. It is better to marry then to burne.

Chastitie in wedlocke, is when the holy and pure vse of wedlocke is obser­ued, Heb. 13.4. Mariage is honourable among all, & the bed vndefiled: but whore­mongers and adulterers God will iudge. To preserue puritie in wedlocke, these cautions are profitable: I. Contracts must be in the Lord, and with the faithful onely. Malac. 2.11. Iudah hath transgressed, and an abomination is committed in Israel, and in Ierusalem: for Iudah hath defiled the holinesse of the Lord, which he loued, and hath maried the daughter of a strange god. 1. Cor. 7.39. If her husband be dead shee is at libertie to marrie with whome shee will, onely in the Lord. II. Both parties must separate themselues in the time of a womans disease, and at ap­pointed fasts. Ezech. 18.6. 1. Cor. 7.5. Defraud not one another, except it be with consent for a time, that ye may giue your selues to fasting and praier, and againe come together, that Satan tempt you not for your incontinencie. III. Wedlocke must be vsed rather to suppresse, then to satisfie that corrupt cōcupiscence of the flesh, and especially to enlarge the Church of God. Rom. 13.14. Put on the Lord Ie­sus Christ, and take not care of the flesh to satisfie the lusts thereof. IV. It must bee vsed with prayer and thanksgiuing. 1. Tim. 4.3,4.

CHAP. 27. Of the eight Commandement.

THis cōmandement concerneth the preseruatiō of our neighbours goods.

The wordes are these: ‘Thou shalt not steale.’

The Resolution.

Steale] To steale, is properly to conuey any thing closely from another. Gen. 31. [...]0. Iaakob stole away the heart of Laban the Aramite. In this place it signifieth generally, to wish that which is another mans, to get it by fraud, and any way to impaire his wealth.

The negatiue part.

Thou shalt neither be wanting to preserue, nor a meanes to hinder or hurt thy neighbours goods,

In this pl [...]ce these sinnes are forbidden:

  • I. Inordinate liuing, whether it be in no [...]et calling, or idely, wherein by neglecting their duties, such persons mispend their time, goods, and reuenues. 2. Thes. 2.11. We heare that there are some among you; which walke inordinately, and worke not at all, but are busie bodies. Gen. 3.9. In the sweate of thy browes shalt [Page 89] thou eate thy bread, till thou returne to the earth. 1. Tim. 5.8. If there be any that prouideth not for his owne, especially for them of his houshold, he denieth the faith, and is worse then an infidel.
  • II. Vniust dealing, the which is either in heart, or deede. Vniust dealing in heart, is named couetousnesse. Matth. 15.19. Out of the heart come euill thoughts, murthers, adulteries, fornications, thefts, &c. Couetousnesse is idolatrie. Eph. 5.5. We knowe that no couetous person, which is an idolatour, shall enter into the kingdome of Christ and of God. Yea, it is the very roote of all euill. 1. Tim. 6. 9. The loue of money is the roote of all euill, which whilest some lusted after, they er­red from the faith, and pierced themselues through with many sorrowes.

Vniust dealing indeede is, in bargaining, or out of bargaining. Vniust dea­ling in bargaining, hath many branches. 1. Thes. 4.6. Let no man oppresse, or de­ceiue his neighbour in a bargaine: for God is the auenger of such things.

  • I. To sell, or bargaine for that which is not saleable. Of this kind, I. Is the gift of the holy Ghost, which cannot be bought with money. Act. 8.18. When Simon saw, that through laying on of the Apostles handes, the holy Ghost was giuen, he offered them money, 16, Saying, giue me also this power, that on whome soeuer I lay the handes, he may receiue the holy Ghost. 20. Then Peter said vnto him, Thy money perish with thee, because thou thinkest that the gift of God may be obtained with money. II. Church goods are not saleable. Therefore it is not to be allow­ed, for men to fell or alienate them from the Church. Prou. 20.25. It is destru­ction for a man to deuoure that which is sanctified, and after the vowes to enquire. Malac. 3.8. Church goods are the possessiō of the Lord. III. Whatsoeuer is vnprofitable either to the Church, or common-weale, must not be sold.
  • II. All coloured forgerie & deceit in bargaining. Luk. 19.8. Zaccheus stood foorth, & said vnto the Lord, Behold, Lord, the halfe of my goods I giue to the poore: and if I haue taken ought from any man by forged cauillation, I restore it foure folde. This deceit is vsed, I. when men sel that, which is counterfeit, for good: as cop­per for gold, and mingle any waies badde with good, making shew onely of the good. Amos 8.4,5,6. Heare this, ye that swallow vp the poore, saying, when wil the newe moneth be gone, &c. that we may sell the refuse of the wheate. II. When men falsifie measures & weights. Deut. 25.13. Thou shalt not haue in thy bagge two manner of weights, a great and a small. 14. But thou shalt haue a right and a iust weight: a perfit, and a iust measure shalt thou haue. Leuit. 10.35. Ye shall not doe vn­iustly in iudgement, in line, in weight, or in measure. 36. Ye shall haue iust balances, true weights; a true Epha, and a true Hin. Amos 8.4. Heare this, ye that say, When will the Sabbath be gone, that we may sell corne, and make the Epha small, and the shekell great, and falsifie the weights by deceit.
  • III. When the buyer concealeth the goodnes of the thing, or the seller the faults of it, and blindfoldeth the trueth with counterfeit speeches. Matth. 7. 12. Whatsoeuer ye would that men should doe to you, euen so doe to them: for this is the Lawe and the Prophets. Prou. 20.14. It is naught, it is naught, saith the buyer: but when he is gone apart, he boasteth.
  • IV. When in buying and selling the people are oppressed. And this is, 1. When the iust price of things is raised. For in bargaining, it is not lawfull to purse one pennie, without the giuing of a penniworth. 2. Sale vpon a set day, [Page] which is, when day is giuen, that the price may be inhanced. For what is this, I pray you, but to sell time, and to take more of our neighbour, then right? 3. To ingrosse, which is to buie vp all of one commoditie into thine owne hands, that when no other hath any of the same, thou maist sell it at thine owne price. 4. To become bankcrupt, that thou maist be enriched by the damages, and goods of other men. 5. Not to restore that, which was lent to one, pledged to him, or found by him. Ezech. 18.7. Neither hath oppressed any, but hath restored the pledge to his debte [...]: he that hath spoyled none by violence, &c. 6. To delay a­ny kinde of restitution, from one day to another. Prouerb. 3. 28. Say not to thy neighbour, Depart, and come againe, to morrow I will pay you, when thou maist doe it then. Psal. 37.21. The wicked man boroweth, and paieth not againe, but the righte­ous is mercifull, and lendeth. 7. To practise vsurie. Psal. 15.5. Which hath not put his money to vsurie. Exod. 22. 25. If thou lendest money to my people, to the poore man which dwelleth with thee, be not to him as an vsurer, lay not vsurie vpon him.

Vsurie is a gaine exacted by couenant, aboue the principall onely in lue, and recompence of the lending of it. Vsurie beeing considered as it is thus de­scribed, is quite contrarie to Gods word, and may very fitly be tearmed biting lucre. Exod. 22.14. If any man hath borrowed any-thing of another, whatsoeuer is hurt or dieth, if the owner of the thing be not present, let him be recompensed. 15. If he be present, recompence him not: if it be hired for a price, it is sold for the same price. Ezek. 18.8. He hath not giuen to vsurie, neither hath taken increase. 2. Cor. 8.13. Neither is it that other men should be eased, and you grieued, 14. But vpon like condition at this time, your abundance supplieth their lacke; that also their a­bundance may be for your lacke: that there may be equalitie.

And this vsurie, positiue lawes doe not onely restraine, but not allowe. Quest. Is it not lawfull to take at some time aboue the principall? Ansvver. Yes surely, with these conditions: I. If a man take heed that he exact nothing, but that which his debter can get by good and lawfull meanes. II. He may not take more then the gaine, nay not all the gaine, nor that part of the gaine which drinketh vp the liuing of him that vseth the money. III. He must sometimes be so farre from taking gaine, that he must not require the princi­pall, if his debter be by ineuitable and iust casualities brought behinde, and it be also plaine that he could not make, no not by great diligence, any commo­ditie of the money borrowed. The reasons why a man may take sometimes aboue the principall, are; 1. That which the debter may giue, hauing himselfe an honest gaine besides, and no man any waies endomaged, that the creditor may safely receiue. 2. It is conuenient, that he which hath money lent him, and gaineth by it, should shew all possible gratitude to him, by whose goods he is inriched. 3. It is often for the benefit of the creditor, to haue the goods in his owne hands which he lent.

Obiect. Money is not fruitfull, therefore it is vnlawfull to receiue more then we lent out. Answ. Albeit money in it selfe be not fruitfull, yet it is made very fruitfull by the borrowers good vse, as ground is, which is not fruitfull except it be tilled.

Last of all, when a man detaineth the labourers wages. Iam. 5.4. Behold, the hire of the labourers (which haue reaped your fields, which is of you kept backe by [Page 91] fraud) crieth, and the cries of them which haue reaped, are entred into the eares of the Lord of hosts.

Vniust dealing out of bargaining, is likewise manifold: I. To pronounce false sentence or iudgement for a reward, either profered, or promised. Esai 1. 23. Thy Princes are rebellious, and companions of theeues: euery one loueth gifts, and followeth after rewards: they iudge not the fatherlesse, neither doth the widowes cause come before them. This is the Lawyers and Iudges sinne. II. To feede, or clothe stout and lustie rogues or beggers. 2. Thess. 3.10. When we were with you we inioyned you this, that if any would not labour, the same should not eate. What then thinke you, must those licensed rogues and beggers by authoritie, I meane all idle Monkes and Abby-lubbers haue? Socrates in the Tripartite historie, saith plainly, that that Monke which laboureth not with his hands, is no better then a theefe. III. Gaming for money and gaine. For thou maist not enrich thy selfe by impouerishing thy brother. This gaming is worse farre then vsurie, and in a short while will more enrich a man.

IV. To get money by vnlawfull arts: such are Magicke, Iudiciall Astro­logie, Stage-playes, and such like. Eph. 4. 28. Let him that hath stollen, steale no more, but rather let him labour, working with his owne hands the thing that is good, that he may giue vnto him that hath neede. Deut. 18.11. Eph. 5.3. 1. Thess. 5.22. Abstaine from all appearance of euill. V. To filch or pilfer the least pin, or point from another. Mark. 10. 19. Thou shalt not steale, thou shalt not hurt any man. Rom. 3.8. And (as we are blamed, and as some affirme that we say) why do we not euill, that good may come thereof? whose damnation is iust. VI. To remooue anci­ent bounds. Prou. 22. 28. Thou shalt not remooue the ancient bounds which thy fathers haue made. Hos. 5. 8. The Princes of Iudah are like them which remooue the bounds. VII. To steale other mens seruants, or children, to commit sacri­ledge, or robberie. 1. Tim. 1. 10. To whoremongers, buggerers, and menstealers. Iosh. 7.19. Achans theft. 1. Cor. 6.10. Neither theeues, nor couetous persons, nor robbers, &c. shall inherit the kingdome of God. For robberies, these sorts of men especially are famous: Theeues by the Queenes high waies, Pyrates vpon the seas, Souldiers not content with their pay, and whosoeuer they be, that by maine force take that which is none of their owne. Luk. 3.14. The souldiers as­ked him, saying, What shall we doe? he said, Doe violence to no man, neither accuse a­ny man falsely, and be content with your wages. VIII. To conspire with a theefe, whether by giuing aduice how he may compasse his enterprise, or by concea­ling his fact, that hee be not punished. Prou. 29.24. He that is partaker with a theefe, hateth himselfe, and he that heareth cursing, and discouereth it not.

The punishment of theft, may at the discretion of the Iudge be sometimes aggrauated, as he seeth the qualitie of the offence to be. Therefore theeues sometimes are punished with death.

Now if any man obiect, that the Iudiciall law of God, doth onely require the restitution thereof fourefold for such an offence: I answer, that the ciuill Magistrate, when he seeth some one, or many offences to increase, he may by his authoritie encrease the ciuill punishment due to that sinne. Now it is ma­nifest, that the sinne of theft is farre more grieuous in our Common-weale, then it was among the Iewes. For first the inhabitants of this common-weale, [Page] are generally by many degrees poorer then the Iewes were: therefore to steale a thing, but of some small value, from one in this countrey, doth more enda­mage him, then a thing of great value would haue done the Iewes.

Againe, the people of this countrey are of a more stirring and fierce dispo­sition: the which maketh theeues to be more outragious, with their robberies ioyning violence, and the disturbance of the publike tranquilitie of the coun­try whereof more r [...]gard ought to be had, then of one priuate mans life.

The affirmatiue part.

Thou shalt preserue and increase thy neighbours goods.

To this are required these that follow:

  • I. A certen calling: wherein euery man, according to that gift which God hath giuen him must bestow himselfe honestly, to his owne and neighbours good. 1. Cor. 7. 24. Let euery man wherein he was called, therein abide with God. Eph. 4.28. 1. Pet. 4.10. According as euery man hath receiued a gift, so let him ad­minister to another, that ye may be good dispensers of the manifold graces of God. Galat. 5.13. In loue serue one another.
  • II. The true vse of riches, and all the goods a man hath: to which belong two vertues; Contentation, and Thriftinesse.

    Contentation is a vertue, whereby a man is well pleased with that estate, wherein he is placed. 1. Tim. 6.6. Godlinesse is great gaine, with a contented mind: 7. For we brought nothing into the world, neither shall we carie any thing out of the world. But, hauing foode and raiment, let vs be content. Philip. 4.11. I haue learned in whatsoeuer state I am, therewith to be content. 12. I can be abased, and I can a­bound, euery where in all things I am instructed, both to be full, and to be hungrie, and to abound, and to haue want. Math. 6.11. Giue vs this day our daily bread. Heb. 13. 5. Let your conuersation be without couetousnes, and be cōtent with the things which you haue: for he saith, I will not forsake thee, nor leaue thee.

    Thriftinesse or frugalitie, is a vertue, whereby a man carefully keepeth his goods which he hath gotten, and imploieth them to such vses, as are both necessarie and profitable. Prou. 5.15. Drinke the water of thy cesterne, and of the riuers out of the middes of thine owne well. 16. Let thy fountaines flow forth, and the riuers of waters in the streetes. 17. Let them be thine owne, yea, thine onely, and not the strangers with thee. Prou. 21. 5. The thoughts of the diligent doe surely bring abundance. 17. He that loueth pastime, shall be a poore man, and he that loueth wine and oyle shall not be rich. Prou. 12.27. The deceitfullman rosteth not that which he hath taken in hunting: but the riches of the diligent are pretious. Ioh. 6.12.

  • III. To speake the truth from the heart, and to vse an harmelesse simpli­citie in all affaires. Psal. 15.2. He that walketh vprightly, and worketh righteousnes, he that speaketh the truth in his heart. Gen. 23.15. Ephron said to Abraham, The land is worth foure hundreth shekels of siluer, what is that betweene me and thee? burie therefore thy dead. 16. So Abraham harkned to Ephron, and Abraham weigh­ed to Ephron the siluer, which he had named in the audience of the Hittites, euen foure hundreth shekels of currant money among marchants, &c.
  • IV. Iust dealing. 1. Thess. 4.6. Of this there are many kindes:
    • I. In buying and selling, in setting and hiring of Farmes, tenements, lands: in marchandize, and all manner of commodities, men must racke nothing, [Page 93] but keepe a iust price. A iust price is then obserued, when as the things pri­zed, and the price giuen for them, are made equall, as neere as may be. For the obseruation of this equalitie, these foure rules are to be considered: for by them all bargaines must be ordered. I. There must be a proportion and e­qualitie in all contracts: the which will then be, when as the seller doth not va­lue the thing, onely according to his owne paines, and cost bestowed vpon it, but also seeth what profit it may be to the buyer, and in what need he standeth of it. Leuit. 25.14. When thou sellest ought to thy neighbour, or buyest ought at his hands, ye shall not oppresse one another: 15. But according to the number of the yeres after the Iubilee, thou shalt buie of thy neighbour. Also according to the number of yeeres of thy reuenues, he shall sell vnto thee. [...]6. According to the number of yeeres thou shalt increase the price thereof: and according to the fewnesse of yeeres, thou shalt abate the price of it: for the number of fruits doth he sell vnto thee. II. They must be squared according to the law of nature, the summe whereof Christ propoundeth in these words: Whatsoeuer ye would that men should doe to you, doe the same vnto them. III. The bonde of nature must be kept, which bindeth him that receiueth a benefit, and maketh a lawfull gaine of another mans goods, that he beeing once enriched, shall make a proportionable and natu­rall recompence, euen aboue the principall. IV. Men must communicate and make vse of their goods, with that cauent which Paul giueth. 2. Cor. 8.13. not so to bestow them, as that others may be eased, and they grieued: or contrari­wise.
    • II. Men must make [...]ale of such things, as are in their kinde substantiall, and profitable.
    • III. They must vse iust waights and measures Deut. 25.13. Thou shalt not haue in thy bagge two manner of waights, a great and a small: but thou shal [...] haue a right and iust waight, a perfect and iust measure shalt thou haue. Ezech. 55.10. Ye shall haue iust ballances, a true Ephah, and a true Bath. Mich. 6.11. Shall I iustifie the wicked ballances, and the bagge of deceitfull waights?
    • IV. He that hireth any thing, must not onely pay the appointed hire, but make that which he hired good, if ought but good come vnto it, by his de­fault. Exod. 22.14,15. If a man borrow any thing of his neighbour, and it be hurt, he shall surely make it good, &c.
    • V. The pledge or pawne ought to be redeemed, and if it be of important necessitie, as that which preserueth the life of our neighbour, it must be resto­red to him in continently. Exod. 22. 26. If thou take thy neighbours rayment to pledge [...] thou shalt restore it againe before the sunne goe downe: for that is his couering onely. Deut. 24.6. No man shall take the neather or vpper milstone to pledge [...] for this gage is his liuing. Neither may a man in a pledge be his owne caruer, but he must take such an one as is offered. Deut. 34.1 [...]. When thou shalt aske againe of thy neighbour any thing lent, thou shalt not goe into his house to fetch his pledge. 11. But thou shalt stand without, and the man that borrowed it of thee, shall bring the pledge out of the doores vnto thee. 12. Furthermore, if it be a poore bodie, thou shalt not sl [...]epe with his pledge. 13. But shal [...] restore him the pledge, &c.
    • VI. To become surety only for men that are honest, & very well known: and that warily, with much deliberation. Prou. 11. 15. He shall be sore vexed [Page 94] that is suretie for a straunger. And he that hateth suretiship is sure. Prouerb. 17. 18. A man destitute of vnderstanding toucheth the hand, and becommeth suretie for his neighbour. Prou. 22. 26. But if it be so that a man hath intangled himselfe by suretiship, the best way is to craue his creditours fauour, by his owne hum­ble suit, and the instant request of his friends. Prou. 6. 1. My sonne, if thou be suretie for thy neighbour, and hast stricken hands with the straunger. 2. Thou art snared with the words of thine owne mouth. 3. Doe this now, my sonne, and deliuer thy selfe, seeing thou art come into the hand of thy neighbour, goe, and humble thy selfe, and sollicite thy friends. 4. Giue no sleepe to thine eyes, nor slumber to thine eye liddes. 5. Deliuer thy selfe, as a Doe from the hand of the hunter, and as a bird from the hand of the fouler.
    • VII. All iust couenants and promises, though they be to our hindrance, must be performed. For a promise doth binde, if it be lawfull, so farre forth as he will, vnto whome we make the promise. Psal. 15. 4. Which sweareth to his hurt, and changeth not. Prou. 25.14. A man that boasteth and keepeth not promise, is like cloudes and winde without raine. Iudg. 1.24. The spies saw a man come out of the citie, and they said vnto him, Shew vs, we pray thee, the way into the citie, and we will shew thee mercie. 25. And when he had shewed them the way into the citie, they smote the citie with the edge of the sword, but they let the man and all his houshold depart. Therefore if after promise made, he either see that he shall be endama­ged thereby, or hindred in the performance of his promise, he may craue re­lease, and if it be granted, accept of it.
    • VIII. To lend that we doe, freely. Luk. 6.35. Lende, looking for nothing a­gaine, and your reward shalbe great. And when we borrow, we must be carefull to make restitution, euen, if neede be, with the sale of our owne goods. 2. King. 4.2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Here the wife of the sonnes of the Prophets selleth her oyle which God sent by the hand of Elisha, to pay her creditour.
    • IX. To restore that, which is committed to our custodie without delay. Math. 21.41. He wil destroy the euill husbandmen, & let out his vineyard to others, which shall deliuer him the fruits in their season. Prouerb. 3.28. But if such a thing be lost, not by our default, we are not vrged to repay it. Exod. 22.7. If a man deliuer his neighbour money, or stuffe to keepe, and it be stollen out of his house, if the theefe be found, he shall pay the double. 8. If the theefe be not found, then the master of the house shall be brought before the Iudges, to sweare whether he haue put his hand to his neighbours goods or no.
    • X. That which a man findeth, is to be kept in his owne hand, if the true owner cannot be heard of: but if he be, he must restore it. Deut. 22.1. Thou shalt not see thy brothers oxe, nor his sheepe goe astray, and withdraw thy selfe from them, but shalt bring them againe vnto thy brother. 2. If he be not neere vnto thee, or thou know him not, thou shalt bring it into thine house, and it shall remaine with thee, vntill thy brother seeke after it, then shalt thou deliuer it to him againe. 3. So shalt thou doe with all lost things.
    • XI. To get our owne, we may, if we cannot doe otherwise, sue our neigh­bour in law. But we must follow our suites in an holy manner, and with these circumstances. I. In all suites, we must not doe any thing, that may preiudice the profession of Christian religion. Therefore all suiters in law, offend, when [Page 95] they trust more in man, then in God, and make their religion a iest to world­lings, partly by striuing about things of small importance: and partly by not admitting any conditions of reconciliation. 1. Cor. 6.1. Dare any of you, hauing busines against another, be iudged vnder the vniust, and not vnder the Saints? II. Law must be the last remedie, as a desperate medecine is the last remedie the Physitian vseth. We must assay all meanes possible, before we vse this, especi­ally to a brother. 1. Cor. 6.7. There is vtterly a fault among you, because ye goe to law one with another: why rather suffer ye not wrong? why rather sustaine ye not harme? III. In all suites of law, we must be mindfull of the law of charitie, and not so much indeauour to maintaine our owne right, as to recall our bro­ther, which erreth, into the right way.

CHAP. 28. Concerning the ninth Commandement.

THe ninth Commandement belongeth to the preseruation of our neigh­bours good name.

The words are these: ‘Thou shalt not beare false witnesse against thy neighbour.’

The Resolution.

Thou shalt not beare] That is, answer when thou art asked before a Iudge. Deutr. 19.17. Then both the men which striue together, shall stand before the Lord, euen before the Priests and the Iudges which shall be in those daies. 18. And the Iudges shall make diligent inquisition, and if the witnesse be found false, and hath gi­uen false witnesse against his brother.

Witnesse] By a figure signifieth euery word, whereby the credit and esti­mation of our neighbour is either impaired or diminished.

The negatiue part.

Thou shalt not diminish or hurt the good name and estimation of thy neighbour.

Here is forbidden:

  • I. Enuie, disdaine of others, desire of a mans owne glorie. 1. Tim. 6.4. He is puft vp, and knoweth nothing, but doteth about questions, and strife of words, whereof commeth enuie, strife, railings. 1. Pet. 2.1. Wherefore, laying aside all maliciousnes, and enuie and all guile, and euill speaking. Math. 21.15. But when the chiefe Priests and Scribes saw the marueiles that he did, and the children crying in the Temple, and saying, Hosanna the sonne of Dauid, they disdained.
  • II. Euill suspicions. 1. Tim. 6.4. 1. Sam. 17.28. And Eliab his eldest brother heard when he spake vnto the men, and Eliab was angrie with Dauid, and said, Why camest thou downe hither? and with whome hast thou left those few sheepe in the wil­dernesse? I know thy pride, and the malice of thine heart. Act. 28.4. Now when the Barbarians saw the worme hang on his hand; they said among themselues. This man surely is a murtherer, whom though he hath escaped the sea, yet vengeance hath not suffered to liue. Here are condemned, hard censures and sinister iudgements against our neighbour. Matth. 7. 1. Iudge not; that yee be not iudged. 2. For with what iudgement yee iudge, ye shall be iudged: and with what measure yee mete, it shall be measured to you againe. These iudgements which Christ forbiddeth, are priuate and reprochfull or slaunderous iudgements: namely, when either a good or an indifferent action is interpreted to the worse part: or [Page] when a light offence is made hainous through euill will, without all desire ei­ther to amend, or to couer the same. Act. 2.13. And other mocked and saide, They are full of new wine. 14. But Peter standing with the eleuen, lift vp his voice, and said vnto them, Ye men of Iudea, and all ye that inhabite Ierusalem, be this knowne vnto you, and hearken vnto my words; 15. For these are not drunken, as ye suppose, since it is but the third houre of the day. 1. Sam. 1.13. For Hannah spake in her heart, her lips did mooue onely, but her voice was not heard, therfore Eli thought she had beene drunken. But we must know that there are three kinds of iudge­ments which are not forbidden by this commandement of Christ. The first is, the ministerie of the Gospel, which iudgeth & reprooueth sinne. The secōd is, the iudgement of the Magistrate. The third is, the iudgement of a friend ad­monishing vs: as when he saith, Abstaine from the companie of such a man, for I know him to be a drunkard, &c.
  • III. A relation of the bare words onely, and not of the sense and meaning of our neighbour. Math. 26.59. Now the chiefe Priests, and the Elders, and all the whole Councell, sought false witnes against Iesus, to put him to death. 60. But they found none, and though many false witnesses came, yet found they none: but at the last came two false witnesses. 61. And said, This man saide, I can destroy the Temple of God, and build it in three daies. Indeede Christ saide some such thing in wordes, as appeareth, Ioh. 2.19. Iesus answered and said vnto them, Destroy this temple, and in three daies I will raise it vp againe.
  • IV. A lie, whereby euery falshood with purpose to deceiue is signified, whether in wordes, or in deedes, or concealing the truth, or any other way whatsoeuer; be it for neuer so great a good to our neighbour.
  • V. To pronounce vniust sentence in iudgement, to rest in one witnesse, to accuse another wrongfully, to bewray a mans cause by collusion. 1. King. 21.12. They proclaimed a fast, and set Nabaoth among the chiefe of the people. 13. And there came two wicked men, and sate before him, and the wicked men witnessed against Nabaoth in the presence of the people, saying, Nabaoth did blaspheme God and the King: then they caried him away out of the citie, and stoned him with stones that he died. Deut. 17.6. At the mouth of two or three witnesses shall he, that is worthie of death, die: but at the mouth of one witnesse he shall not die.
  • VI. Openly to raise forged and hurtfull tales and reports of our neigh­bour, or priuily to deuise the same. Rom. 1.29. Whisperers. 30. Backbiters, ha­ters of God, proud, boasters, inuenters of euill things. Leuit. 19.16. Thou shalt not walke about with tales among thy people, thou shalt not stand against the blood of thy neighbour: I am the Lord. 1. Tim. 5.13. And likewise also beeing idle, they learne to goe about from house to house: yea, they are not onely idle, but also pratlers and busi­bodies, speaking things which are not comely. To spread abroad flying tales, or to faine and adde any thing vnto them. Prou. 26.20. Without wood the fire is quen­ched, and without a talebearer strife ceaseth. 21. As a coale maketh burning coales, and wood a fire, so the contentious man is apt to kindle strife. 22. The wordes of a talebearer are as flatterings, and they goe downe into the bowels of the belly. 2. Cor. 12.20. For I feare least when I come, I shall not finde you such as I would, and that I shall be found to you such as I would not, and least there be strife, enuying, wrath, con­tentions, backbitings, whisperings, swellings, and discord among you. To receiue or [Page 97] beleeue those tales which we heare of others. Exod. 23.1. Thou shalt not re­ceiue a false tale, neither shalt thou put thine hand with the wicked, to be a false wit­nesse. 1. Sam. 24.10. And Dauid said to Saul, Wherefore giuest thou an eare to mens wordes, that say, Behold, Dauid seeketh euill against thee?
  • VII. To accuse our neighbour, for that which is certaine & true, through hatred, and with intent to hurt him. 1. Sam. 22.9. Then answered Doeg the Edo­mit [...] (who was appointed ouer the seruants of Saul) and said, I saw the sonne of Ishai when he came to Nob, to Abimelech the sonne of Ahitub, 10. Who asked counsell of the Lord for him, and gaue him victualls, and he gaue him also the sword of Goli­ah the Philistim. Of this deede Dauid thus speaketh. Psal. 52.1. Why boastest thou thy selfe in thy wickednesse, O man of power? the louing kindnesse of the Lord endureth for euer. 2. Thy tongue imagineth mischeife, and is like a sharpe rasor, that cutteth deceitfully. 3. Thou doest loue euill more then good: and lies, more then to speake the trueth. 4. Thou louest all wordes that may destroy, O deceitfull tongue.
  • VIII. To open or declare our neighbours secret to any man, especially, if he did it of infirmitie. Mat. 18.15. Moreouer, if thy brother trespasse against thee, goe and tell him his fault between thee and him alone: if he heare thee, thou hast wonne thy brother. Pro. 11.13. He that goeth about as a slanderer, discouereth a se­cret: but he that is of a faithfull heart, concealeth a matter.
  • IX. All babling talke and bitter wordes. Eph. 5.3. But fornication and all vn­cleannesse, let it not be once named among you. 4. Neither filthinesse, neither foolish talking, neither iesting, which are not comely, but rather giuing of thankes. Ioh. 9.34. They answered and said vnto him, Thou art altogither borne in sinnes, and doest thou teach vs? so they cast him out. This iesting, or as it is nowe tearmed, wit, which Aristotle the Philosopher maketh a vertue, is by Paul the Apostle ac­counted a vice: and that not without cause; I. Such quipps as sting others, though they be a great pleasure for some to heare, yet are they very offensiue to such as are so girded. II. It is very hard to make Christian both godlinesse and grauity to agree with such behauiour.

    Obiect. But salt and tart speeches are vsull in the scriptures, 1. King. 18. 27. Eliah mocked the Priests of Baal. Esa. 14.9. Answer. Such speeches are not spoken to please others, but are sharply deuounced against Gods enemies to his glorie.

  • X. Flatterie, whereby we praise our neighbour aboue that, we knowe in him. Prou. 27.6. The woundes of a louer, are faithfull, but the kisses of an enemie are to be shunned. 14. He that praiseth his friende with a loud voice, rising early in the morning, it shall be counted to him as a curse. Act. 12.22. And the people gaue a shout, saying, The voice of God, and not of man. This is a grieuous sinne in the mi­nisters of the word. 1. Thess. 2.5. Neither did we euer vse flattering wordes, as ye knowe, nor coloured couetousnesse, God is record. Ier. 6.13. For from the least of thē, euen vnto the greatest of them, euery one is giuen vnto couetousnesse, and from the Prophet, euen vnto the priest, they all deale falsely. 14. They haue healed also the hurt of the daughter of my people with sweete wordes, saying, Peace, peace, when there is no peace. Rom. 16.18. For they that are such, serue not the Lord Iesus Christ, but their owne bellies, and with faire speech and flattering, deceiue the hearts of the simple.
  • [Page 98]XI. Foolish and ouer confident boasting. Prou. 27.1. Boast not thy selfe of to morrow, for thou knowest not what a daie may bring forth. 2. Let another praise thee, and not thine owne mouth, a stranger and not thine owne lips.
  • XII. To accuse, or witnesse against one falsely. 1. King. 21.13. Naboth blas­phemed God and the king.

The affirmatiue part.

Preserue the good name of thy neighbour. Eccles. 7.3. A good name is better then a good ointment.

Here is commanded:

  • I. A reioicing for the credit and good estimation of thy neighbour. Gal. 5.22. But the fruit of the spirit, is loue, ioy, peace, gentlenesse. Rom. 1.8. First I thank my God through Iesus Christ, for you all, because your faith is published throughout the whole world.
  • II. Willingly to acknowledge that goodnes we see in any man whatsoeuer, and onely to speake of the same. Tit. 3.2. That they speake euill of no man, that they be no fighters, but soft, shewing all meekenes to all men. Moreouer, wee must with all desire, receiue and beleeue reports of our neighbours good. Act. 16.1. Then came he to Derbe and Lystra, and behold, a certaine Disciple was there, na­med Timotheus, a womans sonne which was a Iewesse, & beleeued, but his father was a Grecian. 2. Of whome the brethren which were at Lystra & Iconium, reported wel. 3. Therefore Paul would that he should goe forth with him, and tooke and circumci­sed him. Notwithstanding, this must so be performed of vs, that in no wise wee approoue and allowe of the vices and faults of men. 2. Chron. 25.2. And hee did vprightly in the eies of the Lord, but not with a perfect heart. And chap. 27.2. And he did vprightly in the sight of the Lord according to all that his father Vzziah did, saue that he entred not into the temple of the Lord, & the people did yet corrupt their waies.
  • III. To interpret a doutfull euill, to the better part. Cor. 13.5. Loue think­eth not euill. 7. It beleeueth all things, it hopeth all things. Gen. 37.31. And they tooke Iosephs coate, and killed a kidde of the goats, and dipped the coat in the bloode. 32. So they sent that parti-coloured coate, and they brought it to their father, and said, This haue we found, see now, whether it be thy sonnes coate or no. 33. Then hee knew it, and said, It is my sonnes coate, a wicked beast hath deuoured him, Ioseph is surely torne in peeces.

    And here obserue the religiō of that Ioseph, which was betrothed to Ma­ry, who when he sawe that Mary was with child, was readier to conclude that before her betroathing she was with child by committing fornication, then af­ter by cōmitting adulterie. Mat. 1.19. But for all this, men must not be too too credulous, or light of beleefe. Ioh. 2.24. But Iesus did not commit himselfe vnto them [...] because he knewe them all.

  • IV. Not to beleeue an euill report, running abroad amongst the common people, by the whisperings of talebearers, as it were, by conduit pipes. Psal. 15.3. Hee that slaundereth not with his tongue, nor doth euill to his neighbour, nor receiueth a false report against his neighbour. Ierem. 40.14. And they saide vnto him, Knowest thou not, that Baalis the king of the Ammonites, had sent Ishmac [...] the sonne of Nethaniah, to slay thee? but Gedaliah the sonne of Ahikam, beleeued [Page 99] him not. 16. But Gedaliah the sonne of Ahikam, said vnto Ionathan, the sonne of Ka­reah, thou shalt not doe this thing, for thou speakest falsely of Ishmael. But we ought also to be angrie at such whisperings. Pro. 25.23. As the North wind driueth a­way the raine, so doth an angrie countenance the slaundering tongue.
  • V. To keepe secret the offence of our neighbour, except it must of neces­sitie be reuealed. Prou. 10.12. Hatred stirreth vp contention: but loue couereth all trespasses. Mat. 1.19. Then Ioseph her husband beeing a iust man, and not willing to make her a publike example, was minded to put her away secretly.

A man would suppose, that by this means, we should be partakers of other mens sins. But we must know, that we ought to conceale our neighbours im­perfections, least he should be prouoked to offence: yet in the meane season, he must be admonished that he may amend. Gal. 6.1. Iam. 5.19. Brethren, if a­ny of you haue erred from the trueth, and some man hath conuerted him. 20. Let him know; that he which hath conuerted the sinner from going astray out of his way shall saue a soule from death, and shall hide a multitude of sinnes.

But if the sin which is concealed, cannot thereby be taken away, then must we in loue and charitie, declare the same to those, which may remooue and a­mend the same. Gen. 37.2. When Ioseph was seuenteene yere olde, he kept sheepe with his brethren, and the child was with the sonnes of Bilhah, and with the sonnes of Zilpah, his fathers wiues: and Ioseph tolde vnto their father, their euill sayings. 1. Cor. 1.11. For it hath beene declared vnto me, my brethren, of you by them that are of the house of Cloe, that there are contentions among you. Mat. 18.16. But if hee heare thee not, take with thee one or two, that by the mouth of two or three witnesses, euery word may be confirmed.

To get a good name and estimation amongst men, and to keepe the same, when we haue gotten it. Phil. 4.8. Furthermore, brethren, whatsoeuer things are true, whatsoeuer things are honest, whatsoeuer things are iust, whatsoeuer things are pure, whatsoeuer things pertaine to loue, whatsoeuer things are of good report, if there be any vertue, if there be any praise, thinke on these things. A good name is gotten, 1. If we, seeking the kingdome of God before all things, doe repent vs of all our sinnes, and with an earnest desire, imbrace and follow after righte­ousnesse. Prou. 10.7. The memoriall of the iust shall be blessed: but the name of the wicked shall rot. Mar. 14.9. Verily I say vnto you, wheresoeuer this Gospell shall bee preached throughout the whole world, this also, that she hath done, shall be spoken of in remembrance of her. 2. Wee must haue a care both to iudge, and speake well of others. Mat. 7.2. With what iudgement ye iudge, yee shall be iudged. Eccl. 7.23. Giue not thine heart also to all the wordes that men speake, least thou doe heare thy seruant cursing thee. 24. For oftentimes also thine heart knoweth [...] that thou likewise hast cursed others. 3. Wee must abstaine from all kinde of wic­kednesse: for one onely vice or sinne, doth obscure and darken a mans good name. Eccles. 10.1. Dead flies cause to stinke, and putrifie the oint­ment of the Apothecarie: so doth a little follie him that is in estimation for wisdome, and for glorie. 4. We must in all things earnestly seeke for the glo­rie of God onely, and not our owne. Matth. 6.5. And when thou praiest, bee not as the hypocrites, for they loue to stand and praie in the Synagogues, and in the corners of the streetes, because they would bee seene of men: verily I say vnto you [...] [Page 100] they haue their reward. 6. But when thou praiest, enter into thy chamber; and when thou hast shut thy doore, pray vnto thy father which is in secret, and thy father which seeth in secret, shall reward thee openly.

But if [...] when we seeke the glory of God, honest and godly men doe praise and testifie well of vs, we must not despise this their testimonie and commen­dation: & although they neuer praise vs nor testifie of vs at all, yet must wee take it in good part. 2. Cor. 1.12. For our reioysing is this, the testimonie of our cō ­science, that in simplicitie and godly purenes, and not in fleshly wisdome, but by the grace of God, we haue had our conuersation in the world, & most of all to you wards. And chap. 10.13. But we will not reioice of things which are not within our mea­sure, but according to the measure of the line, whereof God hath distributed to vs a measure, to attaine euen vnto you. Psal. 16.5. The Lord is the portion of mine inheri­tance, and of my cup: thou shalt maintaine my lot. 6. The lines are fallen vnto me in pleasant places: yea, I haue a faire heritage. 1. Cor. 1.31. He that reioiceth, let him reioice in the Lord.

CHAP. 29. Of the tenth Commandement.

THe tenth Commaundement concerneth concupiscences, committed a­gainst our neighbour.

The wordes are these: ‘Thou shalt not couet thy neighbours house, thou shalt not couet thy neighbours wife, nor his seruant, nor his maide, nor his oxe, nor his asse, nor any thing thy neigh­bour hath.’

The Resolution.

Couet] The cogitation or motion of the heart, is of three sorts. The first is, some glancing or suddaine thought, suggested to the minde by Satan, which suddenly vanisheth away, and is not receiued of the minde. This is no sinne. For it was in Christ, when he was tempted by the deuill. Matth. 4. v. 1. The se­cond is, a more permanent thought or motion, the which, as it were, tickleth & inueigleth the mind with some inward ioy. The third is, a cogitation draw­ing from the will and affection, full assent to sinne. We are to vnderstand this commandement of the second sort of motions onely, not of the first, or of the last, to which the fiue former commandements doe belong.

Now then to couet, is to think inwardly, and also to desire any thing, wher­by our neighbour may be hindered, albeit, there ensue no assent of the will, to commit that euill. For the very Philosophers condemne couetousnesse of the very heart, and Ciuilians disallow a purpose onely to doe euill, if it be conioy­ned with a manifest deliberation. And as for the concupiscence in this place forbidden we may well thinke it is more close and secret, because S. Paul a do­ctour of the law was altogither ignorant of it. Rom. 7.7. I had not knowne lust, except the Law had said. Thou shalt not lust. Againe, if that concupiscence imme­diately going before the consent, were not prohibited in this place, there must bee a great confu [...]ion in the decalogue. For the seuenth commandement for­biddeth some kinde of coueting of our neighbours wife.

Hou [...]e] The commandement is illustrated by an argument drawne from the distribution of the obiects of concupiscence; whence it is apparent, that [Page 101] onely euill concupiscence is condemned in this place. Coloss. 3.5. For there is a good concupiscence or desire: as of meate and drinke, and that of the spirit. Gal. 5.17. The spirit lusteth against the flesh.

The negatiue part.

Thou shalt not couet that which is thy neighbours.

Here are prohibited:

  • I. Concupiscence it selfe, namely, originall corruption, in as much as it is hurtfull to our neighbour. Iam. 1.14.
  • II. Each corrupt and sudden cogitation & passion of the heart, springing out of the bitter roote of concupiscence. Gal. 5.17. The flesh lusteth against the spirit. Luk. 10.27. Thou shalt loue the Lord with all thy soule. To this place ap­pertaineth Satans suggestion, if after the first offer it be entertained and recei­ued in the closet of the heart.
  • III. The least cogitation and motion, the which, though it procure not consent, delighteth and tickleth the heart. Of this kinde are these foolish wi­shes: I would such an house were mine, such a liuing, such a thing, &c. And hitherto may we referre all vnchast dreames, arising from concupiscence.

The affirmatiue part.

Couet that onely, which is auaileable to thy neighbour.

Here are commended:

  • I. A pure heart towards our neighbour. 1. Tim. 1.5. The end of the com­mandement is loue, out of a pure heart, a good conscience and faith vnfained.
  • II. Holy cogitations and motions of the spirit. Paul praieth, 1. Thess. 5.23. that the Thessalonians may be holy, not onely in bodie and soule, but also in spirit. Eph. 4.23.
  • III. A conflict against the euill affections and lusts of the flesh. Rom. 7.22. I reioyce in the law of God, in regard of the inward man. 23. But I see another Law in my members, rebelling against the Law of my minde, and making me captiue to the law of sinne, which is in my members. 24. Miserable man that I am, who shall deliuer me from this bodie of death? 2. Cor. 12.7, 8, 9.

CHAP. 30. Of the vse of the Law.

THe vse of the Law in vnregenerate persons, is threefold.

The first is, to lay open sinne, and make it knowne. Rom. 3.20. By the workes of the Law shall no flesh be iustified in his sight: for by the law commeth the knowledge of sinne.

The second vse is accidentarily, to effect and augment sinne, by reason of the flesh, the which causeth man to decline from that which is commanded, and euer to encline to that which is prohibited. Rom. 7.8. Sinne tooke occasion by the commandement, and wrought in me all manner of concupiscence: for without the Law sinne is dead. 9. For I once was aliue without the Law, but when the com­mandement came, sinne reuiued. 10. But I died, and that commandement, which was ordained vnto life, was found to be vnto me vnto death.

The third vse is, to denounce eternall damnation for the least disobedience, without offering any hope of pardon. This sentence the law pronounceth a­gainst offendours, and by it, partly by threatning, partly by terrifying, it raig­neth [Page 102] and ruleth ouer man. Rom. 3.19. Wee know that whatsoeuer the Law saith, it saith it to them which are vnder the Lawe, that euery mouth may be stopped, and all the world be culpable before God. Gal. 3.10. As many as are of the workes of the law, are vnder the curse: for it is written, Cursed is euery one that continueth not in all that is written in the booke of the Lawe to doe them. 2. Cor. 3.7. If the mi­nistration of death written with letters, and ingrauen in stones was glorious: 8. Howe shall not the ministration of the spirit be more glorious? For if the ministration of con­demnation were glorious, &c.

The ende why sinne raigneth in man, is to vrge sinners to flie vnto Christ, Galat. 3.22. The Scripture hath concluded all vnder sinne, that the promise by the faith of Iesus Christ should be giuen to them that beleeue. 24. Wherfore the law was our schoolemaster to Christ. Heb. 12.18,19,20.

The continuance of this power of the law is perpetuall, vnlesse a sinner re­pent: and the very first act of repentance so freeth him, that he shall no more be vnder the lawe, but vnder grace. 2. Sam. 12.13. Then said Dauid to Nathan, I haue sinned against the Lord: wherfore Nathan said to Dauid, The Lord also hath forgiuen thy sinne, and thou shalt not die. Rom. 6.14. Sinne shall not haue dominion ouer you: for ye are not vnder the law, but vnder grace.

If therefore, thou desirest seriously eternall life: first take a narrowe exami­nation of thy selfe, and the course of thy life, by the square of Gods lawe: then set before thine eies the curse that is due vnto sinne, that, thus bewailing thy miserie, and despairing vtterly of thine own power, to attaine euerlasting hap­pinesse, thou maiest renounce thy selfe and be prouoked to seeke and sue vn­to Christ Iesus.

The vse of the Law in such as are regenerate is far otherwise: for it guideth them to new obedience in the whole course of their life, which obedience may be acceptable to God by Christ. Rom. 3.31. Doe we therefore through faith make the Law of none effect? God forbid: nay we rather establish the Law. Psal. 119. 24. Thy testimonies are my delight, they are my counsellers. v. 105. Thy word is a lantarne vnto my feete, and a light vnto my pathes.

CHAP. 31. Of the couenant of Grace.

HItherto concerning the couenant of works, and of the Law, now follow­eth the couenant of grace.

The couenant of Grace, is that whereby God freely promising Christ, and his benefits, exacteth againe of man, that he would by faith receiue Christ, and repent of his sinnes. Hos. 2.18. In that daie will I make a couenant for them, &c. 19. And I will marrie thee vnto me for euer: yea, I will marrie thee vnto me in righ­teousnesse, and in iudgement, and in mercie, and in compassion. v. 20. I will euen mar­rie thee vnto me in faithfulnesse, and thou shalt knowe the Lord. Ezech. 36.25. I will poure cleane water vpon you, and ye shall be cleane: yea from all your filthinesse, and from all your idols will I clense you. v. 26. And I will giue you a newe heart, and a newe spirit will I put within you. v. 27. And cause you to walke in my statutes. Ma­lach. 3.1. The Lord, whome ye seeke, shall speedily come to his temple: euen the mes­senger of the couenant whome ye desire: behold, he shall come, saith the Lord of hosts.

[Page 103]This couenant is also named a testament: for it hath partly the nature and properties of a testament or will. First it is confirmed by the death of the testa­tor. Heb. 9.16. Where a testament is, there must be the death of him that made the testament. 17. For the testament is confirmed when men are dead: for it is yet of no force, so long as he that made it is aliue. Secondly, in this couenant we doe not of­fer much, and promise small to God, but in a manner doe onely receiue: euen as the last will and testament of a man, is not for the testators, but the heires commodity.

The couenant albeit, it be one in substance, yet it is distinguished into the old and new testament.

The olde testament or couenant is that, which in types and shadowes pre­figured Christ to come, and to be exhibited.

The newe testament declareth Christ already come in the flesh, and is ap­parantly shewed in the Gospel.

The Gospell is that part of Gods word, which cōtaineth a most worthy & welcome message: namely, that mankind is fully redeemed by the blood of Iesus Christ, the only begotten sonn of God, manifest in the flesh, so that now for all such as repent and beleeue in Christ Iesus, there is prepared a full remis­sion of all their sinnes, togither with saluation and life euerlasting. Ioh. 3.14. As Moses lifted vp the serpent in the wildernesse: so must the sonne of man be lift vp. 15. That who so beleeueth in him, should not perish but haue euerlasting life. Act. 10.43. To him also giue all the Prephets witnes, that through his name, all that be­leeue in him, shall receiue remission of sinnes.

The ende and vse of the Gospell is, first to manifest that righteousnesse in Christ, whereby the whole law is fully satisfied, & saluation attained. Second­ly, it is the instrument, and, as it were, the conduit pipe of the holy ghost, to fa­shion and deriue faith into the soule; by which faith, they which beleeue, doe as with an hand apprehend Christs righteousnes. Rom. 1.16. I am not ashamed of the gospell of Christ, for it is the power of God to saluation to as many as beleeue, to the Iewe first, and then to the Grecian. 17. For the iustice of God is reuealed by it from faith to faith. Ioh. 6. 33. It is the spirit which quickeneth, the flesh profiteth nothing: the words which I speake are spirit and life. 1. Cor. 1.21. It pleased God by the foolinesse of preaching, to saue such as beleeue.

The Gospell preached is, in the flourishing estate of Christs Church, that ordinarie meanes to beget faith: but in the ruinous estate of the same, when as by apostasie, the foundations thereof are shaken, and the cleere light of the word is darkened, then this word read or repeated, yea the very sound thereof beeing but once heard, is by the assistance of Gods spirit, extraordinarily effe­ctuall, to them whome God will haue called out of that great darkenesse into his exceeding light. Rom. 10.14. How shall they call on him, in whome they haue not beleeued? and how shall they beleeue in him, of whome they haue not heard? And howe shall they heare without a preacher? Act. 11.19. And they which were scatte­red abroad, because of the affliction that arose about Steuen, walked throughout till they came to Phenice, and Cyprus, and Antiochia, preaching the worde to no man, but to the Iewes onely. 30. Nowe some of them were men of Cyprus, and of Cyrene, which when th [...]y were come into Antiochia, spake vnto the [Page 104] Grecians, and preached the Lord Iesus. 21. And the hand of the Lord was with them, so that a great number beleeued, and turned vnto the Lord. Ioh. 4. 28. The woman then left her water pot, and went her way into the city, and said to the men, 29. Come, and see a man which hath told me all things that euer I did: Is not he the Christ? then they went out of the citty, and came vnto him. 39. Now many of the Sa­maritans beleeued in him, for the saying of the woman which testified, He hath tolde me all things that euer I did. 41. And many moe beleeued, because of his own word. 42. And they said vnto the woman, Nowe we beleeue not because of thy saying: for we haue heard him our selues, and knowe that this is indeede the Christ the Sauiour of the world. Rom. 10.18. I demaunde, haue they not heard? no doubt their sounde went out through all the earth, and their wordes into the endes of the world. Thus we may see, how many of our forefathers, & ancestors in the midst of pope­ry obtained eternall life. Reuel. 12. 17. The dragon was wroth with the woman, and went and made warre with the remnant of her seede, which kept the commande­ments of God, and haue the testimonie of Iesus Christ. Rom. 11.4. What saith the diuine Oracles? I haue reserued to me seuen thousand men, which neuer bowed knee to Baal.

CHAP. 32. Of the Sacraments.

THus much of the preaching of the word: now follow the appendants to the same: namely, the Sacraments.

A Sacrament is that, whereby Christ and his sauing graces, are by certaine externall rites, signified, exhibited, and sealed to a Christian man. Rom. 4.11. He receiued the signe of circumcision, as the seale of the righteousnesse of the faith which he had, when he was circumcised. Gen. 7.11. Ye shall circumcise the foreskin of your flesh, and it shall bee a signe of the couenant betweene me and you.

God alone is the author of a Sacrament; for the signe cannot confirme any thing at all, but by the consent and promise of him, at whose handes the bene­fit promised must be receiued. Therefore God it is alone which appointed [...]ignes of grace, in whose alone power it is to bestowe grace.

And God did make a Sacrament by the sacramentall word, as Augustine witnesseth, saying, Let the word come to the element, and there is made a Sacra­ment. The sacramentall word, is the word of institution, the which God after a seuerall manner, hath set downe in each Sacrament. Of the worde there are two parts: the commandement, and the promise. The commandement is, by which Christ appointeth the administration of the Sacraments, and the recei­uing of the same. As in Baptisme, Goe into the whole world baptizing them in the Name, &c. In the Lords Supper. Take, eate, drinke, doe ye this. The promise is the other part of the institution, whereby God ordained elements that they might be instruments and seales of his grace. As in Baptisme, I baptize thee in the name of the father, of the sonne, and of the holy Ghost. In the Supper, This is my body giuen for you: and, This this is my blood of the new Testament. Therefore this word in the administration of the Sacrament ought to be pronounced distin­ctly and aloud, yea, and as occasion serueth, explained also: to the ende, that all they to whome the commandement and promise appertaineth, may knowe and vnderstand the same. And hence it is very plaine, that the ministers impi­etie [Page 105] doth not make a nullitie of the Sacrament, neither doth it any whit hinder a worthy receiuer: no more then the pietie of a good minister can profite an vnworthy receiuer: because all the efficacie and worthines therof dependeth onely vpon Gods institution, if so be that be obserued.

The parts of a Sacrament are, the Signe, and the Thing of the Sacrament.

The signe, is either the matter sensible, or the Action conuersant about the same.

The matter sensible, is vsually called the signe.

The mutation of the signe, is not naturall, by changing the substance of the thing; but respectiue, that is, onely in regard of the vse. For it is seuered from a common to an holy vse: Therfore there is not any such either force or effi­cacie of making vs holy, inherent, or tied vnto the externall signes, as there is naturally in bathes to purifie corrupt diseases: but all such efficacie is wholly appropriate to the holy Spirit, yet so, as it is an inseperable companion of true faith and repentance, and to such as turne vnto the Lord, is, together with the signe exhibited. Whence it commeth to passe, that by Gods ordinance, a cer­taine fignification of grace, and sealing thereof agreeth to the signe.

The thing of the Sacrament, is either Christ & his graces which concerne our saluation, or the action conuersant about Christ.

I say, first Christ, and then his graces, because no man receiueth grace frō Christ, vnlesse he be made truely partaker of his very bodie and blood: euen as no man can by right reape any fruite of the ground, whereof first hee hath no iust title and interest.

The action about Christ is spirituall, and is either the action of God, or of Faith.

The action of God is, either the offering, or the Application of Christ & his graces to the faithfull.

The action of faith is, the consideration, desire, apprehension, and receiuing of Christ in the lawefull vse of the Sacrament.

Thus much of the parts of a Sacrament: nowe followeth the vnion of the parts.

This sacramentall vnion, I. is not naturall according to the place: for there is no mutation of the signe into the thing signed; neither is the thing signed, ei­ther included in, or fastened vpon the signe. But II. it is respectiue, because there is a certaine agreement and proportion of the externall things with the internall, and of the actions of one with the actions of the other: whereby it commeth to passe, that the signes, as it were, certaine visible wordes incurring into the externall senses, doe by a certaine proportionable resemblance drawe a Christian mind to the consideration of the things signified, & to be applied.

This mutuall, and, as I may say, sacramentall relation, is the cause of so ma­ny figuratiue speeches, and metonymies, which are vsed: as, when one thing in the Sacrament is put for another. As,

  • I. The signe is vsed for the thing signified. Exod. 12. 11. Ye shall eate it (namely the Lambe) in hast, for it is the Lords passeouer. Ioh. 6. 52. I am the liuing bread, which came downe from heauen: if any eate of this breade, he shall liue for e­uer, and the bread which I will giue is my flesh, which I will giue for the life of the [Page 106] world. 1. Cor. 5.7. Christ our Passeouer is sacrificed for vs. 1. Cor. 10.17. We that are many, are one bread, and one bodie, because we are all partakers of one bread.
  • II. The name of the thing signified is giuen to the signe: as, The bread is Christs bodie, the cuppe is Christs blood. 1. Cor. 11.24. Math. 26.28.
  • III. The effect of the thing signified is giuen to the signe, as Circumcisi­on is a couenant, Gen. 17. 10. Act. 7.8. The cup is the new Testament in Christs blood. Luk. 22.16. Baptisme is the washing of the new birth. Tit. 3.5.
  • IV. That which properly belōgeth to the signe, is attributed to the thing signified. Deut. 10.16. Circumcise the foreskin of your hearts. Ioh. 6.53. Vnlesse ye eate the flesh of the sonne of man, and drinke his blood, ye shall haue no life in you.

The end why a Sacrament was ordained, is I. for the better confirmation of our faith: for by it as by certaine pledges giuen, God of his great mercie, doth as it were binde himselfe vnto vs. Now a Sacrament doth confirme our faith, not by any inherēt or proper power it hath in it selfe, as hath a soueraigne medecine receiued by a patient, the which whether a man sleepe or wake it confirmeth his strength: but rather by reasoning, and vsing the signes, when the holy Ghost shall frame in our hearts such a conclusion, as this:

All such as are conuerted, rightly vsing the Sacraments, shall receiue Christ and his graces:

But I am conuerted, and either now doe, or before haue rightly vsed the Sa­craments:

Therefore I shall receiue Christ and his graces.

II. That it might be a badge and note of that profession by which the true Church of God is distinguished from other congregations. III. That it might be a meane to preserue, and spread abroad the doctrine of the Gospel. IV. It serueth to binde the faithfull that they doe continue both loyall, and gratefull to their Lord God. V. It is the bond of mutuall amitie betwixt the faithfull.

How a Sacrament is necessarie to saluation. The couenant of Grace is ab­solutely necessarie to saluation: for it comprehending Christ Iesus the very substance of the Couenant, man must necessarily either receiue it, or perish e­ternally: but a Sacrament is not absolutely necessarie, but onely as it is a prop and stay for faith to leane vpon. For it cannot entitle vs into the inheritance of the sonnes of God, as the couenant doth, but onely by reason of faith going before, it doth seale that which before was bestowed vpon vs. As we see in humane contracts the bond ariseth from the mutuall consent of the parties: but the instrument or bill, and the setting to of the seale, they doe not make, but rather confirme the bond mutually before made: the which mutuall con­sent remaining firme, the contract standeth still in force, though the instru­ment or seale be wanting.

Therefore the want of a Sacrament doth not condemne, but the contempt is that which will condemne a man. The want of a Sacrament is, when we are iustly hindred from the receiuing of the same; as, when one is preuented by death, or liueth in such a place where he cannot receiue the Sacrament. And as for the neglect of a Sacrament, albeit it be a very grieuous sinne, yet is it such an one, as for which he that is heartily penitent for the same, may well hope for pardon.

[Page 95]The holy vse of a Sacrament is, when such as are truly conuerted, doe vse those rites which God hath prescribed vnto their true ends, in the receiuing of a Sacrament. Therefore I. the reprobate, though God offer the whole Sacra­ment vnto them, yet they receiue the signes alone without the things signifi­ed by the signes: because the signe without the right vse thereof, is not a Sacra­ment to the receiuer of it. So Paul saith, Rom. 2. 25. Circumcision verely is pro­fitable if thou keepe the Law: but if thou be a transgressour of the Law, thy circumci­sion is made vncircumcision. And Augustine hath this saying, If thou receiue it carnally, yet ceaseth it not to be spirituall, though to thee it be not so. II. The Elect as yet not conuerted to the Lord, doe receiue in like manner the bare signes without the thing signified; yet so, as that, that Sacrament shall in them after­ward haue his good effect. For the Sacrament receiued before a mans con­uersion, is afterward to the penitent both ratified, and becommeth profitable: and that vse of the Sacrament which before was vtterly vnlawfull, doth then become very lawfull. III. The Elect alreadie conuerted, doe to their salua­tion receiue both the signe and the thing signified together; yet so, as that for their vnworthie receiuing thereof, the which commeth to passe by reason of their manifold infirmities, and relapses into sinne, they are subiect vnto tem­porall punishments.

The difference betwixt a Sacrament and a Sacrifice, is, in a Sacrament God bestoweth his graces vpon vs: but in a sacrifice, we returne vnto God faith and obedience.

There are many differences betwixt the Sacraments of the Old testament, and these of the New. I. They were many, these but few. II. They pointed at Christ to come; these shew that he is come. III. They were appropriate vnto the posteritie of Abraham; but these are common to the whole Church culled out of the Iewes and Gentiles.

CHAP. 33. Of Baptisme.

THere are two Sacraments. 1. Cor. 10. 1. I would not haue you ignorant, that all our fathers were vnder the cloude, and all passed through the sea. 2. And were all baptized vnto Moses in the cloude, and in the sea. 3. And did all eate the same spirituall meate, 4. And dranke all the same spirituall drinke: (for they dranke of the spirituall rocke that followed them, which rocke was Christ.) Ter­tull. 4. booke, contra Marcion. August. de Symbol ad Catechum. 4. booke 6. chap.

The first Sacrament is that, whereby Christians are initiated, and admitted into the Church of God: and this is Baptisme.

The second Sacrament, whereby the Church is preserued and nourished, is the Lords Supper.

Baptisme is a Sacrament, by which such as are within the couenant are washed with water, in the name of the Father, the Sonne, and the holy Ghost: that beeing thus engraffed into Christ, they may haue perpetuall fellowship with him. Matth. 28.19. Goe; teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, the Sonne, and the holy Ghost. Matth. 16.16. He that beleeueth and is bap­tized, shall be saued: he that beleeueth not, shall be condemned. 1. Cor. 1.13. Is Christ [Page 108] deuided? was Paul crucified for you? [...]i [...]her were ye baptized into the name of Paul. 14. I thanke God, I baptized none of you but Crispus and Gaius. 15. Least any should say, I had baptized into mine owne name.

Within the couenant are all the seede of Abraham, or the seede of the faith­full. These are either of riper yeares, or infants.

Those of riper yeares, are all such as adioyning themselues to the visible Church, doe both testifie their repentance of their sinnes, and hold the foun­dations of religion, taught in the same Church. Matth. 3. 6. And they were baptized of him in Iorden, confessing their sinnes. Act. 8.36. As they went they came to a water: then the Eunuch saide, See, here is water, what hindreth me to be bapti­zed? 37. Then Philip said, If thou beleeue with all thine heart, thou maist: he said, I beleeue that Iesus Christ is the Sonne of God. 38. And they went downe into the water, both Philip and the Eunuch; and he baptized him. Exod. 12.48. If a stranger dwell with thee, and will observe the Passeouer of the Lord, let him circumcise all the males that belong vnto him, and then let him come and obserue it, and then he shall be as one that is borne in the land: for none vncircumcised person shall eate thereof.

Infants within the Couenant, are such, as haue one at the least of their pa­rents faithfull. 1. Cor. 7.14. The vnbeleeuing husband is sanctified by the wife, and the vnbeleeuing wife is sanctified by the husband, else were your children vncleane, but now they are holy. Rom. 11.16. If the first fruits be holy, so is the whole lumpe: and if the roote be holy, so are the branches. Gen. 17.7. I will establish my couenant betweene me and thee, and thy seede after thee, in their generations, for an euerla­sting couenant, to be God vnto thee, and thy seede after thee. 13. He that is borne in thine house, and he that is bought with money, must needes be circumcised: so my co­uenant shall be in your flesh for an euerlasting couenant. Act. 16.31. They said, Be­leeue in the Lord Iesus, and thou shalt be saued, and thy whole houshold.

Quest. How are the children of faithfull parents in the couenant?

Answer. Holy parents are two waies to be considered. First, as they were the sonnes of the first Adam, and so are as yet partly carnall. In this estate they in like sort doe beget their sonnes the children of wrath. For the father beget­teth a sonne, not as he is a good man, but simply as a man; and therefore bee­ing impure, he must needes beget that which is impure. Secondly, we must consider the parents as they are the sonnes of God, engraffed into the second Adam. In this estate though they cannot deriue faith vnto their posteritie, (for the sonnes of God are not made such by naturall generation, but by the adop­tion of God the Father) yet may they beleeue both for themselues and others, according to the tenour of the couenant of grace: as Adam did sinne both for himselfe and others: and as parents in bargaines doe couenant both for them­selues and their heires after them. Hence it is that Paul saith, that the parents are like vnto the first fruits which doe sanctifie the whole lumpe. So then, the faith of the parents maketh those their sonnes to be accounted in the couenant, which by reason of their age doe not yet actually beleeue.

To be baptized into the name of the Father, &c. after the receit of the out­ward signe of washing, is to be made one of Gods familie, which is his church, and to be partaker of the priuiledges thereof. Gen. 48.16. The Angel which hath [...] [Page] [...] [Page] [Page 109] deliuered me from all euill, blesse the children, and let my name be named vpon them, and the name of my fathers, Abraham and Izhak, that they may grow as fish into multitude, in the middest of the earth. Esai 4. 1. In that day shall seuen women take hold of one man, saying, We will eate our owne bread, and we will weare our owne garments: onely let vs be called by thy name, and take away our reproch.

By this it is manifest, that in this washing of Baptisme, there is sealed and propounded a marueilous solemne couenant and contract: first, of God with the baptized, in that God the Father vouchsafed to receiue him into fauour, the Sonne to redeeme him, the holy Ghost to purifie and regenerate him: se­condly, of the baptized with God, who promiseth to acknowledge, inuocate, and worship none other God, but the true Iehouah, which is the Father, Sonne, and holy Ghost.

The externall and visible matter of baptisme, is water: for the minister may not baptize with any other liquor, but onely with naturall water.

This was the iudgement of the Primitiue Church. For when as a certaine minister, for want of water, tooke sande, and baptized one with that: the partie thus besanded, was further baptized, the former beeing esteemed of none effect. Niceph. histor. 3. booke. 33. chapter.

The externall forme of baptisme, is the ministers washing of the baptized, according to the prescript rule of Gods word. Rom. 10. 4.

The ancient custome of baptizing, was to dippe, and, as it were, to diue, all the bodie of the baptized in the water, as may appeare in Paul, Rom. 6. and the Councels of Laodicea, and Neocaesarea: but now especially in cold countries, the Church vseth onely to sprinkle the baptized, by reason of childrens weak­nesse: for very few of ripe yeares are now a daies baptized. We need not much to marueile at this alteration, seeing charitie and necessitie may dispense with ceremonies, and mitigate in equitie the sharpnes of them.

The Sacramentall vnion of the parts of baptisme, is on this sort.

The element of water whereby the vncleannesse of the body is purified by a most conuenient proportion shadoweth out the blood of Christ, and by the figure Synecdoche, taking the part for the whole, whole Christ. 1. Ioh. 1.7. And the blood of Iesus Christ clenseth vs from all sinne.

The action of the Minister, is his washing of the partie baptized with the element of water. This sealeth and confirmeth a double action of God. I. The engrafting or incorporating of the baptized into Christ. Gal. 3.27. As many as are baptized into Christ, haue put on Christ. 1. Cor. 12.13. By one spirit we are all baptized into one bodie. II. Our spirituall regeneration. Tit. 3.5. Not by the workes of righteousnes which we had done, but according to his mercie he saued vs by the washing of the new birth, and the renewing of the holy Ghost.

Of washing there be three parts. The putting into the water: the continu­ance in the water: and the comming out of the water.

The putting into, or the sprinkling of water, doth ratifie I. the shedding of the blood of Christ for the remission of all our sinnes, and the imputation of his righteousnesse. Act. 22.16. Arise and be baptized, and wash away thy si [...]nes in calling on the name of the Lord. 1. Cor. 6. 11. And such were some of you, but ye are washed, but ye are sanctified, but ye are iustified in the name of the Lord Iesus, [Page 110] and by the spirit of our God. II. The mortification of sinne by the power of Christs death. Rom. 6.3. Know ye not that all we which haue beene baptized into Iesus Christ haue beene baptized into his death? 6. Knowing this, that our old man is crucified with him, that the bodie of sinne might be destroied, that henceforth we should not serue sinne: for he that is dead is freed from sinne.

The continuance in the water, it noteth the buriall of sinne; namely, a con­tinuall increase of mortification by the power both of Christ his death and buriall. Rom. 6.4. We are buried then with him by baptisme into his death.

The comming out of the water doth confirme our spiritual vi [...]ification to newnesse of life in all holinesse and iustice, the which we attaine vnto by the power of Christs resurrection. Rom. 6. 4. Like as Christ was raised vp from the dead by the glorie of the Father: so we also should walke in newnesse of life. 5. For if we be graffed with him to the similitude of his death, euen so shall we be to the simili­tude of the resurrection.

The action of the partie to be baptized, is two-fold.

The first is, to offer himselfe to be baptized before the minister, and that in the presence of the congregation. This signifieth that he doth consecrate him­selfe vnto the Lord, and that he vtterly renounceth the flesh, the world, and the diuell. 1. Pet. 3.21. To the which also the figure which now saueth vs, euen bap­tisme agreeth, (not the putting away of the filth of the flesh, but in that a good consci­ence maketh request vnto God) by the resurrection of Iesus Christ.

The second is, to receiue the externall washing by water: this signifieth, that the partie baptized doth receiue the internall washing, which is by the blood of Christ, or at the least that it is offered vnto him.

Rebaptizing is at no hand to be admitted: for as in naturall generation man is once onely borne; so must he be in the spiritual regeneration. Therfore they that are baptized of a minister, which is an heretike, not yet degraded from that calling, (if the externall forme of administration be obserued) must not be baptized againe of the Church of God: especially, if after baptisme they haue beene made partakers of the Lords Supper: onely they ought to be in­structed in the true faith. Euseb. Eccles. hist. lib. 7. c. 8. saith, There was in our Pro­uince an ancient professour of the faith, yea before I was created Bishop, nay before my predecessour Heraclas: who, when he was present at the baptisme of some, & heard what questions they were asked, & what answer they returned, forthwith came wee­ping vnto me, and humbling himselfe before me, confessed that he was baptized by an heretike: yet in regard of that administration which he saw in our Church, he accoū ­ted that no baptisme, in that the confession there vsed, was fraught with blasphemies. This also he added, that he was for this offence so sore grieued, that he durst not so much as lift vp his eyes to heauen: wherefore he most earnestly besought me, that [...]e might be clensed and purified with the baptisme of our Church, and so receiue the gift of the holy Ghost. The which notwithstanding, I durst not presume to administer, but said, it was sufficient for him that he had beene so long a professour amongst vs, & that at the receit of the Lords Supper, he answered, Amen. These things I told him were of force enough to purge him. And therefore I aduised him, to rest himselfe in his former faith and conscience alreadie sufficiently purified, especially in that he so long was partaker with vs in the Sacraments. Aug. lib. 3. c. 2. contra Petil. literas. [...] [Page] [...] [Page]

[Page 111]The right vse of baptisme is this. When inwardly in thine heart thou sensi­bly feelest, that through the heat of concupiscence, thou art mooued to com­mit some sinne, then beginne to haue some holy meditation of that solemne vow, which thou diddest make to God in baptisme.

Againe, if through infirmitie, thou fallest once or often into some sinne, stil haue recourse vnto baptisme, that there thou maist receiue courage to thy soule. For although baptisme be but once onely administred, yet that once te­stifieth that all mans sinnes past, present, and to come, are washed away. 1. Pet. 3.20. Eph. 5. 25, 26, 27. Therefore baptisme may be truly tearmed the Sacrament of repentance, and, as it were, a board to swimme vpon, when a man shall feare the shipwracke of his soule. Mark. 1.4. 1. Tim. 1.19. Rom. 6.4,6.

Last of all, see thou neuer rest, till such time as thou haue a feeling of that renuing power, signified in baptisme: namly, the power of Christs death mor­tifying sinne, and the vertue of his resurrection, in the renouation of the Spirit.

CHAP. 34. Of the Lords Supper.

THe Lords Supper is a Sacrament, wherewith in the signes of bread and wine, such as are engraffed into Christ, are in him daily, in a spirituall manner, nourished to eternall life. 1. Cor. 11.23,24,25. Rom. 6.5.

The proportion of the parts of the Lords Supper, is on this wife.

The Elements of bread and wine, are signes and seales of the bodie and blood of Christ.

The action of the Minister, is a note of Gods action.

The Ministers action is fourefold.

The first is, his taking the bread and wine into his owne handes: this doth seale the action of God the Father, by which he, from all eternitie, did separate and elect his Sonne, to performe the duetie of a Mediatour betwixt God and man. Ioh. 6.27. For him hath the Father sealed.

The second is, his blessing of it, whereby he, by the recitall of the promises, and praiers conceiued to that ende, doth actually separate the bread and wine receiued from their common vnto an holy vse. This doth seale that action of God, by which he did in the fulnesse of time, send Christ to performe the of­fice of a Mediatour, vnto the which he was fore-ordained.

The third is, the breaking of the bread, and powring out of the wine: this doth seale the passion of Christ, by which he, verely vpon the crosse was, both in soule and bodie, bruised for our transgressions.

The fourth is, his distributing of the bread and wine into the hands of the communicants. This sealeth the action of God, offering Christ vnto all, yea, to the hypocrites; but giuing him indeede vnto the faithful, for the daily encrease of their faith, and repentance.

The action of the receiuer, is double.

The first is, his taking the bread and wine in his hand. This sealeth a spiritu­all action of the receiuer, namely, his apprehension of Christ by the hand of faith. Ioh. 1. 1 [...].

The second is, his eating of the bread, and drinking of the wine, to the nou­rishment [Page 112] of his bodie. This sealeth his application of Christ by faith, that the feeling of his true vnion and communion with Christ may daily be encreased. 1. Cor. 11.16. The cuppe of blessing which we blesse, is it not the communion of the blood of Christ? the bread which we breake, is it not the communion of the bodie of Christ?

That doctrine of Transubstantiation, which teacheth that the bread is tur­ned into the very bodie of Christ, and the wine into his blood, is a very fable: the reasons why, are these. I. In the first institution of the Supper, which was before Christ his passion, the bodie of Christ was then eaten as alreadie cruci­fied. Now, how the bodie of Christ crucified should after a corporall manner be eaten, he himselfe being not as yet crucified, it is impossible to imagine. II. The bread after the consecration, is distributed into parts: but the whole bo­die of Christ is receiued of euery singular communicant. III. The bread is the communion of Christs bodie: therefore not his very bodie. IV. By this meanes the bodie of Christ should not onely be made of the substance of the Virgin Marie, but also of the bakers bread. V. Let the bread & wine be kept for a time, and the bread will mould, and the wine turne to vineger after the consecration, by which we may conclude, that there did remaine the substāce of bread and wine. VI. This opinion quite ouerthroweth the sacramentall v­nion, namely, the proportion which is betwixt the signe and the thing signed.

Th [...] l [...]ke may be said of the Lutherans Consubstantiation, whereby they b [...]re men in hand that there is a coexistence, by which the bodie of Christ is eith [...] in, or with, or about the bread. Against this, these reasons may suffice: I. The [...]ho [...] [...]ction of the Supper is done in remembrance of Christ, now what [...]f the bodie of Christ were really present. II. Act. 3.21. Whom the heauens [...] containe, vntill the time that all things be restored. III. This is an essential propertie of euery magnitude, and therfore of the bodie of Christ, to be in one place, and circumscribed or compassed of one place. IV. If that Christs bodie were eaten corporally, then should the wicked as well as the faithfull be partakers of the flesh of Christ; but to eate his flesh, is to beleeue in him, and to haue eternall life. V. It were very absurd to thinke, that Christ sit­ting amongst his Disciples, did with his owne hands take his owne bodie, and giue it wholly to each of his Disciples.

Such as will, in an holy sort prepare themselues to celebrate the Lords Supper, must haue:

First, a knowledge of God and of mans fall, and of the promised restaura­tion into the couenant by Christ. 1. Cor. 11.26. So often as ye shall eate this bread, and drinke of this cuppe, ye shew the death of the Lord till he come. 29. and discerne his bodie.

Secondly, true faith in Christ: for euery man receiueth so much, as he be­leeueth he receiueth. Heb. 4.2. For vnto vs was the Gospel preached, as also vnto them: but the word, that they heard, profited not them, because it was not mixed with faith in those that heard it. Furthermore, true repentance of their sinnes. Esai 66.3. He that killeth a bullocke, as if he slue a man: he that sacrificeth a sheepe, as if he cut off a dogges necke: he that offereth an oblation, as if he offered swines blood: he that remembreth incense, as if he blessed an idol: yea, they haue chosen their owne [Page 113] waies, and their soule delighteth in their abominations. Psal. 26.6. I wash mine hands in innocency, O Lord, and so come before thine altar.

Thirdly, renued faith and repentance, for daily and new sinnes committed vpon infirmitie: because euery new sinne requireth a new act, both of repen­tance and faith: & this renouation must be seene by our reconciliation of our selues to our neighbours, for iniuries and wrongs. Mat. 5.23. If thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there remembrest that thy brother hath ought against thee, 24. Leaue thy gift before the altar, and goe, first be reconciled to thy brother, then come and offer thy gift. If thou canst come furnished with these things, abstaine not from the Lords table, by rea [...]n of thy many infirmities.

If being thus prepared, thou feelest that thou hast a corrupt and rebellious heart, know this: that then thou art well disposed to the Lords table, whē thou art liuely touched with a sense of thy crooked disposition. Luk. 4.18. The spirit of the Lord is vpon me, because he hath annointed me, that I should preach the Gos­pell to the poore: he hath sent me, that I should heale the broken hearted, that I should preach deliuerance to the captiues, and recouering of sight to the blind, that I should set at libertie them that are bruised. Mat. 15.24. He answered, and said, I am not sent, but to the lost sheepe of the house of Israel. The Lords Supper is a medicine to the diseased and languishing soule: and therefore men must as well seeke to purifie and heale their hearts in it, as to bring pure and sounde hearts vn­to it.

If thou feele in thy selfe some great defect and want of faith, pray vnto god earnestly, that he will vouchfafe to increase it. Mark. 9.24. The father of the child crying with teares, said, Lord, I beleeue, helpe mine vnbeleefe.

If thou canst not doe this thy selfe, vse the aide of the faithfull, which may by their faith carrie thee, as men did the sicke of the palsie vpon their sholders and laid him before Christ. Mark. 2.3.

If thou come not furnished on this maner to the Lords table, thou shalt be adiudged guiltie of the bodie and blood of Christ: as he is guiltie of high trea­son, who doth counterfeit or clip the Princes coyne. 1. Cor. 11.27. He that ea­teth this bread, and drinketh this cuppe vnworthily, shall be guilty of the body and blood of Christ.

But such as feele not thēselues penitent, they neither can come to the Lords table without repentance, least they eate and drink their own damnation, nei­ther must they deferre repentance, by which they may come, least they pro­cure to themselues finall destruction.

CHAP. 35. Of the degrees of executing Gods decree of Election.

VVE haue hitherto declared the outward meanes, whereby Gods de­cree is executed. Now follow the degrees of executing the same.

The degrees are in number two. The loue of God, and the declaration of his loue. Eph. 1.6. To the praise of the glory of his grace, wherwith he hath made vs accepted in his blood. 9. And hath opened vnto vs the mysterie of his will, according to his good pleasure, which he hath purposed in him.

Gods loue is that, whereby God doth freely loue all such as are chosen in [Page 114] Christ Iesus, though in themselues altogither corrupt. 1. Ioh. 4. 19. Wee loued him because he loued vs first. Rom. 5.8. God setteth out his loue towards vs, seeing that, while we were yet sinners, Christ died for vs. 10. For if when wee were enemies, we were reconciled to God by the death of his sonne, much more wee beeing reconci­led shall be saued by his life.

The declaration of gods loue is two-fold The first, towards infants elected to saluation: the second, towards men of riper yeares.

The declaration of Gods loue towards infants, is on this manner.

Infants alreadie elected, albeit they in the wombe of their mother before they were borne, or presently after, depart this life, they, I say, being after a se­cret and vnspeakable manner by Gods spirit engraffed into Christ obtaine e­ternall saluation. 1. Cor. 12. 13. By one spirit wee are all baptized into one bodie, whether Iewes, or Grecians, bond, or free, and haue beene all made to drinke into one spirit. Luk. 1. 35. The Angell answered, and said vnto her, The holy Ghost shall come vpon thee, and the power of the most High shall ouershadow thee: therefore also that holy thing, which shall be borne of thee, shall be called the sonne of God. 41. And it came to passe, as Elizabeth heard the salutation of Marie, the babe sprang in her bellie, and Elizabeth was filled with the holy Ghost. 64. And his mouth was opened immediately, and his tongue loosed, and he spake and praised God [...] 80. And the child grewe, & waxed strong in spirit. Iere. 1.5. Before I formed thee in the womb, I knew thee, and before thou camest out of the wombe, I sanctified thee.

I call the manner of infants saluation secret and vnspeakable, because I. they want actuall faith to receiue Christ: for actuall faith necessarily presupposeth a knowledge of Gods free promise, the which he that beleeueth, doth applie vnto himselfe: but this, infants cannot any waies possibly performe. And sure­ly if infants should haue faith actually, they generally either lo [...]e it when they come to mens estate, or at least shew no signes thereof, both which they could not doe, if before they had receiued actuall faith. Nay we see that in those of riper yeares, there are not so much as the shadowes or sparkes of faith to bee seene, before they be called by the preaching of the Gospell. II. Infants are said to be regenerated onely in regard of their internall qualities and inclinati­ons, not in regard of any motions, or actions of the minde, will, or affections. And therefore they want those terrors of conscience, which come before re­pentance as occasions thereof, in such as are of riper yeares of discretion. A­gaine, they are not troubled with that conflict and combate betwixt the flesh and the spirit, wherewith those faithfull ones that are of more yeares are mar­ueilously exercised.

CHAP. 36. Concerning the first degree of the declaration of Gods loue.

THe declaration of Gods loue, in those of yeres of discretion, hath especial­ly foure degrees. Rom. 8.30. 1. Cor. 1.30.

The first degree, is an effectuall calling, whereby a sinner being seuered frō the world, is entertained into Gods familie. Eph. 2.17. And came, and preached peace vnto you, which were a farre off, and to them that were neere. 19. Nowe ther­fore ye are no more strangers and forrainers, but citizens with the Saints, and of the [...]oushold of God.

[Page 115]Of this there be two parts. The first is, Election, which is a seperation of a sin­ner from the cursed estate of all mankind. Ioh. 15.19. If ye were of the world, the world would loue his own: but because ye are not of the world, but I haue chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you.

The second is, the reciprocall donation or free gift of God the Father, whereby he bestoweth the sinfull man to be saued vpon Christ, and Christ a­gaine actually & most effectually vpon that sinfull man, so that he may bold­ly sa [...]e this thing, namely Christ, both God and man, is mine, and I for my be­nefit and vse enioy the same. The like we see in wedlocke: The husband saith, this woman is my wife, whome her parents haue giuen vnto men, so that, shee being fully mine, I may both haue her, and gouerne her. Againe, the woman may say, this man is mine husband, who hath bestowed himselfe vpon me, & doth cherish me as his wife. Rom. 8.32. He spared not his owne sonne, but gaue him for vs. Esa. 9.6. Vnto vs a child is born, & vnto vs a son is giuen. Ioh. 17.2. Thou hast giuen him power vpon all flesh, that he should giue eternall life to all thē whome thou hast giuen him. 6. I haue declared thy name to the men which thou gauest me out of the world: thine they were, and thou gauest them me, and they kept thy worde. 7. Nowe they know that all things, whatsoeuer thou hast giuen me, are of thee. Ioh. 10.29. My father, which gaue them me, is greater then all, and none is able to take them out of my fathers hands.

Hence commeth that admirable vnion, or coniunctiō, which is the ingraf­fing of such as are to be saued, into Christ, and their growing vp togither with him: so that after a peculiar manner, Christ is made the head, and euery repen­tant sinner, a member of his mysticall bodie. Ioh. 17.20. I pray not for these a­lone, but for them also which shall beleeue in me, through their word. 21. That they all may be one, as thou, O father, art in me, and I in thee: euen that they may be also one in vs. Eph. 2.20. We are members of his bodie, of his flesh, and of his bones. Ioh. 25.1. I am that true vine, and my father is the husbandman. 2. Euery branch that beareth not fruit in me, he taketh away: and euery one that beareth fruite, he pur­geth it, that it may bring forth more fruite. Eph. 2. 20. Built vpon the foundation of the Prophets and Apostles, [...]hose corner stone is Iesus Christ himselfe. 21. In whō all the building coupled togither, groweth vnto an holy temple in the Lord. 22. In whome ye are also built togither, to be the habitation of God by the spirit.

This, albeit it be a most neere and reall vnion, yet we must not thinke, that it, by touching, mixture, or, as it were, by souldring of one soule with another, neither by a bare agreement of the soules among themselues: but by the com­munion and operation of the same spirit, which beeing by nature infinite, is of sufficient abilitie to conioyne those things togither, which are of themselues farre distant from each other: the like we see in the soule of man, which con­ioyneth the head with the foote. Eph. 2.22. 2. Pet. 1.4. Whereby most great and precious promises are giuen vnto vs, that by them ye should be partakers of the godly nature, in that ye flie the corruption, which is in the world through lust. Phil. 2.1. If there be any consolation in Christ, if any comfort of loue, if any fellowship of the spi­rit, &c.

The things vnited. In this vnion not our soule alone is vnited with Christs soule, or our [...]lesh with his flesh: but the whole person of euery faithfull man, [Page 116] is [...]erely conioyned with the whol person of our Sauiour Christ God & man.

The manner of their vnion is this. A faithfull man first of all and immedi­atly is vnited to the flesh, or humane nature of Christ, & afterward by reason of the humanitie, to the Word it selfe, or diuine nature. For saluation and life dependeth on that fulnesse of the godhead which is in Christ, yet it is not cō ­municated vnto vs, but in the flesh, and by the flesh of Christ. Ioh. 6.5 [...]. Ex­cept ye eate the flesh, and drinke the blood of the Sonne of man, ye haue no life in you. 56. He that eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, dwelleth in me, and I in him.

The bond of this vnion. This vnion is made by the spirit of God applying Christ vnto vs: and on our parts by faith receiuing Christ Iesus offered vnto vs. And for this cause is it tearmed a spirituall vnion.

Christ, because he is the head of the faithfull, is to be considered as a pub­like man sustaining the person of all the elect. Hence is it that the faithfull are [...]aid to be crucified with Christ, and with him to die, & to be buried. Rom. 6.4, 5,6, to be quickened. Eph. 2.5. to be raised vp, and placed in heauen. v. 6. Col. 3.1. the which is not onely in regard of the hope of the faithful, but because they are accepted of God certainely to haue done all these things in Christ: e­uen as in Adams first sinne all his posteritie afterward was tainted of sinne.

A member of Christ is diuersly distinguished: and is so either before men, or God.

Before mē they are the members of Christ, who outwardly professing the faith, are charitably reputed by the Church as true members. But such decei­uing at length, both themselues and the Church, may be reprobates: & there­fore in Gods presence they are no more true members, then are the noxious humours in mans bodie, or a woodden legge or other ioynt cunningly faste­ned to another part of the bodie.

Againe, members before God, they are such, as either are decreed to be so, or actually are so already.

Such as are decreed to be so, are they, who, being elect from all eternitie, are either as yet not borne, or not called. Ioh. 10. 16. Other sheepe haue I, which are not of this fold: them also must I bring.

Actuall members of Christ, are either liuing or dying members.

An actuall liuing member of Christ is, euery one elected, which being en­graffed by faith, and the spirit into Christ, doth feele and shewe forth the po­wer of Christ in him.

An actuall dying or decaying member is, euery one truely engraffed into Christ, and yet hath no feeling of the power and efficacie of the quickening spirit in him. He is like vnto a benummed legge without sense, which indeede is a part of mans body, and yet receiueth no nourishment: such are those faith­full ones, who for a time doe faint and are ouercome vnder the heauie burthē of tentations, and their sinnes: such are also those excommunicate persons, who in regard of their engraffing are true members, howesoeuer in regard of the externall communion with the Church, and efficacie of the spirit, they are not members, till such time as they being touched with repentance, doe begin as it were, to liue againe.

God executeth this effectuall calling by certaine meanes.

[Page 117]The first, is the sauing hearing of the word of God, a which is, when the said word outwardly is preached, to such an one as is both dead in his sinnes, and doth not so much as dreame of his saluation. b And first of all, the Law shew­ing a man his sinne, and the punishment thereof, which is eternall death: after­ward the Gospel, shewing saluation by Christ Iesus, to such as beleeue. c And inwardly the eyes of the minde are enlightened, d the heart and eares opened that he may see, heare, and vnderstand the preaching of the word of God.

The second, is the mollifying of the heart, the which must be bruised in pie­ces, that it may be fit to receiue Gods sauing grace offered vnto it. Ezech. 11. 19. I will giue them one heart, and I will put a new spirit within their bowels. And I will take the stonie heart out of their bodies, and will giue them an heart of flesh.

There are for the brusing of this stonie heart, foure principal hammers. The first, is the knowledge of the law of God. The second, is the knowledge of sinne, both originall, and actuall, and what punishment is due vnto them. The third, is compunction, or pricking of the heart, namely, a sense and feeling of the wrath of God for the same sinnes. The fourth, is an holy desperation of a mans owne power, in the obtaining of eternall life. Act. 2.37. When they heard these things, they were pricked in heart, and said vnto Peter, and the rest of the A­postles, Men and brethren, what shall we doe? 38. Peter said vnto them, Repent, and be baptized euery one of you in the name of Iesus into the remission of sinnes, and ye shall receiue the gift of the holy Ghost. Luk. 15.17. Then he came to himselfe, and said, How many hired seruants at my fathers haue bread ynough, and I die for hun­ger? 18. I will rise, and goe to my father, and say vnto him, Father, I haue sinned a­gainst heauen, and before thee, 19. And am no more worthie to be called thy sonne: make me as one of thy hired seruants, &c. Matth. 15. 24. He answered, and said, I am not sent, but to the lost sheepe of Israel.

The third, is faith, which is a miraculous and supernaturall facultie of the heart, apprehending Christ Iesus, being applied by the operation of the holy Ghost, and receiuing him to it selfe. Ioh. 1.1,2,6.35. Iesus said vnto them, I am [Page 118] the bread of life, he that commeth vnto me shall neuer hunger: and he that beleeueth in me, shall neuer thirst. Rom. 9.30. What shall we say then? the Gentiles which followed not righteousnesse, haue attained vnto righteousnesse, euen the righteousnes which is of faith.

Christ is receiued, when euery seuerall person doth particularly apply vn­to himselfe, Christ with his merits, by an inward perswasiō of the heart, which commeth none other way, but by the effectuall certificate by the holy Ghost concerning the mercy of God in Christ Iesus. 1. Cor. 2.12. Wee haue receiued, not the spirit of the world, but the spirit which is of GOD, that we might knowe the things that are giuen to vs of GOD. Ezech. 12.10. I will poure the spirit of grace vpon the house of Dauid, and vpon the inhabitants of Ierusalem: and they shall looke vnto me, whome they haue wounded. Rom. 8.16. His spirit beareth witnesse to our spirit, that we are the sonnes of God. Eph. 1.13. In whom also ye haue trust, after that ye heard the word of truth, euen the Gospell of your saluation, wherein also after that ye beleeued, ye were sealed with the holy spirit of promise. 2. Cor. 1.22.

In the worke of faith, there are foure degrees, or motions of the heart, lin­ked and vnited togither, and are worthy the consideration of euery Christian.

The first, is knowledge of the Gospell, by the illumination of gods spirit. E­say 53.11. By his knowledge shall my seruant iustifie many. Ioh. 7.3. This is life e­ternall, that they knowe thee to be the onely very God, and whome thou hast sent Ie­sus Christ.

To this, in such as are truely humbled, is annexed a serious meditation of the promises in the Gospell, stirred vp by the sensible feeling of their owne beggerie.

And after the forsaid knowledge in all such as are enlightened, commeth a generall faith, whereby they subscribe to the trueth of the Gospell. Heb. 4.2. Vnto vs was the Gospell preached, as also vnto them: but the word that they heard profited not them, because it was not mixed with faith in those that heard it. 1. Tim. 1.19. Hauing faith and a good conscience, which some haue put away, and as concer­ning the faith, haue made shipwracke. 1. Tim. 2.4. Who will that all men should bee saued, and come vnto the knowledge of the trueth.

This knowledge if it be more full and perfect, is called in Greeke [...], that is, the full assurāce of vnderst [...] ̄ding. Col. 2.2. That their hearts might be comforted, and they knit togither in loue, and in all riches, of the full assu­rance of vnderstanding, to knowe the mysterie of God, euen the father, and of Christ. Rom. 14.14. I knowe, and am perswaded through the Lord Iesus, that there is no­thing vncleane of it selfe. Luk. 1.1. For as much as many haue taken in hand to set forth the storie of those things, whereof we are fully perswaded. 1. Thes. 1.5. Our go­spell was vnto you, not in word onely, but also in power, and in the holy Ghost, and in much assurance.

The second, is hope of pardon, whereby a sinner, albeit he yet feeleth not that his sinnes are certainly pardoned, yet he be beleeueth that they are pardo­nable. Luk. 15.18. I will goe vnto him father, and say, Father, I haue sinned against he [...]uen and against thee, and am no more worthie to be called thy sonne, make me as one of thy hired seruants.

The third, is an hungring and thirsting after that grace which is offered to [Page 119] him in Christ Iesus, as a man hungreth and thirsteth after meate and drinke. Ioh. 6.35. and 7.37. Reu. 21.6. And he said vnto me, It is done. I am A and Ω, the beginning and the ende, I will giue to him that is a thirst of the well of the water of life freely. Matth. 5.6. Blessed are they which hunger and thirst after righteousnes, for they shall be satisfied.

The fourth, is the approching to the throne of Grace, that there flying from the terror of the Law, he may take hold of Christ and finde fauour with God. Heb. 4.16. Let vs therefore goe boldly to the throne of grace, that we may re­ceiue mercie, and finde grace to helpe in time of neede.

This approching hath two parts. The first, is an humble confession of our sinnes before God particularly, if they be knowne sinnes; and generally, if vn­knowne: this done, the Lord forthwith remitteth all our sinnes. Psalm. 32.5. I thought, I will confesse against my selfe my wickednesse vnto the Lord, and thou for­gauest the punishment of my sinne. Selah. 2. Sam. 12. 13. Dauid said to Nathan, I haue sinned against the Lord: wherefore Nathan said to Dauid, The Lord hath ta­ken away thy sinne, thou shalt not die. Luk. 15.19.

The secōd, is the crauing pardon of some sinnes, with vnspeakable sighes, and in perseuerance. Luk. 15.21. Act. 8.22. Repent of this wickednesse, and pray God, that if it be possible, the thought of thine heart may be forgiuen thee. Rom. 8. 26. The spirit helpeth our infirmities: for we knowe not what to pray as we ought: but the spirit it selfe maketh request for vs, with sighes which cannot be expressed. Hos. 14.2,3. O Israel, returne vnto the Lord thy God, for thou hast fallen by thine iniqui­tie: Take vnto you wordes, and turne to the Lord, and say to him: take away al iniqui­tie, and receiue vs gratiously.

The fift arising of the former, is an especiall perswasion imprinted in the heart by the holy Ghost, whereby euery faithful man doth particularly apply vnto himselfe those promises which are made in the Gospell. Matth. 9.2. They brought vnto him a man sicke of the palsie: and when Iesus saw their faith, he saide vnto the sicke of the palsie, Sonne, be of good comfort, thy sinnes are forgiuen thee. Mat. 15.28. O woman, great is thy faith, bee it vnto thee as thou desirest. Gal. 2.20. I liue, yet not I nowe, but Christ liueth in me: and in that I nowe liue in the flesh, I liue by the faith of the sonne of God, who hath loued me, and giuen himselfe for me.

This perswasiō is, & ought to be in euery one, euē before he haue any ex­periēce of Gods mercies. Mat. 15.22. A womā, a Canaanite, came out of the same coasts, and cried, saying vnto him, Haue mercie on me, O Lord, the sonne of Dauid, my daughter is miserably vexed with a deuill, &c. 23,24,25,26,27. Ioh. 20.29. Iesus said vnto him, Thomas, because thou hast seene me, thou beleeuest: blessed are they which haue not seene, and haue beleeued. Hebr. 11. 1. Faith is the ground of things hoped for, and the euidence of things which are not seene. In philosophy wee first see a thing true by experience, and afterward giue our assent vnto it: as in naturall philosophy; I am perswaded that such a water is hot, because when I put mine hand into it, I perceiue by experience an hot qualitie.

But in the practise of faith it is quite contrarie. For first, we must consent to the word of God, resisting all doubt and diffidence, and afterward will an ex­perience, and feeling of comfort followe. 2. Chron. 20.20. Put your trust in the Lord your God, and ye shall be assured; beleeue his Prophets, and yee shall prosper. [Page 120] They therefore doe very ill, who are still in a doubt of their saluation, because as yet, they feele not in themselues, especiall motions of Gods spirit.

Thus much concerning the way which God vseth in begetting of faith. There are beside this, two notable degrees of faith. The one is, the lowest, and as I may speake, the positiue degree: the other is the highest, or superlatiue.

The lowest degree of faith, is called [...], a little or weake faith, like a graine of mustard seede, or smoking flaxe, which can neither giue out heate nor flame, but onely smoke. Math. 8.25. His Disciples awaked him, saying, Saue, master, we perish. 26. And he said vnto them, Why are ye fearefull, O ye of little faith. Math. 7.20. If ye haue faith as much as a graine of mustard seede, ye shall say vnto the mountaine, Mooue, and it shall remooue. Esay 42.3. The smoking flaxe shall he not quench.

Faith is then said to be weake and feeble, when as, of those fiue degrees a­boue mentioned, either the first, which is knowledge, or the fift, which is, appli­cation of the promises, is very feeble, the rest remaining strong. Rom. 14.2. One beleeueth that he may eate all things, and another which is weake, eateth hearbes. 3. Let not him that eateth, despise him that eateth not: and let not him which eateth not, iudge him which eateth: for God hath receiued him. The Apostles although they beleeued, that Christ was the Sonne of the liuing God: yet they were ig­norant of his death and his resurrection. Matth. 16. 16. Ioh. 6.69. Matth. 17. 22. Luk. 9.49. They vnderstood not that word: for it was hid from thē, so that they could not perceiue it. Act. 1.6. They asked him, saying, Lord, wilt thou restore at this time the kingdome of Israel?

For the better knowledge of this kind of faith, we must obserue these two rules.

  • I. A serious desire to beleeue, and an indeauour to obtaine Gods fauour, is the head of faith Mat 5.6. Blessed are they which hunger and thirst after righ­teousnesse, for they shall be satisfied. Reu. 21.6. I will giue to him that it is a thirst, of the well of the water of life freely. Psal. 145.19. He will fulfill the desire of them that feare him: he also will heare their crie, and will saue them. For in such as be­gin to beleeue and to be renued, the minde will lie not idle, but being mooued by the holy ghost, striue with doubtfulnesse and distrust, & indeauour to put their assent to the sweete promises made in the Gospell, and firmely to apply the same to themselues, and in the sense of their weakenesse, desire assistance from aboue, and thus faith is bestowed.
  • II. God doth not despise the least sparke of faith, if so be, it, by little and little, doe encrease, and men vse the meanes to increase the same. Luk. 17.5. The Apostles said vnto the Lord, encrease our faith. 6. And the Lord said, If ye had faith as much as a graine of mustard seed, and should saie vnto this mulberrie tree, Plucke thy selfe vp by the rootes, and plant thy selfe in the sea, it should euen obey you. Man must therefore stirre vp his faith, by meditation of Gods word, serious pray­ers, and other exercises belonging vnto faith.

The highest degree of faith, is [...], a full assurance, which is not onely certaine and true but also a full perswasion of the heart, whereby a Christian much more firmely taking hold on Christ Iesus, maketh full and resolute ac­count that God loueth him, and that he will giue to him by name, Christ, and [Page 121] all his graces pertaining to eternall life, Rom. 4.20. Neither did be doubt of the promise of God through vnbeleefe, but was strengthened in the faith, and gaue glory to God. 21. Beeing fully assured that he, which had promised, was able also to doe it. Rom. 8.38. I am perswaded, that neither life, nor death, &c. can separate vs from the loue of God which is in Christ Iesus. 1. Sam. 17.36. Thy seruant slue both the lyon and the beare: therfore this vncircumcised Philistim shall be as one of them, see­ing he hath railed on the hoste of the liuing God. Psal. 23.6. Doubtlesse, kindnesse and mercy shal follow me all the daies of my life. Conferred with v. 1,2,3,4.

Man commeth to this high degree, after the sense, obseruation, & long ex­perience of Gods fauour and loue.

Quest. Whether is iustifying faith commanded in the law?

Answer. It is commanded in the lawe of faith, namely, the Gospel, but not in the law of works, that is, in the morrall law. Rom. 3.27. the reasons are these: I. That which the law reuealeth not, that it commandeth not: but the lawe is so farre from reuealing iustifying faith, that it neuer knew it. II. Adam had fully before his fall written in his heart the morall lawe, yet had he not iustifying faith, which apprehendeth Christ.

Obiect. I. Incredulitie is condemned by the law.

Answer. That incredulitie which is toward God, is condemned in the lawe, but that incredulitie which is against the Messiah Christ Iesus, is condemned by the Gospel. For as by the Gospel [...] not by the law, incredulitie in the Sonne as Mediatour, appeareth to be a sinne: so likewise not by the law is increduli­tie in the Messiah condemned, but by the Gospel, which commandeth vs to heare him and to beleeue in him. Mat. 17.5. 1. Ioh. 3.23. Thus it is plaine that this sinne, not to beleeue in Christ, is expressely and distinctly made manifest, and condemned by the Gospel. And albeit the knowledge of sinne be by the law, yet not euery thing which doth reprooue, and declare some sinne, is the lawe of workes or belongeth thereto.

Obiect. II. But ceremonies belong to the decalogue.

Answer. Ceremonies may be as examples referred to the decalogue, but indeede they are appendants to the Gospell.

CHAP. 37. Concerning the second degree of the declaration of Gods loue.

THe second degree, is iustification, whereby such as beleeue, are accoun­ted iust before God, through the obedience of Christ Iesus. 2. Cor. 5.21. He hath made him to be sinne for vs, which knewe no sinne: that we should bee made the righteousnesse of God in him. 1. Cor. 1.30. Rom. 5.19. As by one mans disobe­dience many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one ( that is, Iesus Christ, v.17.) shall many also be made righteous.

Quest. Whether did Christ performe full obedience to the law, for vs men alone, or for himselfe also.

Answer. I. Not for himselfe, as some not rightly would haue him: for the flesh of Christ beeing hypostatically vnited to the Word, and so in it selfe fully sanctified, was euen from the first moment of conception, most worthy to be blessed with eternall life. Therefore by all that obedience which he perfor­med [Page 122] after his conception, Christ, he merited nothing for himselfe. II. For vs, namely, for the faithfull, he fulfilled all the righteousnes of the law: and hence is it that he is called the ende of the law vnto righteousnes to euery one that belee­ueth. Rom. 10.

Here may be obiected: I. Christ as he is man, is bound to performe obedi­ence to the law for himselfe.

Answer. He is not bound by nature, but of his owne accord: for he was not a bare man, but God and man. And albeit Christ did neither suffer nor fulfill the law, but in that flesh which he tooke vpon him; yet by reason of the hypo­staticall vnion, this his passion and obedience hath respect vnto the whole per­son, considered as God and man, and therefore his obedience was not due on his part, and so was without merit to himselfe: yea, in that the flesh of Christ is vnited to the person of the Word, and so exalted in dignitie and sanctitie a­boue all Angels, it may seeme to be exempted from this naturall obligation of performing the law.

II. If then Christ performed the law for vs, we are no more now bounden to the obseruance of the same: as we doe not vndergoe eternall punishments for our sinnes, the which Christ in his person did beare vpon the crosse.

Answer. If we keepe the same respect of performing obedience to the law, the consequence is very true, otherwise it is not so: for Christ performed obe­dience to the law for vs, as it is the satisfaction of the law: but the faithfull they are bounden to obedience, not as it is satisfactorie, but as it is a document of faith, and a testimonie of their gratitude towards God, or a meanes to edifie their neighbours: euen as Christ suffering punishments for our sinnes, we also suffer punishments as they are either trialls, or chastisments vnto vs.

III. The law and iustice of God doth not togither exact both, namely, o­bedience, and punishment.

Answer. In mans perfect estate, the iustice of God requireth onely obedi­ence: but in his estate corrupted, he requireth both obedience, and punish­ment. Punishment, as the law is violated: obedience, that legall iustice may be performed. Gal. 3.10. It is therefore plaine, that not onely Christs passion, but also his legall obedience, is our righteousnes before God.

Iustification hath two parts: Remission of sinnes, and imputation of Christs righteousnes.

Remission of sinnes, is that part of iustification, whereby he that beleeueth, is freed from the guilt and punishment of sinne, by the merits of the passion of Christ. Coloss. 1.21,22. You hath he now reconciled in the body of his flesh through death to make you holy, and vnblameable, and without fault in his sight. 1. Pet. 2.24. Who, in his owne flesh, bare our sinnes in his bodie, on the tree, that we beeing deliue­red from sinne, should liue in righteousnes, by whose stripes ye are healed.

Imputation of righteousnes, is the other part of iustification, whereby such as beleeue, hauing the guilt of their sinnes couered, are accounted iust in the sight of God, through Christs righteousnes. 2. Cor. 5.21. Psal. 32.1. Blessed is he whose wickednes is forgiuen, and whose sinne is couered. Rom. 4. the whole chap­ter, where the Apostle repeateth imputation eleuen times. Philip. 3.9. I haue counted all things losse, and doe iudge them to be domage, that I might winne Christ, [Page 123] and might be f [...]d in him, that is, not hauing mine owne righteousnes, which is by the law, but that which is through the faith of Christ, euen the righteousnes which is of God through faith.

The forme of iustification, is, as it were, a kinde of translation of the belee­uers sinnes vnto Christ, and againe Christs righteousnes vnto the beleeuer, by meanes of Gods diuine imputation. As is apparant in this picture falling.

[figure]

This obedience of Christ, is called the Righteousnes of God, and of Christ. Of God, I. not because it is in God, but of God: for it taketh all the power and merit it hath from the deiti [...] of the Sonne: whence it is that Ieremie saith, Iehouah our Righteousnesse. II. God doth onely accept of it for vs, because that alone maketh vs boldly to approch vnto Gods throne of grace, that we may haue pardon for our sinnes, and be receiued to eternall life. It is also cal­led the Righteousnesse of Christ, because being out of vs, it is in the humani­tie of Christ as in a subiect.

Obiect. I. No man is made iust by another mans iustice.

Answer. This iustice is both an others, and ours also. An others, because it is in Christ as in a subiect: ours, because by meanes of the forenamed vnion, Christ with all his benefits is made ours.

Obiect. II. The ancient fathers neuer dreamed of this imputatiue iustice, and it may seeme too of no greater continuance then fiftie yeares.

Ans. This is both false, & impious to affirme. August. 3. Tract. vpon Iohn, saith, All such as are iustified by Christ, are iust not in themselues, but in him. Bar­nard in his sermon (ad milites templi cap: 11.) Mors in Christi morte fugatur, & Christi iustitia nobis imputatur: that is, Death in Christ his death is put to flight, and the iustice of Christ is imputed vnto vs. And in his 62. sermon v [...]on the Can­ticles: Where is there any rest (saith he) but in the wounds of our Sauiour? I will further sing, but what? mine owne iustice? nay, O Lord, I will remem­ber thy iustice alone: for that is also my iustice. For thou wast made of God vnto me iustice: But should I feare, whether that one iustice would suffice two? nay it is not a short cloake that is not able to couer a couple. Thy iustice is iustice for euermore, and will both couer thee and me, it is largely large and eternall iustice: and in me it couereth the multitude of my sinnes, &c. Aug­ust. [Page 124] lib. de Spiritu & litera cap. 9. & 26. We must vnderstand this saying so. The do­ers of the Law shall be iustified, that we may know, that there are no doers of the law but such as are iustified, so that they are not first doers of the law, and then iustified, but first iustified, and then doers of the law. So it is said they shall be iu­stified, as if it should be said, they shall be reputed iust and ac [...]ounted iust.

Iustification hath annexed vnto it Adoption, whereby all such as are pre­destinate to be adopted, receiue power, to be actually accounted the sonnes of God by Christ. Eph. 1. 5. Who hath predestinate vs, to be adopted through Iesus Christ, vnto himselfe, according to the good pleasure of his will.

By meanes of adoption, God hath bestowed many notable priuiledges vp­on his children. I. They are the Lords heires apparant. Rom. 8.17. If we be children, we be also heires, euen the heires of God.

II. They are fellow heires with Christ, yea kings. Rom. 8. 17. Rev. 1.6. And made vs Kings and Priests, euen to God his Father.

III. All their afflictions, yea euen their wants, and offences, are turned to trials or fatherly chastisments, inflicted vpon them for their good. Rom. 8.28. We know that all things worke together for the best, vnto them that loue God. 36. It is written, for thy sake are we killed all the day long: we are counted as sheepe for the slaughter. 37. Neuerthelesse, in all these things, we are more then conquerours tho­rough him that loued vs. Psal. 89.32. I will visit their transgressions with the rodde, and their iniquitie with strokes. 33. Yet my louing kindnes will I not take from him. 2. Cor. 12.7. There was giuen vnto me a pricke in the flesh, the messenger of Satan to buffet me, because I should not be exalted out of measure. 2. Sam. 7. 14. I will be to him a father, and he shall be to me a sonne: and if he sinne, I will chasten him with the rodde of men, and with the plagues of the children of men.

IV. They haue dominion ouer all creatures, yet so, as that in this life they haue onely right to the thing; but after this life also in the same. Whence it is apparant, that the faithfull alone haue the true vse of the Lords goods, I. be­cause their persons are in Christ acceptable vnto him, in whom also they haue restitution made vnto them of those goods which they lost in Adam, that they may with a good conscience vse them. II. They vse them with thanksgiuing to their ends appointed by God. 1. Cor. 3.22,23. Whether it be Paul, or Apol­los, or Cephas, or the world, or life, or death, whether they be things present, or things to come, euen all are yours. Heb. 2.7. Thou madest him little inferiour to the Angels, thou crownedst him with glorie and honour, and hast set him aboue the workes of thine hands. 8. Thou hast put all things in subiection vnder his feete.

Last of all, they may haue the Angels as ministring spirits attending vpon them for their good. Hebr. 1.14. Are they not all ministring spirits, sent forth to minister for their sakes which shall be heires of saluation? Psal. 34.7. The Angel of the Lord pitcheth round about them that feare him, and deliuereth them.

CHAP. 38. Concerning the third degree of the declara­tion of Gods loue.

THe third degree, is Sanctification, whereby such as beleeue, beeing deli­uered from the tyrannie of sinne, are by little and little renued in holines and righteousnes. 1. Ioh. 3.9. Whosoeuer is borne of God, sinneth not: for his seede [Page 125] remaineth in him, neither can he sinne, because he is borne of God. Rom. 8.1. There is no condemnation to those which are in Christ Iesus, which walke not after the flesh but after the spirit.

Sanctification hath two parts: Mortification, and Viuification.

The mortification of [...]inne, is the first part of sanctification, whereby the power of sinne is abated, and crucified in the faithfull. Rom. 6.2. How shall we that are dead to sinne, liue yet therein? 3. Know ye not that all we which haue beene baptized into Iesus Christ, haue beene baptized into his death? 4. We are buried then with him by baptisme into his death, that like as Christ was raised vp from the dead, by the glorie of the father, so we also should walke in newnes of life. Eccles. 5.6, 7, 11, 12, 13. Galat. 5.24. They which are Christs ha [...]e crucified the flesh, with the af­fections and lusts thereof.

The meanes that worke mortification, is the death & buriall of Christ, frō whence, sinn being by it at the first nipped in the head, proceedeth such a ver­tue, as doth both keepe vnder the strength that it cānot break out as it would, and in man, as it were in a graue, doth cause it to die and eke putrifie. Rom. 6.6. Our old man is crucified with him, that the bodie of sinne might be destroyed.

The power of Christ his death, is a certaine power issuing into his humani­tie, suffering, and dying, from his deitie; whereby he did; in the [...]ame his huma­nitie, both concerning the guilt, and also the punishment, vanquish our sinne, imputed vnto him, beeing our suretie: that in like sort, he, in vs his members, might by the same power abolish the corruption of sinne.

Viuification, is the second part of sanctification: whereby inherent holines being begun, is still augmented and enlarged. First, we receiue the fi [...]st fruits of the spirit, then a continuall encrease of them. Eph. 4.23. Be renued in the spi­rit of your minde. 24. And put on the new man which after God is created in righ­teousnes, and true holines. Eph. 2. 1. And you, hath he quickned, that were dead in trespasses and sinnes. Gal. 2. 20. Thus I liue, yet not I now, but Christ in me: and in that I now liue by the flesh, I liue by the faith of the Sonne of God, who hath loued me, and giuen himselfe for me. Rom. 8.23. We which haue the first fruits of the spi­rit, euen we doe sigh in our selues, waiting for the adoption, euen the redemption of our bodies. 1. Cor. 15.45. The first man Adam was made a liuing soule, [...]nd the se­cond man Adam was made a quickning spirit.

The efficient cause of them both is the holy Ghost, who doth by his diuine power conuey himselfe into the beleeuers hearts, and in them, by applying the power of Christ his death; and resurrection, createth holinesse. Iob 3 [...].24, 25. Rom. 8.9. Now ye are not in the flesh, but in the spirit, because the spirit of God dwelleth in you: but if any man haue not the spirit of Christ, the same is not his. 11. But if the spirit of him that raised vp Iesus from the dead dwell in you, he that rai­sed vp Christ from the dead, shall also quicken your mortall bodies, because that his spirit dwelleth in you.

The preseruatiue of viuification, is a vertue deriued from Christs resurre­ction, to those that are quickned, which maketh them to rise vp to newnesse of life. Philip. 3.10. That I may know him, and the vertue of his resurrection.

The power of Christs resurrection is that, whereby he [...]irst, did in his owne [...]lesh, as conquerer ouer death and sinne, beginne to liue with God, and to be [Page 126] exalted aboue euery name: and then by it, he, in his members, sinne beeing d [...]ad and buried, doth cause in them a studie and purpose to liue according to the will of God.

Furthermore, this inherent holines is to be distinguished into parts, accor­ding to the seuerall faculties of the bodie & soule of man. 1. Th. 5.23. The very God of peace sanctifie you throughout: And I pray God, that your whole spirit, soule, and bodie may be kept blamelesse, vnto the comming of our Lord Iesus Christ.

I. The holines or renuing of the minde, which is the illumination thereof, to the knowledge of the will of God. Coloss. 1.9. We cease not to pray for you, and to desire that ye might be fully filled with knowledge of his will, in all wisdom and spirituall vnderstanding. 1. Cor. 12.8. To one is giuen by the spirit, the speech of wis­dome, to an other the speech of knowledge, by the same spirit.

Illumination, is either spirituall vnderstanding, or spirituall wisdome.

Spirituall vnderstanding, is an illumination of the minde, whereby it ac­knowledgeth the knowne truth of the word of God.

Spirituall wisdome, is also an illumination of the minde, whereby the same truth, is applied to the good ordering of particular both things and actions, as person, place, and time require.

These two, haue these effects, which follow.

  • I. To discerne betweene good and euill. Heb. 5.14. Strong meate belongeth to them that are of age, which through long custome haue their exercised to discerne both good and euill. Phil. 10.1. That we may discerne things that differ one from an other.
  • II. To discerne of spirits. 1. Ioh. 4.1. Deerely beloued, beleeue not euery spi­rit, but trie the spirits whether they are of God. 1. Thess. 5.21. Trie all things, and keepe that which is good. Act. 17.11. There were more noble men, then they which were at Thessalonica, which receiued the word with all readines, and searched the Scriptures daily, whether these things were so.
  • III. To meditate vpon the word and works of God. Psal. 1.2. But his de­light is in the Law of God, and in that Law doth exercise himselfe day and night. Psal. 119.15. I will meditate in thy precepts, and consider thy waies. Psal. 107. the whole psalme.
  • IV. To discerne and acknowledge mans owne inward blindnes. Psal. 119.33. Teach me, O Lord, the way of thy statutes, and I will keepe it vnto the end [...]. 28. Open mine eyes, that I may see the wonders of thy Law.

II. The sanctitie of the memorie, is an abilitie to keepe a good thing, when it is offered to the minde, and as neede serueth, to remember it. Psal. 119.11. I haue hid thy promise in mine heart, that I might not sinne against thee. Psal. 16.7. I will praise the Lord who hath giuen me coūsell: my reines also teach me in the nights. Luk. 2.51. His mother kept all these things in her heart.

III. The sanctitie of conscience, which is a grace of God, whereby a mans conscience excuseth him for all sinnes, after they are forgiuen him in Christ, as also of his vpright walking in the whole course of his life. 1. Tim. 1.19. Hauing faith and a good conscience, which some hauing put away, &c. 1. Cor. 4.4. I know no­thing by my selfe: yet am I not thereby iustified. Act. 23. 1. Paul said, I haue in all good conscience, serued God vntill this day. Act. 24.16. I endeauour my selfe to haue [Page 127] alway a cleare conscience, toward God and toward men. Psal. 26. 1, 2, 3. Iudge me, O Lord, for I haue walked in mine innocencie, my trust hath beene also in the Lord: therefore shall I not slide. Prooue me, O Lord, and trie me, examine my reines and mine heart. For thy louing kindnesse is before mine eyes, therefore haue I walked in thy truth.

Hence, in all godly men ariseth the inward peace of God, and the outward alacritie in the countenance. Phil. 4.7. The peace of God which passeth all vnder­standing, shall preserue your hearts and mindes in Iesus Christ. Prov. 28.1. The wicked flee, when none pursueth: but the righteous are bold as a Lyon.

IV. Sanctitie of will, whereby man beginneth to will that which is good, and to refuse the contrarie. Therfore in this estate, the will is partly freed from bondage, partly in bondage to sinne. Phil. 2. 13. It is God which worketh in you, both the will and the deede, euen of his owne pleasure. Rom. 7. 18. I know that in me, that is, in my flesh, dwelleth no good thing: for to will is present with me, but I finde no meanes to performe that which is good, &c. v. 19, 20, 21, 22.

V. Sanctitie of affections, is the right moouing of them. 1. Thess. 5. 23. Rom. 7.24.

Affections of most especiall note, are these:

  • I. Hope, whereby men with sighings, looke for the accomplishing of their redemption. Rom. 8.23.

    This hope, when it is once strong and liuely, hath also her [...], that is, full assurance, as faith hath. Heb. 6.11. And we desire that euery one of you shewe the same diligence, to the full assurance of hope vnto the ende. 1. Pet. 1.3, Blessed be God, euen the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ, which, according to his aboundant mercie, hath begotten vs againe vnto a liuely hope, by the resurrection of Iesus Christ from the dead.

  • II. Feare of offending God, because of his mercie, 1. Pet. 1.17. If yee call him father, which without respect of person, iudgeth according to euery mans worke, passe the time of your dwelling here in feare. Psal. 103.4. There is mercie with thee, that thou maist be feared.
  • III. A base account of all worldly things, in respect of Christ Iesus. Phil. 3. 7. But the things that were aduantage to me, I accounted losse for Christs sake. 8. Yea doubtlesse, I thinke all things but losse, for the excellent knowledge sake of Christ Iesus my Lord, for whome I haue counted all things losse, and doe iudge them to be [...]o [...]g, that I might winne Christ.
  • IV. The loue of God in Christ, which is like vnto death, and as a fire that cannot be quenched. Cant. 8.6. Loue is strong as death, iealousie is cruell as the graue, the coles thereof are fire coles, and a vehement flame.
  • V. A feruent zeale to Gods glorie. Rom. 9.3. I vvould wish my selfe to be separate from Christ, for my brethren, that are my kinsmen, according to the flesh.
  • VI. An anguish of minde for our owne sinnes and others also. Psal. 119.1 [...]6. Mine eyes gush out with teares, because men keepe not thy law. 2. Pet. 2.7. And deliuered iust Lot, being vexed with the vncleanly conuersation of the wicked. 8. For he beeing righteous, and dwelling among them, in seeing and hearing, vexed his righ­teous soule from day to day, with their vnlawfull deedes.
  • [Page 128]VII. Exceeding great ioy in the holy Ghost. Rom. 14.17. The kingdome of God is not meate and drinke, but righteousnes, and peace, and ioy in the holy Ghost.

VI. Sanctitie of bodie, whereby it is a sit instrument for the soule to ac­complish that which is good. Rom. 6.19. As ye haue giuen your members ser­uants to vncleannesse, and to iniquitie, to commit iniquitie: so now giue your members seruants vnto righteousnes in holines.

CHAP. 39. Of Repentance and the fruits thereof.

FRom sanctification, Repentance is deriued, because no man can earnestly repent, except he, denying himselfe, doe hate sinne, euen from his heart, and embrace righteousnes. This no man either will, or can performe, but such an one as is in the sight of God regenerated and iustified, and indued with true faith. Therefore albeit in such as are conuerted, repentance doth first manifest it selfe, yet regarding the order of nature, it followeth both faith and sanctifi­cation. Hence also is it euident that this repentance, legall contrition beeing some occasion, and, as it were, a preparation to true conuersion, is begotten by the preaching of the Gospel.

Repentance is, when a sinner turneth vnto the Lord. Act. 26.20. He shewed first vnto them of Damascus, and at Ierusalem, and through all the coasts of Iudea, and then to the Gentiles, that they should repent and turne to God, and to doe workes worthie amendment of life. 1. Ioh. 3.3. Euery man that hath this hope in him, purgeth himselfe, as he is pure.

This is performed, when as any one, by the instinct of the holy Ghost, doth purpose, will, desire, and endeauour to relinquish his former sinnes, and to be­come a new man. Psal. 119.112. I haue applied my heart to fulfill thy statutes al­way, euen vnto the ende. 1. Ioh. 3.3. Act. 11.23. Who when he was come, and had seene the grace of God, was glad, and exhorted all, that with purpose of heart, they would cleane vnto the Lord.

The fruit of Repentance is, a Christian conuersation, wherein are brought forth fruits worthie amendment of life. Matth. 3.8. Bring yee therefore forth fruits worthie of repentance.

A Christian conuersation, is such a course of life, whereby we, following Christs example, doe by him, performe new obedience to God. Math. 11.29. Take my yoke on you, and learne of me, that am meeke and lowly in heart: and ye shall finde rest vnto your soules. 1. Pet. 4.1. For as much as Christ hath suffered for vs in the flesh, arme your selues likewise with the same minde, which is, that he which hath suffered in the flesh, hath ceased from sinne. 1. Pet. 2.21. For hereunto are ye called, for Christ also suffered for vs, leauing vs an ensample that we should follow his steps. 1. Pet. 3.10, 11. If any man long after life, and to see good daies, let him refraine his tongue from euill, and his lippes that they speake no guile. Let him eschew euill and doe good, let him seeke peace and follow after it.

There are two parts of new obedience: the deniall of our selues, and the profession of Christ. Math. 16.24. If any man will follow me, let him forsake him­selfe, take vp his crosse, and follow me.

The deniall of our selues, consisteth partly in Christian warrefare, partly in the patient bearing of affliction.

CHAP. 40. Of Christian warfare.

CHristian warfare, is concerning the right way of fighting in the spirituall battell.

The partes thereof, are the preparation to battell, and the combate it selfe.

To the preparation, we must vse the complet armour of God. Eph. 6.13. For this cause, take vnto you the whole armour of God, that yee may be able to resist in the euill day, and hauing finished all things, stand fast.

The parts hereof, are especially sixe. I. Trueth. II. Iustice. III. Euangelicall obedience. IV. Faith. V. The word of God. VI. Continuall and feruent pray­er with watching. Eph. 6.14. Stand therefore, and your loynes girded about with veritie, and hauing on the brestplate of righteousnesse. 15. And your feete shodd with the preparation of the Gospell of peace. 16. Aboue all, take the sheild of faith, wher­with ye may quench all the fierie dartes of the wicked. 17. And take the helmet of saluation, and the sword of the spirit, which is the word of God. 18. And praie alwaies with all manner praier and supplication in the spirit, and watch thereunto with all perseuerance and supplication for all Saints. 1. Pet. 5.8. Be sober, and watch: for your aduersarie the deuill, as a roaring lyon, walketh about seeking whome hee may de­uoure.

The combate, is a mutuall conflict of them that fight spiritually.

The warriours, are the tempter and the Christian souldier. Ephes. 6.12. For we werestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, and against the wordly gouernours, the princes of the darkenesse of this world, against spi­rituall wickednesses, which are in high places.

The Tempter, is the prince, or his helpers. The prince, is Satan and his an­gels, which are spirituall wickednesses, in high things. His helpers are the flesh and the world.

The conflict of all these, is temptation, whereby man is prouoked to cōmit such wickednes, as is hurtfull to the saluation of his soule. 1. Pet. 2.11. Dearly beloued, I beseech you, as strangers and pilgrims abstaine from fleshly lusts, which fight against the soule.

In the Souldier, two things are to be considered: his resisting and his fall.

Resistance is an action, whereby the souldier doth withstand temptation, through grace working inwardly in him. 1. Ioh. 2.14. I write vnto you babes, be­cause ye haue knowne the father: I haue written to you fathers, because ye haue known him that is from the beginning: I haue written to you yong men, because ye are strong, and the word of God abideth in you, and ye haue ouercome the wicked. 1. Pet. 5.8. Eph. 6.16. Psal. 91.13. Thou shalt walke vpon the lyon and aspe: the young lyon and the dragon shalt thou tread vnder feete.

To confirme this, these preseruatiues which follow, are very necessarie.

  • I. When thou art tempted to sinne, doe not onely abstaine from it, but ear­nestly loue and followe after the contrarie. Ioh. 8.44.
  • II. Neuer yeeld or consent to Satans wordes, whether he speake the truth, accuse falsely, or flatter dissemblingly. Ioh. 8.44. Yee are of your father the deuil, and the lusts of your father ye will doe: he hath beene a murderer from the begin­ning, [Page 130] and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him: when he speaketh a lie, then speaketh he of his owne: for he is a lier and the father thereof. Mark. 1.24. And cried with a loud voice, and said, What haue I to do with thee, Iesus, the sonne of the most high God. And Iesus said, Hold thy peace and come out of him. Act. 16.17. Shee followed Paul and vs, and cried, saying, These men are the seruants of the most high God, which shewe vnto vs the waie of saluation, &c. August. Serm. 241.
  • III. One temptation is to be looked for after another, and then especially, when our enemie after he hath set his snares, is at rest: for the deuill neuer ma­keth an ende of his malice. 1. Pet. 5.8.

The fall is, whereby the souldier through infirmitie fainteth, being subdued by the power of the enemie. Gal. 6.1. Brethren, if a man be fallen by occasion into any fault, ye which are spirituall, restore such a one with the spirit of meeknesse, consi­dering thy selfe, least thou also be tempted.

To this appertaineth the spirituall remedie. A remedie, is a thing hauing aptnesse to restore him which is fallen to his former estate. Gal. 6.1.

And here two things must alwaies be thought on.

  • I. If there be a willing mind, euery one is accepted for that grace which he hath, not for that which he hath not. 2. Cor. 8.12. For if there be first a willing mind, it is accepted according to that a mā hath, & not according to that he hath not
  • II. In all these things, whosoeuer will lead a godly life in Christ, the power of God is to be made perfect through their infirmitie. 2. Cor. 12.9. And hee said vnto me, My grace is sufficient for thee, for my power is made perfect through weakenesse: very gladly therefore will I reioice rather in mine infirmities, that the power of God may dwell in me. 10. Therefore I take pleasure in infirmities, in repro­ches, in necessities, in persecutions, in anguish for Christs sake, for when I am weake, then am I strong.

CHAP. 41. Of the first Assault.

ASsaults are threefold.

The first is, about the Christian mans effectuall calling. The temptati­on is, the enterprise of the diuell to blindfold mans minde, and to harden his heart, least the word of GOD should worke in him to saluation. Matth. 13.4. And as he sowed, some fell by the waie side, and the fowles came and deuoured thē vp. 5. And some fell vpon stonie ground, where they had not much earth, and anon they sprang vp, because they had no depth of earth. 6. And when the Sunne rose vp, they wer parched, and for lacke of rooting withered awaie. 7. And some fell among thornes, and the thornes sprung vp and choked them. 19. Whensoeuer a man heareth the word of the kingdome, and vnderstandeth it not, the euill one commeth, and cat­cheth away that which was sowne in his heart: and this is he which hath receiued the seede by the way side.

A resistance in those that are called, is wrought by the spirit of God, that causeth men to lend their eares to heare, and doth ingraffe the word in their hearts, that the immortall seede of regeneration may spring in them. Psal. 40.6. Ioh. 6.44. Act. 16.14. Iam. 1. 21. Wherefore lay apart all filthinesse, and super­fluitie of maliciousnesse, and receiue with meeknes the word that is graffed in you, [Page 131] which is able to saue your soules. 1. Pet. 1.22. Seeing your soules are purified in obey­ing the truth through the spirit, to loue brotherly without faining, loue one another with a pure heart feruently. 1. Ioh. 3.9. Whosoeuer is borne of god sinneth not: for his seede remaineth in him, neither can he sinne, because he is borne of god. A resistance in those that are to be called, is when in a sincere heart they doe ioyne the word which they haue heard, with faith. Luk. 8.15. But that which fell in good ground, are they which with an honest and good heart, heare the word and keepe it, and bring forth fruit with patience. Heb. 4.2.

Here are certaine preseruatiues to be noted.

  • I. Premeditation of the power and vse of the word. Eccles. 4.17. Take heede to thy feete, when thou entrest into the house of the Lord, and be more neere to heare then to giue the sacrifice of fooles: for they knowe not that they doe euill. Chap. 5.1. Be not rash with thy mouth, nor let thine heart be hastie to vtter a thing before god: for God is in the heauen, and thou art on the earth: therefore let thy wordes be few.
  • II. Diligent attention of the minde. Act. 16.14.
  • III. An hungring desire of the heart. Ioh. 7.37. Nowe in the last and great day of the feast, Iesus stood and cried, saying, If any man thirst, let him come to me and drinke.
  • IV. Integritie of life. Psal. 26.6
  • V. The casting away of euil affectiōs. Iam. 1.22. And be ye doers of the word, and not hearers onely, deceiuing your owne soules.
  • VI. The inward consent and agreement of the heart with the word prea­ched. Act. 2.37.
  • VII. An hiding of the word in the heart, least we should sinne. Psal. 119.11. I haue hid thy word in mine heart, that I might not sinne against thee.
  • VIII. A trēbling at the presence of God in the assemblie of the Church. Esay 66.2. For all these things hath mine hand made, and all these things haue been saith the Lord, and to him will I looke, euen to him that is poore and of a contrite spi­rit, and trembleth at my words. Act. 10.33. Then sent I for thee immediatly, and thou hast well done to come: nowe therefore are we all here present before God, to heare all things that are commanded thee of God.

The fall, is either a coldnesse in receiuing the word, and a neglect thereof, or else a falling into errours.

The remedie for this, is subiection, which must be made to the iudgement and censure of the brethren and ministers. Reuelat. 3.15. I knowe thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hote: I would thou werest cold or hote. Gal. 6.2.1. Tim. 1.20. Of whome is Hymeneus and Alexander, whome I haue deliuered vnto Satan, that they might learne not to blaspheme.

CHAP. 42. Of the second Assault.

THe second assault, is concerning faith.

The temptation, is an illusion which the diuell casteth into the hearts of godly men: as when he saith, Thou art not of the number of the elect: thou art not iustified: thou hast no faith: thou must certenly be condemned for thy sinnes. Mat. 4.3. Then came to him the tempter, and said, If thou be the Sonne of God, command that these stones be made bread.

[Page 132]Helpes, which the deuil abuseth for the strengthening of such illusions, are these:

  • I. Aduersitie: as dangers, losses, persecutions, iealousie, grieuous offences, &c. Psal. 73.12. Loe, these are the wicked, yet prosper they alway, and increase in riches. 13. Certainely, I haue clensed mine heart in vaine, & washed mine hands in innocency. Iob. 13.23. How many are mine iniquities & sinnes? shew me my rebelliō and my sinne. 24. Wherefore hidest thou thy face, and takest me for thine enemie? 25. Wilt thou breake a leafe driuen to and fro, and wilt thou pursue the drie stubble?
  • II. The remembrance of sins past. Iob. 13.26. For thou writest bitter things against me, and makest me to possesse the iniquities of my youth.
  • III. A feeling of death euen alreadie at hand.

The resistance is made by a true faith, applying Christ with all his merits particularly, after this manner. I assuredly beleeue that I shall not be condem­ned, but that I am elected, and iustified in Christ, and am out of all doubt that all my sinnes are pardoned. Esai. 53.11. Hee shall see the trauaile of his soule, and shall be satisfied: by his knowledge shall my righteous seruant iustifie many: for he shal beare their iniquities. Rom. 8.38. For I am perswaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, 39. Nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature shall be able to separate vs from the loue of God, which is in Christ Iesus our Lord.

The preseruatiue, is in temptation, not to behold faith, but the obiect of faith which is Christ. Philip. 3.12. Not as though I had alreadie attained vnto it, either were already perfect: but I follow if that I may comprehend that, for whose sake also I am comprehended of Christ Iesus. 13. One thing I doe, I forget that which is behinde, & indeauour my selfe to that which is before. 14. And follow hard toward the marke, for the price of the high calling of God in Christ Iesus. Ioh. 3.14. And as Moses lift vp the Serpent in the wildernes, so must the sonne of man be lift vp, that he that beleeueth in him, &c.

The falling, is doubtfulnes, and distrust of our election, and of Gods mer­cie. Psal. 77.6. I called to remembrance my song in the night: I communed with mine owne heart, and my spirit searched diligently. 7. Will the Lord absent himselfe for e­uer? and will he shew no more fauour? 8. Is his mercy cleane gone for euer? doth his promise faile for euermore? So Dauid of himselfe saith, Psal. 22.1. My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me, and art so farre from my health, and from the words of my roring.

The remedie is double.

First the operatiō of the holy spirit stirring vp faith & increasing the same. Phil. 1.6. I am perswaded of this same thing, that he that hath begunne this good worke in you, will performe it vntill the day of Iesus Christ. Luk. 17.5. And the A­postles said vnto the Lord, Increase our faith.

The second is, an holy meditation, which is manifold.

  • I. That it is the commandement of God that we should beleeue in Christ. 1. Ioh. 3.22. This is then his commandement, that we beleeue in the name of his Sonne Iesus Christ, and loue one another, as he gaue commandement.
  • II. That the Euangelicall promises are indefinite, and doe exclude no man, vnlesse peraduenture any man doe exclude himselfe. Esay. 55. 1. Ho, euery one [Page 133] that thirsteth, come ye to the waters, and ye that haue no siluer, come, buie, and eate: come, I say, buie wine and milke without siluer and without money. Matth. 11.28. Come vnto me, all ye that are wearie and laden, and I will ease you. Ioh. 3.15. That whosoeuer beleeueth in him should not perish, but haue eternall life. Also the Sacra­ments of Baptisme and the Lords Supper, doe to euery one seuerally applie indefinite promises, and therefore are very effectuall to enforce particular as­surance or plerophorie of forgiuenes of sinnes.
  • III. That doubtfulnes and despaire are most grieuous sinnes.
  • IV. That contrarie to hope, men must vnder hope beleeue with Abra­ham. Rom. 4.18. Which Abraham aboue hope beleeued vnder hope, that he should be the father of many nations: according to that which was spoken to him, so shall thy seede be.
  • V. That the mercie of God, and the merit of Christs obedience, beeing both God and man, are infinite. Esai 54.10. For the mountaines shall remooue, and the hills shal fall downe: but my mercie shall not depart from thee, neither shal my couenant of peace fall away, saith the Lord, that hath compassion on thee. Psal. 103.11. For as high as the heauen is aboue the earth, so great is his mercie toward them that feare him. 1. Ioh. 2.1. My babes, these things write I vnto you, that ye sinne not: and if any man sinne, we haue an aduocate with the Father, Iesus Christ the iust. 2. And he is the reconciliation for our sinnes: and not for ours onely, but also for the sinnes of the whole world. Psal. 130.7. Let Israel wait on the Lord: for the Lord is mercie, and with him is great redemption.
  • VI. That God measureth the obedience due vnto him, rather by the affe­ction and desire to obey, then by the act and performance of it. Rom. 8.5. For they that are after the flesh, sauour the things of the flesh, but they that are after the spirit, the things of the spirit. 7. Because the wisdome of the flesh, is enmitie a­gainst God: for it is not subiect to the law of God, neither indeede can be. Rom. 7.20. Now if I doe that I would not, it is no more I that doe it, but the sinne that dw [...]l­leth in me. 21. I find then by the law, that when I would doe good, euill is present with me. 22. For I delight in the law of God, concerning the inner man. Mal. 3.17. I will spare them, as a man spareth his sonne, that reuerenceth him.
  • VII. When one sinne is forgiuen, all the rest are remitted also, for remis­sion being giuen once, without any prescriptiō of time, is giuen for euer. Rom. 11.29. For the gifts and calling of God are without repentance. Act. 10.43. To him also giue all the Prophets witnes, that through his name, all that beleeue in him, shall receiue remission of sinnes.
  • VIII. That grace and faith are not taken away by falls of infirmitie, but thereby are declared and made manifest. Rom. 5.20. Moreouer, the law entred thereupon, that the offence should abound: neuerthelesse, when sinne abounded, there grace abounded much more. 2. Cor. 12.7. And least I should be exalted out of mea­sure, &c. there was giuen vnto me a pricke in the flesh, the messenger of Satan to buf­fet me. 8. For this thing I besought the Lord thrise, that it might depart from me. 9. He said. May grace is sufficient for thee.
  • IX. That all the workes of God are by contrarie meanes. 2. Cor. 12.9. My power is made perfect through weakenesse.

CHAP. 43. Of the third Assault.

THe third Assault is concerning Sanctificatio [...].

The tentation, is a prouoking to sinne, according as the disposition of e [...]ry man, and as occasion shall offer it selfe. 1. Chron. 21.1. And Satan st [...]d vp against Israel, and prouoked Dauid to number Israel. Ioh. 13.2. And when supper was done, the deuill had now put into the heart of Iudas Iscariot, Simons sonne, to be­tray him.

In this tentation, the deuil doth wonderfully diminish and extenuate those sinnes, which men are about to commit, partly by obiecting closely the mer­cy of god, and partly by couering or hiding the punishment, which is due for the sinne.

Then, there are helpes to further the deuill in this his tentation.

First, the flesh which lusteth against the spirit, sometimes by begetting euill motions and affections, and sometimes by ouerwhelming and oppressing the good intentents and motions. Gal. 5.17. For the flesh lusteth against the spirit, & the spirit against the flesh: and thes [...] are contrarie one to another, so that ye cannot doe the same things that ye would. 19. Moreouer, the works of the flesh are mani­fest, which are adulterie, fornication, vncleannesse, wantonnesse. 20. Idolatrie, witch­craft, hatred, debate, emulations, wrath, contentions, seditiōs, heresies. 21. Enuy, mur­thers, drunkennesse, gluttonie, and such like, whereof I tell you before, as I also haue told you before, that they which doe such things shall not inherit the kingdome of god. Iam. 1.14. But euery man is tempted, when he is drawne away by his owne concupis­cence, and is entised.

Secondly, the world, which bringeth men to disobedience, through plea­sure, profit, honour, and euill examples. Eph. 2.3. Among whom we also had our conuersation in time past, in the lusts of our flesh, in fulfilling the will of the flesh, and of the minde, and were by nature the children of wrath, as well as others. 1. Ioh. 2. 16. For all that is in the world, as the lusts of the flesh, and the lust of the eies, and the pride of life, is not of the father, but is of the world.

Resistance, is made by the desire of the spirit, which worketh good motiōs and affections in the faithfull, and driueth forth the euill. Gal. 5.22. But the fruite of the spirit is loue, ioy, peace, long suffering, gentlenes, goodnes, faith, 23. Meek­nes, temperancie: against such there is no law. 24. For they that are Christs, haue crucified the flesh, with the affections and the lusts thereof. 26. Let vs not be desirous of vaine glory, prouoking one another, enuying one another.

The preseruatiues are these, whereby Men are strengthened in resisting.

  • I. To account no sinne, light or small. Gal. 5.9. A little leauen doth leauen the whole lumpe. Rom. 6.23. For the wages of sinne is death, but the gift of God is eter­nall life, through Iesus Christ our Lord.
  • II. To auoide all occasions of sinne. To these rather agreeth the prouerbe vsed of the plague: longè, tardè, citò: that is, aloofe, slowly, quickly. 1. Thess. 5.22. Abstaine from all appearance of euill. Iud. v.23. And other saue with feare, pulling them out of the fire, and hate euen the garment spotted by the flesh.
  • III. To accustome thy selfe to subdue the lesser sinnes, that at the last, thou maist also ouercome the greater. Rom. 13.4.
  • [Page 135]IV. To apply thy selfe to thy appointed calling, and alway to be busily oc­cupied about something in the same.
  • V. To oppose the lawe, the iudgements of god, the last iudgement, the glo­rious presence of God, and such like, against the rebellion and loosenesse of the flesh. Prou. 28.14. Blessed is the man that feareth alway: but he that hardeneth his heart shall fall into euil. Gen. 39.9. There is no man greater in this house then I: neither hath he kept any thing from me, but onely thee, because thou art his wife: how then can I doe this great wickednesse, and so sinne against God.

Here certaine remedies take place.

Against vniust anger, or priuate desire of reuenge. Here meditate, I. Iniu­ries; they happen vnto vs by the Lords appointment, for our good. 2. Sam. 16. to II. God of his great goodnes forgiueth vs far more sinnes, then it is possi­ble for vs to forgiue men. III. It is the dutie of Christian loue to forgiue o­thers. IV. We must not desire to destroy them, whom Christ hath redeemed by his pretious blood. V. We our selues are in danger of the wrath of God, if we suffer our wrath to burne against our brother. Forgiue (saith he) and it shall be forgiuen. VI. We know not the circumstances of the facts, what the minde was, and purpose of them against whome we swell.

Bridles, or externall remedies, are these: I. In this we shall imitate the cle­mencie of the Lord, who for a very great season doth often tollerate the wic­ked. Learne of me, for I am humble and meeke. II. There must be a pausing and time of delay, betwixt our anger and the execution of the same. Athenodorus counselled Augustus that he, beeing angrie, should repeat all the letters of the Alphabet, or A B C, before he, against another, did either speake or doe any thing. III. To depart out of those places where those are, with whom we are angrie. IV. To auoide contention, both in worde and in deede. Doe nothing through contention.

Remedies against those bad desires of riches, and honour, I. God doth euē in famine quicken and reuiue them, which feare him. Psal. 33.18, 19. The eye of the Lord is vpon them that feare him, to deliuer their soules from death, and to preserue them from famine. II. Godlines is great gaine, if the minde of man can be therewith content. 1. Tim. 6.6. III. We do wait & looke for the resurrecti­on of the bodie, and eternall life: therefore we should not take such carking care for this present mortal life. IV. We are seruāts in our fathers house, there­fore looke what is conuenient for vs, that will he louingly bestowe vpon vs. V. The palpable blindnes of an ambitious minde, desireth to be set aloft, that he may haue the greater downe-fall: and he feareth to be humbled, least he should not be exalted. VI. Adam when he would needes be checke-mate with God, did bring both himselfe and his posteritie headlong to destruction. VII. He is a very ambitious rob-God, which desireth to take that commen­dation to himselfe, which is appropriate onely to the Lord.

Preseruatiues against the desires of the flesh. I. He that will be Christs dis­ciple, must euery daie take vp his crosse. Luk. 9.23. II. They which are ac­cording to the spirit, sauour of such things as are according to the spirit. Rom. 8.5. III. We ought to behaue ourselues as citizens of the kingdome of hea­uen. Phil. 3.20. IV. We are the temple of god. 1. Cor. 3.6. Our members, they [Page 136] are the members of Christ. 1. Cor. 6.15. And we haue dwelling within vs the spirit of Christ, which we should not grieue. Eph. 4.30. Concerning this, look more in the explication of the seuenth commandement.

In this tentation the fall is, when a man beeing preuented, falleth into some offence. Gal. 6.1.

Here Satan doth wonderfully aggrauate the offence committed, and doth accuse and terrifie the offender with the iudgements of God. Mat. 27.3. Then when Iudas which betraied him, sawe that he was condemned, he repented himselfe, and brought again the thirtie pieces of siluer, to the chiefe priests & elders, 4. saying, I haue sinned, betraying the innocent blood: but they said, What is that to vs? see thou to it. 5. And when he had cast downe the siluer pieces in the temple, he departed, and went and hanged himselfe.

The remedie is, a renued repentance, the beginning whereof is sorrowe in regard of God, for the same sinne: the fruits herof are especially seuen. 2. Cor. 7.9. Nowe I reioice not that ye were sorrie, but that ye sorrowed to repentance: for ye sorrowed godly, so that in nothing ye were hurt by vs. 10. For godly sorrowe causeth repentance vnto saluation, not to be repented of: but worldly sorrow causeth death. 11. For behold, this thing that ye haue beene godly sorrie, what great care hath it wrought in you: yea, what clearing of your selues: yea, what indignation: yea, what feare: yea, how great desire: yea, what zeale: yea, what punishment: in all things ye haue shewed your selues, that ye are pure in this matter.

  • I. A desire of doing well.
  • II. An Apologie, that is, a confession of the sinne before God, with a re­quiring of pardon for the offence. Psal. 32.5. Then I acknowledged my sinne vnto thee, neither hid I mine iniquitie: for I thought, I will confesse against my selfe my wic­kednesse vnto the Lord, and thou forgauest the punishment of my sinne. 2. Sam. 12. 13. Then Dauid said vnto Nathan, I haue sinned against the Lord: and Nathan said vnto Dauid, The Lord also hath put away thy sinne, thou shalt not die.
  • III. Indignation against a mans selfe, for his offence.
  • IV. A feare, not so much for the punishment, as for offending the Lord. Psal. 130.3. If thou straightly markest iniquities, O Lord, who shall stand?
  • V. A desire to be fully renued, and to be deliuered from sinne.
  • VI. A feruent zeale to loue God, and to embrace and keepe all his com­mandements.
  • VII. Reuenge, whereby the flesh may be tamed and subdued, least at any time afterward, such offences be committed.

CHAP. 44. Of the patient bearing of the crosse.

THe patient bearing of the crosse, teacheth how Christians should vnder­goe the burden.

The crosse, is a certaine measure of afflictions, appointed by God, to euery one of the faithfull. Matth. 16.24. If any man will follow me, let him forsake him­selfe, take vp his crosse and follow me. Col. 1.24. Now reioice I in my sufferings for you, and fulfill the rest of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh, for his bodie sake, which is the Church.

We ought to take vp this crosse willingly [...] euen with both hāds, whē it shal please God to lay it vpon vs.

[Page 137]And after we haue taken it vp, we must beare it with patience and perseue­rance. Col. 1.11. Strengthned with all might, through his glorious power, vnto all patiēce & lōg suffering with ioyfulnes. Luk. 21.19. Possesse your soules with patiēce.

The preseruatiues of patience, are: I. Strength by the holy ghost. Phil. 4. 13. I am able to doe all things through the help of Christ, which strengthneth me. Phil. 1. 20. It is giuen to you for Christ, that not onely ye should beleeue in him, but also suf­fer for his sake. II. An holy meditation, which is manifold.

  • I. That the afflictions of the faithfull, come not by chance, but by the coun­sell & prouidence of God, which disposeth all things in a most excellent sort. Gen. 45.4,5. It was God that sent Ioseph into Egypt. 2. Sam. 16. 10. The Lord bid­deth Shemei curse Dauid. Psal. 119.71. It was good for me, that I was afflicted, that I might learne thy statutes. Hence it is euident, that afflictions to the godly are ineuitable. Act. 14.21. By many afflictions you must enter into the kingdome of god. Mat. 7.14. The gate is straight, and the way narrow that leadeth vnto life, and fewe there be that finde it. Ioh. 16.20. In the world ye shall haue troubles.
  • II. That albeit afflictions are grieuous, yet are they good & profitable. For they are helps, whereby men beeing humbled for their sinnes before god, ob­taine peace, and holines of life. 2. Cor. 1.9. We receiued sentence of death in our selues, because we should not trust in our selues, but in God, which raiseth the dead. Esay 26. 16. Lord, in trouble haue they visited thee, they powred out a praier, when thy chastening was vpon them. Hos. 5.15. I will goe, and returne to my place, til they acknowledge their fault, and seeke me: in their affliction they will seeke me diligently. Psal. 78.34. When he [...]lue them they sought him, and they returned, and they sought God earely. Ier. 31.18. I haue heard Ephraim lamenting thus, Thou hast corrected me, and I was chastised as an vntamed calfe: conuert thou me, and I shall be conuer­ted. Heb. 12.11 [...] No chastisment for the present seemeth ioyous, but grieuous: but af­terward, it bringeth the quiet fruit of righteousnes vnto them, which are thereby ex­ercised. Psal. 30.5. Weeping may abide at euening, but ioy commeth in the morning. Ioh. 15.2. Euery braunch that beareth fruite, he purgeth it, that it may bring foorth more fruite. 1. Pet. 1.6. Wherein ye reioice, though nowe for a season (if neede re­quire) ye are in heauines through many tentations. 2. Cor. 1.4. The God of all com­fort, which comforteth vs in all our tribulations, that we may be able to comfort thē which are in any affliction, by the comfort wherewith we our selues are comforted of God. Rom. 5. 3. We glory in afflictions, knowing that affliction bringeth patience. Heb. 2. 10. He did consecrate the Prince of their saluation through affliction. Wee permit Chirurgians that they should both bind vs lying diseased, in our beds, and seare vs with hot irons, yea lanch and search our members with rasors: and lastly, we send them away vsually with friendly and kind speeches, and often with a golden fee for their thus hādling vs. Shal we then suffer so many things of a Chirurgian to cure a bodily disease, and will we not giue God leaue to cure by afflictions the most festered diseases of our sicke [...]oules?

    By this also may we gather, that the afflictions of the godly are signes of their adoption. Hebr. 12.6. Whome the Lord loueth, he chasteneth, and he scour­geth euery sonne that he receiueth. 7. If ye endure chastisement, God offereth him­selfe vnto you as vnto sonnes.

    And that they are to them, the Kings high way to heauen. Iam. 1.12. Blessed [Page 138] is the man that endureth t [...]ntation: for when he is tried, he shall receiue the crowne of life, which the Lord hath promised to them that loue him. 2. Cor. 4. 17. For our [...]ight affliction which is but for a moment, causeth vnto vs a farre more excellent and an e­ternall waight of glorie.

  • III. That God hath promised fauour, mitigation of punishment, his pre­sence, and deliuerance. Philip. 1. 29. 1. Cor. 10. 13. God is faithfull, who will not suffer you to be tempted aboue measure, but with tentation will giue deliuerance. 2. Sam. 7.14. Psal. 50.15. Call vpon me in time of trouble, and I will deliuer thee, and thou shalt glorifie me. Psal. 121.4. He that keepeth Israel will neither slumber nor sleepe. Esa. 43.2. When thou passest through the waters, I will be with thee, and tho­rough the floods that they doe not ouerflow thee: when thou walkest through the very fire, thou shalt not be burnt, neither shall the flame kindle vpon thee: 3. For I am the Lord thy God, the holy one of Israel thy Sauiour.
  • IV. That in all troubles of the faithfull, Christ is a companion. 1. Pet. 4.13. Reioyce, that ye are partakers of the afflictions of Christ. 2. Cor. 4. 10. Euery where we beare about in our bodie the dying of Christ, that the life of Iesus might also be made manifest in our bodies. Col. 1.21.
  • V. That the Angels are readie to defend such as feare God. Psal. 34.8.2. King. 6.16. Feare not, there are more with vs then against vs.

CHAP. 45. Of the calling vpon God.

THus much concerning the deniall of our selues, now followeth the pro­fession of Christ. In which we consider either Christ himselfe, or his mē ­b [...]rs: namely, the faithfull. Math. 25.40. Verely, I say vnto you, in as much as ye did it to one of the least of my brethren, ye did it vnto me.

That profession which directly concerneth Christ, is either continuall, or onely in the time of danger.

Continuall, is the calling vpon the Name of God, and ought euer to be performed of vs, in the Name of Christ Iesus our Mediatour. 1. Cor. 1.2. To the Church of God which is at Corinthus, to them that are sanctified in Christ Iesus, in euery place, both their Lord and ours. Act. 9. 14. He hath authoritie from the high Priest, to binde all that call vpon thy Name. Col. 3. 17. Whatsoeuer ye shall doe in word or in deede, doe it in the Name of the Lord Iesus, giuing thankes to God, and the Father by him.

The calling vpon Gods name, is by praier or thanksgiuing. Phil. 4. 6. In all things let your requests be shewed vnto God, in praier and supplication, with giuing of thankes.

Prayer hath two parts: Petition, and Assent, Mark. 11.24. I say vnto you, whatsoeuer ye desire when ye pray, beleeue that ye shall haue it, and it shall be done vnto you.

Petition, is the first part of prayer, whereby we, according to the rule of Gods word, aske his helpe, for the obtaining of such necessaries as we want. 1. Ioh. 5.14. This is the assurance that we haue in him, that if we aske any thing accor­ding to his will, he heareth vs.

In euery petition, we must expresse two things: I. A sense of our wants. II. A desire of the grace of God to supplie those wants. 1. Sam. 1. 10. Shee was [Page 139] troubled in her minde, and praied vnto the Lord, and wept sore. Dan. 9. 4. And I praied to the Lord my God, and made my confession, saying, 5. We haue sinned and haue committed iniquitie, &c. 16. O Lord, according to thy righteousnes, I beseech thee, let thine anger and thy wrath be turned from thy citie Ierusalem, &c. to the 20. verse. Psal. 130.1. Out of the deepe I called to thee, O Lord. 1. Sam. 1.15. Then Hannah answered and said, Nay my lord, but I am a woman troubled in spirit: I haue drunken neither wine, nor strong drinke, but haue powred out my soule before the Lord, &c. to the 16. verse. psal. 143. 6. I stretch forth mine hands vnto thee, my soule desireth after thee, as the thirstie land.

Assent, is the second part of prayer, whereby we beleeue, and professe it be­fore God, that he, in his due time, will grant vnto vs those our requests, which before we haue made vnto his maiestie. 1. Ioh. 5. 14, 15. This is the assurance that we haue in him, that if we aske any thing according to his will, he heareth vs. And if we know that he heareth vs, whatsoeuer we aske, we k [...]w that we haue the petitions that we haue desired of him. Math. 6.13. Lead vs not into temptation, but deliuer vs from euill. For thine is the kingdome, thine is the power, and thine is the glorie, for euer and euer, Amen.

As for the faithfull, howsoeuer they in their praiers, bewray many infirmi­ties: yet no doubt they haue a notable sense of Gods [...]auour, especially, when they pray zealously, and often vnto the Lord. Iam. 5. 16. Pray one for another, that ye may be healed: for the prayer of a righteous man auaileth much, if it be fer­uent. Luk. 1.13. The Angel said vnto him, Feare not, Zacharias: for thy prayer is heard. Ionah. 4.1. It displeased Ionah exceedingly, and he wa [...] angrie. 2. And Ionah praied vnto the Lord, and saide, I pray thee, O Lord, was not this my saying, when I was yet in my countrey? therefore I preuented it to flee vnto Tarshish: for I knew that thou art a gratious God, and mercifull, slow to anger, and of great kindnes, and re­pentest thee of the euill. Rom. 8.26. Gen. 19.18. Lot saide vnto them, Doe not so, I pray you, my lords, &c. psal. 6.1. O lord, rebuke me not in thine anger, neither chastise me in thy wrath, &c. v. 2,3,4,5. psal. 8.9. psal. 20.5. psal. 35.9.18.28. psal. 16.7.

Thanksgiuing, is a calling vpon Gods name, whereby we, with ioy and gladnes of heart, doe praise God for his benefits either receiued, or promised, psal. 45.1. Mine heart will vtter forth a good matter, I will intreat in my words of the King: my tongue is as the pen of a swift writer. Eph. 5.20. Giuing thanks alwaies for all things vnto God, euen the father, in the Name of our Lord Iesus Christ. psal. 36.8,9. How excellent is thy mercie, O God? therefore the children of men trust vn­der the shadow of thy wings. They shall be satisfied with the fatnesse of thine house, and thou shalt giue them drinke out of the riuer of thy pleasures. Coloss. 3.16.

CHAP. 46. Of Christian Apologie, and Martyrdome.

THe profession of Christ in dangers, is either in word, or deede.

Profession in word, is Christian Apologie, or the confession of Christ. Rom. 10. 10. With the heart, man beleeueth vnto righteousnes: and with the mouth, man confesseth to saluation. psal. 22.23. I will declare thy name vnto my brethren: in the middes of the congregation will I praise thee.

Christian Apologie, is the profession of Christ in word, when as we are rea­die with feare and meeknes, to confesse the truth of Christian religion, so of­ten [Page 140] as neede requireth, and the glorie of God is endangered, euen before vn­beleeuers, especially, if they be not past all hope of repentance. 1. Pet. 3. 15. Sanctifie the Lord God in your hearts: and be readie alwaies to giue an answer to e­uery man t [...]t asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you: 16. And that with meek­nesse and reuerence, hauing a good conscience, that when they speake euill of you as of euill doers, they may be ashamed, which blame your good conuersation in Christ. Act. 7. the whole chap. Steuen there maketh an Apologie for himselfe. Math. 7.6. Giue not that which is holy to dogs, nor cast your pearles before swine, least they tread them vnder their feete, and turning againe, all to rent you.

Profession, which is in deede, is called Martyrdome. Martyrdome is a part of Christian profession, when as a Christian man doth, for the doctrine of faith, for iustice, and for the saluation of his brethren, vndergoe the punish­ment of death imposed vpō him by the aduersaries of Christ Iesus. Mar. 6.18, 27,28. Iohn tolde Herod, It is not lawfull for thee to haue thy brothers wife. And immediately the King sent the hangman, and gaue him charge that his head should be brought: so he went and beheaded him in the prison. 2. Cor. 12. 15. I will most gladly bestow, and be bestowed for your soules, though the more I loue you, the lesse am I loued.

Notwithstanding, it is lawfull for Christians to flie in persecution, if they finde themselues not sufficiently resolued and strengthened by Gods spirit to stand. Math. 10.23. When they persecute you in one citie, flee into another. Verely I say vnto you, ye shall not haue finished all the cities of Israel, till the Sonne of man come. Ioh. 10.39. Againe they studied to apprehend him, but he escaped out of their hands. Act. 9.30. When the brethren knew it, they brought him to Cesarea, and sent him forth to Tarsus. 1. King. 18.23. Was it not told my lord what I did, when Iesa­bel slue the Prophets of the Lord, how I hid an hundred men of the Lords Prophets, by fifties in a caue, and fedde them with bread and water? Act. 20.22. Now behold, I goe bound in the spirit vnto Ierusalem, and know not what things shall come vnto me there.

CHAP. 47. Of Edification, and Almes among the faithfull.

THat profession of Christ, which concerneth his members, namely, the Saints and faithfull ones, is either Edification, or Almes.

Edification, is euery particular dutie towards our brethren, whereby they are furthered either to grow vp in Christ, or else are more surely vnited to him. Rom. 14. 19. Let vs follow those things which concerne peace, and wherewith one may edifie another.

To Edification, these things which follow appertaine.

  • I. To giue good example. Matth. 5. 16. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good workes and glorifie your Father which is in heauen. 1. Pet. 2.12. Haue your conuersation honest among the Gentiles, that they which speak euill of you as of euill doers, may by your good works which they shall see, glorifie God in the day of thy visitation.
  • II. To exhort. Heb. 3. 13. Exhort one another daily, while it is called to day, least any of you be hardened through the deceitfulnes of sinne. Rom. 1.12. That I might be comforted togither with you through our mutuall faith, both yours & mine.
  • [Page 141]III. To comfort. 1. Thess. 5.14. Comfort the feeble minded, beare with the weake: be patient towards all men. Iam. 5. 16. Acknowledge your faults one to ano­ther, and pray one for another, that ye may be healed. 20. He that conuerteth a sinner from going astray out of his way, shall saue a soule from death, and shall hide a multi­tude of sinnes. 1. Thess. 4. 18. Comfort your selues one another, with these words.
  • IV. To admonish. Rom. 15. 14. I my selfe am perswaded of you, brethren, that yee also are full of goodnes, and filled with all knowledge: and are able to admo­nish one another. 1. Thess. 5. 14. We desire you, brethren, admonish them that are vnruly.

They shall obserue an holy manner of admonition, who in the spirit of meeknes, and as it were, guiltie of the like infirmitie themselues, doe admonish forthwith all their brethren of such faults, as they certenly know by them, and that out of Gods word. Gal. 6.1. Brethren, if any man by occasion be fallen into any fault, yee, which are spirituall restore such an one in the spirit of meeknes, considering thy selfe, least thou also be tempted. Matth. 5. 7. Thou hypocrite, cast out first the beame out [...] of thine owne eye, and then shalt thou see to take the mote out of thy bro­thers eye. 2. Tim. 4.2. Preach the word: be instant in season and out of season: im­prooue, rebuke, exhort, with all long suffering and doctrine. Math. 18. 15. If thy bro­ther trespasse against thee, goe and tell him his fault betweene thee and him alone: if he heare thee, thou hast wonne thy brother. Rom. 15.14.2. Tim. 4.2. Leuit. 19.17. Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thine heart, but thou shalt plainely rebuke thy neighbour, and suffer him not to sinne.

Reliefe peculiar to the godly among themselues, is a dutie, whereby the rich doe out of their plentie supplie the wants of the poore, both according to their abilitie, and sometimes beyond their abilitie. 2. Cor. 8.3. To their power (I beare record) yea, beyond their power they were willing. Act. 2.44,45. All that be­leeued were in one place, and had all things common: and they solde their possessions and goods, and parted them to all men, as euery one had neede.

CHAP. 48. Of the fourth degree, of the declaration of Gods loue: and of the estate of the Elect, after this life.

THe fourth degree of the declaration of Gods loue, is Glorification. Ro­man. 8.30.

Glorification, is the perfect transforming of the Saints into the image of the Sonne of God. Philip. 3.21. Who shall change our vile bodie, that it may be fa­shioned like vnto his glorious bodie, according to the working whereby he is able euen to subdue all things vnto himselfe. 1. Cor. 15.44. It is sowne a naturall bodie, and is raised a spirituall bodie: there is a naturall bodie, and there is a spirituall bodie. 45. And it is also written, The first man Adam was made a liuing soule: the last A­dam was made a quickning spirit. 49. And as we haue borne the image of the earthly, so shall we beare the image of the heauenly. Psal. 17. 15. I will behold thy face in righteousnes, and when I awake, I shall be satisfied with thine image.

The beginning of Glorification, is in death, but it is not accomplished and made perfect before the last day of iudgement.

The death of the Elect, is but a sleepe in Christ, a whereby the bodie and soule is seuered. The bodie, b that after corruption it may rise to greater glorie, [Page 142] The soule, that it c being fully sanctified, may d immediatly, after departure frō the bodie, be transported into the kingdom of heauen.

Against the feare of death, note these preseruatiues:

  • I. Death, it freeth the godly from the tyrannie of Satan, sinne, the world, the flesh, and eternall damnation, yea, from infinite both perills and losses, and doth place vs both safe and happie, vnder the shadow, as it were, of Christs wings.
  • II. Christ by his death, hath sanctified vnto vs both death and the graue.
  • III. Christ is both in life and death, gaine to the godly. Phil. 1.12.
  • IV. Those consolations which the spirit of Christ doth suggest to the soules of the faithfull, doe by many degrees surmount the dolours of death.
  • V. The desire of that most bright and glorious beholding of God, and the presence of those Saints which are departed before vs.
  • VI. In stead of our bodies we shall be clothed with glorie. 2. Cor. 5.1.
  • VII. The stings of death, namely sinne, is then so taken away, as that that serpent can no more hurt vs. 1. Cor. 15.55. O death, where is thy sting! O graue, where is thy victorie! Heb. 2.15. That he might deliuer all them, which for feare of death, were all their life time subiect to bondage.
  • VIII. We should not so much thinke of our death, as to take an exact account of our life. For that man can not die ill, who hath liued well: and he seldome dieth well, that hath liued badly.
  • IX. The Angels they stand at our elbowes, that so soone as a Saint depar­teth, they may with all speede, immediatly transport his soule into heauen.

Soules being once in heauen, remaine there till the last day of iudgement, where they partly magnifie the Name of God, and partly doe waite, and pray for the consummation of the kingdom of glorie, and full felicitie in body and soule. Reuel. 5.8. And when he had taken the booke, the foure beasts, and the foure and twentie Elders fell downe before the Lambe, hauing euery one harpes and gol­den vials full of odours, which are the prayers of the Saints. 9. And they sang a new song, saying, Thou art worthie to take the booke, and to open the seales thereof: be­cause thou wast killed, and hast redeemed vs to God by thy blood, out of euery kinred, and tongue, and people, and nation. Reuel. 14. 2. I heard the voice of harpers har­ping with their harps. 3. And they sung, as it were, a new song before the throne: and they cried with a loud voice, saying, How long, Lord, holy and true? doest not thou iudge and auenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?

CHAP. 49. Of the estate of the Elect, at the last day of iudgement.

THe last day of iudgement shall be on this manner.

  • I. Immediatly before the comming of Christ, a the powers of heauen shall be shaken: the Sunne and Moone shall be darkned, and the starres shall seeme to fall from heauen: b at which sight the Elect then liuing shall reioyce, but the reprobate shall shake euery ioynt of them.
  • II. Then the heauens, beeing all set on fire, shall with a noise, like to that of charriot wheeles, suddenly passe away, and the elements, with the earth, and all therein, shall be dissolued with fire. 2. Pet. 3. 12. L [...]king for, and h [...] ­sting vnto the comming of the day of God, by which the heauens beeing [...] shall be dissolued, and the elements shall melt with heate. 13. [...] new heauens, and a new earth, according to his promise, wherein d [...] ­ousness.

    At the same time, when as all these things shall come to passe, a [...] sound of the last trumpet shall be heard, sounded by the Archang [...] b And Christ shall come suddenly in the cloudes, with power, and glorie, and a great traine of Angels.

  • III. Now at the sound of the trumpet the Elect, which were dead, shal a­rise with their bodies: and those very bodies which were turned to dust, and one part rent from another, shall by the omnipotent power of God, be resto­red, and the soules of them shall descend from heauen, and be brought againe into those bodies. As for a them which then shall be aliue, they shall be chan­ged in the twinckling of an eye, and this mutation shall be in stead of death. And at that time, the bodies shall receiue their full redemption: b and all the bodies of the Elect shall be made like the glorious bodie of Christ Iesus, and therefore shall be spirituall, immortall, glorious, and free from all infirmitie.
  • [Page 144]IV. Last of all, when they are all conuented before the tribunall seate of Christ, he will forthwith place the Elect, seuered from the reprobate, and ta­ken vp into the aire, at his right hand, and to them being written in the booke of life, will he pronounce this sentence: Come ye blessed of my father, possesse the kingdome prepared for you from the foundations of the world. Matth. 25.33. He shall set the sheepe on his right hand, and the goates on the left. 1. Thess. 4. 17. Reu. 20. 12. whosoeuer was not found written in the booke of life, was cast into the lake of fire.

CHAP. 50. Of the estate of the Elect after iudgement.

THe last iudgement beeing once finished, the Elect shall enioy immediat­ly blessednes in the kingdome of heauen.

Blessednes is that, whereby God himselfe is all in all his Elect. 1. Cor. 15. 28. When all things shall be subdued to him, then shall the Sonne also himselfe be sub­iect vnto him, that did subdue all things vnder him, that God may be all in all. And it is the reward of good workes, not because workes can merit, but by reason of Gods fauour, who thus accepteth workes, and that in respect of the merit of Christs righteousnes imputed to the Elect. Rom. 6.23. The wages of sinne is death, but eternall life is the gift of God, through Iesus Christ our Lord. 2. Tim. 4. 8. Reu. 22. 12. Behold, I come shortly, and my reward is with me, to giue euery man according as his worke shall be.

Blessednesse hath two parts: Eternall life, and perfect glorie.

Eternall life is that fellowship with God, a whereby God himselfe is, tho­rough the Lambe Christ, life vnto the Elect. For in the kingdome of heauen, the Elect shall not neede meat, drinke, sleepe, aire, heat, cold, phisicke, apparell, or the light of the Sunne and moone: b but in place of all these, shall they haue in them Gods spirit, by which immediatly they shall be quickned for euer.

Perfect glorie, is that wonderfull excellencie of the Elect, wherby they shal be in a farre better estate then any heart can wish. This glorie consisteth in [Page 145] three points. I. In that they shall still behold the face of God, which is his glo­ry and maiestie. Reuel. 22.4. And they shall see his face, and his name shall be in their forheads. Psal. 17.15. I will behold thy face in righteousnes, and when I awake I shall be satisfied with thine anger. II. In that they shall be most like to Christ, namely, iust, holy, incorruptible, glorious, honorable, excellent, beautifull, strong, mightie, and nimble. 1. Ioh. 3.2. Dearely beloued, now are we the sonnes of God, but yet it doth not appeare what we shall be: and we knowe that when he shall appeare, we shall be like him: for we shall see him as he is. Phil. 3.21. Who shall change our vile bodie, that it may be fashioned like vnto his glorious bodie, according to the working whereby he is able euen to subdue all things to himselfe. III. They shall inherit the kingdome of heauen, yea, the newe heauens and newe earth shal be their inheritance. 1. Pet. 1.4. God hath begotten you to an inheritance immortall & vndefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserued in heauen for you. Mat. 25.34. Then shall the king say to them on his right hand, Come ye blessed of my Father, possesse a kingdome prepared for you before the foundations of the world were laid. Reu. 5.10. Thou hast made vs vnto our God kings and priests, and we shall raigne on the earth. Reuel. 21.7. Hee that ouercommeth, shall inherite all things, and I will be his God & he shall be my sonne.

The fruit that commeth from both these parts of blessednes, is of two sorts: Eternall ioy, and the perfect seruice of God. Psal. 16.11. Thou wilt shewe me the path of life, in thy presence is the fulnesse of ioy: and at thy right hand there are plea­sures for euermore. Psal. 36.8. They shall be satisfied with the fatnes of thine house, and thou shalt giue them drinke out of the riuer of thy pleasures. 9. For with thee is the well of life, and in thy light shall we see light.

The parts of Gods seruice, are Praise, and Thanksgiuing. Reuel. 21.3. And I heard a great voice out of heauen, saying, behold, the Tabernacle of God is with men, and he will dwell with them: and they shall be his people, and God himselfe shall be their God with them. Chap. 5.12. Saying with a loud voice, Worthy is the Lambe that was killed, to receiue power, and riches, and wisdome, and strength, and honour, and glory, and praise, &c. 13. Chap. 11.17. The foure and twentie Elders which sate before God on their seates, fell vpon their faces and worshipped God, saying, Wee giue thee thanks, Lord God Almightie, which art, and Which wast, and Which art to come: for thou hast receiued thy great might, and hast obtained thy kingdome.

The manner of performing this seruice, is to worship God by God him­selfe immediately. In heauen there shall neither be temple, ceremonie, nor Sa­crament, but all these wants shal God himselfe supply togither with the Lābe, that is, Christ. Reuel. 21.22. I sawe no temple therein, for the Lord God Almightie, and the Lambe are the Temple of it.

This seruice shall be daily, and without intermission. Reuel. 7.15. They are in the presence of the throne of God, and serue him day and night in his temple.

A Corollarie, or the last conclusion.

THus God, in sauing the Elect, doeth clearely set forth his iustice and mer­cy. His iustice, in that he punished the sinnes of the elect, in his Sonnes owne person. His mercie, in that he pardoned their sinne, for the merites of his Sonne. Eph. 1. 18. That the eies of your vnderstanding may be lightned, that ye may knowe what the hope is of his calling, and what the riches of his glorious inheri­tance [Page 146] is in his Saints, 19. And what is the exceeding greatnes of his power towardes vs, which beleeue, according to the working of his mightie power, 20. Which he wrought in Christ. Chap. 3.18. That ye may be able to comprehend with all Saints, what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height: 19. And to knowe the loue of Christ.

All these things the Lord himselfe hath thus decreed, and in his good time will accomplish them, to the glorious praise of his Name. Pro. 16.4. The Lord hath made all things for his owne sake: yea euen the wicked for the daie of euill.

CHAP. 50. Concerning the order of the causes of saluation according to the doctrine of the Church of Rome.

THere are two things requisite to obtained saluation: Pre­destination, and the Execution thereof.

Predestination, is a foreordaining of the reasonable creature to grace in this life, & glory in the life to come. Sebast. Cattaneus. Enchirid. tract. 1. chap. last.

This in regard of the first effects thereof, which are vocation, election, and ordination to eternall life, hath the cause of it in God, namely his will: but in regard of the last effect, which is, the execution of such an ordinance, and the obtaining of eternall life, it hath the cause of it from man, because according to the com­mon opinion, Gods predestination is by reason of workes foreseene in men, that is, God doth therefore predestinate or reiect some man, because he fore­seeth that he will well or badly vse his grace. But for the more euident decla­ration of this, these seuen conclusions must be set downe.

  • I. The Predestination, and Reprobation of God, do not constraine or in­force any necessitie vpon the will of man.
  • II. God hath predestinated all men, that is, he hath appointed and disposed all men, so as they might obtaine eternall saluation.
  • III. Man is neither by necessitie nor chance saued or condemned, but vo­luntarily.
  • IV. God hath predestinated some, other hath he reiected.
  • V. Those whome God hath predestinated by his absolute predestination, which can not be lost they shall infallibly die in grace: but they which are pre­destinate, by that predestination which beeing according to pre [...]ent iustice, may be lost by some mortall sinne which followeth, are not infallibly saued, but oftentimes such are condemned, and loose their crowne and glory. Hence ariseth that position of theirs, that he which is iustified may be a reprobate, & perish eternally. Torrensis Aug. Confess. 2. booke. 4. chap. 20. Sect. Therfore predestination is not certaine, seeing it may be lost.
  • VI. God alone doth know the certaine and set number of them which are predestinate.
  • VII. There is one set number of them which are predestinate, or reproo­ued, and that can neither be increased nor diminished.

[Page 147]The execution of Predestination, is either in infants, or those of yeres of dis­cretion.

Concerning infants, the merite of Christ is appliyed vnto them, by baptis­me rightly administred: so that whatsoeuer in originall corruption may truely and properly be accounted for sinne, it is not onely, as I may say, not pared a­way, or not imputed, but vtterly taken away. For there is nothing that God can hate in such as are renued. Concil. Trid. 5. sect. 5. Can.

Neuertheles they are vrged to confesse, that there remaineth yet in such as are baptized concupiscence, or the reliques of sinn. The which seeing it is left in men for them to wrestle withall, it hath not power to hurt such as yeeld not vnto it.

The execution of predestination in such as are of riper yeares, hath sixe de­grees.

The first is vocation, whereby men, not for their owne merits, but by Gods preuenting grace through Christ, are called to turne vnto God.

The second is, a preparation to righteousnesse, whereby men, through the inherent power of free-will, do apply themselues to iustification, after that the same power is stirred vp by the holy Ghost. For free-will is onely somewhat diminished, and not extinguished: and therefore so soone as the holy Ghost toucheth and inlighteneth the heart, it worketh togither with the same spirit, freely assenting vnto the same. This preparation hath seuen degrees [...] Biel. 4. booke. 14. dist. 2. quest.

The first is faith, which is a knowledge and an assent, whereby men agree that those things are true which are deliuered concerning God, and his will, reuealed in the word of God.

This is the foundation of iustification, and prepareth the heart: because it stirreth vp free-will that it may affect the heart, with those motions by which it is prepared to iustification.

  • I. The act of faith is, to apprehend the ouglines of sin & the wages therof.
  • II. After this, followeth a feare of Gods anger, and of hell fire.
  • III. Then begin men to dislike, and in some sort to detest sinne.

    From these ariseth a certaine disposition, which hath annexed vnto it, the merite of congruitie, yet not immediate nor sufficient, but imperfect.

  • IV. At the length, faith returneth to the contemplation of Gods mercies, & beleeueth that God is readie to forgiue sinnes by the infusion of charitie into those, which are before sufficiently prepared and disposed.
  • V. Out of this contemplation proceedeth the act of hope, whereby faith beginneth to desire and to waite on God, as the chiefest good.
  • VI. Out of this act of hope ariseth loue, whereby God is loued aboue all things in the world.
  • VII. After this loue followeth a new dislike, and detestation of sinne, not so much in regard of feare of the punishment in hell fire, as in regard of the offence of God who is simply loued more then all other things.
  • VIII. After all these, followeth a purpose of amendment of life: and here comes in the merit of congruitie, that is, sufficient: or els, the immediate, suffi­cient, and last disposition before the infusion of grace.

[Page 148]The third degree of Predestination, is the first iustification wherby men of vniust, are made iust, not only through the remission of their sinnes, but also by a sanctificatiō of the inward mā, by his volūtary receiuing of grace & gifts.

The efficient cause of this iustification, is the mercy of God, and the meri­torious passion of our Sauiour Christ, whereby he purchased iustification for men. The instrumentall cause is baptisme. The formall cause is not that iustice which was inherent in Christ, but which he infuseth into man: and that is es­pecially hope, and charitie.

The fourth degree, is the second iustification wherby men are of iust, made more iust: the cause hereof is faith, ioyned with good workes.

It is possible for such as are renued, to keepe the commaundements: And therefore it is false that a iust man committeth so much as a veniall sinne in his best actions, much lesse, that he deserueth eternall death for the same.

The fift degree, is the reparation of a sinner by the sacrament of Penance. The which is, as it were, the second boord after a shipwracke. The cause why this reparation is necessarie, is, because men loose the grace of iustification by euery mortall sinne.

The last degree is the fruit of iustification, namely, the glory of eternall life, the which works done in grace, doe ex condigno, condignly merit, of sufficient worthinesse.

Condigne merite is, when as the reward is after such sort due, as that if it be not giuen, iniustice will be committed. This by the rigor of iustice is due.

Two conditions are requisite to make a merit. I. That a reward should by some compact or bargain be due: And this condition is in works, in regard of God. For God in the Scriptures hath promised a reward to such as work wel. II. That besides this compact whereby the debter is bound, there should bee also some worthines in the worke, or some proportion of the worke to the re­ward.

The worthinesse or dignitie of the worke, dependeth I. on Christ, because Christ did not only merite that his owne proper actions should be meritori­ous, but the actions also of his members. II. On the holy Ghost. For the holy Ghost doth inspire, excite, and mooue men to doe. III. On an Habituall grace, which is a certaine participation of the diuine essence.

Thus much concerning the degrees of executing Predestination. Nowe followeth the applying of Predestination particularly to the persons of men.

No man, so long as he liueth in this mortall life, ought so much to presume on the secret mysterie of Gods predestination, as to determine vndoubtedly that he is in the number of them whome God hath ordained to eternall hap­pines. For no man, without especiall reuelation can know, whome God hath chosen to be his heires. Sess. 6. c. 12.

The summe of all these, is this. God by a certaine grace giuen freely, or ra­ther a grace preuenting, or comming before, the which is tearmed an especiall aid, doth mooue a man, that he may dispose himselfe vnto his iustifying grace, namely, that he may beleeue, feare, repent, loue, & propound to himselfe new­nes of life, &c.

Furthermore, if a sinner do by his free-will yeeld his assent vnto this diuine [...] [Page] [...] [Page] [...] [Page] [...] [Page] [Page 149] motion, and doth consequently and accordingly rightly dispose himselfe, God doth incontinently forgiue him his sinne, and withall doth infuse into him iu­stifying grace, by which he may doe good workes, and so by them merit eter­nall life. Bellarmine.

Errours of the Papists in their distributing of the causes of saluation.

And thus is the doctrine of the Church of Rome, surely a very blasphemous doctrine, and no better to be accounted of then as a gallowes set vp for the tor­ture and massacre of mens consciences. And that this may the more manifest­ly appeare to be so, I will set downe the most principall points of popish do­ctrine in this case.

The I. errour.

Predestination is onely of the Elect, the Reprobate they are onely foreknowne.

The Confutation.

The name of Predestination, by a figure called Synecdoche, the whole for the part, is taken indeed sometimes in the good part, and spoken of the Elect, and faithfull called, as Rom. 8.30. Whome he predestinated, them also he called, and whome he called, them also he iustified, and whome he iustified, them also he glo­rified. So are the Ephesians saide to be predestinate into the adoption of the sonnes of God. Eph. 1.5. Yet may this word Predestination, neuerthelesse generally be extended vnto the decree of God, whether it be that of predestination to eter­nall life, or the other vnto eternall death. The reasons: I. Act. 4. 27,28. They gathered themselues together against thine holy sonne Iesus: to doe whatsoeuer thine hand & thy counsel had determined (or foreordained, or predestinated [...]) before to be done. II. August. de Bono persev. chap. 17. he calleth Predestina­tion the disposition of future workes: and in his 15. booke of the Citie of God, chap. 1. he deuideth all mankinde into two cities: whereof one is predestinate to raigne with God eternally, the other predestinate to vndergoe eternall punishment with the deuill. And in his Manuel to Laurentius, chap. 100. he saith, That God hath iustly predestinated wicked men vnto punishment, and mercifully predesti­nated the good vnto grace. Thomas of Aquine 1. part. quest. 23. artic. 4. It mat­tereth not in regard of the name of predestination, whether a man be said to be pre­destinate to life eternall or not.

Furthermore, for a man to say that the Reprobates are foreknowne, & not predestinate, it is very iniurious: because Gods foreknowledge, may in no­thing which is to be, be seuered from his will and eternall decree. For that, which beeing hereafter to be, is foreknowne of God, that assuredly will come to passe, and shall be, and that either by the will of God, or without his will: if with his will, then no doubt he both decreed & preordained the same: if with­out or against his will, how is God then said to be omnipotent? And surely e­uill it selfe, albeit god wil it not in his approouing or allowing will; yet willeth he the free, and willing-permission thereof. August. in his Manuel or Enchiri­diō to Laurētius, chap. 100. hath an excellēt saying to this purpose. Although (saith he) that those things which are euill in that they are euill cannot be good, yet that there are not onely good, but also euill things, it is very good: to the intent that after a marueilous and vnspeakeable manner, that thing may not be besides, or with­out [Page 150] his will, which also is done against his will, because it should not be done, vnlesse he suffered it, neither doth he suffer it, against his will, but willingly.

The II. errour.

That Predestination is mutable. For, (according to the common opinion of the Papists) whosoeuer is predestinate, he is contingently predestinated, as well on Gods part, as on mans: whence it followeth, that he which is predestinated, that is, appoin­ted to saluation, may be condemned, and he which is foreknowne, that is, appointed to damnation may be saued.

The Confutation.

The contrarie to this their doctrine is most true. Namely, that the decree of God concerning euery mans eternall both saluation & damnation, is from all eternitie, set downe, and immutable. The reasons. I. Testimonies of scrip­ture. Rom. 11.29. The gifts and calling of God they are, [...], such as are without repentance. Mat. 24.24. There shall arise false Christs, and false Prophets: and shall doe great signes and miracles, so that (if it were possible) they should de­ceiue euen the elect. Rom. 8.33. Who shall lay any thing to the charge of Gods cho­sen? it is God that iustifieth, who shall condemne? 2. Tim. 2.19. The foundation of god standeth sure, and hath this seale, the Lord knoweth who are his. II. Election & re­probation they are in God, not in men: nowe there can be nothing in God which is not immutable. Mal. 3.6. I Iehouah am not changed. Esay 46.10. My counsell shall stand, and I will doe whatsoeuer I will. III. If this Popish conclusi­on should be graunted, then would it follow of necessitie, that the foreknow­ledge of God must be made void, his power weakened, and his will changed, each of which is impious once to dreame of. For he which changeth his coū ­sell, or his will, doth therefore change it either because he at the length seeth that he might haue taken better aduise, or els in that he seeth that he could not bring his former purpose about as he would. Either of these are farre from our Lord God. IV. If we resolue that the counsell of God is any waies muta­ble, it will by this come to passe that euery man must bee vncertaine whether he be predestinate to life or not: whereby that notable staie & ground of our full assurance to be saued, is vtterly shaken & ouerturned. Wherefore let this truth be maintained of vs, namely, that both the election and reprobation of God stand immutable, so that neither the elect can become reprobates, nor the reprobates elect; and consequently neither these be saued, nor they con­demned.

Against this doctrine, the popish sort except. If you speake in a compound sense or meaning ( in sensu composito) it is very true that the predestinate can not be saued, nor such as are foreknowne perish: but if in a sense diuided ( in sensu diuiso) it is not so. This distinction is plaine by this example. White colour in a compound meaning cannot be blacke, because blackenesse is repugnant & contrarie to whitenesse. But in a deuided sense, white colour nowe may after­wards be made blacke. In like sort, one predestinated to saluation may, by rea­son of the free-will he hath, sinne, & so be damned. Ans. These are silly shifts, and meere sophismes, because such as are predestinated to the end, namely sal­uation, are necessarilie predestinate to the meanes of saluation, the which they cannot but vse, and by them come to the end it selfe.

The III. errour.

All men are predestinate, that is, disposed and ordayned of God, so as they might attaine eternall life. Sebast. Cattaneus in his Enchirid. chap. of Predest.

The Confutation.

This is manifestly false. For I. Infants, who so sonne as they are borne, de­part this life, seeing for want of time they cannot in this life vse the meanes of saluation, albeit they may haue life eternall, yet obtaine they it not by vsing the meanes vnto the same. II. That which the Lord indeed actually doth, the ve­ry same hath he determined to doe. For he doth nothing either vnaduisedly, or vnwillingly: but he actually forsaketh a very great part of mankind, the which being shut vp vnder contumacy, he doth leaue to it selfe. Act. 14.16. Who in times past suffered all the Gentiles to walke in their owne waies. Hence also is it, that Eph. 2. all the Gentiles are said to be [...], without God in the world. There­fore God decreed to forsake some men in this life, and consequently he ordai­ned not all men to the obtaining of eternall life. Nay, if God once but would in his secret will, that all men should be saued, it were vnpossible for any to pe­rish: because Gods willing, is his doing of it: and if he that was ordained to saluation perish, then must God now needes haue left off to will that, which he would from all eternitie, or els begin to will that, which before hee would not, the which cannot be said of God, without blasphemie. III. Paul 2. Thes. 2.10. saith, that there be certaine men, [...], which perish, and them he di­stinguisheth from the elect. v. 13. Rom. 9.21,22. Hath not the potter power, &c. Where there is not onely mention made of vessels of glorie, and mercie, but also of certaine made, and fashioned in Gods eternall counsell, as vessels of wrath. Now looke whome God hath made to wrath and destruction, them he neuer disposed to obtaine eternall life.

The IV. errour.

Predestination in regard of the last effects thereof, hath this cause in man, that is, in mans free-will, and workes: for they whome God had foreseene, that they would receiue grace offered in Christ, and lead their life according to the lawe, thē he pre­destinated, not of works, but of his mercie; yet so, as that he had respect vnto works, or to deale with them according to their workes: or (as others say) to ordaine them by their works foreseene: As for example: God did from all eternitie foresee and fore­know, that Peter should be saued, and Iudas condemned, because he from the same e­ternitie did both foresee & foreknow, that Peter would accept of the grace offered vnto him, and after vse the same aright: and he did also foresee that Iudas should re­ceiue the grace offered, yet notwithstāding by reason of his peruerse will, vse the same peruersly.

The Confutation.

This their forged deuise of foreseene workes, I. Paul doth shewe to bee plainely counterfeit, when as he saith, that the Ephesians were elected in Christ before the foundations of the world were laide: and that not because he did fore­see that they would be holy, but that they might be holy and vnblameable before God with loue. And 2. v. 10. he saith, they were created to good workes in Christ, that they might walke therein. In which places, good workes they are made effectes of predestination; but the effect foreseene cannot bee the cause of his cause: for that euery cause, in the order both of nature and [Page 152] knowledge, doth goe before his effect. II. Tit. 3.5. Not of workes which we haue done, but according to his mercie did God elect and saue vs. III. God in ele­cting vs, did not regard any thing out of himselfe, but in himselfe did he elect vs. Eph. 1.4. and 9. Therefore did he not regard future workes. IV. Some of the popish schoolemen confesse, that Predestination doth put nothing in the partie predestinated, in respect of him, for which God did predestinate him. Thom. 1. primae. quest. 23. art. 2. V. Election is onely on Gods mercie. Rom. 9.16. VI. God saw no grace in man, but that which he himselfe must bestow vpon him: whence it is apparant, that in election the beginning thereof pro­ceedeth from grace. VII. Seeing there is nothing either aboue God, or grea­ter then God, it must needes be impious to assigne any cause of his will, either out of, or aboue his maiestie: and therefore that his foreknowledge of faith & workes should bee accounted the impulsiue cause of his decree, concerning mans saluation, we doe rightly denie.

The V. errour.

By Baptisme rightly administred, not only the guiltines, but also the corruption of originall sin, is so washed away as that it is not afterward properly accounted a sinne.

The Confutation.

We contrarily doe thus distinguish of sinne. Sinne in regard of the guilti­nes of Gods wrath, and also in regard of the punishment togither by one act is taken away in Baptisme: but in regard of that errour and corruption of na­ture, it is not at the first quite taken away, but successiuely, and by little and lit­tle it is extinguished; euen as our renouation wrought by the holy Ghost, is by little and little begun and increased in vs. Reasons. I. Paul would not so greatly bewaile his originall sinne, if after Baptisme it ceased any more to bee sinne. I see, saith he, another law in my mēbers, rebelling against the law of my mind, and leading me captiue vnto the lawe of sinne which is in my members. O miserable man [...] who shall deliuer me from this body of death? II. Originall sinne, is called a sinne out of measure sinfull. Rom. 7.13. And Heb. 12.1. a sinne that hangeth fast on, or, easily compasseth vs about. III. Concupiscence is the roote of actuall sin; and therefore euen after Baptisme, it must properly be a sin. IV. Vnlesse that concupiscence were a sinne, where would or could be that vehement and hote combate betwixt the flesh and the spirit?

The VI. errour.

Baptisme is absolutely necessarie to saluation, especially for children.

The Confutation.

Wee denie that Baptisme is of absolute necessitie to saluation. Reasons. I. Sacraments doe not conferre grace, but rather confirme grace, when GOD hath conferred the same. The children of faithfull parents are borne holy, not by naturall generation, but by the grace of God, and are not first made holy by baptisme: and as for such as are of yeares of discretion before they be bap­tized, they cannot be baptized vnlesse they beleeue. Nowe all such as beleeue, they are both iustified, and reconciled to God; and therefore, albeit they with­out their owne default, are depriued of the Sacraments it is vnpossible for thē to perish. II. God did precisely appoint circumcision to be on the eight day, not on the first, or the second: nowe there is no doubt but that many infants [Page 153] before their eight daie were preuented of circumcision by death, all which for a man peremptorily to set downe as condemned, were very absurd. III. If cir­cumcision were of such absolute great necessitie, why was it for the space of fourtie yeares in the desart intermitted? and that onely because the Israelites beeing often in iourney, such as were circumcised were by it in ieopardy of death: no doubt Moses and Aaron would neuer haue omitted this Sacrament so long, if it had bene absolutely necessarie to saluation. IV. This doctrine of the absolute necessitie of Baptisme was vnknowne to the auncient Fathers. For the primitiue Church did tollerate very godly men (though we allow not this their fact) that they should deferre their baptisme many yeares, yea often to the time of their death. Hence was it that Constantine the great was not baptised till a little before his death: and Valentinian by reason of his de­lay, was not at all baptized: whome notwithstanding Ambrose pronoun­ceth to be in heauen. And Bernard in his 77. epist. disputeth, that not euery depriuation of Baptisme, but the contempt or palpable negligence, is damna­ble.

The VII. errour.

Man after the fall of Adam hath free-will as well to doe that which is good, as that which is euill, although it be in a diuers manner, that is, he hath free-wil to do [...] euill simplie, and without any externall aide: but to doe well, none at all, but by the grace of God preuenting, or guiding vs: the which grace notwithstanding euery man hath, and to the which grace it is in our free-will either to consent and togither worke with the same, or not. And therfore the power of free-will to doe that which is good & acceptable to God, is onely attenuated & weakened before conuersion, and therefore man can of himselfe worke a preparation to iustification.

The Confutation.

Man not regenerated hath free-will to doe onely that which is euill, none to doe good. He beeing not already conuerted cannot so much as will to haue faith, and be conuerted. Reasons. I. Man is not said to be weake or sicke, but dead in sinnes. Ephe. 2.1. Col. 1.13. As he therefore that is corporally dead can not stirre vp himselfe, that he may performe such workes of viuification, no not then when others helpe him: so he that is spiritually dead, cannot mooue himselfe to liue vnto God. II. He is the seruant of Satan, and bondslaue of sinne. Eph. 2.2. Rom. 6.13. Nowe we knowe that a seruant standeth at the becke & pleasure of another, and can doe nothing els. III. That which no man can by himselfe knowe and beleeue, the same he cannot will: but no man can knowe & beleeue those things that appertaine to the kingdome of GOD. 1. Cor. 2. vers. 14. The naturall man perceiueth not the things of the spirit of God. 2. Cor. 3. 5. We are not sufficient of our selues, to thinke any thing as of our selues. There­fore no man can will by himselfe, those things that appertaine to Gods king­dome. IV. That which is a deadly enemie to goodnes, and is directly repug­nant thereunto the same desireth not that which is good; but the will is an e­nemie & directly repugnant vnto goodnes. Rom. 8.7. The wisdome of the flesh is hatred against God: for it is not subiect to the lawe of God, neither indeed can bee.

Obiect. I. The word is neere vnto thee in thine heart, and in thy mouth, that thou maiest doe the same. Deut. 30. Answer. It is easie to performe the lawe legallie, [Page 154] but not Euangelically: Now this is done, when as any man doth fulfill the law by a Mediatour, and from him receiuing the spirit of god, doth endeuour to performe new obedience.

Obiect. II. God giueth many precepts by which we are commanded to re­pent, beleeue, obey God, &c. Therefore to doe these, we haue free-will. Answ. Such places doe not shew vs what we can doe, but what we should doe, & our weaknes what we cannot doe: neither doe they shew what men can doe, but what men should doe. II. They are instruments of the holy Ghost, whereby he doth renue and conuert such as shall be saued. They obiect againe. God in commanding these, doth not require things impossible. Ans. He doth not in­deede to men in their innocencie, but now to all such as fell in Adam he doth, and that by their owne default, not Gods.

Obiect. III. Philip. 3. 12. Worke your saluation with feare and trembling.

Answer. Paul speaketh of such as are alreadie conuerted, which haue their wil in part freed.

Obiect. IV. If the will be a meere patient, it is constrained to doe that, which is good. Answ. The will both in it selfe, and of it selfe, is a meere patient in her first conuersion vnto God; but if it be considered as it is mooued by the spirit of God, it is an agent. For, being mooued, it mooueth. It is not therefore com­pelled, but of a nilling will, is made a willing will.

The VIII. errour.

The holy Ghost doth not giue grace to will, but onely doth vnloose the will which before was chained, and also doth excite the same: so that the will by her owne power, doth dispose her selfe to iustification.

The Confutation.

It is apparantly false. To will those things which concerne the kingdome of God, as faith, conuersion, and new obedience, is the meere gift of Gods spirit. Matth. 11.28. No man knoweth the Father but the Sonne, and he to who [...] the Sonne will reueale him. Luke 8. To you it is giuen to know the mysteries of the kingdome of God. Philip. 2. It is God which worketh in you to will and to doe. 1. Cor. 12. 13. No man can say that Iesus is the Lord but by the holy Ghost. Briefly he, who according to God is to be created to righteousnes and holiness, Eph. 4.24. cannot any waies dispose himselfe to iustification, or new creation. For it is impossible that a thing not yet created, should dispose it selfe to his crea­tion.

The IX. errour.

That preparation to grace, which is caused by the power of free-will, may by the merit of congruitie deserue iustification.

The Confutation.

These things smell of more then Satanicall arrogancie. For what man, but such an one as were not in his right mind, would beleeue, that he, vnto whom so many millions of condemnations are due, could once merit the least dramme of grace. The prodigall sonne, he was not receiued into fauour by reason of his deserts, but by fauour. Luk. 15.21. His sonne said vnto him, I haue sinned against heauen, and against thee, and am no more worthie to be called thy sonne.

The X. errour.

The faith of the godly, or that which iustifieth, is that whereby a man doth in gene­rall beleeue the promised blessednes of God, and by which also he giueth his assent to other mysteries reuealed of God concerning the same.

The Confutation.

Faith is not onely a generall knowledge, and assent to the historie of the Gospel, but further also a certaine power, both apprehending and seuerally applying the promises of God in Christ, whereby a man doth assuredly set downe that his sinnes are forgiuen him, and that he is reconciled vnto God. Reasons. I. A particular assurāce of the fauour of god, is of the nature of faith. Eph. 3.12. By whom we haue boldnes; and entrance with confidence, by faith in him. Rom. 4.20. Neither did he doubt of the promise of God through vnbeleefe, but was strengthened in the faith, and gaue glorie vnto God. 21. Beeing fully assured that he which had promised, was also able to do it. Heb. 10.22. Let vs draw nere with a true heart in assurance of faith. II. Particular doubtings is reprehended Mat. 14. [...]. O thou of litle faith, why didst thou doubt? Luk. 12.29. Hang ye not in suspence. III. That which a mā praieth for to god, that must he assuredly beleeue to receiue. Math. 11.24. But the faithfull in their praiers make request for adoption, iu­stification, and life eternall: And therefore they must certainely beleeue that they shall receiue these benefits. IV. Rom. 5.1. We beeing th [...]refore iustified, we haue peace with God. But there can be no peace, where there is not a pa [...]ticu [...]ar assurance of Gods fauour. V. That which the spirit of God doth testifie vn­to vs particularly, that must also be beleeued particularly: But the spirit of God doth giue a particular testimonie of the adoption of the faithfull. Rom. 8.16. Gal. 4.6. This therefore is in like sort to be beleeued.

Whereas they say, that no man hath a particular assurance, but by especiall reuelation, as was that which Abraham, and Paul had, it is false. For the faith of these two is set downe in Scripture, as an example which we should all fol­low. For this cause Abraham is called the Father of the faithfull: and Paul te­stifieth the very fame of himselfe. 1. Tim. 1.16. For this cause (saith he) was I re­ceiued to mercie, that Iesus Christ should first shew on me all long suffering, vnto the example of them which shall in time to come beleeue in him vnto eternall life. A­gaine, whereas they say, that we haue a morall assurance, but not the assurance of faith, it is a popish deuise. For, Rom. 8.16. The spirit of adoption ( [...]) together beareth witnesse to our spirits. Where we see two witnesses of our adop­tion; our owne spirit, and the spirit of God. Our spirit doth testifie morally of our adoption, by sanctification, and the fruits thereof: and therefore also the spirit of God witnesseth after another manner, namely, by the certaintie of faith, declaring and applying the promises of God.

Obiect. I. We are commanded to worke our saluation with feare & trem­bling. Ans. This feare is not in regard of Gods mercie forgiuing our sinnes, but in respect of vs and our nature, which is euer prone to slide away, and star­ting from God.

Obiect. II. In respect of Gods mercie, we must hope for saluation: but in respect of our vnworthines, we must doubt: Ans. I. We may not at all law­fully doubt of Gods mercie, because doubtfulnes is not of the nature of faith, [Page 156] but rather a naturall corruption. II. If we consider our owne vnworthines, it is out of all doubt, that we must be out of all hope, and despaire of our salua­tion.

Obiect. III. There be many sinnes vnknowne vnto vs, and so also vncer­taine whether they be pardoned vnto vs. Answer. He that certenly and truly knoweth that but one sinne is pardoned him, he hath before God all his sinnes remitted, whether they be knowne or vnknowne.

Obiect. IV. No man dare sweare, or die in the defence of this proposition, I am the child of God, or in Gods fauour, and iustified. Answ. They which haue an vnfained faith, will if they be lawfully called, not onely testifie their adopti­on by an oath, but seale it also by their blood.

Obiect. V. A man may haue this faith which the Protestants talke of, and lie in a mortall sinne, and haue also a purpose to perseuere in a mortall sinne. Ans. It is farre otherwise, for Act. 15.9. True faith purifieth the heart.

These Sophisters doe further affirme, that this faith, which to them is no­thing but a knowledge and illumination of the mind concerning the truth of Gods word, is the roote and foundation of iustification. The which if it be true, why should not the deuill be iust? for he hath both a knowledge of Gods word, and thereunto by beleeuing doth giue his assent; who notwithstanding he haue such a faith, yet can he not be called one of the faithfull.

Here they except, and say. The deuils faith is void of charitie, which is the forme of faith. But this is a doting surmise of their owne braine. For charitie is the effect of faith, 1. Tim. 1.5. But the effect cannot informe the cause.

The XI. errour.

Mans loue of God, doth in order and time goe before his i [...]stification and recon­ciliation with God.

The Confutation.

Nay contrarily, vnlesse we be first perswaded of Gods loue towards vs, we neuer loue him. For we loue him, because he loued vs first. 1. Ioh. 4.19. Againe, it is impossible that Gods enemie should loue him: but he which is not as yet iustified, or reconciled to God, he is Gods enemie. Rom. 5.9,10. Neither is any man before the act of iustification, made of Gods enemie his friend.

The XII. errour.

Iufused or inherent iustice, is the formall cause of i [...]stification, whereby men are iustified in the sight of God.

The Confutation.

We doe contrarily hold, that the materiall cause of mans iustification is, the obedience of Christ in suffering, & fulfilling the law for vs: but as for the for­mall cause that must needes be Imputation, the which is an action of God the Father accepting the obedience of Christ for vs, as if it were our owne. Rea­sons. I. Looke by what we are absolued from all our sinnes, and by which we obtaine eternall life, by that alone are we iustified: But by Christs perfect obe­dience imputed vnto vs, we are absolued from all our sinnes, and through it we are accepted of God to eternall life; the which we cannot doe by inherent holinesse. Therefore by Christs perfect obedience imputed vnto vs, are we a­lone iustified. This will appeare to be true in the exercises of inuocation on [Page 157] Gods name, and also of repentance. For in tentation, and conflicts with sinne and Satan, faith doth not reason thus: Now I haue charitie and inherent grace, and for these God will accept of me: But faith doth more rightly behold the sonne of God, as he was made a sacrifice for vs, and sitteth at the right hand of his Father, there making intercession for vs: to him, I say, doth faith flie, and is assured that for this his sonne, God will forgiue vs all our sinnes, and will also be reconciled vnto vs, yea, and account vs iust in his sight, not by any qualitie inherent in vs, but rather by the merit of Iesus Christ. Rom. 5.19. II. As Christ is made a sinner, so by proportion such as beleeue are made iust: But Christ was by imputation onely made and accounted a sinner for vs. 2. Cor. 5. 21. For he became a suretie for vs, and a sacrifice for our sinnes, vpon which all both the guiltinesse of Gods wrath, and punishment for vs was to be laide. Hence is it that he is said to become ( [...]) a curse for vs: Therfore we againe are made iust only by imputation. III. The contrarie to condemnation is re­mission of sinnes, and iustification is the opposite of condemnation. Rom. 8. 33. It is God that iustifieth, who shall condemne? Therefore iustification is the re­mission of sinnes. Now remission of sinnes dependeth onely vpon this impu­tation of Christs merits. IV. Albeit infused and inherent iustice may haue his due place, his praise, and also deserts, yet as it is a worke of the holy Ghost, it is not in this life complete, and by reason of the flesh [...] whereto it is vnited, it is both imperfect, and infected with the dregges of sinne. Esai 64. Therfore be­fore Gods iudgement seate it cannot claime this prerogatiue, to absolue any from the sentence of condemnation.

Obiect. I. This imputation is nothing els but a vaine cogitation. Answ. I. Yes, it is a relation or diuine ordinance, whereby one relatiue is applied to his correlatiue, or as the Logitians say, is as the foundation to the Terminus. II. As the imputation of our sinnes vnto Christ, was indeede something: so the im­putation of Christs iustice vnto vs, must not be thought a bare conceit. III. Againe, the Church of Rome doth her selfe maintaine imputatiue iustic [...], namely, when as by Ecclesiasticall authoritie shee doth applie the merits and satisfactions of certain persons, vnto other members of that Church. Whence it is apparant, that euen the Popes indulgences they are imputatiue.

Obiect. II. Imputatiue iustice, is not euerlasting: but that iustice which the Messiah bringeth is euerlasting. Ans. Although after this life there is no par­don of sinnes to be looked for, yet that which is giuen vs in this life, shall to our saluation continue in the life to come.

Obiect. III. If iustification be by imputation, he may before God be iust, who indeede is a very wicked man. Ans. Not so any waies: for he that is once by imputation iustified, he is also at that same instant sanctified.

The XIII. errour.

There is also a second iustification, and that is obtained by workes.

The Confutation.

That popish deuice of a second iustification, is a fantasticall delusion. For, I. The word of God doth acknowledge no more but one iustification at all, and that absolute and complete of it selfe. There is but one iustice, but one sa­tisfaction of God being offended therefore there cannot be a manifold iusti­fication. [Page 158] II. If by reason of the increase of inherent iustice, iustification should be distinguished into seuerall kindes or parts, we might as well make an hun­dreth kinds, or parts of iustification, as two. III. That which by order of na­ture doth follow after full iustification before God, it cannot be said to iusti­fie: But good workes doe by order of nature follow mans iustification, and his absolution from sinnes: because no worke can please God, except the person it selfe, that worketh the same, doe before please him. But no mans per­son can please God, but such an one as beeing reconciled to God, by the me­rits of Christ hath peace with him. IV. Such workes as are not agreeable to the rule of legall iustice: they, before the tribunall seat of God, cannot iustifie, but rather both in, and of themselues are subiect to Gods eternall curse. For this is the sentence of the Law, Cursed is euery one that continueth not in all things written in the booke of the Law to doe them. Now the works euen of the regene­rate; are not squared according to the rule of legall iustice: wherefore Dauid being, as it were stricken, with the cōsideration of this, durst not once oppose, no not his best works to the iudgement of God, that by them he might plead pardon of his sinnes; whence it is that he crieth out and saith, Enter not into iudgement with thy seruant, O Lord: for then no flesh liuing shall be iustified in thy sight. The like doth Iob 9.3. If he (namely, such an one as saith he is iust) contend with God, he cannot answer him one of a thousand. And Dan. 9. 18. We doe not present our supplications before thee for our owne righteousnesse, but for thy great tender mercies. V. Iustification by works, let them be whatsoeuer they can be, doth quite ouerturne the foundation of our faith. Gal. 5.2. If ye be circumcised, Christ will profit you nothing. and v. 4. Ye are abolished from Christ, whosoeuer are iustified by the law: ye are fallen from grace. In this place the Apostle speaketh of them, not which did openly resist Christ, and the Gospel, but of such as did with the merit of Christ mingle together the workes of the Law; as though some part of our saluation consisted in them. Exception. This place doth onely exclude such morall works of the flesh, as doe goe before faith, or the workes of the law of Moses. Ans. This is vntrue. For euen of Abraham being already regenerated, and of those his works which were done when he was iustified, Paul speaketh thus, To him, not which worketh, but which beleeueth is faith impu­ted. Those works which God hath prepared that the regenerate should walke in them, are morall works, and workes of grace; but these are excluded from iustification, and working mans saluation. Eph. 2.10. And Paul beeing rege­nerate saith thus of himselfe, I am not guiltie vnto my selfe of any thing, yet am, I not thereby iustified. VI. The cause of the cause is the cause of the thing cau­sed; but grace without works is the cause of mans predestination, the which is the cause of his iustification: and therefore grace without workes shall much more be saide to be the cause of iustification.

Obiect. I. Levit. 18.5. He that keepeth my statutes shall liue in them. Ans. This saving is a legall sentence: and therefore sheweth not what men can doe, but what they should doe.

Obiect. II. Psal. 119.1. Blessed are those that walke in the Law of the Lord. Ans. Man is not here said to be blessed, because he walketh vprightly, but because the person of such: walker is, by the merits of Christ, iustified before God.

[Page 159] Obiect. III. Iudge me according to my righteousnes. Psal. 7. And the fact of Phi­nees was imputed to him for righteouses. Ans. These places are not meant of that righteousnes of the person, by which it is righteous before God; but of the righteousnes of some particular cause, or worke. For where as Dauid was accused of this crime, that he did affect Sauls kingdome, he in this point doth in the words aboue mentioned, testifie his innocencie before God.

Obiect. IV. We are iudged according to our workes, therefore also by them iusti­fied. Ans. The reason is not alike: because the last iudgement is not the iusti­fying of a man, but a declaration of that iustification which he had before ob­tained. Therfore the last iudgement must be pronounced and taken, not from the causes of iustification, but from the effects and signes thereof.

Obiect. V. Make you friends of vnrighteous Mammon, &c. that they may re­ceiue you into eternall habitations. Ans. This they doe, not as authors of saluati­on, but as witnesses of the same.

Obiect. VI. Dan. 4.24. Redeeme thy sinnes by righteousnes, and thine iniquitie by mercie towards the poore. Ans. It is rather, breake off thy sinnes, then redeeme, for so is the originall: now men breake off their sinnes, by ceasing from them, not satisfying for them.

Obiect. VII. Euill workes condemne: therefore good workes iustifie. Answ. It followeth not; because good works are not perfectly good, as euill works are perfectly euill.

Obiect. VIII. We are saued by hope, Rom. 8. Answer. We must distinguish betwixt iustification, and saluation: saluation is the end, iustification is one de­gree to come to the ende: but there is more required to the ende then to a de­gree subordinate to the ende: therefore we are saued by hope and faith, but iu­stified by faith alone.

Obiect. IX. Affliction causeth eternall glorie, 2. Cor. 4.17. Ans. This is doth not, as by it owne merit, effecting the same, but, rather as a path and way mani­festing and declaring the same.

Obiect. X. Iam. 2.21. Abraham was iustified by workes. Ans. Not as any cause of iustification, but as a manifestation thereof.

Obiect. XI. He that is iust, let him be more iust. Ans. This place must be vnder­stood of iustification before men, namely, of sanctification, or an holy life: not of iustification in the sight of God.

Obiect. XII. We are iustified by faith, therefore by a worke. Ans. We are iustified by faith, not as it is a vertue, and a worke, but as it is an instrument ap­prehending the iustice of Christ, whereby we are iustified. And in this respect faith is said, by the figure called Metonymia, to be imputed to vs vnto righte­ousnesse.

Obiect. XIII. The workes of grace are dyed in the blood of Christ. Ans. They are indeed dyed therein, but to the ende they might the better please God, not iustifie man: and whereas they are so stained as that they neede dying in the blood of Christ, therefore can they not any waies iustifie sinnefull man. And the person of the worker, is as well died in Christs blood, as is his work, yet he can not say that his person doth therefore iustifie him.

And as I haue now prooued that this doctrine of the Papists is very erroni­ous, [Page 160] so I also auouch that it is most ridiculous. Because for a man to say that in­herent righteousnes is, by good works, namely the fruits of righteousnes, aug­mented; is as if a man should say, that the vine is made more fruitfull by bea­ring grapes, or that the internall light of the sunne is augmented by the exter­nall emission of the beames. Luthers saying is farre more true. Good workes doe not make a good man, but a good man doth make workes good.

The XIIII. errour.

Grace is quite extinguished, or rather vtterly lost by any mortall sinne.

The Confutation.

I. The word of God doth manifestly declare that it is farre otherwise, Ioh. 6. All that the Father giueth me, shall come vnto me: and him that commeth vnto me, I cast not away. Math. 16.16. Thou art Peter, and vpon this rocke will I build my Church: so that the gates of hell shall not preuaile against it. 1. Ioh. 2.19. They went out from vs, but they were not of vs: for if they had beene of vs, they would haue continued with vs. Rom. 5. 1. Beeing therefore iustified we haue peace with God. Now how could this be true, if he that was before iustified, could any way quite fall from grace, and so perish. II. The elect after their very grieuous fal­lings from God forthwith repented them of their sinnes, as we may see in the example of Dauid, Peter, &c. the which argueth that they had not quite fal­len from grace, and lost the spirit of God. III. If grace be once vtterly lost, then the ingraffing of that partie into Christ is quite abolished: therefore for such as repent; there must needs succeed a second new ingraffing into Christ: & then it will also follow, that they must of necessitie be baptized anew, which is absurd to thinke.

But for all this, we denie not but grace may in part, and for a time be lost, to the end that the faithfull may thereby acknowledge and know their weaknes, and for it be humbled: but that there is any totall or finall falling from grace, we vtterly denie.

The XV. errour.

It is possible to fulfill the Law in this life.

The Confutation.

The Law is euangelically fulfilled, by beleeuing in Christ; but not legally, by doing the works thereof. Reason. They which are carnall cannot possibly fulfill the law of God: but the most regenerate, so long as they liue in this life, are carnall in part. Rom. 7.14. I am, saith Paul of himselfe, carnall, and sold vn­der sinne. Prou. 20. Who can say, Mine heart is pure, I am pure from sinne? Eccles. 7. There is none so iust vpon earth, which doth good, and sinneth not. Psal. 130. If thou, Lord, obserue what is done amisse, Lord who shall abide it? We are daily taught to pray vnto God, Forgiue vs our sinnes. Exception. Indeede if the iustice of the faithfull be absolutely considered, it is imperfect, but as God doth exact it of our frailtie, it is perfect. Answer. This is but the fansie of some doting Iesuite. For this sentence of the Law is simple, eternall, and immooueable, Cursed is e­uery one that continueth not in all things which are written in this booke to do them. Neither may we imagine, that God will not therefore exact the ful accompli­shing of the law, because we are fraile. For we are creatures and debters: now we know that the debt doth not decrease, by reason of the debters pouertie.

[Page 161] Obiect. The faithfull are said to be perfect in this life. Ans. There is a two­fold perfection, the one incomplete, the which is an endeauor or care to obey God in the obseruation of all his precepts; the other is tearmed complet, this is that iustice which the lawe requireth, namely, a perfect and absolute iustice, according to that measure which man performed to God in his innocency. In the first sense the faithfull are said to be perfect, not in this latter.

The XVI. errour.

Workes done in grace doe ( ex condigno) condignely merit eternall life.

The Confutation.

I. Eternall life is the free gift of God. Rom. 6.23. The wages of sinne is death, but the gift of God is eternall life through Christ Iesus. Therefore it is not obtai­ned by the merit of workes. II. The merit of condignitie, is an action belon­ging to such an nature as is both God and man, not to a bare creature. For the Angels themselues cannot merit any thing at Gods hands: yea and Adam al­so, if he had stood in his first innocencie, could haue deserued nothing of god, because it is the bounden dutie of the creature to performe obedience vnto his Creator. The merit therefore of condignitie, doth only agree vnto Christ God and man, in whome each nature doth, to the effecting of this merit, per­forme that which belongeth to it. For the humanitie it doth minister matter vnto the meritorious worke, by suffering and performing obedience: but the Deitie of Christ, whereunto the humanitie is hypostatically vnited doth con­ferre full and sufficient worthinesse vnto the worke. Hence is it that the Fa­ther doth speake thus of his sonne, Mat. 3.17. This is my beloued Sonne, in whom I am well pleased ( [...].) III. In the second commandement God doth pro­mise eternall life to the keepers of his commandements, yet he saith not that they shall obtaine it by desart, but that he will shew mercy to thousands of them that loue him, and keepe his commandements. IV. That a worke may be merito­rious, first there must be an equall proportion betwixt it, and legall iustice, or eternal life: secondly, merite doth presuppose this also, that in God there must bee a due debt towards man, for God then ought on dutie, not by fauour, to accept of the person of man. But all our workes, yea our most holy workes, they cannot come neere vnto legall righteousnesse. For, seeing all the regene­rate are partly carnall, and partly spirituall, all their workes in like sort are im­perfectly good. For looke what the causes are, and such must the effects needs be. So then, good workes doe presuppose a due debt in man, none in God. V. The auncient Fathers doe not acknowledge this merite of condignitie as cur­rant. August. in his manuel, chap. 22. My merite is Gods mercie. Bernard. ser. 63. vpon the Cant. It is sufficient to knowe this, that merits are not sufficient. And ser. 61. Cant. Mans iustice is Gods goodnesse. And epist. 190. That the satisfaction of one may be imputed to all, as the sinnes of all were borne by one. And as for anci­ent doctours, merit was nothing els to them but a good worke acceptable to God. Aug. epist. 105. to Sixtus. If it be grace, then is it not bestowed by reason of any merit, but vpon free mercie. What merits of his owne can he that is set at libertie bragge of, who if he had his merits should haue beene condemned? So the word me­rite doth signifie to doe wel, to be acceptable, to please, as the old interpreter hath, for [...] signifying to please God, vsed this Latine word promereri, To merit.

[Page 162] Obiect. I. Works haue attributed vnto them reward. Answer. Reward is not so much attributed to the work, as to the worker, and to him not for himselfe, but for Christs merits apprehended by faith. Therefore not our merit, or per­sonall merit, but Christs merit, and our reward are correlatiues.

Obiect. II. 2. Thess. 1.6. It is a righteous thing with God to recompence tribula­tions, &c. Ans. It is righteous, not because God ought so to doe of duty, but be­cause he promised: now for God to stand to his word. it is a part of iustice.

Obiect. III. Christ hath merited, that workes might merit. Ans. I. This ta­keth quite away the intercession of Christ. II. It is against the nature of a le­gall worke, to merit ( ex condigno) condignly: because both the lawe of nature and creation doe bind man to performe legall workes vnto God. And fur­ther, all workes are very imperfect, and mixed with sinne. III. This doctrine concerning works, doth obscure and darken the merit of Christ: because that the obtaining of eternall life is withdrawne from his death and obedience, & attributed vnto workes. For they say thus, that Christ by his passion did merit indeede for the sinner iustification: but a sinner once iustified, doth for him­selfe by his owne merits euen condignly merit eternall life.

Obiect. IV. The works of the regenerate, are the workes of the holy Ghost, therfore perfect and pure. Ans. I. The workes of God are all perfect, but yet in their time, and by degrees: therefore sanctification which is a worke of god, must in this life remaine incomplete, & is made perfect in the world to come. II. The works of God are pure, as they are the workes of God alone, not of God and impure man: but nowe good workes they doe come immediatly from the naturall faculties of the soule, namely, from the vnderstanding, and the wil, (in which, they being as yet, but partly regenerated, some corrupt qua­lities of sinne doe yet remaine) and are not immediatly and simply, or wholly deriued from Gods spirit. And hence it is that they are all stained with sinne.

The XVII. errour.

Man knoweth not but by especiall reuelation, whether hee be predestinated or not.

The Confutation.

The contrarie to this, is a plaine trueth. Reasons. I. That which a man must certainly beleeue, that may he also certainely know without an especiall reue­lation: but euery faithful man must beleeue that he is elected. It is Gods com­mandement, that we should beleeue in Christ. 1. Ioh. 3.23. Now to beleeue in Christ, is not onely to beleeue that we are adopted, iustified, and redeemed by him; but also in him elected from eternitie. II. That which is sealed vnto vs by the spirit of God, of that we are very sure without speciall reuelation: but our adoption, and so consequently our election, is sealed vnto vs by the spirit of God. 1. Cor. 2. 12. We haue not receiued the spirit of the world, but the spirit which is of God: that we might knowe the things that are giuen to vs of God. Therefore is our election certainely knowne vnto vs. Eph. 1.13. In whome also ye haue tru­sted after that ye heard the word of trueth, euen the Gospell of your saluation, where­in also after that ye beleeued, ye were sealed with the holy spirit of promise.

Exception. The holy Ghost doth seale vnto vs our adoption morally by works, and therefore the knowledge of our adoption is but onely probable.

[Page 163] Answer. It sealeth vnto vs our adoption, by begetting a speciall trust and con­fidence. For when as we heare Gods promises, and withall thinke vpon them, then doth the holy Ghost by the same promises mooue our vnderstandings and wils to embrace them, and in moouing them, doth make vs both to giue our assent vnto them, and in them to rest our selues: whence ariseth a speciall assurance that we are adopted, and in the fauour of God. Luk. 10. 20. Reioice rather that your names are written in heauen. But no man can be glad for that good which he is in doubt whether he haue receiued it, or not. IV. 2. Pet. 1. 10. Studie to make your vocation and election sure, [...]: but this is not in respect of God, but ourselues.

Obiect. No man must by the Catholike faith beleeue any thing which God hath not reuealed either in the written or vnwritten word, namely tradition. But there is no such either writing or tradition as this, namely, that such a par­ticular man, suppose Peter, or Henrie, is predestinated of God. Therefore no man must particularly beleeue that he is saued. Ans. Albeit this particular pro­position, I am elected, is not expresly set downe in the Scriptures, yet is it inclu­siuely comprehended in them, as the Species is in his Genus, as the Logitians speake: so that it may by iust consequent be gathered out of Gods word, if we reason thus: They which truely beleeue, are elected, Ioh. 6.35. I truly beleeue: therefore I am elected. The first proposition is taken from the Scriptures: the second, from the beleeuers conscience, and from them both the conclusion is easily deriued.

CHAP. 52. Concerning the decree of Reprobation.

THus much shal suffice for the decree of Election, now followeth the de­cree of Reprobation.

The decree of Reprobation, is that part of predestination, whereby God, according to the most free and iust purpose of his will, hath determined to re­iect certain men vnto eternal destruction, and miserie, and that to the praise of his iustice. Rom. 9.21. Hath not the potter power ouer the clay, to make of the same lumpe one vessell to honour, and another to dishonour? 1. Pet. 2.8. To thē which stūble at the word, beeing disobedient, vnto which thing ( [...]) they were euen ordained. Iud. v. 4. There are certaine men crept in, which were before of old ( [...]) ordained to this condemnation. 1. Thess. 5.9. God hath not appointed vs vnto wrath but to saluation. In the Scriptures Cain and Abel, Ismael and Isaac, Esau and Iacob, are propounded vnto vs as types of mankinde partly elected, and part­ly reiected.

Neither doe we here set downe any absolute decree of Damnation, as though we should thinke that any were condemned by the meere and alone will of God, without any causes inherent in such as are to be condemned. For vnto the decree of God it selfe, there are certaine meanes for the execution thereof annexed, and subordinate. And therefore, though we neuer doe, or can separate Gods decree, and the meanes to execute the same, yet doe we di­stinguish them, and doe consider the purpose of God, sometimes by it selfe a­lone, and sometimes againe not by it selfe, but with middle causes subordinate therto. And in this second respect, Christ is said to be predestinate: but in the [Page 164] former, namely, as the decree is considered by it selfe, he is not predestinated, but togither with God the Father, a Predestinator.

Againe, the decree of God is secret. I. Because it ariseth onely from the good pleasure of God, vnsearchable, & adored of the very angels themselues. II. Because it is not knowne but by that which is after it, namely, by the ef­fects thereof.

CHAP. 53. Concerning the execution of the decree of Reprobation.

IN the executing of this decree, there is to be considered, the foundation or beginning, and the degrees or proceeding thereof.

The foundation of executing the decree of Reprobation, is the fall of A­dam, by which fall he was subiect both to sinne and damnation. Rom. 11.32. For God hath shutte vp all in vnbeleefe, that he might haue mercy on all. 1. Pet. 2.8. Here wee must note, that God hath so decreed to condemne some, as that notwithstanding; all the fault and guilt of condemnation remaineth in the men onely.

Further, whome God reiecteth to condemnation, those he hateth: this ha­tred of God is, whereby he detesteth and abhorreth the reprobate when he is fallen into sinne, for the same sinne. And this hatred which God hath to man, comes by the fall of Adam: and it is neither an antecedent nor a cause of Gods decree, but onely a consequent and followeth the decree.

Reprob [...]tes are either Infants or men of riper age.

In reprobate infants, the execution of Gods decree is this: assoone as they are borne, for the guilt of originall and naturall sinne, being left in Gods se­cret iudgement vnto themselues, they dying are reiected of God for euer. Rom. chap. 5. ver. 14. But death raigned from Adam to Moses, euen ouer them al­so that sinned not after the like manner of the transgression of Adam, which was the figure of him that was to come. Rom. 9.11. For ere the children were borne, and when they had neither done good nor euill, that the purpose of God might remaine according to election not by workes, but by him that calleth.

Reprobates of riper age, are of two sorts, they that are called (namely, by an vneffectuall calling) and they that are not called.

In the Reprobates which are called, the execution of the decree of Repro­bation hath three degrees, to wit, an acknowledgement of Gods calling, a fal­ling away againe, and condemnation.

The acknowledgement of Gods calling is, whereby the Reprobates for a time, doe subiect themselues to the calling of God, which calling is wrought by the preaching of the worde. Mat. 22.14. For many are called, but fewe are chosen. And of this calling there are fiue other degrees.

The first is, an enlightning of their mindes, whereby they are instructed of the holy Ghost to the vnderstanding and knoweledge of the word. Heb. 6.4. For it is impossible that they which were once lightned, &c. 2. Pet. 2.20. For if they, after they haue escaped from the filthinesse of the world, through the knowledge of the Lord, and of the Sauiour Iesus Christ, are yet tangled againe therein, and ouer­come, the latter end is worse with them then the beginning.

[Page 165]The second, is a certaine penitencie, whereby the Reprobate, I. doth ac­knowledge his sinne. II. Is pricked with the feeling of Gods wrath for sinne. III. Is grieued for the punishment of sinne. IV. Doth confesse his sinne. V. Acknowledgeth God to be iust in punishing sinne. VI. Desireth to be saued. VII. Promiseth repentance in his miserie or affliction, in these words, I will sinne no more. Math. 27.3. Then when Iudas which betraied him, saw that he was condemned, he repented himselfe, and brought againe the thirtie pieces of siluer, to the chiefe Priests and Elders. Heb. 12.17. For yee know how that afterward also when h [...] would haue inherited the blessing, he was reiected: for he found no place to repentance, though he sought the blessing with teares. 1. King. 21.27. Now when Ahab heard those wordes, he rent his clothes, and put sackcloath vpon him, and fa­sted, and lay in sackcloth, and went softly. Numb. 23.10. Let me die the death of the righteous, and let my last ende be like his. Psal. 78.32. For all this, they sinned still, and beleeued not his wondrous workes. 33. Therefore their daies did he consume in vanitie, and their yeares hastily. 34. And when he slue them, they sought him, and they returned, and sought God earely. 35. They remembred that God was their strength, and the most high God their redeemer.

The third degree is, a temporarie faith, whereby the reprobate doth confu­sedly beleeue the promises of God, made in Christ, I say confusedly, because he beleeueth that some shall be saued, but he beleeueth not that he himselfe par­ticularly shall be saued, because he beeing content with a generall faith, doth neuer applie the promises of God to himself, neither doth he so much as con­ceiue any purpose, desire, or endeuour to applie the same, or any wrastling or striuing against securitie or carelesnes and distrust. Iam. 2. 19. Thou beleeuest that there is one God, thou doest well: the deuils also beleeue it, and tremble. Math. 13.20. And he that receiued seede in the stony ground, is he which heareth the word, and incontinently with ioy receiueth it. 21. Yet hath he no roote in himselfe, and du­reth but a season. Ioh. 2.23. Now when he was at Ierusalem at the Passeouer in the feast, many beleeued in his Name when they saw his miracles which he did. 24. But Iesus did not commit himselfe vnto them, because he knew them all.

The fourth is, a tasting of heauenly gifts: as of Iustification, and of Sancti­fication, and of the vertues of the world to come. This tasting is verely a sense in the hearts of the Reprobates, whereby they doe perceiue and feele the ex­cellencie of Gods benefits, notwithstanding they doe not enioy the same. For it is one thing to tast of dainties at a banquet, and another thing to feede and to be nourished thereby. Heb. 6.4. For it is impossible, that they which were once lightened, and haue tasted of the heauenly gifts, and were made partakers of the ho­ly Ghost.

The fifth degree is, the outward holines of life for a time, vnder which, is comprehended a zeale in the profession of religion, a reuerence and feare to­wards Gods ministers, and amendment of life in many things. Mark. 6.20. For Herod feared Iohn, knowing that he was a iust man, and an holy, and reuerenced him, and when he heard him [...] he did many things, and heard him gladly. Act. 18.13. Then Simon himselfe beleeued also, and was baptized, and continued with Philip, and wondred when he saw the signes and great miracles which were done. Hos. 6.4. O Ephraim, what shall I doe vnto thee? O Iudah, how shall I entreate thee? for your [Page 166] goodnes is as a morning cloud, and as the morning dewe it goeth away.

The second degree of the execution of Gods counsel of reprobation, in mē of ripe age which are called, is a falling away againe, which for the most part is effected and wrought after this manner. First, the reprobate is deceiued by some sinne. Secondly, his heart is hardened by the same sin. Thirdly, his heart being hardened, it becommeth wicked and peruerse. Fourthly, then follow­eth his incredulitie and vnbeleefe, whereby he consenteth not to Gods word, when he hath heard and known it. Fiftly, an Apostasie, or falling away from faith in Christ, doth immediately follow this vnbeleefe. Hebr. 3.12,13. Take [...]eed, brethren, least at any time there be in any of you an euill heart, and vnfaithfull, to depart awaie from the liuing God. 1. Tim. 1.19.

This Apostasie, is sometimes sinne against the holy Ghost. In the sinne a­gainst the holy Ghost, we haue haue these seuerall points to be considered: I. The Name; it is called a sinne against the holy ghost, not because it is done a­gainst the person, or deitie of the holy Ghost (for in this respect he that sin­neth against the holy Ghost, sinneth in like sort against both the father, & the Sonne) but it is so called, because it is done contrarie to the immediate action, namely, the illumination of the holy Ghost. For albeit this be an action com­mon to the whole Trinitie, yet the Father and the sonne doe effect the same by the holy Ghost. II. The efficient cause of it; which is a set & obstinate ma­lice against God, and against his Christ. Therefore when a man doth in the time of persecution, either for feare, or rashly denie Christ, he doth not com­mit this sinne against the holy Ghost, as may appeare by the example of Pe­ter who denied Christ. Mat. 26.73.74.75. Neither doth he which persecuteth Christ and his Church vpon ignorance fall into this sinne. Paul persecuted the Church of Christ, and yet God had mercie on him, because he did it igno­rantly. 1. Tim. 1.13. Many of the Iewes crucified our Sauiour Christ, who af­terward, because they committed that grieuous fact vpon ignorance, repen­ting at Peters sermon, they did obtaine remission of their sinnes. Act. 3.17. 37. III. The Obiect, namely God himselfe, and the Mediatour Christ Iesus. For the malice of this sinne is directed against the very maiestie of God him­selfe, and against Christ. Hebr. 10.29. Of how much sorer punishment suppose yee shall he be worthie, which treadeth vnderfoote the Sonne of God, and counteth the blood of the Testament as an vnholy thing, wherewith he was sanctified, and doth despise the spirit of grace? Therefore this sinne doth directly respect the first ta­ble of the morall law, and is not some particular slipping aside from the ob­seruation of those commandements which are contained in this first table, such as are some doubtings concerning God, or of the truth of the scriptures, or of Christ, &c. but it is a generall defection & apo [...]tasie from God, and that totally. IV. The subiect in which it is. This sin is found in none at al, but such as haue been enlightened by the holy Ghost, and haue tasted of the good gift of God. Heb. 6.5,6. Neither is it in him a bare cogitation alone, but an exter­nall action, or rather such a blasphemie against God as proceedeth from a malitious, and obstinate heart. Matth. 12. 31. V. The Elect cannot commit this sinne: and therfore they who feele in themselues a sure testimonie of their election, neede neuer to despaire: nay, this sinne is not in euery reprobate: [Page 167] for many of them die before they haue this illumination by Gods spirit. VI. This sinne cannot be forgiuen, not because it is greater then that Christs me­rit can satisfie for it, but because after a man hath once committed this sinne, it is impossible for him to repent. For the gift of repentance proceedeth from the holy Ghost, and the holy ghost remaineth in vs through Christ appre­hended by faith: now no man doth apprehend Christ, that doth malitiouslie despise and contemne him. VII. It is very hard to knowe when a man com­mitteth this sinne, because the roote thereof, namely, set malice, lurketh in­wardly in the heart, and is not so easily discerned.

Out of all this which hath bene spoken, we may thus define this sinne. The sinne against the holy Ghost is a voluntarie, and obstinate deniall of, and blas­phemie against the Sonne of God, or that trueth which was before acknowe­ledged concerning him, & so consequently an vniuersall defection from God and his true church. We haue an example of this sinne partly in the diuel, who albeit he knewe well inough that Iesus was that Christ, yet he neuer ceased both wittingly and willingly with all his power, to oppugne the sacred Maie­stie of GOD, togither with the kingdome of Iesus Christ, and, as farre forth as he could, vtterly to supplant the same, partly in the Pharises, Matth. 12.32. Ioh. 3.2.

After Apostasie followeth pollution, which is the very fulnesse of all ini­quitie, altogether contrarie to sanctification. Gen. 15.16. And in the fourth ge­neration they shall come hither againe, for the wickednesse of the Amorites is not yet full.

The third degree is damnation, whereby the Reprobates are deliuered vp to eternall punishment. The execution of damnation beginneth in death, and is finished in the last iudgement. Luk. 16.22. And it was so that the begger died, and was carried by the Angel into Abrahams bosome; the rich man also died and was buried. 23. And being in hell torments, he lift vp his eies and sawe Abraham a farre off, and Lazarus in his bosome.

The execution of the decree of reprobation in Infidels, which are not cal­led, is this. First, they haue by nature ignorance and vanitie of minde. After that followeth hardnesse of heart, whereby they become voide of all sorrowe for their sinnes. Then commeth a reprobate sense, which is, when the naturall light of reason, and of the iudgement of good and euil, is extinguished. After­ward when the heart ceaseth to sorrowe, then ariseth a committing of sinne with greedinesse. Then commeth pollution, which is the fulnesse of sinne. La­stly, a iust reward is giuen to all these, to wit, fearefull condemnation. Eph. 4. 18. Hauing their cogitations darkened, and beeing strangers from the life of God through the ignorance that is in them, because of the hardnes of their hearts. Rom. 1.28. For as they regarded not to know God, euen so God deliuered them vp to a re­probate minde, to doe those things which are not conuenient.

CHAP. 54. Concerning a newe deuised doctrine of Predestination, taught by some new and late Diuines.

CErtaine newe Diuines of our age, haue of late erected vp a new doctrine of Predestination, in which, fearing belike, least they should make God [Page 168] both vniust, and vnmercifull, they doe in the distribution of the causes of sal­uation and damnation, turne them vpside down; as may appeare by their des­cription in this table.

But this their doctrine hath some foule errours and defects, the which I, according as I shall be able, will briefly touch.

The I. errour.

There is a certaine vniuersall or generall election, wherby God, without any either restraint, or exception of persons, hath decreed to redeeme by Christ, and to reconcile vnto himselfe all mankind wholly, fallen in Adam, yea euery singular person, as well the Reprobate, as the Elect.

The Confutation.

The very name of Election doth fully confute this: for none can be said to be elected, if so be that God would haue all men elected in Christ. For he that electeth, or maketh choice, cannot be said to take all: neither can he that ac­cepteth of all, be said to make choice onely of some.

Obiect. Election is nothing els but dilection, or loue: but this we know, that God loueth all his creatures; therefore he electeth all his creatures.

Answer. I. I denie that to elect is to loue, but to ordaine and appoint to loue. Rom. 9.13. II. God doth loue all his creatures, yet not all equally, but euery one in their place.

Furthermore, this position doth flatly repugne the most plaine places of holy Scripture. Tit. 2.14. Who gaue himselfe for vs, that he might redeeme vs from all i [...]iquitie, and purge vs to be a peculiar people vnto himselfe. Ioh. 10. I giue my life for my sheepe. Exception. All men are the sheepe of Christ. Answer. Iohn addeth, And my sheepe heare my voice, and I knowe them, and they followe me, and I giue vnto them eternall life, neither shall they perish. Eph. 5.23. Christ is the head of the Church, and the same is the Sauiour of his body. vers. 25. Christ loued the Church, and gaue himselfe for it. Redemption and remission of sins, is the inheritance of the Saints, and of such as are made heires of the kingdome of Christ. Coloss. 1.13.

Againe, looke for whom Christ is an Aduocate, and to them onely is he a Redeemer; for redemption and intercession, which are parts of Christs priest­hood, the one is as generall and large as the other, and are so surely vnited and fastened togither, as that one cannot be without the other. But Christ is only an Aduocate of the faithfull. Ioh. 17. in that his solemne praier, he first praieth for his own, namely his disciples elected not only to the Apostleship but also to eternall life: and then vers. 20. he praieth likewise for them that should be­leeue in him by their worde. Nowe against these, he opposeth the worlde, for which he praieth not that it may attaine eternall life. And Rom. 8. Who shall accuse Gods elect? Christ sitteth at the right hand of the father, and maketh interces­s [...]on for vs. Furthermore, the members of Christs Church, are called the Re­deemed of the Lord, Psalme 87. Therefore this priuiledge is not giuen to all a­like.

Exception. This vniuersall reconciliation is not in respect of man, but God himselfe, who, both made it for all, and offereth it to all. Ans. If Christ became once before God a reconciliation for all mens sinnes, yea and also satisfied for [...] [Page] [...] [Page] [Page 169] them all, it must needes followe that before God al those sinnes must be quite blotted out of his remembrance. For the actuall blotting out of sinnes, doth inseparably depend vpon reconciliation for sinnes: and satisfaction doth infer by God, and that necessarily, the very reall and generall abolishment of the guilt and punishment of sinne.

Obiect. I. Christ tooke vpon him mans nature: therefore he redeemed mans nature generally. Answer. I. It followeth not, except we would say that Christ redeemed his owne humanitie, which cannot be any waies possible. II. Euery woman doth partake the humane nature of euery man, yet is not e­uery man each womans husband, but hers alone, with whome by the coue­nant in matrimorie, he is made one flesh: and in like sort Christ did by his in­carnation ( [...]) take also vpon him mans nature, and that common to all Adams progenie, yet is he the husband of his Church alone, by another more peculiar coniunction, namely, the bond of the spirit and of faith. And by it the Church is become flesh of his flesh, and bone of his bone. Eph. 5.20. And therefore shee alone may iustly claime title to the death of Christ and al his merits.

Obiection. II. Christs redemption is as generall, as Adams fall was: and ther­fore it appertaineth to all Adams posteritie. Answer. Adam was a type of Christ, and Christ a counter-type correspondent to Adam. Adam was the roote of all his successors, or all that should come of him, from the which first Adam, was sinne and death deriued: againe, Christ he is also a roote, but of the elect onely, and such as beleeue, to whome, from him, proceede righteousnes, and life eternall. He cannot be said to bee the roote of all, and euery singular man, because that all doe not drinke and receiue this his righteousnesse, and life neither are they actually by him made righteous. Romans 12.17.19. Ob­iect. The benefit of Christs death redounded to all. Answer. It did, to all that beleeue. For as Adam destroyed all those that were borne of him: so Christ doth iustifie and saue all those that are borne anewe by him, and none other. Obiect. If tha [...] Adams sinne destroyed all, and Christs merit doth not saue all: then is Adams sinne more forcible to condemne, then Christs mercie is to saue. Answer. We must not esteeme of the mercie of Christ by the number of men which receiue mercie (for so indeede I grant, that as Adams fall made all vniust, so the mercie of Christ and his redemption should actually iustifie all) but we mu [...]t rather measure it by the efficacie and dignitie thereof, then by the number on whom it is bestowed. For it was a more easie thing to destroy all by sinne, then by grace to saue but one. Man, being but meere man, could de­stroy all: but to saue euen one, none could doe it, but such an one as was both God and man.

Obiect. III. Many places of Scripture there are which affirme this, that the benefit of Christs death doth appertaine vnto all. Rom. [...]1. God hath shutte vp all vnder sinne, that he might haue mercie vpon all. 1. Tim. 2.4. God would haue all men to bee saued. 2. Pet. [...].9. God would not haue any to perish, but all come to repentance. Answer. I. You must vnderstand all that beleeue, as it is Math. 11.28. All that are wearie and heauie laden. Ioh. 3.6. All that beleeue. Gal. 3.23. The Scripture hath concluded all vnder sinne, that the promise by the faith of Ie­sus [Page 170] Christ, should be giuen to them which beleeue. Act. 10.43. All which beleeue. And surely there is as well a generalitie of them that beleeue, as of the whole world. II. We may vnderstand by [ all] of all sorts some, not euery singular person of all sorts. So, Reuel. 5.9. Christ is said to haue redeemed some out of e­uery kinred, and tongue, and people, and nation. And Gal. 3.28. There is neither Iew nor Grecian, neither bond nor free, there is neither male nor female, for ye are all one in Christ Iesus. Matth. 4. Christ is said to haue healed euery disease, that is, euery kind of disease. And Augustine to this purpose hath a fit rule. All is of­ten vsed for many, as Rom. 5.18,19. Augustine in his Manuel to Laur. chap. 103. It is thus saide (saith Augustine) God would haue all to be saued, not because there was no man which he would haue damned, who therefore would not doe mira­cles amongst them, which would as he saith, haue repented, if he had done miracles, but that by all men we should vnderstand all sorts of men, howsoeuer distinguished, whether Kings, priuate persons, &c. And in his booke de Corrept. & gratia, chap. 14. It is saide, he would haue all to be saued, so as we must vnderstand all such as are predestinate to be saued, because amongst them there are all sorts of men, as he said to the Pharises, You tythe euery hearb. III. These two, to be willing to saue man, and that he should come to the sauing knowledge of the truth, are inseparably vnited together. 1. Tim. 2.4. But the second we see doth not agree to all and euery singular person: therefore the first cannot.

Obiect. IV. In many places of Scripture Christ is said to redeeme the world, as 1. Ioh. 2.2. He is a propitiation for the sinnes of the whole world. Ans. This word world, signifieth, I. the frame of heauen and earth. II. All men both good and bad together. III. The companie of vnbeleeuers, and malignant haters of Christ. IV. The congregation of the Elect, dispersed ouer the face of the whole earth, and to be gathered out of the same. In this fourth signification we must vnderstand such places as are aboue mentioned. Abraham is called the heire of the world, Rom. 4.13. that is, of many nations. Gen. 17.45.

Obiect. V. God will not the death of a sinner, but rather that he repent and liue, Ezech. 18.23. Answer. Augustine in his 1. booke to Simplicius, 2. quest. an­swereth this question. You must, saith he, distinguish betwixt man, as he is borne man, and man, as he is a sinner. For God is not delighted with the destruction of man, as he is mā, but as he is a sinner: neither wil he simply the death of any as he is a sinner, or as it is the ruine and destruction of his creature: but in that, by the detestation and reuenge of sinne with eternall death, his glorie is exceedingly aduanced. God there­fore will the death of a sinner, but as it is a punishment, that is, as it is a meanes to declare and set out his diuine iustice: and therfore it is an vntruth for a man to say that God would haue none condemned. For whereas men are once condemned, it must be either with Gods will, or without it: if without it, then the will of God must needes suffer violence, the which to affirme is great im­pietie: if with his will, God must needes change his sentence before set downe, but we must not presume to say so.

Obiect. VI. God is the Father of all, Malach. 2.10. Ans. This place is meant of Gods Church, out of which, all men, standing in that corrupt estate by Adā, are the children of wrath, and of the deuill. Eph. 2.2. Ioh. 8.44.

Obiect. VII. If God did elect some, and reiect others, he must needes [Page 171] be [ [...]] a respecter of persons. Ans. I. One is said then to accept, or haue respect of persons, when as he by some circumstances inherent in the person, is mooued to doe this or that. Now, as for God, he did vpon his meere pleasure elect some, and reiect others eternally, not mooued or vrged thereun­to by any thing whatsoeuer, out of himselfe. II. He is debter to none, but may by good right doe with his creatures what seemeth good vnto him in his owne eyes. III. It is one thing with God to accept of persons, and another to make choice of men. This if we should not graunt, it would follow that God must be deemed blame-worthie, because he made not all his creatures most glorious Angels.

Obiect. VIII. If God decreed to reiect certaine men, then did he hate his creature. Answ. God decreed to reiect his creature and workmanship, not be­cause he hated it, but because he appointed it to hatred. And it is one thing to hate, and another to appoint to hatred. And indeede God doth not actually hate any thing, but for sinne. That saying of Augustine to Simplicius is fitte for this purpose. When God maketh the wicked, whome he doth not iustifie, vessells of wrath, he doth it not to hate that which he made: for in that he made them ves­sels, they haue their vse, namely, that by their paines to which they were ordained, the vessels of honour might reape profit. God therefore doth not hate them, in that they are men, or vessels, neither any thing that he made in them by creation, or ordination. For God hateth nothing which he hath made. But in as much as he made them vessels of destruction, he did it to instruct others. As for their impietie, which he neuer made, that he hateth vtterly. As therfore a iudge hateth theft in a mā, but he doth not hate his punishment that he is sent to worke in the mines. For the theefe doth the first, the iudge the latter: so God, whereas of the companie of them which perish, he maketh vessels of perdition, he doth not therefore hate that which he doth, that is, the cōdem­nation of those which perish in their due punishment for sinne.

Obiect. IX. The reprobates are said in many places of Scripture to be re­deemed by Christ, as 2. Pet. 2.1. Ans. First, we must not vnderstand such pla­ces meant of all reprobates, but of such as are for a time in the Church. II. They are saide to be redeemed, iustified, and sanctified, both in their owne iudgements, and the Churches also, in as much as they make an externall pro­fession of the faith. But this is a iudgement of charitie, not of certentie.

Obiect. X. God might be thought cruell, if that he had ordained the grea­test part of the world to destruction. Answer. God could well enough haue decreed, that euen all men should vtterly haue beene reiected, and yet he should haue beene neuer a whit either cruell or vniust. Reasons. I. He ad­iudged all and euery one of those soule and wicked spirits which fell from him, to eternall torments. II. He decreed also, as is apparant by the euent, that men should liue by the slaughter of beasts; and yet God is not therefore cruell against them: and surely God is no more bounden vnto man, then vnto the very bruit beasts.

Exception. God appointed all to be saued, with this caueat and condition, If they beleeue. Answer. This is absurd to affirme: for, I. by this meanes the decree of God should depende vpon the will of man [...] when as contrarily Gods decree doth limit and order all inferiour causes. II. It quite taketh a­way [Page 172] the certaintie of Gods decree, because a conditionall proposition doth set downe nothing as beeing, or, it doth not certainly affirme any thing.

Obiect. If the merit of Christ did not extend it selfe as farre as the fall of A­dam, then is not the head of the Serpent broken, nor Satans kingdome aboli­shed by Christ. Ans. This brusing of the Serpents head, is seene in them onely which are at enimitie with the Serpent, namely in such as truly beleeue. Gen. 3.15. compared with Rom. 16.20.

To conclude, that is not true which they say, namely, that this opinion of an vniuersall and effectuall redemption of euery singular man, is a notable re­medie to comfort afflicted consciences. For I appeale to the iudgement of all men, whether there is in this manner of consolation, any great comfort to the conscience afflicted.

Christ died for all men:

Thou art a man:

Therefore Christ died for thee.

The II. errour.

God did foreknow the fall of Adam, but he did not by his eternall decree foreor­daine the same: and therefore that his fall was without the agent permission of God.

The Confutation.

It is false. For, I. there is not the least thing in nature, but it commeth to passe by the decree and will of God. Math. 10.30. Wherefore such as affirme, that God did onely foreknow this, or that, they doe either quite ouerturne the prouidence of GOD, or at the least imagine that it is a very idle prouidence. II. The fact of Herod and Pilate in deliuering Christ against their own con­sciences, to be crucified, may seeme to be as heinous as was Adams fall, and yet they are said to haue done that, which the hand of the Lord had fore-ordained to be done. Act. 4. 28. Againe, the fall of Adam was two manner of waies by Gods actiue, or rather operatiue permission. I. In as much as the fall was an action: for in God alone we liue, we mooue, and haue our beeing. II. In as much as that his fall was but a bare triall of his loyaltie to God, whereby God would trie both the power, and will of his creature.

The III. errour.

God, by reason that he did foresee the disobedience of some, or, that they would contemne the Gospel, did decree their destruction and condemnation.

The Confutation.

We vtterly denie, that the foreseeing of the contempt of grace in any, was the first and principall cause of the decree of reprobation. Reasons. I. Paul, Rom. 1. doth deriue the common condemnation of the Gentiles from hence, namely, that they withheld the truth in vnrighteousnes, that is, because they did wittingly extinguish that light of nature, by their wicked doings, which they had of the knowledge of God and would not obey their consciences inward­ly checking them for the same. II. If that faith foreseene, be not the cause of the decree of Election, it can not be that the want of faith foreseene, should be the cause of the decree of reprobation; but rather as faith doth in order of causes follow after election, so must incredulitie reprobation. For there is the like reason or proportion of contraries. III. Many infants depart this life, [Page 173] both beeing out of the true Church, and before they haue any vse of reason: and againe many there are, which albeit they liue long, yet being either idiots and fooles, or borne deafe, they cannot come to the true vse of reason: in all which, it is not credible that their should be suspected any contempt of the Gospel which they could not learne. IV. Esau was hated of God for none o­ther cause, but for that it so pleased him. Rom. 9.18. V. If this opinion should be true, then would it follow that men should be condemned for nothing else but incredulitie: the which is not so. Ioh. 3.36. Christ speaking of vnbeleefe, saith not that for it the wrath of God came vpon man, but remaineth vpon him. And why should we daily aske pardon for our sinnes, if nothing but incre­dulitie or vnbeleefe condemned vs? nay, although that there were neuer any contempt of the Gospell, yet that corruption of originall sinne, were suffici­ent enough to condemne men. VI. Also that admiration which Paul hath, Rom. 9.20. O man, who art thou which disputest with God [...] doth plainly shew that the cause of the decree of God in reiecting some, is vnsearchable: and that it doth not at all depend vpon any foreseene contumacie towards the grace of God offered in the Gospel. For if it were otherwise, we might easily giue a reason of Gods decree. August. epist. 105. saith very well. Who (saith he) crea­ted the reprobates, but God? and why, but because it pleased him? but why pleased it him? O man, who art thou that disputest with God!

Some Diuines perceiuing that this is an hard sentence, they goe about to mitigate it in this sort. The matter, say they, or obiect of predestination, is a reaso­nable creature, and that not simply or absolutely considered, but partly as it fell, part­ly as of it selfe it was subiect to fall: and thereupon God preordaining men from euer­lasting, considered them, not simply as he was to make them men, but as they were such men as might fall into sinne, and againe be redeemed by Christ, and after called to the light of the Gospel. The efficient or first motiue cause, was not any foreknowne cause either this or that, but the meere will of God. For he disposeth all things not of, and by his foreknowledge, but rather according to the same. But these things albeit they may seeme to be subtile deuises, yet are they not altogether true. Reasons. I. The potter when he purposeth to make some vessell, doth not consider the clay, and regard in it some inherent qualitie, to make such a vessell, but he ma­keth it of such and such a forme, to this or that vse, euen of his alone free-will and pleasure. II. Rom. 9.21. Hath not the potter power to make of the same lumpe one vessell to honour, and another to dishonour? In which place we may not vn­derstand by the name lumpe, all mankinde corrupted, and fallen, and so to be redeemed in Christ: for then Paul would not haue said that God made vessels of wrath, but rather that he did forsake them after they were made. III. This seemeth preposterous, that God did first foreknow mankind, created, fallen, and redeemed in Christ: and that afterward he ordained them so foreknown, to life or to death. For the ende is the first thing in the intention of the agent: neither will a most skilfull workman first prepare meanes by which he may be helped to doe a thing, before he hath set downe in his minde all the endes, both such as are most neere, and them that are very farre off. Now we know this, that mans creation; and his fall in Adam, are but meanes to execute Gods predestination, and therefore are subordinate vnto it: but the ende of Gods [Page 174] decree is the manifestation of his glorie in sauing some, and condemning o­thers. Therefore we may not once imagine that God did first consult of the meanes whereby he determined to execute his decree, before he deliberated of the election, and reprobation of man.

The IIII. errour.

Gods calling to the knowledge of the Gospell is vniuersall, yea of all men and eue­ry singular person, without exception.

The Confutation.

This is a very vnreasonable position. Reasons. I. God would not haue all men called, Math. 20.16. Many are called, but few are chosen. He saith not that all, but many are called. Christ in his Disciples first ambassage, chargeth them that they should not preach to the Gentiles of his comming: and to the Cana­nitish woman he saith, It is not lawfull to giue that which is holy vnto dogges. Mat. 13.11. It is not giuen to euery one to know the mysteries of the kingdome of God. Rom. 16. 25. The mysterie of the Gospel (whether it be meant of Christ, or the calling of the Gentiles) was kept secret from the beginning of the world. II. There be many millions of men, which haue not so much as heard of Christ. Act. 14.16. God in times past suffered all the Gentiles to walke in their owne waies. III. The greatest part of the world hath euer beene out of the Couenant. Eph. 2. 12. Ye were, I say, at that time without Christ, and were aliants from the common-wealth of Israel, and strangers from the couenants of promise, and had no hope, and were without God in the world: but now ye are no more strangers and forrenners, but citizens with the Saints.

Obiect. They are said to be [ [...]] not simply alienated, but abalie­nated from God: now how could they be abalienated, except either they or their predecessors had beene in the couenant? Ans. The Gentiles are not said to be abalienated from the couenant, but from the common-wealth of Israel: because that God had then by certaine lawes, rites, and ceremonies, vtterly se­uered, and distinguished the people of the Iewes from all other nations.

Obiect. This generall calling is not to be vnderstood simply of the ministe­rie of the word, but of the will of God, deliuered presently after the fall in his vnwritten word, but afterward in his written word: and this all men ought to know, although many, through their owne default, know it not. Ans. But the Scriptures were committed to the custodie of the Church of God, and euery one was not credited with them. Rom. 3.2. Vnto the Iewes were of credit com­mitted the Oracles of God. 1. Tim. 3. 15. The Church is the pillar and ground of truth. Psal. 147. 19. He shewed his words vnto Iacob, and his statutes and lawes to the house of Israel. 20. He hath not dealt so with euery nation: therefore they haue not knowne his law [...]s. Psal. 76. 1. The Lord is famous in Iudea, and in Israel is his name great.

Obiect. The couenant of Grace was made with Adam and Eue, and in them all mankind was receiued both into the Church, and couenant, and also called to the knowledge of God. Ans. I. This reason wanteth euen common reason and sense, to say that God giuing his promise in the daies of Adam and Noah, did in them call all mankind that should come after. II. Adam before his fall, did indeede receiue the grace both for himselfe, and for others also: [Page 175] and in the fall, he lost it both for himselfe, and for all others: but after the fall, he receiued the promise for himselfe alone, and not for the whole world, o­therwise the first Adam should not onely haue beene a liuing creature, but a quickning spirit, the which is proper to the second Adam. 1. Cor. 15.45.

The conclusion.

If we should graunt this doctrine to be true, then must we needes allow of these absurdities in diuinitie, which follow. I. That God would haue all, and each singular man to be saued: and withall he would haue some ordained to hatred, and perdition: or, That in regard of God, all men are elected, and re­deemed, but in regard of the euent many perish. II. The guilt of Adams sinne must not be imputed to any one of his posteritie, because that God, hauing mercie of all generally in Christ, did take into the couenant of reconciliatiō all mankind. Now if but the guiltines of Adams fall be taken away, the punish­ment forthwith ceaseth to be a punishment, and corruption it selfe is by little and little abolished in all men.

CHAP. 55. Of the state and condition of the Reprobates when they are dead.

THe death of the Reprobate, is a separation of the bodie and the soule: of the bodie, that for a time it may lie dead in the earth: of the soule, that it may feele the torments of hell, euen vntill the time of the last iudgement: at which time the whole man shall be cast into the most terrible and feareful fire of hell. 1. Pet. 3.19. By the which he also went and preached vnto the spirits that are in prison. Luk. 8. 2. Pet. 2.4. For if God spared not the Angels that sinned, but cast them downe into hell, and deliuered them into chaines of darknes to be kept vnto damnation, &c.

The reprobate when they die, doe become without sense and astonished, like vnto a stone: or els they are ouerwhelmed with a terrible horrour of con­science, and despairing of their saluation, as it were, with a gulfe of the sea o­uer turning them. 1. Sam. 25.37. Then in the morning when the wine was gone out of Nabal, his wife told him those wordes, and his heart died within him, and he was like a stone. 38. And about ten daies after the Lord smote Nabal that he died. Mat. 27.5. And when he had cast downe the siluer pieces in the temple, he departed, and went and hanged himselfe.

CHAP. 56. Of the condemnation of the Reprobates at the last iudgement.

IN the last iudgement, at the sound of the trumpet, the liuing beeing striken with horrour and feare, shall be changed in a moment, the dead shall rise a­gaine to condemnation: both the liuing and the dead shall then haue immor­tall bodies, but without glorie: and they standing vpon the earth at the left hand of Christ the Iudge, shall heare the sentence of condemnation: Depart from me ye cursed into euerlasting fire, which is prepared for the deuil and his angels. Ioh. 5.29. And they shall come forth that haue done good, vnto the resurrection of life: but they that haue done euill, vnto the resurrection of condemnation. Matth. 25. 41. 1. Thess. 4. 16. For the Lord himselfe shall descend from heauen with a shout, and with the voice of the Archangel, and with the trumpet of God, and the dead in Christ shall rise first. 17. Then shall we, which liue and remaine, be caught vp with thē also in the cloudes, to meete the Lord in the ayre and so shal we be euer with the lord,

CHAP. 57. Of the estate of the Reprobates in hell.

AFter that the sentence of condemna [...]on is pronounced, then followeth e­uerlasting death: whereof this is the estate.

  • I. The Reprobates are separated from the presence and glorie of God.
  • II. They are punished with eternall confusion, & most bitter reproches: because all their secret wickednesses and sinnes are reuealed. 2. Thess. 1.9. Which shall be punished with euerlasting perdition, from the presence of the Lord, and from the glorie of his power. Math. 5.8. Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God. 1. Ioh. 2.28. And now little children, abide in him, that when he shall appeare, we may be bold, and not be ashamed before him at his comming.
  • III. They haue fellowship with the diuell and his angels, Math. 25.41.
  • IV. They are wholly in bodie and soule tormented with an incredible horrour, and exceeding great anguish, through the sense and feeling of Gods wrath, powred out vpon them for euer. Esai 66. 24. And they shall goe forth, and looke vpon the carkases of men, that haue transgressed against me: for their worme shall not die, neither shall their fire be quenched: and they shall be an abhor­ring vnto all flesh.

Hereupon is the punishment of those that are condemned, called Hell fire, a worme, weeping, and gnashing of teeth, vtter darknesse, &c. Rev. 21.8. But the fearefull, and vnbeleeuing, and the abominable, and murtherers, and whoremon­gers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all lyers, shal haue their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone, which is the second death. Math. 13.42. And shall cast them into a furnace of fire, ther [...] shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. Esai 66. 24.

A Corollarie.

ANd this is the full execution of Gods decree of reprobation, whereby ap­peareth the great iustice of God in punishing sinne: from whence also commeth Gods glorie, which he propoundeth to himselfe, as the last &chie­fest end in all these things. Therefore let euery Christian propound the same end vnto himselfe. Rom. 9.14. What shall we say then? is there vnrighteousnesse with God? God forbid. 15. For he said to Moses, I will haue mercie on him to whome I will shew mercie: and will haue compassion on him on whome I will haue compassi­on. 16. So then, it is not in him that willeth, nor in him that runneth, but in God that sheweth mercie. 17. For the Scriptures saith vnto Pharaoh, For this same purpose haue I stirred thee vp, that I might shew my power in thee, and that my name might be declared throughout all the earth. 1. Cor. 10.31. Whether therefore ye eate or drinke, or whatsoeuer ye doe, doe all to the glorie of God.

CHAP. 58. Of the application of Predestination.

THe right applying of Predestination to the persons of men, is very ne­cessarie: and it hath two parts. The first is, the iudgement of particular predestination, and the second is, the vse of it.

The iudgement and discerning of a mans owne predestination, is to be performed by meanes of these rules which follow.

  • I. The Elect alone, and all they that are elect, not onely may be, but also in [Page 177] Gods good time, are sure of election in Christ to eternall life. 1. Corinth. 2.12. 2. Cor. 13.5.
  • II. They haue not this knowledge from the first causes of Election, but rather from the last effects thereof: and they are especially two: The testi­monie of Gods spirit, and the workes of Sanctification. 2. Pet. 1. 10. Romans 8.16.
  • III. If any doubt of this testimonie, it will appeare vnto them, whether it come from the Spirit of God, or their owne carnall presumption: First, by a full perswasion which they shall haue; for the holy Ghost will not barely say it, but perswadeth such, that thay are the children of God, the which the flesh can not in any wise doe. Secondly, by the manner of perswasion: for the holy Ghost draweth not reasons [...]rom the workes, or worthinesse of man, but from Gods fauour and loue: and this kinde of perswasion is far different from that which Satan vseth. Thirdly, by the effects of that testimonie. For if the perswa­sion arise from presumption, it is a dead perswasion: but contrarily, it is most liuely and stirring, if it come from the holy Ghost. For such as are perswaded that they are elected, and adopted children of GOD, they will loue god, they wil trust in him, and they will call vpon him with their whole heart.
  • IV. If the testimonie of Gods spirit be not so powerfull in the elect, then may they iudge of their election, by that other effect of the holy ghost; name­ly, Sanctification: like as we vse to iudge by heate that there is fire, when wee cannot see the flame it selfe.
  • V. And of all the effects of sanctification, these are most notable. I. To feele our wants, and in the bitternes of heart to bewaile the offence of GOD in euery sinne. II. To striue against the flesh, that is, to resist, and to hate the vngodly motions thereof, and with griefe to think them burthenous & trou­blesome. III. To desire earnestly and vehemently the grace of God, and me­rite of Christ to obtaine eternall life. IV. When it is obtained, to account it a most pretious iewel. Phil. 3.8. V. To loue the minister of Gods word, in that he is a minister, and a Christian, in that he is a Christian: and for that cause, if neede require, to be readie to spende our blood with them. Mat. 10.42. 1. Ioh. 3.16. VI. To call vpon God earnestly, and with teares. VII. To desire and loue Christs comming, and the day of iudgement, that an ende may bee made of the daies of sinne. VIII. To flie all occasions of sinne, and seriously to en­deauour to come to newnesse of life. IX. To perseuere in these things to the last gaspe of life. Luther hath a good sentence for this purpose. Hee that will serue God, must, saith he, beleeue that which cannot bee seene, hope for that which is deferred, and loue God, when he sheweth himselfe an enemie, and thus remaine to the ende.
  • VI. Nowe, if so be all the effects of the spirit are very feeble in the godly, they must know this, that God trieth them, yet so, as they must not therewith be dismaied, because it is most sure, that if they haue faith, but as much as a graine of mustard seede, and bee as weake as a young infant is, it is sufficient to ingraffe thē into Christ, & therefore they must not doubt of their election, because they see their faith feeble, and the effects of the holy Ghost faint with­in them.
  • [Page 178]VII. Neither must hee, that as yet hath not felt in his heart any of these effects, presently conclude, that hee is a Reprobate: but let him rather vse the word of God, and the Sacraments, that hee may haue an inward sense of the power of Christ, drawing him vnto him, and an assurance of his redemption by Christs death and passion.
  • VIII. No man may peremptorily set downe, that himselfe, or any other is a reprobate. For God doth oftentimes preferre those which did seeme to be most of all estranged from his fauour, to be in his kingdome aboue those, who in mans iudgement were the children of the kingdome. Hence is it that Christ saith: The Publicanes and harlots goe before you: and, many an one is called at the eleuenth houre, as appeareth by that notable example of the thiefe vpon the crosse.

The vses, which may be made of this doctrine of predestination, are very many. First, for our instruction, we are taught these things.

  • I. That there is neither any iustification by workes, nor any works of ours that are meritorious. For election is by the free grace of God: and therefore in like sort is iustification. For, as I saide before, the cause of the cause, is the cause of the thing caused. And for this reason, in the worke of saluation, grace doth wholly challenge al to it selfe. Rom. 11.5. At this time there is a remnant through the election of grace. 2. Tim. 1.9. Who hath saued vs, and called vs with an holy calling, not according to our workes, but according to his owne purpose & grace, which was giuen to vs, through Christ Iesus before the world was. Phil. 1. 29. Vn­to you i [...] is giuen for Christ, that not onely ye should beleeue in him, but also suffer for his sake. Rom. 3.24. Wee are iustified freely by grace. Tit. 3.5. Not by the workes of righteousnesse, which we had done, but according to his mercie he saued vs. Ezech. 36. 27. I will cause you to walke in my statutes. Rom. 6.23. The gift of God is eter­nall life.
  • II. That Astrologie, teaching, by the casting of Natiuities, what men will be, is ridiculous, and impious: because it determineth, that such shall be very like in life, and conuersation, whom God in his predestination hath made vn­like. Iacob and Esau, borne of the same parents, and almost in the same mo­ment of time, (for Iacob held Esau by the heele as he was borne) were of most vnlike dispositions, and had diuers euents. The like may we see in all twinnes, and others, which are borne at the same time.
  • III. That God is most wise, omnipotent, iust, and mercifull. O the wonder­full riches, both of the wisdome and knowledge of God! howe vnsearchable are his iudgements, and his waies past finding ont! Eph. 1.5. Who hath predestinate vs, to be adopted through Iesus Christ vnto himselfe, according to the good pleasure of his will.

Secondly, beeing the seruants of Christ we are admonished:

  • I. To fight against all doubting and diffidence of our saluation, because it neither depēdeth vpon workes, nor faith, but vpon Gods decree which is im­mutable. Math. 24.24. Luk. 10.20. Reioice that your names are written in the booke of life. Rom. 8.33. Who shall any thing to the charge of Gods chosen? it is God that iustifieth, who shall condemne? 2. Tim. 2.19. This teacheth, that the anker of hope must be fixed in the trueth, and stabilitie of the immutable good plea­sure [Page 179] of God: so that albeit our faith bee so tossed, as that it is in danger of ship­wracke, neuerthelesse it must neuer sinke to the bottome, but euen in the mid­dest of danger, take hold vpon repentance, as on a board & so recouer it selfe.
  • II. To humble our soules vnder the mightie hand of God: for wee are as clay in the hand of the potter. Rom. 9.21. They through infidelitie are broken off, but thou standest through faith. Be not high minded, but feare.
  • III. To giue all glorie to God. 2. Thess. 2.13. We ought to giue thankes al­waie to God for you brethren, beloued of the Lord, because that God hath from the beginning chosen you to saluation.
  • IV. To beare crosses patiently. Rom. 8.29. Those which he knewe before, he hath also pre [...]estinate, to be made like to the image of his sonne. This likenesse to Christ, is in bearing afflictions. Phil. 3.10. That I may know him, and the vertue of his resurrection, and the fellowship of his afflictions, to be made conformable to his death.
  • V. To doe good workes. Eph. 2. 10. Wee are his workemanship created in Christ Iesus to doe good workes, which God hath ordained, that we should walke in them.

Thus much concerning Theologie.

AN EXCELLENT TREATISE of comforting such, as are troubled a­bout their Predestination, Taken out of the second answer of M. Beza, to D. Andreas, in the act of their Colloquie at Mompelgart, &c.

VNlesse (saith D. Andreas) regeneratiō be alwaies vnited to bap­tisme, and remaineth in such as are baptized, howe should the troubled consciences of those be eased and cōforted, who because they feele not in themselues any good motions of gods holy spirit, finde none other refuge, but the Word and Sacraments, especially the Sacrament of Baptisme? Now this remedie would be of small force, except it be opposed against those imaginations, which the diuell casteth into a troubled heart; yea, except it taught such, that God is greater then our heart, who in Baptisme hath not onely offered vs the adoption of sonnes, but hath indeede bestowed the same vpon vs: as it is said by Christ, Hee that beleeueth, and is baptized, shall be saued. And by Paul, Ye which are baptized, haue put on Christ. Dauid beeing armed with the like comfort from his circumcision, feared not to ioyne battell with that great giant Goliah: and if this were not so, it must needs followe, that Baptisme were nothing els but an idle ceremonie, and also the persons of the Trinitie would be thought lyars. Wherefore those afflicted men, when Satan as­saulteth them, must resist him with these wordes: Depart from me Satan, thou hast neither part nor portion in the inheritance of my soule, because I am baptized in the Name of the holy Trinitie, and so am truely made the sonne of God by adoption. And are these the strong weapons, which so many times, and in so many wordes, haue beene obiected against me by D. Andreas? and whereby he hath gotten the victorie? But because this his reason is somewhat intricate, I will explaine it after this sort. First, for the place of Scripture which he alleadgeth, namely, that God is greater then our hearts: It is so farre from comforting an afflicted conscience, that it will rather driue him to de [...]paire. Neither doth Iohn 1. epist. 3.20. make mention of it, to ease such as are in despaire, shewing vnto them by that sentence, the greatnes of Gods mercies; but rather that he might therby, e­uen bruise in peeces the hearts of proude persons, when they consider the greatnesse of Gods maiestie. And for the other place, when as a man doubteth of his saluation, and feeleth no testimonies of faith in himselfe, (for such an one wee here speake of) what comfort, thinke you, can hee haue in these wordes: Hee that beleeueth, and is baptized, shall be saued? For hee would rather reason contrarily thus: I indeede am baptized, yet for al that I beleeue not, and therefore my Baptisme is not auaileable, I must needes be condemned. For the saying of August. in his treatise vpon Ioh. 6. is verie true, who speaking of Simon Magus, saith, What good did it to him to be baptized? bragge not there­fore, [Page 181] saith he, that thou art baptized, as though that were sufficient for thee, to inhe­rit the kingdome of heauen. As for the place of Paul, Gal. 3. I shewed plainely before, how D. Andreas did violently wrest it to his purpose.

Neither are his reasons taken from the absurditie that would follow, of more force then the former, albeit he maketh them especiall pillars to vnder­proppe the truth of his cause. For, I pray you, is God of lesse truth, because his truth is neglected, and derided of them that contemne it? Is the ceremo­nie of Baptisme therefore in vaine, because some refuse the grace offered in Baptisme: others (if we may beleeue D. Andreas) reiect that grace when they haue receiued it? What? Is not the Gospel therfore the power of God to salua­tion, because it is to such as beleeue not, the sauour of death to eternall death? May not the Supper of the Lord, be a pledge of Gods couenant, because so may abuse these holy signes, or, (as D. Andreas is of opinion) the very bo­die and blood of our Sauiour Christ? And, that I may reason from that which is true in the experience of euery childe, can the Sunne be saide to be without light, because they which are blinde, and asleepe, haue no benefit by the light thereof, neither such as shut their eyes so close, that they will not enioy the comfort of the light? But amongst all, this one is most childish, that D [...] An­dreas will make this his principall argument, namely, that in vaine did men, thus tempted, flie at all vnto Baptisme, vnlesse we conclude with him, that all such as are baptized, are in Baptisme adopted the sonnes of God. For first, if this were a good consequent from baptisme, it were in vaine, for such an affli­cted conscience, to gather vnto himselfe a testimonie from the word of God, and the other Sacrament of the Lords Supper, vnlesse we make all those to be in like sort regenerate and adopted, vnto whome the word of God is preach­ed, and the Lords supper administred, either of which, for D. Andreas to af­firme, is a bold vntruth.

But to omit this, what if we graunt this which D. Andreas requireth con­cerning Baptisme? may not for all that, any that is so tempted, by Satans pol­licie, refell this great comforter, by his owne argument? after this sort: I will grant D. Andreas your question: suppose I haue beene baptized and adopted the sonne of God, yet seeing you teach, that the grace of God is not so sure but that I may fal frō the same, as indeed I feele that I haue grieuously fallen, what doe you now els but lift me vp with one hand to heauen, and with the other cast me downe into hell? What meane you therefore to teach me those things which are so farre from easing me, as that contrarily, they doe more and more lay out vnto me mine abominable and vngratefull heart? See now what sure consolation, consciences grieuously afflicted may reape by this doctrine of their comforter D. Andreas.

Now if any be desirous to know, what spirituall comfort is most meete to be ministred vnto consciences so troubled, I will shew them that which is grounded vpon a sure foundation, and which I my selfe haue often found to be true in mine owne experience: the which also I purpose to handle more largely, for the benefit of the Christian reader. First therefore we teach, con­trarily to that which D. Andreas doth most falsly obiect against vs, that the eternall decree, or as Paul speaketh, the purpose of God, must not be sought [Page 182] in the bottomlesse counsel of God, but rather in the manifestation of it, name­ly, in his vocation, by the Word and Sacraments. This I speake of such as are of yeares of discretion, as they must needes be, whome we seeke to comfort in this place.

Nowe because that externall vocation, is not proper onely to the elect ( for many are called, but fewe are chosen) but such a vocation as is effectuall, that is, whereby the vnderstanding is not onely enlightened with the sauing knowe­ledge of God, but in the will also there is created a true, though not a perfect hatred of sinne, from whence ariseth an abhorring of sinne, and loue of that which is good, or rather a desire to will, and do that which is right. Therefore when wee see one thus dangerously tempted, we apply vnto his afflicted con­science, that true Nepenthes, and comfortable and restoratiue medicine, which is taken from Gods effectuall vocation, as it were out of an Apotheca­ries boxe.

If therefore I haue to doe with such an one, who either was neuer called by the preaching of the Gospel, or if he were called, yet seemeth both to himselfe and others, neuer to haue regarded him that called: and hence concludeth that he is not in the number of them, whome God hath purposed to take pitie vp­on: I forthwith tell him, that Satan plaieth the Sophister, in teaching him thus to conclude: for this his reason is as vntrue, as if a man looking at midnight, & seeing that the Sunne is not then risen, should therefore affirme that it would neuer rise. And this is that which when I obiected to D. Andreas, pag. 482. he very boldly corrupting my meaning printed this as mine assertion, Say vnto a man that is asflicted, the sunne is risen, although as yet it be not risen. But I teach not lies, howesoeuer this deprauation of my wordes came from D. Andreas prin­ters, or himselfe. And whereas D. Andreas excepted, that this consolation were to no purpose, because he that was afflicted might doubt whether this sunne would euer rise or not: I answered to him, that which the printers haue quite left out, and which I will now therefore more fully repeat. I was woont therefore to tell the partie thus troubled, after he had forsaken his false and di­ueli [...]h position: that although an externall vocation were not of force enough to appease an a [...]flicted conscience, yet it was of sufficient force and efficacie a­gainst the deuill. For I tell him that they which neuer had externall nor inter­nall calling, they (if wee regard an ordinarie calling) must needes perish: but whosoeuer is once called, he hath set as it were [...] his foote in the first entrie into the kingdome of heauen: and vnlesse it be by his owne default, he shall come afterwards into the courts of God, & so by degrees into his Maiesties pallace. And for the confirmation of this, I vse diuers waies. For why, say I, doubtest thou of his good will towards thee, who in mercy hath sent me a minister to cal thee vnto him? thou hast no cause, vnlesse thou alleadge the number of thy sinnes. If this be all, why, oppose the infinite greatnes of Gods mercie against thy sinnes, who hath sent me to bring thee vnto him. The Lord vouchsafeth to bring thee into the way of the elect, why art thou a stumbling blocke vnto thy selfe? & refusest to [...]ollow him? If thou feelest not as yet inwardly thy selfe to be stirred forward, pray that thou maist be-know this for a most sure truth, that this desire in thee is a pledge of God [...] fatherly good will towards thee. He [Page 183] neither can, nor will be wanting to this which he hath stirred vp in thee. After these exhortations, I shewe him, howe some are called at the eleuenth houre, how the Gentiles after many thousand yeares were called to be Gods people, how the theefe was saued vpon the crosse: these and other remedies I vsed, whereof, I neuer remember, that it repented me.

But if I deale with such as haue before obeyed the Lords calling, and either by reason of some grieuons sinne into which they haue fallen, or because they haue absented themselues from the Church of GOD, or in that they, refu­sing publike and priuate admonitions, haue beene offensiue to the Church, or which in mine experience, hath befallen many very good and godly persons, whilest they satisfie not th [...]mselues they are so altogither busily conuersant in reprehending and iudging themselues that they for a while forget the mercie of God: with these, to omit such as for some natural infirmities, are, if they pro­cure not speedy helpe of some expert Minister, most dangerously tempted, with these I say, I vse this order.

First, I desire that they intimate vnto me, that which especially grieueth thē, and as I vnderstand both, the thing, and measure thereof by them: I take espe­ciall care of this, that they beeing already ouermuch cast down, that I then, by the seuere denunciation of the Law, doe not quite ouerturne them: yet so as that I doe not altogither withdrawe them either from condemning their for­mer sinnes, or the meditation of Gods iudgement: And so, as much as I can, I temper the words of consolation, as that I nothing cloak Gods anger against them for their sinnes.

After I haue thus prepared them, I then demand, whether they haue beene euer in this case or no? Nay, (say they, for the most part) the time was, when I was in great ioy and peace of conscience I serued the Lord, then was I an hap­pie person, full of faith, full of hope: But now wretch that I am, I haue lost my first loue, and there is nothing vexeth me more, then to remember those times past. But say I, whether consideration is more grieuous vnto thee, the appre­hension of Gods iudgements, or the dislike of thy selfe that thou shouldest of­fend so gratious and so louing a father? Both, say they, but especially the latter. Therefore, say I, sinne also displeaseth thee in that it is sinne, namely, because it is euill, and God who is goodnesse it selfe, is offended with it? It is euen as you tolde vs, say they, and I am now ashamed that so vile and wicked a wretch as my selfe, should come before so gratious and mercifull a father. Then I tell them, that no man is offended, but rather is glad, when he can iniurie one whome hee hateth: this they graunt, and withall say, God forbidde, that albeit the Lord hate me, I in like sort should hate him, vnto whome, if it were possi­ble, I would be reconciled againe. Then I adde this: Bee of good comfort, my deare brother, you are in good case. For who can loue God, especially when he is wounded by him? who can bewaile the losse of his friendshippe? who can desire to come againe into his fauour, but he, whom God still loueth although for a time he be angrie with him? except peraduenture you haue not learned thus much, that the knowledge of our saluation commeth not from flesh and blood, but from God himselfe, who first vouchsafed to instruct vs, and from Christ Iesus, manifesting the Father vnto vs: And that it is Gods [Page 184] blessing, that we doe loue God, who loued vs first, when we were his enemies. You haue therefore, my good brother, iust cause, why you should be greatly displeased with many things past, but there is no cause why you should de­spaire. Briefly, you haue inwardly, and, as it were, dwelling with you, euident testimonies of you future reconciliation with God: especially if you cease not to pray vnto him earnestly, who hath laid the foundation of repentance in you, to wit, a dislike of sinne, and a desire to be reconciled vnto him. The sheep which wan­dered out of the fold ceased not to be a sheep, albeit it went astray for a time: you now are that sheep, to whome that faithfull sheapheard of al those sheep, which the father hath committed to him, leauing those ninetie and nine, doth not so much by my ministerie, declare that he seek [...]th you, as hauing alreadie sought you, though you not seeking him, hath indeede founde you. Knocke (saith he) and it shall bee opened vnto you. And haue you nowe forgotten those promises, which were so often made to them that repent? and also which they had experience of, who in the sight of the world were in a desperat case. But I, saith he, againe feele no motions of the Comforter, I haue nowe no sense of faith, or hope: but I feele all the contrarie. Nay say I, you deceiue your selfe, as I tolde you before. For it is the Comforter alone, which teacheth you to hate sinne, not so much for the punishment, as because it is euill and disliketh God, albeit hee shewe not himselfe so fully at the first: because you had so many waies grieuously offended him, as that he seemeth for a while quite to forsake you. And, that you haue not quite lost him, but that hee is yet in some secret corner of your soule, from whence at your instant praiers he will shewe him­selfe vnto you, this will plainely declare vnto you, which I now admonish you of the second time. But let vs graunt as much as you can say: yet, sure it is, that your faith was not dead, but onely possessed with a spirituall lethargie. You li­ued in the wombe of your mother, and there were ignorant of your life. A drunken man, although hee loose for a time the vse of reason, and also of his limmes, yet he neuer looseth reason it selfe. You would think that in winter the trees were dead, but they spring againe in the sommer season. At night the Sun setteth, but in the next morning it riseth againe. And howe often see wee by experience, that he which at one time tooke the foile in a combate, at another did win the price? And knowe this, that in the spirituall combate of the flesh with the spirit, the like we may see in many, partly by reason of the weaknes of our nature, partly through sloth to resist, and partly for default to beware. To these he replieth for such temptations are very hardly remooued, I would to God, saith he, I could perswade my selfe that these promises belonged to me. For my present estate constraineth me to doubt, whether I am the childe of God, or not.

Laus Christo nescia finis.

[...]
[...]
[...]

A briefe table directing the Reader of this booke to the principall things in the same.

  • ABsence in a Pastor when allow­ed. 77
  • externall Abstinence. 48
  • Abstraction. 21
  • Abuse of Gods name & creatures. 55
  • Accusations on malice. 97
  • vniust Accusations. 98
  • Accusing conscience. 18
  • to Acknowledge God, what. 39
  • Acknowledge others good gifts. 98
  • Actuall sinne. 20
  • Adam representing all men. 16
  • his estate in innocency. 12
  • his fall. 15
  • priuate Admonition. 141
  • Adoption. 124
  • Adulterie what. 82
  • lightly punished. 85
  • Affections corrupted. 19
  • Afflictions. 124,137
  • Affiance in God. 39
  • All, how said to be saued. 169
  • Allowance of others sinnes. 21
  • Ambition how healed. 135
  • our Ancestours how saued. 104
  • Andreas opinion confuted. 180
  • Angels with their nature & office. 11
  • their fall. 13
  • it was more grieuous then mans. 15
  • they serue the elect. 142
  • rash Anger. 73
  • preseruatiues against Anger [...] 135
  • slowe to Anger. 78
  • snappish Answers. 75
  • curteous Answers. 78
  • Antichrist Satans subiect. 35
  • his sinne. 72
  • when first at Rome. 36
  • Apologie. 136,139
  • Apostates Satans subiects. 35
  • Apostasie. 166
  • Iasciuious Aparrell. 84
  • decent Apparell. 86
  • Approbatiō of idolatry cōdēned. 45
  • Approching to God how. 52
  • to his throne. 119
  • Application of Gods promises ne­cessarie. 119
  • Armour complet with parts. 129
  • Arrius condemned. 41
  • Astrologie. 56,57
  • Artes which are vnlawfull. 91
  • Assaults of a Christian about his cal­ling. 130
  • his faith. 131
  • sanctification. 134
  • assent. 139
  • Asseueration. 59
  • Assurance of knowlege. 118
  • Atheisme. 40
  • Atheists Satans subiects. 35
  • Authoritie ouer creatures lost. 23
  • Authoritie must be obeyed. 68
B
  • Babling. 97
  • Ballades. 85
  • Banketting. 85,87
  • on the Sabbath day vnconuenient. 65
  • Bankerupts. 90
  • Baptisme. 107,152
  • the matter, water, 109
  • the forme. 109
  • the couenants in Baptisme. 109
  • vse of it. 111
  • Bargaining. 89
  • the Beast who. 47
  • pleasures with Beasts. 82
  • to Beare, what it signifieth. 95
  • the Birth of sinne. 21
  • Bitter speaking. 73,97
  • Blasphemie. 19,55
  • Blessednes. 144
  • in what. 144
  • Blessing of children. 67
  • Boasting. 97
  • the Bodie corrupted. 19
  • punished. 19
  • amorous Bookes [...] 85
  • [...] [Page]Booke of life. 144
  • to Bow downe to, what. 43
  • Bounds not to be remooued. 91
  • Brawling. 73
  • Buriall of the dead. 79
  • Burning of the flesh. 82
  • Buyers sinne. 89
  • Buying. 89
  • Buggerie. 82
C
  • Callings must be sanctified with prai­er. 60
  • a Calling to liue in. 92
  • effectuall Calling. 114
  • how wrought. 116,117
  • vneffectuall Calling. 164
  • all are not Called. 174
  • Calling on God. 52,139
  • Carelesse vsing of Gods name. 55
  • Ceremonies. 121
  • Chastitie. 85,88
  • Charming. 51
  • Cherubims defend not images. 45
  • Children must obey parents. 67
  • Childrē freed from it by the pope. 72
  • Cherubims why painted with wings. 11
  • Choice of one God. 42
  • Censures. 95
  • Christ the foundation of election. 24
  • how subordinate to election. 24
  • why God and man. 24,25
  • his infirmities. ibid.
  • vnion of two natures. 25
  • Conception. ibid.
  • sanctification. ibid.
  • assumption of flesh. ibid.
  • Communion of properties. 26
  • distinction of both natures. 27
  • how two wills in him. ibid.
  • his natiuitie. ibid.
  • Circumcision. 28
  • office. ibid.
  • princes his vicegerents. ibid.
  • as Mediatour he hath none. 29
  • his Priesthood. ibid.
  • he satisfied onely for the elect. 29,168
  • how he did it. 29
  • his passion. 9,29
  • agonie. 30
  • sncrifice. ibid.
  • he is the altar. ibid.
  • how a priest. ibid.
  • humiliation. 31
  • accursednesse. ibid.
  • dead. ibid.
  • power of it. 32
  • buried. 31
  • descension into hell what. 31
  • abolishing of death. 32
  • fulfilling of the Law. 32
  • intercession. 32,33
  • his propheticall office. 33
  • regall office. 33,34
  • exaltation. 33
  • bodie is visible. 34
  • resurrection. 33
  • power of it. 125
  • ascension. 34
  • his sitting at Gods right haud. 34
  • prerogatiue royall. 35
  • his iustice ours. 123
  • things spoken of him as God and man. 26
  • his manhood exalted. 27
  • he that onely lawgiuer. 33
  • his merits infinite. 133
  • his surrendring his kingdome to his fa­ther. 36
  • Christ when receiued. 118
  • Christian conuersation. 128
  • Church goods are not to be sold. 89
  • the Church may appoint holy daies. 62
  • Ciuill authoritie in Bish. of Rome Antichrist. 36
  • Comedies. [...]5
  • Combats vnlawfull. 75
  • Cōforts for aff [...]cted cōsciences. 132
  • Combat of afflicted conscience. 129
  • Commemoration of the creature. 55
  • Commendation for well doing to be vsed. 100
  • [Page]Commaundements to man in inno­cencie. 13
  • Companie. 85
  • want of Compassion. 74
  • Complaints. 74
  • Compunction. 165
  • Concupiscence. 100
  • Conception of sinne. 21
  • Condemnation is by man. 164
  • Confession of sinnes. 119
  • Confidence in creatures. 41
  • Cookes must keepe the sabbath. 63
  • Coniuring. 50
  • Coniunction with God. 115
  • Conscience corrupted. 18
  • not Comforted by a generall electi­on. 172
  • Concealing of sinnes. 21,99
  • Consent in sinne. 21
  • Contentation. 92
  • Contentions. 74
  • Contempt of superiours. 71
  • Contempt of Gods seruice. 48
  • Corne for the poore. 75
  • Conuersation. 58
  • to Couet, what. [...]00
  • Counterfait wares. 89
  • Countenance austere. 74
  • Couetousnes. 89
  • Couenant of grace and workes. 36, 102
  • Couenant with sathan. 49
  • who are in the Couenant. 108
  • Contracts how, & with whome. 88
  • Contingencie not taken away by gods decree. 9
  • Controuersies how decided. 75
  • Conuersion to God whence. 19
  • Crauing pardon for sinnes. 119
  • Credulitie. 98
  • Creation. 10
  • creatures must not be vsed hardly. 74
  • Cryings. 74
  • Crosses. 136
  • Crueltie. 72
  • Cursings. 55
  • Custome in sinne. 21
  • Constātine, & what figure he saw. 4 [...]
D
  • Damage in goods a punishment. 23
  • Damnation. 164,171
  • Dauncing. 85
  • Death a punishment. 23
  • Death not to be feared. 142
  • Death of the elect. 141
  • Death driuen farre off. 20
  • Decalogue. 36
  • Decree of God. 8
  • it is secret. 164
  • Degrees in sinning. 20
  • Degrees in deuills. 15
  • Defence of a mans selfe. 81
  • Deniall of our selues. 1 [...]8
  • Derision is persecution. 74
  • Derision of Gods creatures. 55
  • of superiours. 71
  • Desire to please God. 40
  • desires of the flesh how auoided. 135
  • holy Desperation. 117
  • Deuils. 36
  • what they can doe. 49
  • Differences of actuall sinne. 21
  • Disdaine. 95
  • Disobedience. 71
  • Distinction of dominions a punish­ment. 23
  • Distinction of persons. 6
  • Distrust in God. 40
  • Dissolute life. 58
  • Doubtfulnes. 40,132
  • Dreames. 19
  • Diuination. 50
  • Discerning. 126
  • Duties of man to himselfe. 71
E
  • Eares of corne may be pulled to sa­tisfie hunger. 80
  • Eating, with circumstances. 87
  • Edict of the law. 36
  • Edification. 140
  • Elders, fathers. 66
  • Elect know themselues elect. 163
  • [Page]election. 23,114,146
  • by Christ. 24,114
  • meanes of election. 24,36
  • it is Gods gift. 114
  • it is not generally of all. 168
  • notes of election. 177
  • elect can not finally fall. 160
  • elect haue dominion ouer creatures. 124
  • Elohim, what. 1
  • eleuation in the masse. 48
  • enchantments. 51
  • enterludes. 85
  • enuie. 74,95
  • entising to sinne. 21
  • encourage such as feare God. 81
  • equalitie in contracts. 93
  • errours of Predest. confuted. 149
  • estate of infidelitie. 16
  • estate of the elect after death. 141, 143,144
  • estate of wicked men. 175
  • estimation of our selues. 20
  • eternall life. 144
  • eternall ioy. 145
  • eternall destruction. 23,174,175
  • euangelicall promises indefinite. 132
  • euill things, how good with God. 9, 10
  • euill thoughts. 20
  • excellencie of gifts reuerenced. 69
  • excuse of sinne whence. 18
  • execution of Gods decree. 23
  • execution of election. 25
  • execution of the decree of reproba­tion. 164
  • exposition of scripture to xpe. 33
  • externall obseruation of the sabbath. 65
  • extolling of a mans selfe aboue o­thers. 72
  • eyes full of adulterie. 84
F
  • the Fall of a christian souldier. 130, 131
  • the remedies. 131
  • before my Face what. 39
  • the Fall. 14
  • Falling from God. 166
  • decreed of God. 16,173
  • Faith. 117,120,155
  • a temporarie faith. 166
  • how faith is begotten. 33,103
  • degrees in working it. 118
  • degrees in Faith. 120
  • Faith how shaken. 120
  • not commaunded in the morall law. 121
  • Faires may not be on the sabbath. 65
  • the Faithfull alone haue title to Gods goods. 124
  • False witnesse. 95
  • False sentence. 91
  • Fasting. 53,88
  • Father what. 66
  • Fatherlesse. 74
  • Feare of God. 40
  • of de [...]th. 166
  • to offend God. 127
  • Feasts. 87
  • to idols. 45
  • at Feasts leaue somewhat. 87
  • Feeble not to be inuried. 74
  • Fighting. ibid.
  • Flatterie. 97
  • Flight in persecution. 140
  • Forgerie. 99
  • Foreknowledge of God. 9
  • Fornication. 82
  • Found things restore. 89,94
  • Free-will not taken away by Gods decree. 9
  • Free-will. 151,153
  • Frowardnes. 74
  • Funerals how to be solemnized. 79
  • Fulnes of bread. 85
G
  • Gaine lawfull. 91
  • vnlawfull. ibid.
  • Gaming for gaine. ibid.
  • Gate, what. 63
  • Gifts of the holy Ghost not saleable. 89
  • [Page]Gleanings. 80
  • Glorification. 141
  • perfect Glorie. 144
  • Glorie of God sought aboue all. 100
  • it is the ende of all. 146, 176
  • Gospell. 103
  • thought follie. 20
  • God is, and what. 1
  • he is denied. 20
  • his nature. 1
  • simplenes. 2
  • infinitenesse. 2
  • he hath neither subiect nor adiunct. 2
  • his essence. ibid.
  • immutabilitie. ibid.
  • searcher of the heart. 3
  • the life of God. ibid.
  • how he willeth euill. 3
  • his loue, mercie, &c. ibid.
  • what God can doe. 5
  • his glorie knowne onely to himselfe. i­bid.
  • how God is knowne to man. ibid.
  • God the Father. 7
  • his properties. ibid.
  • God the Sonne. ibid.
  • he onely incarnate. 24
  • how sent. 7
  • how the Word. ibid.
  • his properties. 7
  • God the holy Ghost. 8
  • Gods operation and operatiue per­mission. 9
  • thy God, what. 38
  • others gods, what. 38, 39
  • Good meaning. 20
  • Good name. 99
  • Goodnes of the creature. 11
  • Gouernment of Christs Church. 35
  • when corrupted. 48
  • Grace can not be extinguished. 160
  • Grapes may be plucked. 79
  • Grief for others & our own sins. 127
  • Grauen image. 43
  • Grudges. 74
  • Guiltlesse, what. 54

H

  • Hallow the sabbath. 61
  • Hardnes of heart. 23
  • Hard, and soft heart. 42
  • Hatred of God. 42,164
  • of our neighbour. 74
  • Heauens threefold. 11
  • Hellenisme. 40
  • Heresies spring frō original sin. 17,18
  • Hell fire. 176
  • Holy Ghost. 8
  • not Christs father. 25
  • Holines of mind. 126
  • of memorie. ibid.
  • conscience. ibid.
  • will. 127
  • affections. ibid.
  • bodie. 128
  • Honour what. 83
  • Hope. 39,127
  • Hope of pardon. 118
  • House coueted. 100
  • Humilitie. 40
  • Hungring after grace. 118
  • Hunting. 81
  • Husbandrie on the sabbath. 65
  • Hypocrisie. 47,48

I

  • Idlenes. 88
  • Iealous what. 43,44
  • Iesting at scripture. 58
  • Iewes. 35
  • Idolatrie. 45
  • Idolaters. 35
  • Idol. 43
  • Idolatrous seruice may not be heard. 45
  • Idolaters sorie when they omit their fained worship. 18
  • Illumination. 126
  • Iehouah. 38
  • Image of God. 11
  • how much of Gods Image we reteined. 17
  • Ingrossing commodities. 90
  • Infamie a punishment. 23
  • [Page]Infants how saued. 114
  • Infants in the couenant. 108
  • Infants which condemned. 164
  • Ingratitude. 72
  • Inhabitants of the world. 11
  • Inholders dutie. 63
  • Ignorance from Adam. 17
  • sinne of Ignorance. 21,22
  • Impatience in afflictions. 41
  • Impotencie of minde. 17
  • of will. 19
  • Inclination to euill. 17
  • Impuritie of conscience. 18,19
  • Inescation. 21
  • Iniuries. 74
  • Indulgences. 47
  • Imputatiō of mans sins to Christ. 31
  • Imputation of Christs righteousnes to man. 122
  • imputatiue iustice prooued. 123,156
  • Iosephs pietie. 98
  • Iourneies on the sabbath day. 65
  • Iudaisme. 40
  • Images in Churches vnlawfull. 44
  • Infirmities to be concealed. 78,97,99
  • Infirmities of the bodie couered by Christ. 33
  • Infidels how damned. 167
  • Ioy in the holy Ghost. 128
  • Iudgements of God must be regar­ded. 58
  • Iudging. 99
  • last Iudgement. 143
  • Iust dealing. 92
  • Iugling. 51
  • Iustice. 129
  • of the faithfull. 160
  • Iustification. 121,122
  • second Iustification confuted. 157
  • Intermission of Gods seruice. 48
  • Interpreting amisse. 75
  • Interpreting wel. 98
  • Iustice inherent. 156

K

  • to Kill, what, who, when. 73
  • the Knowledge of Gods law bruiseth the heart. 177
  • the Knowledge of the Gospel. 118
  • Kings are fathers. 66

L

  • Labour commanded. 88
  • Labourers must be paid. 74,91
  • Law of God morall. 36
  • the Lawe can not be fulfilled in this life. 160
  • vse of the Law. 101
  • vse of it in the regenerate. 102
  • Church Lawes by Christ. 33
  • Lawe. 95
  • Lawyers sinne. 91
  • Leagues, which are lawfull. 78
  • Leagues with infidels. 79
  • Leagues with the godly. 54
  • Lenitie in correction. 72
  • Lending freely. 94
  • Life vnoffensiue. 81
  • vnordinate. 88
  • long Life promised to children. 67
  • Lordships distinguished. 23
  • Lottes. 56
  • Loue of God. 39,41
  • markes of it. 40
  • Loue of God in Christ. 113
  • Loue of the creature more then god. 41
  • the Lords supper. 111
  • Lower roome at table. 87
  • Lying. 54,96
  • Lucke good and bad. 56
  • Lust of heart. 82
  • Lutherans consubstantiation. 112
M
  • Madnes a punishment of sinne. 23
  • Magistrates fathers. 66
  • Magistrates winking at sinne. 21
  • Magistrates to be obeyed. 68
  • Magicke. 49
  • Magitians. 35,41,49
  • Magitians not to be sought vnto. 51
  • Malice 95
  • [Page]Man and wife abusing their libertie. 84
  • Mans creation with circumstances. 12, 13
  • created mutable. 13
  • his fall. 15
  • Man Gods image. 45,56
  • pleasures with Men. 82
  • Manichees condemned. 41
  • Mariage to be sanctified with praier. 60
  • Mariage without parents consent. 71
  • with infidels. 46
  • Marie Christs mother continued a virgine. 27
  • Marcion. 41
  • Martyrdome. 139
  • Marchandise solde to an idolatrous vse. 46
  • Masse may not be heard. 45
  • Mayming of the bodie. 74
  • Meditation of the creation on the Sabbath. 65
  • Meditation of Christs passion. 31
  • Meditation in the promises of the Gospel. 118
  • Meanes of Gods worship. 52
  • Members of Christ. 116
  • Gods mercie aboue his iustice. 44
  • Merit of congruitie. 154
  • of condignitie. 161
  • the Minde corrupted. 17
  • MINISTERS, fathers. 66
  • Ministers sinnes. 21
  • Ministers dutie. 52
  • Mirth at meate. 87
  • Miseries of our neighbour. 77
  • Modestie. 85
  • Monasticall vowes. 47
  • Monkes. 91
  • Monuments of idolatrie. 46
  • Mortification. 124
  • Mourning. 80
  • Mother, what. 67
  • Mothers must nurse their owne chil­dren. 72
  • Musicke lawfull. 81
  • Musicke in Churches. 47
  • Murder vnpardonable. 75
N
  • Naamans worship in the Temple of Rimmon. 45
  • Name of God. 54
  • good Name. 99
  • Necromancie. 50
  • Neglect of Gods seruice. 48
  • Neighbours who and how to be lo­ued. 66,74
  • Non-residencie reprooued by scrip­ture and councels. 76,77
  • Notions of the minde. 17
O
  • Obedience to god how measured by him. 48
  • Obedience to superiours. 69
  • Obedience to the law. 20
  • euangelicall Obedience. 129
  • Occasiōs of strife how ministred. 76
  • Offences against superiours. 71
  • equalls. 72
  • inferiours. 72,77
  • Old men fathers. 67
  • Operation of God. 9
  • Oppression. 89
  • Originall sinne. 17
  • not taken away by baptisme. 152
  • Outward actuall sinne. 20
  • Originall sinne deserueth death. 173
  • Othes. 59
  • lawfull. ibid.
  • vnlawfull. ibid.
P
  • Particular perswasion of saluation. 119
  • Paines in childbirth. 23
  • a Punishment for sinne. 23
  • Parents how said to be holy. 108
  • Parents prolong their childrens life. 67
  • Patience in perils. 39
  • Patience with preseruatiues. 137
  • Peace of God. 148
  • [Page]Perfection of sinne. 21
  • Permission of euill. 14
  • Periurie. 5
  • Peoples dutie in Gods seruice. 52
  • petition. 60
  • Peters fall. 22
  • Pirats. 91
  • philosophie. 81
  • phisicke. 81
  • pictures. 44
  • plague. 81
  • plaies. 85
  • Pledges to be restored. 75,90
  • to be redeemed. 93
  • strange Pleasures. 82
  • pollution. 197
  • pollution by night. 84
  • the Pope Antichrist. 35
  • Popish superstitions. 47,58
  • popish fasting. 48
  • popish traditions. 48
  • power of the law. 102
  • of Christs death. 126
  • preaching of the Gospel an image of Christ. 45
  • it begetteth faith. 33
  • praier. 138
  • praiers of the faithful. 139
  • to creatures. 49
  • a meanes to sanctifie Gods creatures. 60
  • praiers on particular occasions. 60
  • praising of God in heauen. 145
  • Predestination. 10,167
  • it is both of the Elect and reprobate. 149
  • immutable. 150
  • not by foreseene workes in man. 172
  • it may be knowne. 177
  • what it is to the Papists. 146
  • Predestination applied. 176
  • preseruatiues against assaults of tem­ptation. 131
  • vocation. 131
  • faith. 132
  • sanctification. 134
  • presumption. 22,42
  • pride. 42
  • promises of God and man. 36
  • promises must be kept. 94
  • pronenesse to diseases a punishment. 22
  • pronouncing vniust sentence. 96
  • propagation of sinne. 17
  • profession of God commanded. 39, 138
  • processions. 45
  • prognostications. 56
  • prophesies. 50
  • prophanations of sabbaths. 64
  • punishments of sinne. 22
  • punishments inflicted by superiours to be borne. 69
  • punishments how to be inflicted. 70
Q
  • Quarrellings. 74
R
  • Railings forbidden. 74
  • Raising of prises in wares. 89
  • Remission of sinnes. 122
  • reioycing at our neighbors good. 77
  • Rebaptizing. 110
  • Rebellion inward. 20
  • Recreation. 81
  • Relikes of idols vnlawfull. 46
  • Reliefe of such as are godly. 140
  • Remember, what it signifieth. 61
  • Representing of God in an image. 44
  • Reprobates. 165
  • how farre they may go in godlines. 164
  • Reprobates may know the lord. 165
  • haue temporary faith. 165
  • a tast of the heauenly gifts. ibid.
  • outward holines. ibid.
  • their falling from God. ibid.
  • death. 175
  • condemnation. ibid.
  • estate in hell. 176
  • Reprobation. 163
  • Reprobate sense. 17
  • Reuerence to superiours with many branches. 68
  • [Page]Reuenge. 74
  • Restitution. 89,94
  • Repentance. 129
  • howe in Reprobates. 165
  • howe in God. 2
  • Resurrection. 143
  • Reading sometimes begetteth faith. 103
  • to rise early on the Sabbath. 63
  • Rogues. 91
  • Robberies. ibid.
  • the Romish Hierarchie. 48
  • Rules for the communion of proper­ties. 7,26
  • Rules for vowes. 52
  • Rules for equalitie in contracts. 93
  • Rules for the interpretation of the decalogue. 37
  • Rules for such as would be saued. 103
S
  • Sabellius condemned. 41
  • Sabbath commanded in Paradice. 63
  • Sabbath. 61
  • how sanctified. 63
  • how morall and ceremoniall. 63,64
  • why changed. 64
  • a Sabbath daies worke. 62
  • preparation to the Sabbath. 64
  • how prophaned. 65
  • Sacraments. 104
  • how necessarie. 107
  • Sacrifice and Sacrament differ. 107
  • Saluation. 146,171
  • Saluation according to the Church of Rome. 146
  • Saints not to be praied for. 49
  • Samuel raised vp, not true Samuel. 50,51
  • Sanctuaries. 76
  • to Sanctifie what. 61
  • Sanctification of Gods creatures. 60
  • Sanctification with the effects there­of. 124
  • Satans shifts to cause infidelitie. 132
  • Satan Gods ape. 50
  • his Sacraments. 50
  • Scandals. 76
  • Scriptures only expoūded by Christ. 34
  • Serpents head bruised. 171
  • Second causes are not frustrate by Gods decree. 8
  • Securitie. 20,42
  • Seruice of God in heauen. 145
  • Sellers sinne. 89
  • Seruants eie seruice. 72
  • Shame of nakednes a punishment. 22
  • Shooting. 81
  • Signes in the sacraments. 105
  • Sinne what. 13
  • mortall Sinne. 160
  • why it raigneth in man. 102
  • one Sinne forgiuen all forgiuen. 134
  • Sinne corrupteth onely faculties. 17
  • Sinnes of omission and commission. 20
  • Sinne against the holy ghost. 22,166
  • Sixe daies to worke. 62
  • Single life. 87
  • Sobrietie. 86
  • Soule punished. 23
  • Sorrow for sinne. 136
  • Societie with infidels. 46
  • Soules in heauen. 142
  • Southsaying. 50
  • christian Souldier. 129
  • Spirit of slumber. 18
  • Spirituall drunkennes. ibid.
  • Sports on the Sabbath. 65
  • Starres what force they haue. 57
  • Stealing. 88
  • Step-parents to be honoured. 66
  • Strangers not to be iniuried. 78,80
  • the Sting of death. 142
  • Subiect to satan. 35
  • Subiection to Satan a punishment. 23
  • Suretiship. 94
  • Suites in law. 47
  • Supremacie in the Pope, a note of Antichrist. 35
  • Superstition. 56
  • [Page]Suspitions. 96
  • Superiours dutie to inferiours. 70
  • Superiours to be reuerenced. 67
  • they must speake first. 68
  • Subiects are freed from their allegi­ance to their prince by the Pope. 72
  • Swearing any way. 55
T
  • to Take the name of god in vaine. 54
  • Talke corrupt. 85,97
  • table Talke. 87
  • Tales raised. 97,98
  • Taunting. 75
  • Tempting of God. 41
  • Temptation. 21,130,132
  • Tempter. 129
  • Terrour of conscience. 19,23
  • Terrours for well doing. 19
  • Testament. 103
  • Thanksgiuing. 52,60,130
  • Theologie, what. 2
  • Theft how punished. 91,92
  • Thrift. 92
  • Titles of God where to be vsed. 5 [...]
  • Titles may be giuen to men. 68
  • Trafficke with infidels. 46
  • Transubstantiation. 112
  • Trembling at gods presence. 23,113
  • Trials of suites before infidels. 47
  • Trouble of minde. 23
  • Truth to be spoken. 92
  • Truces. 79
  • Turkes the deuils subiects. 35
  • the two Trees in Eden. 13
  • Tyrants to be obeyed. 69
  • Tyrants punishment. 75
V
  • Vanitie from Adam. 18
  • Vaine-glorie. 96
  • Vertue of creatures lost by sinne. 23
  • Vices not to be allowed, 96,97
  • abstained from. 98
  • to Visite. 44
  • Viuification. 126
  • Vowes. 47,53
  • Vncharitable opinions of such as feare God. 20
  • Vnion with God. 41
  • Vnion of christians with Christ. 115
  • spirituall Vnderstanding. 126
  • Vniust dealing. 88
  • Vnprofitable warres. 89
  • Vsurie. 90
W
  • Washing in baptisme. 109
  • Wasting others goods. 72
  • Wages deteined. 75
  • Wantonesse. 84
  • Christian Warrefare. 129
  • Warriars. 129
  • Weights falsified. 89,93
  • Wedlocke. 87
  • Will corrupted. 19
  • Will worship. 47
  • spirituall Wisdome. 126
  • Witches. 52
  • Wishing. 101
  • Witnesse. 98
  • the Worke of God. 8
  • Works of the elect, howe acceptable to God. 98
  • the World and parts thereof. 11
  • how the godly esteem of the World. 127
  • the Word how first reuealed. 33
  • the Word preached a meanes of sal­uation 33
  • to sanctifie Gods creatures. 60
  • Wise in his own conceit. 73
  • Widowes not to be iniuried. 75
  • to Winne men to religion. 51
  • Wares to be saleable. 93
  • Gods worship when corrupted. 48
  • meanes by which God is Worship­ped. 50
  • Workes iustifie not. 151,161
  • Workes foreseene. 172
  • Worme of conscience. 176
  • Whole man punished. 23
  • Worshipping the beast. 47
  • of deuills. 49

Z

  • Zeale of Gods glorie. 58,127
FINIS.
AN EXPOSITION OF THE …

AN EXPOSITION OF THE SYMBOLE OR CREEDE OF THE APOSTLES, AC­CORDING TO THE TENOVR OF THE SCRIPTVRE, AND the consent of the Orthodoxe Fa­thers of the Church: reuewed and corrected BY William Perkins.

They are good Catholikes, which are of sound faith and good life. August. lib. quaest. in Matth. cap. 11.

PRINTED BY IOHN LEGAT PRINTER to the Vniuersitie of Cambridge. 1600.

TO THE RIGHT HONOVRABLE, EDWARD Lord Russell, Earle of Bedford. Grace, and peace, &c.

Tit. 1.15.RIght Honourable, excellent is the saying of Paul to Titus, To the pure all things are pure: but to the impure and vnbe­leeuing is nothing pure, but euen their mindes and con­sciences are defiled. In which wordes he determines three que­stions. The first, whether things ordained and made by God, may become vncleane or no? his answer is, that they may: and his mea­ning must be conceiued with a distinction. By nature, things or­dained of God are not vncleane: for Moses in Genesis saith, that God saw all things which he had made, and they were very good: yet they may become vncleane either by lawe, or by the fault of men. By law, as when God forbids vs the things which in themselues are good: without whose commandement, they are as pure as things not forbidden. Thus for the time of the olde Testament God forbade the Iewes the vse of certaine creatures; not because they were indeeede worse then the rest, but because it was his pleasure vpon speciall cause to restraine them, that he might put a difference betweene his owne people and the rest of the world: that he might exercise their obe­dience, and aduertise them of the inward impuritie of minde. Now this legall impu­ritie was abolished at the ascension of Christ. By the fault of men things are vn­cleane when they are abused, and not applied to the ends for which they were ordai­ned. The second question is, to whome things ordained of God are pure? He answers, to the pure: Act. 15.10. 2. Tim. 4.3. that is, to them whose persons stand iustified and sanctified before God in Christ in whome they beleeue: who also doe vse Gods blessings in holy manner to his glorie and the good of men. The third question is, who they are to whome all things are vncleane? his answer is, to the vncleane: by whome he vnderstands all such I. whose persons displease God, because they doe not indeede beleeue in Christ: II. who vse not the gifts of God in holy manner, sanctifying them by word and praier: III: who abuse them to bad endes, as to riot, pride, and oppression of men, &c. Nowe that to such, the vse of all the creatures of God is vncleane, it is manifest: because all their actions are sinnes in that they are not done of faith: and a mans persons must first please God in Christ, before his action or worke done can please him. Againe they vse the blessings and creatures of God with euill conscience, because so long as they are forth of Christ, they are but vsurpers thereof before God. For in the fall of the first Adam we lost the title and interest to all good things: and though God permitte the vse of many of them to wicked men; yet is not the former title recouered but in Christ the second Adam, in whome we are aduanced to a better estate then we had by crea­tion.

[Page]Hence it followes necessarily, that (to omit all other things,) Nobilitie, though it be a blessing and ordinance of God in it selfe, is but an vncleane thing, if the enioyers thereof be not truly ingrafted into Christ, and made bone of his bone and flesh of his flesh. The blood vnstained before men, is stained blood before God by the fall of A­dam, if it be not restored by the blood of Christ the lambe of God. And hence it follows againe, that Nobilitie must not dwell solitarie, but combine her selfe in perpetuall fel­lowship with heartie loue and syncere obedience of pure and sound religion: without the which all pleasant pastimes, all sumptuousnes of building, all brauerie in apparell, all glistering in gold, all delicate fare, all delightfull musicke, all reuerence done with cappe and knee, all earthly pleasures and delights that heart can wish, are but as a vanishing shadow, or like the mirth that beginnes in laughing and endes in woe. A happie thing were it, if this consideration might take place in the hearts of all noble men: it would make them honour God that they might be honoured of God with euer­lasting honour: 1. Sam. [...]. 22.26. Psal. 2.12. and it would make them kisse the Sonne least he be angrie, and they perish in the way.

I speake not this as though I doubted of your Lordships care in this very point: but mine onely meaning is to put you in minde, that as you haue begunne to cleane vnto Christ with full of purpose of heart, so you would continue to doe it still, and doe it more: & withal to manifest the same vnto the whole world, by honouring Christ with your owne honour, and by resembling him specially in one thing, in that, Prov. 3.9,10. as he grew in stature and yeares, he also grew in grace and fauour with God and men. Luk. 2.25. And for this very cause (without any consideration of earthly respects) I further present vnto you an Exposition of another part of the Catechisme, namely the Symbole or Creede of the Apostles: which is indeede the very pith and substance of Christian religion, taught by the Apostles, imbraced by the ancient fathers, sealed by the blood of mar­tyrs, vsed by Socrat. hist. eccl. l. 5. c. 10. Theodosius the Emperour as a meanes to ende the controuersies of his time: and hereupon hath beene called the August. de Temp. ser. 119. rule of faith, the Ambr. ser. 38. keye of faith. And furthermore I hope that your Lordship will accept the same in good part, the rather because you vouchsafed when you were in Cambridge to be an hearer thereof when it was taught and deliuered. Thus crauing pardon for my boldnes, I take my leaue, commending your L. and yours to the protection of the Almightie.

Your L. to command, William Perkins.

The Contents of the booke.

The Creede.
pag. 185
Faith.
187
God.
198
The three persons.
202
The Father.
205
Gods omnipotencie.
212
The Creation.
217,221
Gods counsel.
218
The creation of heauen.
228
The creation of Angels.
231
The creation of man.
236
Gods prouidence.
242
Adams fall, and originall sinne.
252
The couenant of grace.
259
The title, Iesus.
262
The title, Christ.
266
The title, Sonne.
271
The title, Lord.
278
The Incarnation of Christ.
279
Christs humiliation.
295
Christs passion.
297
Christs arraignment.
300
Christs execution.
328
Christs sacrifice.
350
Christs triumph.
356
Christs buriall.
367
The descension of Christ.
372
Christs exaltation.
378
Christs Resurrection.
380
Christs ascension.
396
Christs sitting at, &c.
407
Christs intercession.
409
Christs kingdome.
417
The last iudgement.
420
Of the holy Ghost.
436
The Church.
451,488
Predestination.
453
The mysticall vnion.
483
The communion of Saints.
500
The forgiuenesse of sinnes.
506
The resurrection of the bodie.
509
Life euerlasting.
516

In handling of the foresaid points for orders sake, is considered,

  • 1. The meaning, or such points of do­ctrine as are necessarie to bee knowne thereof.
  • 2. The duties to be learned thereby.
  • 3. The comforts that Gods pleople may gather thence.

AN EXPOSITI­ON OF THE CREED. I beleeue in God. &c.

NO man iustly can be offended at this, that I begin to treat of the doctrine of faith without a text; though some be of mind, that in Catechising the minister is to proceed as in the ordinary course of preaching, onely by handling a set portion of scripture: & therefore that the handling of the Creede beeing no scripture, is not conuenient. Indeede I graunt, that other course to bee commendable: yet I doubt not, but in Catechising the minister hath his libertie to followe or not to followe a certaine text of scrip­ture, as we doe in the vsuall course of preaching. My reason is taken from the practise of the Primitiue Church; Heb. 6. [...], 2 [...] whose Catechisme (as the author of the E­pistle to the Hebrues sheweth) was contained in sixe principles or grounds of religion, which were not taken out of any set text in the old Testament: but rather was a forme of teaching gathered out of the most cleare places thereof. Hence I reason thus: That which in this point was the vse and manner of the Primitiue Church, is lawfull to be vsed of vs now: but in the Primitiue church it was the manner to catechize without handling any set text of scripture: and therefore the ministers of the Gospell at this time may with like libertie do the same: so be it they doe confirme the doctrine which they teach with places of scripture afterward.

Nowe to come to the Creede, let vs begin with the name or title thereof. That which in English we call the Apostles Creed, in other tongues is called Symbolum, that is, a shot or a badge. It is called a shot, because as in a feast or ban­quet euery man payeth his part: which beeing all gathered, the whole (which we call the shot) amounteth: and so out of the seuerall writings of the Apostles ariseth this creed or briefe confession of faith. It is a badge, because as a souldi­er in the field by his badge and liuerie is knowne of what band he is, and to what captaine he doth belong: euen so by this beleefe a christian man may be distinguished and knowne from all Iewes, Turkes, Atheists, and all false pro­fessours: and for this cause it is called a badge.

Againe it is called the creed of the Apostles, not because they were the pē ­ners of it, conferring to it besides the matter [...]u [...]f [...]n in ex­pos. Symb & [...]erony. ad [...]am. the very style & frame of words as we haue thē now set down. Reason. I. there are in this creed certen words & [Page 186] phrases which are not to be found in the writings of the Apostles, and name­ly these: He descended into hell; the Catholike Church. The latter whereof no doubt Paci [...]n [...]s epi [...]t. 1. ad Sym [...]ro. first began to be in vse, when after the Apostles daies the Church was dispersed into all quarters of the earth. Secondly if both matter and wordes h [...]d beene from the Apostles, why is not the creede Canonicall Scripture, as well as any other of their writings? III. The Apostles had a summarie colle­collection of the points of Christian religion which they taught, and also deli­uered to others to teach by; consisting of two heads, faith and loue: as may ap­peare by Pauls exhortation to Timothie, wishing him to keepe the patterne of wholesome wordes: which he had heard of him in faith and loue, which is in Christ Iesus. [...]. Tim. 1.13. Nowe the Creed consists not of two heads but of one, namely of faith only & not of loue also. Wherfore I rather think, that it is called the Apostles Creede because it doth summarily conteine the cheife and principall points of religion, handled and propounded in the doctrine of the Apostles: and be­cause the points of the Creede are conformable and agreeable to their do­ctrine and writings.

And thus much of the title. Now let vs heare what the creed is: It is a summe of things to be beleeued concerning God and concerning the Church, gathe­red forth of the scriptures. For the opening of this description. First I say, it is a summe of things to be beleeued, or an abridgement. It hath beene the practise of teachers both in the newe and olde Testament to abridge and contract summarily the religion of their time. This the Prophets vsed. For when they had made their sermons to the people they did abridge them and penned thē briefly: setting them in some open place, that all the people might reade the same. So the Lord bad Habakuk to write the vision which he sawe, and to make it plaine vpon tables, that he may runne that readeth it. Hab. 1 [...]1. And in the newe testament the Apostles did abridge those doctrines, which otherwise they did handle at large, [...]s as may appeare in the place of Timothie afore named. [...]. Tim. 1.13. Nowe the rea­son [...]hy both in the old and newe Testament the doctrine of religion was a­bridged, is that the vnderstandings of the simple, as also their memories might be hereby helped, and they better inabled to iudge of the trueth, and to dis­cerne the same from falshood. And for this ende the Apostles Creede beeing a summary collection of things to bee beleeued, was gathered briefly out of the word of God Aug. se [...]m. 119. de temp Ca [...]sian. li. 6. de inc [...]r [...]t. domini. for the helping of memory and vnderstanding of men. I adde that this Creede is concerning God and the Church. For in these two points consisteth the whole summe thereof. Lastly, I say, that it is gathered forth of the scripture, to make a difference between it and and other writings, and to shew the authoritie of it, which I will further declare on this manner.

There bee two kinde of writings in which the doctrine of the Church is handled, and they are either diuine or Ecclesiasticall. Diuine, are the bookes of the olde and newe Testament penned either by Prophets or Apostles. And these are not onely the pure word of God, but also the scripture of God: because not onely the matter of them but the whole disposition thereof with the style and the phrase was set downe by the immediate inspiration of the holy ghost. And the authoritie of these bookes is diuine, that is, absolute and soueraigne, and they are of sufficient credit in and by themselues needing not the testimo­nie [Page 187] of any creature, not subiect to the censure either of men or Angels, bin­ding the consciences of all men at all times, and beeing the only foundation of faith, and the rule and canon of all trueth.

Ecclesiasticall writings are all other ordinarie writings of the Church con­senting with Scriptures. These may be called the word or trueth of God, so far forth as their matter or substance is consenting with the written word of god: but they cannot be called the scripture of God because the style and phrase of them was set downe according to the pleasure of man, and therefore they are in such sort the word of God, as that also they are the word of men. And their authoritie in defining of trueth and falshood in matters of religion is not so­ueraigne, but subordinate to the former: and it doth not stand in the authori­tie and pleasures of men &councels, but in the consent which they haue with the scriptures.

Ecclesiasticall writings are either generall, particular, or proper. Generall, are the Creedes and confessions of the Church dispersed ouer the whole worlde, and among the rest the Creede of the Apostles, made either by the Apostles themselues, or by their hearers and disciples, apostolicall men deliuered to the Church, and conueied from hand to hand to our times. Particular writings are the confessions of particular Churches. Proper writings are the bookes and confessions of priuate men. Nowe betweene these we must make difference. For the Generall Creede of the Apostles, (other vniuersall Creeds in this case not excepted) though it be of lesse authoritie then scripture; yet hath it more authoritie then the particular & priuate writings of Churches and men. For it hath beene receiued and approoued by vniuersall consent of the Catholike Church in all ages, and so were neuer these: in it the meaning and doctrine can not be changed by the authoritie of the whole Catholike Church: and if either the order of the doctrine or the wordes whereby it is expressed, should vpon some occasion be changed, a particular Church of any country can not do it, without Catholike consent of the whole Churche: yet particular writings and confessions made by some speciall Churches may be altered in the words & in the points of doctrine by the same Churches without offence to the Catholike Church. Lastly it is receiued as a rule of faith among all Churches to trie do­ctrines & interpretations of scriptures by, not because it is a rule of it selfe, for that the scripture is alone; but because it borroweth his authoritie frō scripture with which it agreeth. And this honour no other writings of men can haue.

Here some may demand the number of Creedes. Ans. I say but one Creede, as there is but one faith: and if it be alleadged that wee haue many Creedes, as besides this of the Apostles, the Nicene Creede and Athanasius Creed, &c. I answer, the seuerall Creedes and confessions of Churches containe not seueral faiths and religions, but one and the same: and this called the Apostles creede is most ancient, and principall: all the rest are not newe Creedes in substance, but in some points penned more largely for the exposition of it, that men might better auoid the heresies of their times.

Further, it may be demanded, in what forme this Creede was penned? Ans. In the forme of an answere to a question. The reason is this. In the Primitiue Church, when any man was turned from Gentilisme to the faith of Christ, [Page 188] and was to be baptised, this Cyril. Catec. 1. Mystag. Tertull. de re­surrect. Origen. hom. 5. in. Num. Act. 8.38.question was asked him, What beleeuest thou [...] then he answered according to the forme of the Creede, I beleeue in God, &c. And this maner of questioning was vsed euen from the time of the Apostles. When the Eunuch was conuerted by Philip, he said, What doth let me to be baptised? Philip said, If thou doest beleeue with all thine heart, thou maist. Then he answered, I beleede that Iesus Christ is the sonne of God. By this it appeares, that although all men, for the most part, amongst vs can say this Creede, yet not one of a thousand can tell the ancient and first vse of it: for commonly at this day of the simpler sort it is saide for a prayer, beeing indeede no prayer: and when it is vsed so, men make it no better then a charme.

Before we come to handle the particular points of the Creede, it is very re­qui [...]ite that we should make an entrance thereto by describing the nature, pro­perties, and kindes of faith, the confession and ground whereof is set forth in the Creede. Faith therefore is a gift of God, whereby we giue assent or cre­dence to Gods word. For there is a necessarie relation betweene faith and Gods word. The common propertie of faith is noted by the author of the Hebrewes, when he saith, H [...]b. [...]. [...]. Faith is the ground of things hoped for: and, the demon­stration of things that are not seene. For all this may be vnderstood, not onely of iustifying faith, but also of temporarie faith, and the faith of miracles. Where faith is said to be a ground, the meaning is, that though there are many things promised by God, which men doe not presently enioy, but onely hope for; because as yet they are not: yet faith doth after a sort giue subsisting or beeing vnto them. Secondly it is an euidence or demonstration, &c. that is, by beleeuing a man doth make a thing as it were visible, beeing otherwise inuisi­ble and absent.

Faith is of two sorts: either common faith, or the faith of the Elect: as Paul saith, [...] [...]1. he is an Apostle according to the faith of Gods elect: which also is called faith without hypocrisie. The common faith is that, which both elect and repro­bate haue, and it is threefold. The first is historicall faith, which is, when a man doth beleeue the outward letter and historie of the word. It hath two parts; knowledge of Gods word, and an assent vnto the same knowledge: and it is to be found in the deuill and his angels. [...] So Saint Iames saith, the deuills beleeue and tremble. Some will say, what a faith haue they? Ans. Such as thereby they vnderstand both the Law and the Gospell: besides they giue assent to it to be true: and they doe more yet, in that they tremble and feare. And many a man hath not so much. For amongst vs, there is many a one which hath no knowledge of God at all, more th [...]n he hath learned by the common talke of the world: as namely, that there is a God, and that he is mercifull, &c. and yet this man will say, that he beleeueth with all his heart: but without knowledge it can not be that any should truly beleeue, and therefore he deceiu [...]th him­selfe. Quest. But whence haue the deuils historical faith? were they illuminated by the light of the spirit? Ans. No: but when the Gospell was preached, they did acknowledge it, and beleeued it to be true, and that by the vertue of the reliques of Gods image, which remained in them since their fall. And therefore this their faith doth not arise from any speciall illumination by his spirit, but they attaine to it euen by the very light of nature, which [Page] was left in them from the beginning.

The second kinde of faith is Temporarie faith, so called because it lasteth but for a time and season, and commonly not to the ende of a mans life. This kinde of faith is noted vnto vs in the parable of the seede, that fell in the sto­nie ground. And there be two differences or kindes of this faith. The first kinde of temporarie faith hath in it three degrees. The first is, to knowe the Word of God and particularly the Gospell. The second, to giue an assent vnto it. The third, to professe it, but to goe no further: and all this may be done without any loue to the word. This faith hath one degree more then hi­storicall faith. Examples of it we haue in Simon Magus, Acts 8.13. who is saide to beleeue, because he held the doctrine of the Apostle to be true; and withall professed the same: and in the deuils also, who in some sort confessed, that Christ was the sonne of the most highest, and yet looked for no saluation by him, Mark. 5.7. Act. 19.15. And this is the common faith that abounds in this land. Men say they beleeue as the Prince beleeueth, and if religion change they will change. For by reason of the authoritie of princes lawes, they are made to learne some litle knowledge of the word: they beleeue it to be good, and they professe it: & thus for the space of thirtie or fourtie yeares men heare the word preached, and receiue the sacraments, beeing for all this as voide of grace as euer they were at the first day: and the reason is, because they doe barely professe it, without either liking or loue of the same. The second kinde of temporarie faith hath in it fiue degrees. For by it first a man knowes the word. Secōdly he assenteth vnto it. Thirdly, he professeth it. Forthly, he reioi­ceth inwardly in it. Fiftly, he bringeth forth some kind of fruit: and yet for all this hath no more in him, but a faith that will faile in the ende; because he wan­teth the effectuall application of the promise of the Gospel, and is without all manner of sound conuersion. This faith is like corne in the house top, which groweth for a while, but when heate of sommer commeth, it withereth. And this is also set forth vnto vs in the parable of the seede, which fell in a stonie ground, which is hastie in springing vp: Luk. 8.23. but because of the stones, which will not suffer it to take deepe roote, it withereth. And this is a very common faith in the Church of God: by which many reioyce in the preaching of the word, and for a time bring forth some fruits accordingly with shewe of great forwardnesse, yet afterward shake off religion and all. But (some will say) how can this be a temporarie faith, seeing it hath such fruits? Ans. Such a kind of faith is temporarie, because it is grounded on temporarie causes which are three. I. A desire to get knowledge of some straunge points of religion. For many a man doth labour for the fiue former degrees of temporarie faith, onely because he desires to get more knowledge in Scripture, then other men haue. The second cause is a desire of praise among men, which is of that force that it will make a man put on a shewe of all the graces, which God bestow­eth vpon his owne children, though otherwise he want them: and to goe ve­ry farre in religion; which appeareth thus. Some there are which seeme ve­ry bitterly to weepe for the sinnes of other men, and yet haue neither sor­row nor touch of conscience for their owne: and the cause hereof is no­thing else but pride. For he that sheddes teares for an other mans sinnes, [Page 190] should much more weepe for his owne, if he had grace. Againe, a man for his owne sinnes will pray very slackly and dully, when he prayeth priuate­ly: and yet when he is in the companie of others, he praies very feruently and earnestly. From whence is this difference? surely often it springeth from the pride of heart and from a desire and praise among men. The third cause of temporarie faith is profit, commoditie, the getting of wealth and riches: which are common occasions to mooue to choose or refuse religion, as the time serueth: but such kinde of beleeuers embrace not the Gospell because it is the Gospell, that is, the gladde tydings of saluation; but because it brings wealth, peace, and libertie with it. And these are the three causes of tempora­rie faith.

The third kinde of faith is the faith of Miracles: when a man grounding himselfe on some speciall promise or reuelation from God, doth beleeue, that some straunge and extraordinarie thing, which he hath desired or foretold, shall come to passe by the worke of God. This must be distinguished from historicall and temporarie faith. Act. 8.19. For Simon Magus hauing both these kinds of faith, wanted this faith of miracles, and therefore would haue bought the same of the Apostles for money. Yet we must know that this faith of mira­cles may be in hypocrites, as it was in Iudas, and at the last iudgement it shall be found to haue bin in the wicked and reprobate; which shall say to Christ, Math. 7.22. 2. Cor. 13. [...]. Lord, in thy name we haue prophesied, and cast out deuills, and done many great mi­racles.

And thus much for the three sorts of common faith: Now we come to the true faith, which is called the Faith of the Elect. It is thus defined: Faith is a supernaturall gift of God in the minde, apprehending the sauing promise with all the promises that depend on it. First, I say, it is a gift of God, Philip. 1.29. to confute the blinde opinion of our people, that thinke that the faith whereby they are to be saued, is bredde and borne with them. I adde that this is a gift supernaturall; not onely because it is aboue that corrupt nature in which we are borne, but also because it is aboue that pure nature, in which our first parents were created. For in the state of innocencie they wanted this faith, neither had they then any neede of faith in the same God as he is Messi­as: but this faith is a new grace of God added to regeneration after the fall, and first prescribed and taught in the couenant of grace. And by this one thing, faith differeth from the rest of the gifts of God, as the feare of God, the loue of God, the loue of our brethrē, &c. for these were in mans nature before the fall, and after it, when it pleaseth God to call vs, they are but renewed: but iustifying faith admits no renuing. For the first ingrafting of it into the heart, in the conuersion of a sinner after his fall.

The place and seate of faith (as I thinke) is the minde of man, not the will: for it stands in a kind of particular knowledge or perswasion, and there is no perswasion but in the minde. Paul saith indeede, that we beleeue with the heart, Rom. 10. but by the heart he vnderstands the soule without limitation to any part. Some doe place faith in the minde, and partly in the will, because it hath two parts; knowledge, and affiance: but it seemes not greatly to stand with reason, that one particular and single grace should be seated in diuerse [Page 191] parts or faculties of the soules.

The forme of faith is, to apprehend the promise, Gal. 3. 14. that we might receiue the promise of the spirit through faith: and, Ioh. 1.12. to receiue Christ, and to beleeue, are put one for another; and to beleeue, is to eate and drinke the bodie and blood of Christ. To apprehend properly, is an action of the hand of man, which laies hold of a thing, and pulls it to himselfe: and by resemblāce it agrees to faith, which is the hand of the soule, receiuing and applying the sauing promise.

This apprehension of faith, is not performed by any affection of the will, but by a certen and particular perswasion, whereby a man is resolued that the promise of saluation belongs vnto him. Which perswasion is wrought in the minde by the holy Ghost, 1. Cor. 2.12. And by this, the promise which is ge­nerall is applied particularly to one subiect.

By this one action, sauing faith differeth from all other kindes of faith. From historicall; for it wanteth all apprehension, and standeth onely in a generall assent. From temporarie faith, which though it make a man to pro­fesse the Gospell and to reioyce in the same, yet doth it not throughly applie Christ with his benefits. For it neuer brings with it any thorough touch of conscience or liuely sense of Gods grace in the heart. And the same may be said of the rest.

The principall and maine obiect of this faith is, the sauing promise, God so loued the world, that he gaue his onely begotten sonne, that whosoeuer beleeues in him, shall not perish, but haue euerlasting life. But some will say, Christ is com­monly said to be the obiect of faith. Ans. In effect it is all one to say the sauing promise, and Christ promised, who is the substance of the couenant. Christ then as he is set forth vnto vs in the word & Sacraments, is the obiect of faith. And here certaine questions offer themselues to be skanned.

The first, What is, that particular thing, which faith apprehendeth? Answ. Faith apprehendeth whole Christ God and man. For his godhead without his manhoode, and his manhoode without his godhead doth not reconcile vs to God. Yet this which I say must be conceiued with some distinction ac­cording to the difference of his two natures. His godhead is apprehended not in respect of his essence or nature, but in respect of his efficacie manife­sted in the manhood, whereby the obedience thereof is made meritorious be­fore God: as for his manhoode, it is apprehended both in respect of the sub­stance or thing it selfe, and also in respect of the efficacie and benefits there­of.

The second, In what order faith apprehends Christ? Answ. First of all it apprehendes the very bodie and bloode of Christ: and then in the second place the vertue and benefits of his bodie and blood: as a man that would feele in his bodie the vertue of meate and drinke, must first of all receiue the substance thereof.

To goe forward. Besides this mayne promise, which concernes righte­ousnesse and life euerlasting in Christ, there be other particular promises touching strength in temptations, comfort in afflictions, and such like, which depend on the former: and they also are the obiect of iustifying faith: [Page 192] and with the very same faith we beleeue them, wherewith we beleeue our sal­uation. Thus Abraham by the same faith wherewith he was iustified, belee­ued that he should haue a sonne in his olde age, Rom. 4.19,22. And Noe by that faith whereby he was made heyre of righteousnes, beleeued that he and his familie should be preserued in the floode: this conclusion beeing alwaies laide downe, that, To whome God giues Christ, to them also he giues all things needefull for this life or the life to come, in and by Christ. And here­upon it comes to passe that in our prayers, besides the desire of things promi­sed, we must bring faith whereby we must be certenly perswaded, that God will graunt vs such things as he hath promised: and this faith is not a newe kind or distinct faith from iustifying faith. Thus we see plainly what sauing faith is.

1 p [...]. 3.12.Whereas some are of opinion, that faith is an affiance or confidence, that seemes to be otherwise: for it is a fruit of faith, and indeede no man can put a­ny confidence in God, till he be first of all perswaded of Gods mercie in Christ towards him.

Some againe are of minde, that loue is the very nature and forme of faith: but it is otherwise. For as confidence in God, so also loue is an effect which proceedeth from faith. 1. Tim. 1.5. The ende of the law is loue from a pure heart and good conscience and faith vnfained. And in nature they differ greatly. Christ is the fountaine of the waters of life. Faith in the heart is as the pipes and leads that receiue in, and hold the water: and loue in some part is as the cocke of the conduit, that lets out the water to euery commer. The propertie of the hand is to hold, and of it selfe it can not cut: yet by a knife or other instrument put into the hand, it cuts: the hand of the soule is faith, and his propertie is to apprehend Christ with all his benefits, and by it selfe it can doe nothing else; Gal. 5.6. yet ioyne loue vnto it, and by loue it will be effectuall in all good du­ties.

Now to proceede further: first we are to consider, how faith is wrought: secondly, what be the differences of it. For the first, faith is wrought in and by the outward ministerie of the Gospell, accompanied by the inward operation of the spirit, and that not suddenly, but by certaine steps and degrees: as nature frameth the bodie of the infant in the mothers wombe, 1. by making the brain and heart, 2. by making veines, sinewes, arteries, bones: 3. by adding flesh to them all. And the whole operation of the spirit stands in two principall acti­ons. First, the enlightening of the minde: the second, the moouing of the will. For the first, the holy Ghost inlightens mens minds with a further knowledge of the law then nature can affoard; and thereby makes them to see the sinnes of their hearts and liues with the ouglines thereof, and withall to tremble at the curse of the law. Afterward the same spirit opens the eye to vnderstand and consider seriously of righteousnes and life eternall promised in Christ. This done, then comes the second worke of the holy ghost, which is the infla­ming of the will, that a man hauing considered his fearefull estate by reason of sinne, and the benefits of Christs death, might hunger after Christ; and haue a desire not so much to haue the punishments of sinne taken away, as Gods displeasure: and also might enioy the benefits of Christ. And when he [Page 193] hath stirred vp a mā to desire recōciliation with god in Christ, then withall he giues him grace to pray not onely for life eternall, but especially for the free remission and pardon of all his sinnes: and then the Lords promise is, Math. 7.7. Knocke and it shall be opened, seeke and ye shall finde. After which he further sendes his spirit into the same heart that desireth reconciliation with God, and remission of sinnes in Christ; and doth seale vp the same in his heart by a liuely and plentifull assurance thereof.

The differences & degrees of faith are two: I. a weake faith: II. a strong faith. Concerning the first, this weake faith shewes it selfe by this grace of God, namely an vnfained desire, not onely of saluation (for that the wicked and graceles man may haue) but of reconciliation with God in Christ. This is a sure signe of faith in euery touched and humbled heart, and it is peculiar to the elect: and they which haue this, haue in them also the ground and sub­stance of true sauing faith: which afterwardes in time will grow vp to grea­ter strength. Reasons: I. Promise of life euerlasting, is made to the desire of reconciliation, Psal. 10.17. Lord, thou hast heard the desire of the poore. Psal. 143. 6. My soule desireth after thee, as the thirstie lande. Psal. 145. 19. He will fulfill the desire of them that feare him. Matth. 5.6. Blessed are they that hunger and thirst after righteousnesse, for they shall be satisfied. Reuelat. 21.6. I will giue vnto him which is a thirst, of the well of the water of life freely. II. The hungering desire after grace is a sanctified affection: where one affection is sanctified, all are sanctified: where all are sanctified, the whole man is san­ctified: and he that is sanctified, is iustified and beleeues. III. God accepts the will and desire to repent and beleeue, for repenting and beleeuing indeed: wherefore this desire of reconciliation (if it be soundly wrought in the heart) is in acceptation with God as true faith indeede. But carnall men will say, If faith, yea true faith shew it selfe by a desire of reconciliatiō with God in Christ for all our sinnes, then we are well ynough, though we liue in our sinnes: for we haue very good desires. I answer, That there be many sundrie fleeting mo­tions and desires to doe good things which grow to no issue or head, but in time vanish as they come. Nowe such passions haue no soundnesse in them, and must be distinguished from the desire of reconciliation with God, that comes from a bruised heart [...] and brings alwaies with it reformation of life: therefore such whatsoeuer they are that liue after the course of this world, and thinke notwithstanding that they haue desires that are good, deceiue themselues.

Now faith is saide to be weake, when a man either failes in the knowledge of the Gospell; or else hauing knowledge, is weake in grace to applie vnto himselfe the sweet promises thereof. As for example, we know that the Apo­stles had all true sauing faith (except Iudas) and when our Sauiour Christ as­ked them, Math. 16.16 [...]. whome they thought that he was; Peter in the person of the rest, answered for them all, and said; Thou art Christ, the Sonne of the liuing God: for which our Sauiour commended him, and in him, them all, saying: Thou art Peter, and vpon this rocke, (that is, vpon Christ, which Peter confessed in the name of them all) will I build my Church. And yet about that time we shall finde in the Gospell, Math. 8.10. and 16. [...]. that they are called men of little faith. Now they failed in [Page 194] knowledge of the death of Christ, and of his passion, and resurrection; and were caried away with a vaine hope of an earthly kingdome. And therefore when our Sauiour shewed them of his going downe to Ierusalem and of his sufferings there, Peter a little after his notable confession beganne to rebuke Christ, and said, Master haue pitie on thy selfe, this shall not be vnto thee. And vn­till he had appeared to them after his death, they did not distinctly beleeue his resurrection.

Again, weake faith though it be ioyned with knowledge, yet it may faile in the applying or in the apprehension & appropriating of Christs benefits to a mans owne selfe. This is to be seene in ordinarie experience. For many a man there is of humble and contrite heart, that serueth God in spirit and truth, yet is not able to say without great doubtings and wauerings; I know and am fully assured that my sinnes are pardoned. Now shall we say, that all such are without faith? God forbid. Nay, we may resolue our selues, that the true child of God may haue a hungering desire in his heart after reconciliation with God in Christ for all his sinnes with care to keepe a good conscience, and yet be weake sometime in the apprehension of Gods mercie and the assurance of the remission of his owne sinnes.

But if faith faile either in the true knowledge, or in the apprehension of Gods mercies, how can a man be saued by it? Ans. We must know that this weake faith will as truly apprehend Gods mercifull promises for the pardon of sinne, as strong faith, though not so soundly. Euen as a man with a palsie hand can stretch it out as well to receiue a gift at the hand of a king, as he that is more sound, though it be not so firmely and steadfastly. And Christ saith, that he will not breake the bruised reede, nor quench the smoking flaxe.

The Church of Rome beares men in hand, that they are good Catholicks, if they beleeue as the Church beleeues; though in the meane season they can not tell what the Church beleeues. And some Papists commend this faith by the example of an old deuout father, who beeing tempted of the deuill, and asked how he beleeued; answered that he beleeued as the Church beleeued: beeing againe asked how the Church beleeued, he answered, as I beleeue: whereupon the deuill (as they say) was faine to depart. Well, this fond and ri­diculous kind of faith we renounce, as being a meanes to nuzle men in blind­nes, superstition, and perpetuall ignorance: yet withall we doe not denie but that there is an implicite or infolded faith; which is, when a man as yet hauing but some little portion of knowledge in the doctrine of the Gospel, doth tru­ly performe obedience according to the measure thereof; and withall hath care to get more knowledge, and shewes good affection to all good meanes whereby it may be increased. In this respect a certaine ruler, who by a miracle wrought vpon his child, Ioh. 4.33. & [...].2. was mooued to acknowledge Christ for the Messias, and further to submit himselfe to his doctrine, is commended for a beleeuer: and so are in the like case, the Samaritanes.

And thus much of weake faith: which must be vnderstood to be in a man not all the daies of his life, but while he is a yong babe in Christ. For as it is in the state of the bodie, first we are babes and grow to greater strength as we grow in yeres; so it is with a christian man. First he is a babe in Christ, hauing [Page 195] weake faith, but after growes from grace to grace, till he come to haue a strōg faith: example wher [...]of we haue in Abraham, who was strong and perfect both in knowledge and apprehension. This strong faith is, when a man is in­dued with the knowledge of the Gospell and grace to apprehend and apply the righteousnes of Christ vnto himselfe for the remission of his owne sinnes: so as he can say distinctly of himselfe and truely, that he is fully resolued in his owne conscience, that he is reconciled vnto God in Christ for all his sinnes, and accepted in him to life euerlasting. This degree of faith is proper to him that beginnes to be a tall man and of ripe yeares in Christ. And it commeth not at the first calling of a man vnto grace. And if any shall thinke that he can haue it at the first, he deceiueth himself. For as it is in nature: first we are babes, & then as we increase in yeares, so we growe in strength: so it is in the life of a Christian; first ordinarily he hath a weake faith, and after growes from grace to grace, till he come to stronger faith: and at the last he be able to say, he is ful­ly assured in his heart and conscience of the pardon of his sinnes & of recon­ciliation to God in Christ. And this assurance ariseth from many experiences of Gods fauour and loue in the course of his life by manifold preseruations and other blessings, which beeing deepely and duly considered bring a man to be fully perswaded, that God is his God, and God the father, his father, and Iesus Christ his redeemer, and the holy Ghost his sanctifier.

Now howesoeuer this faith be strong, yet is it alwaies imperfect, as also our knoweledge is; and shall so long as wee liue in this worlde be mingled with contrarie vnbeleefe and sundry doubtings more or lesse. A great part of men amongest vs, blinded with grosse ignorance, say they haue faith, and yet in­deede haue not. For aske them what faith they haue, they will answere, they beleeue that God is their father, and the Sonne their redeemer, &c. aske them how long they haue had this faith, they will answer, euer since they could re­member: aske them whether they euer doubt of Gods fauour? they will say, they would not once doubt for all the world. But the case of these men is to bee pitied: for howesoeuer they may perswade themselues, yet true it is, that they haue no sound faith at all: for euen strong faith is assaulted with temp­tations and doubtings: and God will not haue men perfect in this life, that they may alwaies goe out of themselues, and depend wholly on the merite of Christ.

And thus much of these two degrees of faith. Nowe in whome soeuer it is, whether it be a weake faith, or a strong, it bringeth forth some fruit, as a tree doth in the time of sommer. And a speciall fruite of faith, is this confession of faith, Rom. 10.10. I beleeue in God, &c. so Paul saith, With the heart a man may beleeue vnto righteousnesse, and with the mouth man confesseth to saluation. Confession of faith is, when a man in speech and outwarde profession doth make manifest his faith for these two causes. I. That with his mouth outwardly he may glorifie God and doe him seruice both in body and soule. II. That by the confession of his faith, he may seuer himselfe from all false Christians, from Atheists, hypocrites, and all false seducers whatsoeuer. And as this is the dutie of a Christian man, to make profession of his faith; so here in this Creede of the Apostles, wee haue the right order and forme of making con­fession [Page 196] set downe, as we shall see in handling the parts thereof.

The Creede therefore setts downe two thinges concerning faith, name­ly, the action of faith and his obiect, which also are the parts of the Creed. The action in these wordes, I beleeue: the obiect in all the wordes follow­ing, in God the Father Almightie, maker, &c. And first let vs beginne with the action.

I beleeue in God] Wee are taught to saie, I beleeue, not vvee beleeue, for two causes. First because (as wee touched before) in the Primitiue Church this Creede was made to bee an aunswere to a demaunde or question, which was demaunded of euery particular man that was baptized: for they asked him thus; What doest thou beleeue? then he aunswered, I beleeue in God the Father, &c. And thus did euerie one of yeares make profession of his faith: and it is likely that Peter alluded hereunto, [...]. Pet. 3.21. saying the stipulation or aunswere of a good conscience maketh request to God. The second cause is, howesoeuer we are to pray one for another by saying [...] O our Father, &c. yet when we come to yeares, we must haue a particular faith of our own: no man can be saued by another mans faith, but by his owne, as it is said: Heb. [...].4. The iust shall liue by his faith. But some will say, this is not true, because children must be sa­ued by their parents faith: the aunswere is this, the faith of the parent doth bring the child to haue a title or interest to the Couenant of grace and to all the benefits of Christ: yet doth it not applie the benefits of Christs death, his obedience, his merits, and righteousnesse vnto the infant: for this the beleeuer doth onely vnto himselfe and to no other. Againe, some may say, if children doe not apprehend Christs benefits by their parents faith, howe then is Christs righteousnesse made theirs and they saued? Answer. By the inwarde working of the holy Ghost, who is the principal applier of all graces, where­as faith is but the instrument. As for the places of scripture that mention iusti­fication and saluation by faith, they are to be restrained to men of yeares: whereas infants dying in their infancie, and therefore wanting actuall faith which none can haue without actuall knowledge of Gods will and worde, are no doubt saued by some other speciall working of Gods holy spirit, not knowne to vs.

Furthermore, to beleeue signifieth two things; to conceiue or vnder­stand any thing, and withall to giue assent vnto it to be true: and there­fore in this place, to beleeue signifieth to knowe and acknowledge that all the points of religion which followe, are the trueth of God. Here there­fore wee must remember, that this clause ( I beleeue) placed in the begin­ning of the Creede, must bee particularly applied to all and euerie arti­cle following. For so the case standes, that if faith faile in one maine point, it faileth a man in all: and therefore faith is saide to bee wholly copulatiue. It is not sufficient to holde one article, [...]ides est [...]o [...]a copulatiua. but hee that will holde any of them for his good, must holde them all: and hee which holdes them all in shewe of wordes, if hee ouerturne but one of them indeede, hee ouerturnes them all.

Againe, to beleeue is one thing, and to beleeue in this or that is another thing: and it containeth in it three points or actions of a beleeuer. I. To [Page 197] knowe a thing: II. To acknowledge the same: III. To put trust and confi­dence in it. And in this order must these three actions of faith be applyed to euery article following which concerneth any of the persons in Trinitie. And this must bee marked as a matter of speciall moment. For alwaies by adding them to the wordes following, we do apply the article vnto our selues in a ve­ry comfortable manner. As I beleeue in the father, and doe beleeue that hee is my father: and therefore I put my whole trust in him, and so of the rest.

Nowe wee come to the obiect of generall faith, which is either God or the Church; in handling of both which, I will obserue this order. I. I will speake of the meaning of euery article. II. Of the duties which we ought to learne thereby. III. And lastly, of the consolations which may be gathered thence. Concerning God, three things are to be considered. And first by reason of manifolde doubtings that rise in our mindes, it may be demaunded, whether there be a God? many reasons might bee vsed to resolue those that haue scruple of conscience: otherwaies wee are bounde to beleeue that there is a God without all doubting. As for those Atheists which confidently a­uouch there is no God, by Gods lawe they ought to die the death: nay, the earth is to good for such to dwell on. Malefactours, as theeues and rebells, for their offences haue their rewarde of death: but the offence of those, which denies that there is a God, is greater: and therefore deserues most cru­ell death.

The second point followeth, namely what God is? Exod. 3 [...]. Answer. Moses desi­ring to see Gods face, was not permitted but to see his hinder parts: and therefore no man can bee able to describe God by his nature, but by his ef­fects and properties, on this or such like manner: God is an essence spirituall, simple, infinite, most holy. I say first of all, that God is an essence, to shewe that he is a thing absolutely subsisting in himselfe, and by himselfe, not receiuing his beeing from any other. And herein hee differeth from all creatures what­soeuer, which haue subsisting and beeing from him alone. Againe, I say hee is an essence spirituall, because hee is not any kinde of bodie, neither hath hee the partes of the bodies of men or other creatures, but is in nature a spirit inuisible, not subiect to any of mans senses. I adde also, that he is a sim­ple essence, because his nature admits no manner of composition of matter or forme or partes. The creatures are compounded of diuers parts, and of varie­tie of nature, but there is no such thing in God: for whatsoeuer thing he is, hee is the same by one and the same singular and indiuisible essence. Furthermore he is infinite, and that diuers waies: infinite in time, without any beginning and without end: infinite in place; because hee is euery where and excluded no where, within all places, and foorth of all places. Lastly hee is most ho­ly, that is, of infinite wisdome, mercie, loue, goodnes, &c. and he alone is right­ly tearmed most holy, because holines is of the very nature of God himselfe; whereas among the most excellent creatures, it is otherwise. For the creature it selfe is one thing, and the holines of the creature another thing. Thus wee see what God is, and to this effect God describes himself to be Iehova Elohim: Exo. 3.6.14. 1. Tim. 1.17. & Paul describes him to be a King euerlasting, immortall, inuisible, & onely wise, [Page 198] to whome is due all honour and glorie for euer.

The third point is, touching the number of Gods, namely whether there be more gods then one or no. Ans. There is not, neither can there be any more Gods then one. Which point the Creed auoucheth, in saying, I beleeue in God, not gods: and yet more plainely the Nicene Creede and the Creed of Athana­sius, both of them explaining the words of the Apostles Creede on this man­ner, I beleeue in one God. Howesoeuer some in former times haue erroniously held, that two gods were the beginning of all things, one of good things, the other of euill things: others, that there was one God in the old testament, ano­ther in the newe: others againe, namely the Valentinians, that there were thirty couple of gods: and the heathen people (as Augustine recordeth) worshipped thirtie thousand gods: yet we that are members of Gods Church, must holde and beleeue one God alone, and no more, Deut. 4.39. Vnderstand this daie and consider in thine heart, that Iehouah hee is God in heauen aboue and vpon the earth beneath: there is none other. Eph. 4.6. One God, one faith, one baptisme. If it be al­leadged that the Scripture mentioneth many gods, because Psal. 82.6. Magistrats are called Gods, Exod. 4.16. Moses is called Aarons god, [...]. Cor. 4.4. the deuill and all idols are called gods. The answere is this: They are not properly or by nature gods, for in that respect there is onely one God: but they are so tearmed in other respects. Magistrates are gods, because they be Vicegerents placed in the roome of the true God, to gouerne their subiects: Moses is Aarons god, because he was in the roome of God to reueale his will to Aaron: the deuill is a god, because the hearts of the wicked would giue the honour vnto him, which is peculiar to the euerliuing God: idols are called gods, because they are such in mens con­ceits and opinions who esteeme of them as of gods. Therefore Paul saith, an idol is nothing in the world, [...] Cor. 8.4. that is, nothing in nature subsisting, or nothing in re­spect of the diuinitie ascribed vnto it.

To proceede forwarde, to beleeue in this one God, is in effect thus much: I. To knowe and acknowledge him as he hath reuealed him­selfe in his worde: II. To beleeue him to bee my God: III. From mine heart to put all mine affiance in him. To this purpose Christ saith, [...]o [...]. 17.3. This is eternall life to knowe thee the onely God, and whome thou hast sent Ie­sus Christ. Nowe the knowledge here meant, is not a bare or generall know­ledge, for that the deuils haue, but a more speciall knowledge wherby I know God not onely to be God, but also to be my God, and thereupon doe put my confidence in him.

And thus much of the meaning of the first wordes, I beleeue in God, &c. Nowe followe the duties which may bee gathered hence. First of all, if we are bound to beleeue in God, then we are also bound to take notice of our na­turall vnbeleefe, whereby we distrust God, to checke our selues for it, and to striue against it. Thus dealt the father of the child that had a dumme spirit, Lord (saith he) I beleeue, Lord helpe mine vnbeleefe. Mark. 9.24. And Dauid, Why art thou cast downe my soule? and w [...]y art thou so di [...]quieted in me? wait on God. [...]sal. 42.12. And that which our Sauiour Christ saide once to Peter, men should daiely speake to them­selues: O thou of littl [...] faith, why hast thou doubted? But some may say, wherein standes our vnbeleefe? Answere. It standes in two thinges: I. In [Page 199] distrusting the goodnesse of God, that is, in giuing too litle or no affiance to him; or in putting affiance in the creature. For the first, few men will abide to be told of their distrust in God: but indeede it is a common and ri [...]e corrup­tion: and though they soothe themselues neuer so, yet their vsuall dealings proclaime their vnbeleefe. Goe through all places, it shall be found that scarse one of a thousand in his dealings makes conscience of a lie: a great part of men gets their wealth by fraud and oppression and all kinde of vniust and vnmer­cifull dealing. What is the cause that they can doe so? Alas, alas, if there be a­ny faith, it is pinned vp in some by-corner of the heart, and vnbeleefe beares sway as the lord of the house. Againe, if a man had as much wealth as the world comes to, he could finde in his heart to wish for an other; and if he had two worlds, he would be casting for the third, if it might be compassed: the reason hereof is, because men haue not learned to make God their portion, and to stay their affections on him: which if they could doe, a meane portion in temporall blessings would be enough. Indeede these and such like persons will in no wise [...]eelde that they doe distrust the Lord, vnlesse at some time they be touched in conscience with a sense and feeling of their sinnes, and be throughly humbled for the same: but the truth is, that distrust of Gods good­nesse is a generall and a mother-sinne, the ground of all other sinnes, and the very first and principall sinne in Adams fall. And for the second part of vn­beleefe, which is an affiance in the creatures, read the whole booke of God, and we shall finde it a common and vsuall sinne in all sorts of men, some put­ting their trust in riches, some in strength, some in pleasures, some placing their felicitie in one sinne, some in an other. When King Asa was sicke, 2. Chr. 16.12. he put his whole trust in the Phisitians, and not in the Lord. And in our daies the common practise is, when crosses and calamities fall, then there is trotting out to that wise man, to this cunning woman, to this sorcerer, to that wizzard, that is, from God to the deuill, and their counsell is receiued and practised without any bones making. And this shewes the bitter roote of vnbeleefe, and confidence in vaine creatures; let men smoothe it ouer with goodly tearmes as long as they will. In a word, there is no man in the world, be he cal­led or not called, if he looke narrowly vnto himselfe, he shall finde his heart almost filled with manifold doubtings and distrustings, whereby he shall feele himselfe euen carried away from beleeuing in God. Therefore the dutie of e­uery man is, that will truly say that h [...] beleeues in God, to labour to see his owne vnbeleefe and the fruits thereof in his life. As for such as say they haue no vnbeleefe, nor feele none; more pitifull is their case. For so much the grea­ter is their vnbeleefe.

Secondly, considering that we professe our selues to beleeue in God, we must euery one of vs learne to know God. As Paul saith, Rom. 10. [...] How can they be­leeue in him, of whome they ha [...]e not heard? and how can they heare without a prea­cher? therefore none can beleeue in God but he must first of all heare and be taught by the ministerie of the word to know God aright. Let this be remem­bred of young and old. It is not the pattering ouer of the beleefe for a praier, that will make a man a good beleeuer, but God must be knowne of vs and acknowledged as he hath reuealed himselfe partly in his word and partly in [Page 200] his creatures. Blinde ignorance and the right vse of the Apostles Creede will neuer stand togither. Therefore it standes men in hande to labour and take paines to get knoweledge in religion, that knowing God aright, they may come steadfastly to beleeue in him, and truely make confession of their faith.

Thirdly, because wee beleeue in God, therefore another dutie is, to denie our selues vtterly, and to become nothing in our selues. Our Saui­our Christ requires of vs to become as little children, if wee would beleeue. The begger depends not on the releefe of others, till hee finde nothing at home: and till our hearts bee purged of selfe-loue and pride, wee cannot de­pend on the fauour and goodnesse of God. Therefore hee that would trust in God, must first of all be abased and confounded in himselfe, and in regard of himselfe be out of all hope of attaining to the least sparke of the grace of God.

Fourthly, in that wee beleeue in God, and therefore put our whole trust and assurance in him: we are taught, that euery man must committe his bodie, his soule, goods, life, yea all that he hath into the handes of God, and to his cu­stodie. So Paul saith, [...]. Tim. 1.12. I am not ashamed of my sufferings, for I knowe whome I haue beleeued, and am perswaded that he is able to keepe that which I haue committed vnto him against that day. A worthie saying: for what is the thing which Paul committed vnto the Lord? it was his owne soule and the eternall saluation thereof. But what mooues him to trust God? surely his perswasion whereby he knewe that God would keepe it. [...] Pet. 4.19. And Peter saith: Let them that suffer ac­cording to the will of God, committe their soules to him in well doing as vnto a faith­full creatour. Looke as one friende laieth downe a thing to be kept of another, so must a man giue that he hath to the custodie of God. Fewe or none can practise this, and therefore when any euill befalls them either in bodie or in goods, or any other way whatsoeuer, then they presently shewe them-selues rather beastes then men in impatience. For in prosperitie they had no care to put their trust in God, and therefore in aduersitie when crosses come, they are void of comfort. But when a man hath grace to beleeue, and trust in God, then he commits all into Gods handes: and though all the world should perish, yet he would not bee dismaied. And vndoubtedly if a man will bee thankefull for the preseruation of his goods, or of his life, he must shewe the same by committing all he hath into God hands, and suffer himselfe to be ruled by him.

Nowe followes the consolations and comforts which Gods Church and children reape hereby. Hee that beleeues in God, and takes God for his God, may assure himselfe of saluation, and of a happie deliuerance in all daungers and necessities. When God threatned a plague vpon Israel for their idolatrie, [...] Chr. 34.27. good King Iosiah humbled himselfe before the Lord his God: [...] Chr.3 [...]. and hee was safe all his daies. And so King Hezekiah, when Sena­cherib the King of Ashur offered to inuade Iudah, hee trusted likewise in the Lord, and praied vnto him, and was deliuered. Whereby wee see, if a man puts his whole trust in God, he shall haue securitie and quietnesse, [...] Chr. 20.20. as Iehosaphat saide to the men of Iudah. And our Sauiour Christ when hee [Page 201] was vpon the crosse, and felt the whole burden of the terrible wrath of God vpon him, cried, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? And it appea­reth in the Epistle to the Hebrewes, Hebr. 5.7. that Christ was heard in that he feared: whereby we are giuen to vnderstand, that they shall neuer be vtterly forsaken that take God for their God. And King Dauid hauing experience of this, Psal. [...]. vseth most excellent speeches for this ende, to shewe that the ground of his comfort was, that God was his God. And it is saide that Daniel had no man­ner of hurt in the Lyons denne; Dan. 6.2 [...]. because he trusted in the Lord his God. And contrariwise, such as distrust God are subiect to all miseries and iudgements. Psal. 78.21,2 [...]. The Israelites in the wildernesse beleeued not God, and trusted not in his helpe, therefore God was angrie, and his fire was kindled in Iacob, and wrath came vpon Israel.

God, the Father Almightie.] Some haue thought that these words are to be coupled to the former without distinction, as if the title of God had beene proper to the first person the Father, and not common to the rest [...] and thus haue some heretickes thought. But in deede there must a pause or distinction be made, that the name or title of God may bee set in the fore-front, as common to all the three persons following. For that is the very intent of the order of this Creede, to teach vs to beleeue in one God, who is distinct into three subsistances or persons called the Father, the Sonne, and the holy Ghost. And here offers it selfe to bee considered euen one of the greatest mysteries of our religion: namely, that God is the Father, the Sonne, and the holy Ghost: and againe, that the Father, the Sonne, and the holy Ghost are one and the same God. Some at the first may possibly say, that this cannot stande, because it is against all reason that one should bee three, or three one. The aunswere is, that indeede if one and the same respect bee kept it is not possible, but in diuers considerations and respects it may. And thus the Father, the Sonne, and the holy Ghost are three, namely in person; and againe, they three are one, not in person but in nature. By na­ture is meant, a thing subsisting by it selfe, that is common to many: as the substance of man consisting of bodie and soule common to all men, which wee call the humanitie of a man, is the nature of man. By person is meant, a thing or essence subsisting by it selfe, not common to many, but incommu­nicable: as among men, these particulars, Peter, Iohn, Paul, are called per­sons. And so in the mysterie of the Trinitie, the diuine nature is the godhead it selfe simply and absolutely considered; and a person is that which subsi­steth in this Godhead, as the Father, the Sonne, and the holy Ghost. Or a­gaine, a person is one and the same godhead not absolutely considered, but in relation, and as it were, restrained by personall or caracteristicall proprieties: as the godhead or God begetting is the Father. God againe considered not simply but so farre foorth as hee is begotten is the Sonne; and God procee­ding of the Father and the Sonne, the holy Ghost. And if any man would conceiue in minde rightly the diuine nature, hee must conceiue God or the godhead absolutely; if any of the persons, then hee must con­ceiue the same godhead relatiuely with personall proprieties. Thus the godhead considered with the proprietie of fatherhoode or begetting is [Page 202] the father: and conceiuing the same godhead with the proprietie of generati­on, we conceiue the Sonne, and the godhead with the proprietie of procee­ding, we conceiue the holy Ghost. Neither must it seeme straunge to any that we vse the names of nature and person, to set forth this mysterie by: for they haue beene taken vp by common consent in the primitiue Church, and that vpon weightie consideration to manifest the trueth, and to stop the mouthes of hereticks: and they are not vsed against the proper sense of the scriptures, nay they are therein Hebr. 1.3. Gal. 4.8. contained. Thus wee see howe it comes to passe that the three things signified by these names, Father, Sonne, holy Ghost, are ech of them one and the same God. And this mysterie may well be conceiued by a comparison borrowed from light. The light of the sunne, the light of the moone, and the light of the aire for nature and substance are one and the same light: and yet they are three distinct lights. The light of the sunne beeing of it selfe and from none, the light of the moone from the sunne, and the light of the aire from them both. So the diuine nature is one, & the persons are three, subsisting after a diuers manner in one and the same nature.

And for the further clearing of this point, we must yet further marke and remember two things: namely, the vnion and the distinction of the persons. The vnion is, whereby three persons are one not simply, but one in nature, that is, coessentiall or cōsubstantiall; hauing all one godhead. For the Father is God, the sonne is god, and the holy ghost is god: now there are not three di­stinct Gods, but one God, because there is one God and no more in nature; considering that the thing which is infinite is but one and is not subiect to multiplication: and the Father is this one God, as also the Sonne and the holy Ghost. And as these three persons are one in nature, so whatsoeuer agrees to God simply considered, agrees to them all three. They are all coequal and co­eternall: all most wise, iust, mercifull, omnipotent, by one and the same wis­dome, iustice, mercie, power. And because they haue all one godhead, there­fore they are not onely one with another, but also ech in other, the Father, in the Sonne, and the Sonne in the Father, and the holy Ghost in them both. And we must not imagine that these three are one God, as though the Father had one part of the Godhead, the Sonne another part, and the holy Ghost a third. For that is most false, because the infinite and the most simple godhead is not subiect to composition or diuision: but euery person is whole god, sub­sisting not in a part, but in the whole godhead: and the whole entire godhead is communicate [...] from the father to the sonne [...] & from both father and sonne to the holy Ghost. But some may yet say, that this doctrine seemes to bee im­possible; because three creatures, as for example, Peter, Paul, Timothy beeing three persons and so remaining, cannot haue one and the same nature, that is, the same body & the same soule. Answ. Three or moe men may haue the same nature Specie.in kind, but the truth is, they cannot possibly haue a nature which shal be one and the same Numero.in number, in them all three. For a man is a substance created and finite, and the bodies of men are quantities, and therefore diuisi­ble and separable one from another. Hereupon it comes, that the persons of men are not only distinguished by proprieties, but also diuided and sundered one from another. And though Peter, Paul, Timothy haue all one common [Page 203] and vniuersall forme, yet they three are not one man, but three men. Nowe it is otherwise with the diuine nature or godhead which is vncreated and infi­nite, and therefore admits neither composition nor diuision, but a distinction without any seperatiō: so as the three persons subsisting in it, shal not be three gods but one and the same God.

Yet further some wil obiect, that it is truely said of the father, that he is god, but the same godhead is not in the sonne, nor in the holy ghost; for the sonne and the holy ghost haue their beginning from the father. Ans. The sonne and the holy ghost haue not a beginning of their nature or of their godhead from the Father, but of their person onely: the person of the Sonne is from the Fa­ther; and the person of the holy ghost is both from the father and from the Sonne: but the godhead of all three persons is vncreate and vnbegotten, and proceeding from none. Yet some may say, both the sonne and the holy ghost haue receiued from the Father al their attributes, as wisdome, knowledge, po­wer, &c. Nowe he that receiueth any thing from another, is in that respect in­feriour to him that giueth it: and therefore the Sonne and the holy Ghost are not God as he is. Ans. We must knowe, that, which the Sonne receiueth of the Father, he receiueth it by nature, and not by grace: and he receiueth not a part but all that the father hath, sauing the perso [...]all proprietie. And the holy ghost receiueth from the Father and the Sonne by nature, and not by grace: and therefore though both the sonne and the holy Ghost receiue from the Father, yet they are not inferiour to him, but equall with him. And thus much is both necessary and profitable to be learned of the vnion betweene the three persons in Trinitie, whereby they beeing three haue all one and the same godhead.

The second point to be considered is, that that though these three haue but one godhead, and all make but one God: yet they are distinguished one from another: for the father is the father, and not the sonne, or the holy Ghost: the sonne is the sonne, and not the father, nor the holy Ghost: and the holy ghost is the holy ghost, not the father nor the sonne. This distinction of the persons is notably set forth vnto vs in the baptisme of our Sauiour Christ: where it is said, that vvhen Iesus was baptized, he came out of the water: Math. 3. 16,17. there is the second person: and the holy Ghost descended vpon him in the forme of a doue; there is the third person: and the father the first person pronounced from heauen, that he was his onely beloued sonne in whome he was well pleased. And wee must conceiue this distinction in such manner as though these three, Father, Sonne, and holy Ghost were three names of one God. For the three persons doe not in name or word, but really in trueth distinctly subsist in the same di­uine nature. Neither must we imagine that the three persons are three formes or differences of one God, as some hereticks haue dreamed, who taught that the father alone is God, and that he is called a father in one respect, the sonne in another, and the holy Ghost in a third. For this were nothing els but to make the personall proprieties to be nothing but imaginarie accidents, which indeede, or at the least in mans conceit, might come and goe, and be either in the persons or forth of them. For the personall r [...]lations though in [...] minde they may be distinguished from the diuine essence, yet [...]. indeede they are one [Page 204] with it. But some will say, if they make this distinction, there is rather a qua­ternitie then a trinitie: for the godhead is one, the father an other, the sonne a third, and the holy Ghost a fourth. Thus some heretikes haue obiected a­gainst the distinction of the trinitie: but it is vntrue which they say. For the godhead must not be seuered from the Father, nor from the Sonne, nor from the holy Ghost: for the father is God or the whole godhead, so also is the sonne and the holy Ghost: and the godhead likewise is in euery one of these three persons, and euery one of them subsisting in the godhead, and the godhead must be conceiued to be in them all, and not as a fourth thing out of them. And therefore we must still m [...]intaine, that these three persons are distinguished and not deuided, as three men are deuided in beeing and sub­stance: for this diuision can not be in them; because all three haue one dr [...]ine nature and one godhead. This is the mysterie of all mysteries to be receiued of vs all, namely, the trinitie of the persons in the vnitie of the godhead. This forme of doctrine must be retained and holden for these causes: I. because by it we are able to distinguish this true God from all false gods and idols. II. because among all other points of religion this is one of the chiefest, beeing the very foundation thereof. For it is not sufficient for vs to know God as we can conceiue of him in our owne imagination: but we must know him as he hath reuealed himselfe in his word. And it is not sufficient to saluation to beleeue in God confusedly, but we must beleeue in one God distinct into three persons, the Father, the Sonne, the holy Ghost: yea and more then this, we must hold and beleeue that God the father is our father, the Sonne our re­deemer, the holy Ghost our sanctifier and comforter. Well then, if we must in this manner beleeue in God, then we must also know him: for we can haue no faith in the thing which is vtterly vnknowne. Wherefore if we would beleeue in the father, sonne, or holy Ghost, we must know them in part, Ioh. 17. This is life eternall to know thee the onely God, and whome thou hast sent Iesus Christ. Ioh. 14. 17. The world can not receiue the spirit of truth because it hath neither seene him nor knowne him. 1. Ioh. 2.23. Whosoeuer denieth the sonne hath not the father. Thirdly, this doctrine directs vs in worshipping God aright: for vni­tie in trinitie, and trinitie in vnitie is to be worshipped: one God must be worshipped in the Father, in the Sonne, and in the holy Ghost: and if wee worship God the father without the Sonne and the holy Ghost: or if we wor­ship the Sonne without the father and the holy Ghost: and the holy Ghost without the father and the Sonne, we worship nothing but an Idol. Againe, if we worship the three persons not as one God, but as three Gods, then like­wise we make three Idols.

Note further, that of all the three persons, the first person the Father is set in the first place, and described to vs by three things: I. by his title that hee is a Father. II. by his attribute that he is Almightie. III. by his effect, that he is maker of heauen and earth: of these in order as they lie in the Creed. And first of the title [ Father.] It may seeme that he hath some preroga­tiue ouer the Sonne and the holy Ghost, because he is set before them: but wee must knowe, that hee is set before them neither in regard of time [...] nor of dignitie, for therein all three are equall; but in regard of order onely. [Page 205] The Father is the first, the Sonne the second, and the holy Ghost the third: as may appeare by this similitude. If three Emperours equall in dig­nitie should meete all in one place, beeing equall also in power and ma­iestie, if all three should sit downe, though one be no better then an other; yet one of them must needes sit downe the first, and an other in the second place, and then the third: but yet we cannot say, that he which sate downe first is the chiefest. And so it is in the Trinitie, though none be greater or aboue another; yet the Father is in the first place, not because he is be­fore the Sonne, or the holy Ghost in dignitie or honour, but because he is the fountaine of the Deitie, the Sonne beeing from him, and the holy Ghost from them both.

Now let vs come to the title of the first person. The meaning The name Father in Scrip­tures is ascribed either to God taken indefinitely, and so by consequent to all the three persons in Trinitie: or particularly to the first person alone. For the first, God is a father properly and principally, according to the saying of Christ, Math. 23.9. Call no man father vpon earth, for there is but one your father which is in heauen: that is, principally: whereas earthly parents, whome we are com­maunded to worship and honour are but certaine images or resemblances of our heauenly Father, hauing this blessing that they are fathers, from him. And hereupon this title agrees to men, not simply, but so farre forth as God ho­noureth them with fatherhoode in calling them to be fathers, whereas God himselfe receiues this honour from none. God is tearmed a Father in re­spect both of nature and grace. He is a father in regarde of nature [...] because he created and gouerneth all things. In this regard he is called the Heb. 12.9. father of spirits, and Luk. 3.38. Adam is called the Sonne of God. He is a father in respect of grace, because we are regenerate by him, and accepted to be his sonn [...]s by adoption thorough the merite of Christ. And in this respect the second person as well as the first is called Esa. 9.6. a Father, and saide to haue an offspring Esa. 53.10. or seede and Esa. 8.18. children. But when the name of Father is giuen to the first person, it is done vpon a speciall consideration, because he is a father by nature to the fe [...] [...]erson begetting him of his owne substance before all worldes. By th [...] [...] [...]peares, that out of the title of the first person, we may fetch a [...]cription thereof on this manner. The Father is the first per­son in Trinitie, begetting the sonne. Nowe to beget is the personall pro­prietie whereby he is distinguished from the other two. If it be saide that creatures doe beget, and that therefore to beget is not proper to the father: the answer is, that in this point there are many differences betweene God the father and all creatures. First the father begets the sonne before all eter­nitie: and therefore God the father begetting, and the sonne begotten are e­quall in t [...]me: whereas in earthly generation the father is before the sonne in time. Secondly, God the father begets his Sonne by communicating to him his whole essence or godhead, which can not be in earthly parents vnlesse they should be abolished and come to nothing. Whereas neuerthelesse, God the Father giuing his whole nature to his sonne, retaines the same still, because it is infinite. Thirdly, the father begets the sonne in himselfe and not forth of himselfe: but in earthly generation the father begetting is forth of [Page 206] the child, and the child forth of the father. And that must not trouble vs which heretiques alleadge against this doctrine, namely, that if the father who is of one nature with the sonne, did beget the sonne, then he did beget himselfe: for the godhead of the father doth not beget either the godhead or the person of the sonne: but the person of the father begets the person of the sonne, both which in one godhead are really distinct.

Thus we see what the Father is. Now to beleeue in the father, is to be per­swaded, that the first person in Trinitie, is the father of Christ, and in him my father particularly, Ier. 3.4,19. Matth. 6.4. & that for this cause I intend and desire for euer to put my tru [...]t in him.

The duties which we may learne hence are manifold. And here we haue occasion offered first of all to consider who is our father by nature. I shall say to corruption (saith Iob) thou art my father: and to the worme, thou art my mother: Iob 17.14. seeing God vouchsafeth this great prerogatiue to them that loue him, that he will be their father: therefore Iob in consideration hereof would haue euery man to haue recourse to his owne naturall condition, to see who is his father by nature [...] Iob saith, corruption is his father: but if we marke well the conditi­on of our nature, we shall further see euery man to be the childe of wrath, and that Sathan is his father: for so long as a man walkes in his sinnes (which euery man doth by nature) so long doth he shewe himselfe to be the liuely childe of the deuill. And thus Christ reasoneth against the Scribes and Pharises. Ye are of your father the deuill, and the lusts of your father ye will doe. Ioh. 8.44. And true it is, that no child is so like his father that begat him, as euery man by nature is like the deuill: and the whole tenour and course of his naturall life without grace is a liuely resemblance of the disposition of Satan. Secondly, euery one that be­leeues God to be a Father, and in Christ his father, must as a good child be o­bedient to his fathers will. So Salomon saith, Prov. 10.1. A wise sonne maketh a glad father. How? by doing his will: and therefore when one told our Sauiour Christ that his mother and brethren stoode without, desiring to speake with him, he said, Math. 12.50. Whosoeuer shall doe my fathers will which is in heauen, the same is my father, my sister, and mother: where we may note, that he that will haue God the father to be his father, and Christ Iesus his brother, must doe the wil of God the father. And hence God saith, Mal. 1.6. If I be a master, where is my feare? if I be a father, where is my honour? Where is plainely taught this second dutie; that if God be our fa­ther, then as good children we must shew obedience vnto him: but if we diso­bey him, then we must know, that that former saying of Christ will be verefi­ed vpon vs: that because men doe the lusts of the deuill, therefore they are the children of the deuill. But least this fearefull sentence be verefied of vs, it is the dutie of euery man that maketh this confession, that he beleeues God to be his father, first to labour to know Gods will; and secondly, to performe con­tinuall obedience vnto the same: like vnto a good child that would fain please his father, and therefore is alwaies readie to doe the best he can. And without doubt that man which vnfainedly takes God for his father, is then most grie­ued, when as by any sinne he displeaseth him, and no other crosse or calami­tie is so grieuous vnto him. The greatest griefe that the prodigall sonne vpon his repentance had, was that he had offended his father by sinning against [Page 207] heauen, and against him: the same also must be our griefe: and all our care must be set on this, to consider how we may be obedient children to this our louing father. Thirdly, that man that beleeues God to be his father, must imi­tate and follow him: for it is the will of God that his children should be like vnto himselfe. Now we follow God especially in two things. I. In doing good to them that persecute vs: so saith our Sauiour Christ, Math. 5.45. Pray for them that hurt you, that you may be the children of you, father which is in heauen: for he maketh the sunne to rise on the euill and on the good, and sendeth raine on the iust and vniust. II. Our heauenly father is mercifull: Psal. 68.5. for he is a father of the father­lesse: and therefore he that will be a sonne of this father, must be mercifull to his poore brethren, as Iob saith of himselfe, Iob 29.1 [...], [...]6. I was the eyes to the blinde, and I was the feete vnto the lame: I was a father vnto the poore. Fourthly, seeing we beleeue god to be our father, we are hereby taught to vse moderate care for the things of this life: for if a man know himselfe to be the childe of God, then he also knowes that God will prouide for him, as we know in a familie the father prouideth for all. Now God is a father, and his Church is his familie: there­fore if thou wilt be a member of Gods Church, and a child of God, thou must cast thy care on God, and follow the counsell of Christ. Be not too carefull for your life what ye shall eate, or what ye shall drinke. And marke his reason drawne from the point which we haue in hand. Math. 6.26. The fowles of the heauen (saith he) they neither sow nor reape, nor carrie into barnes: and yet your heauenly father feedeth them: are ye not much better then they. But alas, the practise of the world is con­trarie: for men haue no care for the knowledge of Gods word, nor the means of their saluation: all their mindes are set on the things of this life, when as Christ saith, First seeke the kingdome of heauen, and the righteousnes thereof, and all these things shall be ministred vnto you. If you should see a yong man prouide for himselfe, and no man else for him, we would presently say, surely his father is dead: euen so, when a mans care is set wholly both day and night for the things of this life, it argues that God hath either cast him off, or else that he takes him for no father of his. Fifthly, if God be our father, then we must learne to beare any crosse patiently that he shall lay vpon vs, either in bodie or in minde, and alwaies looke for deliuerance from him: for whome the Lord loueth, them he chastiseth: and if ye endure chastising (saith the Apostle) God offereth himselfe vnto you as vnto children: Heb.12 [...] which may appeare more plainly by this compari­son. If two children should fight, and a man comming by, should part them, and after beate the one, and let the other goe free: euery man that seeth this will say, that that child which he beates is his owne sonne. Euen so, when God chastiseth vs, he sheweth himselfe vnto vs as a father, if we submit our selues. Now if our earthly fathers corrected vs and we gaue them reuerence, taking it patiently: should we not much rather be in subiection to the father of spi­rits that we may liue. Therefore the conclusion is this: if we displease God, be ye sure, he will correct vs; and when his hand is vpon vs we must not mur­mure against him, but beare it with a milde spirit: and furthermore when we are vnder the crosse, we must alwaies looke for deliuerance from this our fa­ther onely. If a sonne when he is beaten should flee to his fathers enemies for helpe and counsell; it would argue that he were but a gracelesse childe. Sun­drie [Page 208] and diuers calamities and crosses befall men in this life, which they can not brooke: and therefore it is a common practise of many among vs in th [...]se daies, when Gods hand is vpon them, to goe for helpe to the deuill; they seeke for counsell at witches and wise men (as I haue said) but let them looke vnto it, for that is the right way to double their miserie, and to shew themselues lewde children. Lastly, if we confesse and beleeue God to be the father of Christ, and in him our father also; then in regard of our conuersation, we must not frame our selues like vnto the worlde: but the course of our liues must be in righteousnesse and true holinesse. 2. Cor. 6.18. Paul exhorteth the Corinthians to sepa­rate themselues from Idolaters, alledging the place out of the old Testament, where the Lord biddeth the Israelites to come out from Idolaters, and to touch no vncleane thing: Isa. 52.11. and the reason followeth out of Ieremie, that if they doe so, Ier. 3 [...].1. then God will be their father, and they shall be his children, euen his sonnes and daughters: which reason Paul vrgeth in the next chapter to this effect: 2. Cor. [...].1. consi­dering wee haue these promises, that therefore we should clense our selues from all filthinesse of the flesh and spirit, and growe vp vnto holinesse in the feare of the Lord: where, if we marke the place diligently, we shall finde this lesson, that euery man who takes God for his father, must not onely in this sinne of Idolatrie, but in all other sinnes separate himselfe, that men by his godly life may know whose child he is. But some will say, this exhortation is needlesse amongst vs, for we haue no cause to separate our selues from others, because all among vs are Christians, all beleeue in God and are baptized, and hope to be saued by Christ. Answer. In outward profession, I confesse, we car­rie the shew of Christians, but in deede and truth, by our liues and conuersa­tions, very many among vs denie Christ: for in euery place the common practise is, to spend the time in drunkennes and surfetting, in chambering and wantonnesse: yea, great is the companie of those that make a trade of it: take this lewd conuersation from many men, and take away their liues. And on the Lords day it may be seene both publikely and priuately, in houses and in the open streetes, there is such reuell, as though there were no God to serue. In the sixe daies of the weeke, many men walke very painefully in their cal­lings: but when the Lords day commeth, then euery man takes license to doe what he will: and because of the Princes lawes, men will come formally to the Church for fashions sake: but in the meane time how many doe nothing else but scorne, mocke, and deride, and as much as in them lyeth, disgrace both the word and the ministers thereof? so that the common saying is this: oh he is a precise fellow, he goes to heare Sermons, he is too holy for our companie. But it stands men in hand to take out a better lesson, which is, if we will haue God to be our father, we must shew our selues to be the children of God by repentance and newnesse of life: he can not be but a gracelesse child, that will lead a rebellious life flat against his fathers minde. Let vs then so behaue our selues, that we may honour our father which is in heauen, and not dishonour him in our liues and callings: rather let vs separate our selues from the filthi­nesse of the flesh, loathing those things which our father lotheth, and fleeing from those things which our father abhorreth.

And thus much for the duties. Now follow the consolations which arise [Page 209] from this point. But first we are to know that there are three sorts of men in the world. The first are such as will neither heare nor obey the word of God. The second sort are those which heare the word preached vnto them but they will not obey: both these sorts of men are not to looke for any comfort hence. Now there is a third sort of men, which as they heare Gods word; so they make conscience of obeying the same in their liues and callings: and these are they to whome the consolations that arise out of this place, doe rightly be­long, and must be applied.

First therefore, seeing God the father of Christ, and in him the father of all that obey and doe his will, is our father, here note the dignitie and prerogatiue of all true beleeuers: for they are sonnes and daughters of God, Ioh. 1.12, as saith Saint Iohn, So many as receiued him, to them he gaue a prerogatiue to be the sonnes of God: euen to them that beleeue in his name. This priuiledge will appeare the greater if we consider our first estate; for as Abraham saith, Gen. 18. [...]7. We are but dust and ashes, and in regard of the depriuation of our natures, we are the children of the deuill; therefore of such rebells to be made the sonnes of God, it is a wonderfull priuiledge and prerogatiue, and no dignitie like vnto it. And to inlarge it further, he that is the sonne of God, is the brother of Christ, and fel­low heire with him; and so heire apparant to the kingdome of heauen: and in this respect, is not inferiour to the very angels. This must be laide vp carefully in the hearts of Gods people, to confirme them in their conuersation among the companie of vngodly men in this world.

Secondly, if a man doe indeauour himselfe to walke according to Gods word, then the Lord of his mercie will beare with his wants: Mal. 3.17. Psal. 103.13 [...] for as a father spareth his owne sonne, so will God spare them that feare him. Now a father commandes his childe to write or to applie his booke: though all things here­in be not done according to his minde, yet if he finde a readinesse with a good indeauour, he is content, and falls to praise his childes writing or learning. So God giueth his commaundement, and though his seruants faile in obedi­ence; yet if the Lord see their heartie indeauour, and their vnfained willing­nesse to obey his will, though with sundrie wants, he hath made this promise and will performe it, that as a father spareth his sonne, so will he spare them. If a child be sicke, will the father cast him off? nay, if through the grieuousnes of his sicknesse he can not take the meate that is giuen him, or if he take it, and for faintnesse picke it vp againe, will the father of the childe thrust him out of doores? no: but he will rather pitie him. And so when a man doth indea­uour himselfe through the whole course of his life to keepe Gods comman­dements, God will not cast him away though through weakenesse he faile in sundrie things and displease God. This prerogatiue can none haue, but he that is the childe of God: as for others when they sinne, they doe nothing els but draw downe Gods iudgements vpon them, for their deeper condem­nation.

Thirdly hence we learne, that the childe of God can not wholly fall away frō Gods fauour, I doe not say, that he cannot fall at all: for he may fall away in part but he can not wholly. Indeed so oft as he sins, he depriues himself whol­ly of Gods fauour as much as in him lieth: yet god for his part still keepeth the [Page 210] minde and purpose of a father. Dauid loued his sonne Absolon wonderfully, but Absolon like a wicked sonne plaied a lewd pranck, & would haue thrust his father out of his kingdome: and Dauid although he was sore offended with Absolon, and shewed tokens of his wrath, yet in heart he loued him, and neuer purposed to cast him off. Herupon when he went against him, he com­māded the captains to intreat the yong man Absolon gently for his sake. And whē he was hāged by the haire of the head in pursuing his father, thē Dauid wept and cried, O my sonne Absolon, my sonne Absolon, would God I had died with thee, Absolon my sonne. 2. Sam. 18.5. And so it is with God our heauenly father, when his chil­dren sinne against him, and thereby loose his loue and fauour, and fall from grace, he forsakes them: but how farre? Surely he shewes signes of anger for their wickednes, and yet indeede his loue remaines towards them still: and this is a true conclusion, the grace of God in the adoption of the elect is vnchāge­able, and he that [...]s the child of God can neuer fall away wholly or finally. On the contrarie, Torren. conf. A [...]gust. that is a bad and comfortlesse opinion of the Church of Rome; which holdeth that a man may be iustified before God, and yet afterward by a mortall sinne, finally fall from grace and be condemned.

Fourthly, the childe of God that takes God the father for his father, may freely come into the presence of God, and haue libertie to pray vnto him. We know it is a great priuiledge to come into the chamber of presence before an earthly prince: and fewe can alwaies haue this prerogatiue though they be great men: yet the kings owne sonne may haue free entrance, and speake free­ly vnto the king himselfe, because he is his sonne. Now the children of God haue more prerogatiue then this: for they may come into the presence, not of an earthly king, but of Almightie God the King of kings, and as they are the sonnes of God in Christ, so in him they may freely speake vnto God their fa­ther by praier. And this ouerthrowes the doctrine of such as be of the Church of Rome, which teach and hold, that a man must come to speake to God by by praier through the intercession of Saints: for say they, the presence of God is so glorious, that we may not be so bold, as of our selues to speake vnto him; but needes must haue the intercession of others.

Lastly, God will prouide for all his Church and children all things neede­full both for their bodies and soules: so our Sauiour Christ bids his disciples take no thought what they should eate, or what they should drinke, or where­with they should be clothed, adding this reason, for your heauenly Father know­eth all your wants. And if we take thought, it must be moderate, and not di­strustfull: it is a part of the fathers dutie to prouide for his familie and chil­dren, and not the children for the father. Now shall an earthly father haue this care for his children: and shall not our heauenly father much more prouide for those that feare and loue him? Nay marke further, in Gods Church there be many hypocrites which receiue infinite benefits from God, by reason of his elect children with whome they liue: and we shall see this to be true, that the wicked man hath euer fared better for the godly mans cause. Sodome and Gomorrha receiued many benefits by reason of righteous Lot: and when the Lord was purposed to destroy Sodom, he was faine to pull Lot forth of the citie: Gen. [...]9 22. for the text saith the Angel of the Lord could not doe any thing till he was [Page 211] come out of it. So also in Pauls dangerous voyage towardes Rome, all the men in it fared better for Pauls company: for the Lord tolde Paul by an angel, that there should be no losse of any mans life, Act. 27.24. for the Lord had giuen to him all that sailed with him. And vndoubtedly if it were not for some fewe that feare God, he would powre downe his vengeance vpon many nations and kingdomes, there is such excesse of wickednesse in all sorts. Againe, if the Lord doe thus carefully prouide for his children all kinde of benefits; what a wonderful wic­kednesse is this, for men to get their liuing by vngodly meanes: as vsury, car­ding, dicing, and such like exercises. If a man were perswaded that God were his father, and would prouide sufficiently both for his bodie and soule; so that vsing lawfull meanes he should eue [...] haue enough: out of all doubt he would neuer after the fashion of the world vse vnlawefull and prophane meanes to get a liuing. But this prooueth, that howesoeuer such men say, God is their father, yet indeede they denie him.

And thus much of [...] ti [...]le, Father, the first thing whereby the first person is described. Nowe followeth the second point, namely his attribute of omni­potencie in the word almightie. And whereas the father is said to be almightie, it is not so to b [...] vnderstood as though the Sonne were not almightie, or the holy ghost no [...] [...]lmightie: for euery propertie and attribute (saue the personal properties) is c [...]mmō to all the three persons. For as God the father doth im­part his godhead vnto the sonne, and to the holy ghost, so doth he communi­cate the propriet [...]es of the godhead to them also.

God is omnipotent two waies: I. Because hee is able to doe whatsoeuer hee will. II. Because he is able to doe more then he will doe. For the first, that god is able to doe whatsoeuer he will, Dauid saith: Our God is in heauen, and he doth whatsoeuer he will: for there is nothing that can hinder God; but as he willeth, so euery thing is done. Secondly, that God can doe more then he willeth to be done, it is plaine where Iohn Baptist saith: Mat. 3.9. God is able of these stones to raise vp children vnto Abraham: for though God can doe thus much, yet he will not doe it. So likewise when Christ was betraied, the Father could haue giuē him more then 12. legions of angels to haue deliuered him out of their handes, but yet he would not: & the like may be said of many other things. The father is & was able to haue created another world, yea a thousand worldes; but he would not, nor will not. And likewise Christ being vpon the crosse, was able at their bidding to haue come downe, and saued himselfe from death; but he would not: and therefore this is true, the Lord can doe any thing that he willeth to bee done actually, yea and more then he will. But some will say, God can not doe some things which man can doe, as God cannot lie, nor denie himselfe: Tit. 12. 2. Tim. 2.13. and therefore he is not omnipotent. Answere. Although some haue thought that God coulde doe euen these things, and that he did them not, because hee would not: yet wee must knowe and beleeue that God can neither lie, nor de­nie himselfe: indeede man can doe both, but these and many other such things if God could doe them, hee could not bee God. God indeede can doe all things which shewe foorth his glory and maiestie: but such things as are a­gainst his nature, he cannot doe [...] as for example: God can not sinne, and there­fore cannot li [...]: and because he cannot doe these things, for this very cause he [Page 212] is omnipotent: for these and such like, are workes of impotencie: which if god could doe, he should euen by his owne word be iudged impotent. Secondly, he cannot doe that which implies contradiction: as when a thing is, to make it at the same time to be, and not to be: as when the Sunne doth shine, to make it at the same instant to shine and not to shine. And therefore false is the doct­rine of the church, which in their transubstātiation make the bodie of Christ, (whose essentiall propertie is to bee onely in one place at once) to be circum­scribed, and not to be circumscribed: to be in one place, and not to be in one place.

And thus much for the meaning. Nowe follow the duties whereunto wee are mooued by this doctrine, of Gods omnipotencie.

First, whereas God the father is said to be almightie, we are taught true hu­miliation: [...]. P [...]t. 5.6. Humble your selues vnder the mightie hand of God, saith Peter: where he giueth an exhortation to humilitie, and alleadgeth the cause, because God is almightie. To make this more plaine. Euery one of vs was borne in sinne, & by nature we are most wretched in our selues: now what an one is God? Sure­ly he is able to doe whatsoeuer he will, yea and more then he will, and is able to destroy such as rebell against him euery moment. Therefore our dutie is, to cast downe our selues for our sinnes in his presence. This true humiliation was that which our Sauiour Christ would haue brought the younge man in the Gospell vnto, when hee bade him goe sell all that he had and giue to the poore. Therefore whosoeuer thou art, take heed thou must: for if thou runne on in thy wickednesse, and still rebell against God, it is a thousand to one at length he will destroy thee. For he is an almightie God, and able to doe what­soeuer hee will: his hand is mightie, it boots not a man to striue with him: for hee was neuer yet ouermastered, and for this cause wee must needs [...]ast down our selues vnder his hand. It is a fearefull thing (saith the holy Ghost) to fall into the hands of the liuing God: Heb. 10.32. therefore if wee would e [...]cape his heauie and terri­ble displeasure, the best way for vs is, to abase our selues, and be ashamed to followe our sinnes. Christ biddeth vs not to feare him that is able to kill the body, and can goe no further: but wee must feare him that is able to cast both bo­die and soule into hell fire. Ma [...]. 10.28. Example of this we haue in Dauid, who when he was persecuted by his owne sonne Absolon, he said vnto the Lord, If he thus say, I haue no delight in thee, behold here I am, let him doe to me as seemeth good in his eies. 2. Sam. 15.26. But some will say, I will liue a little longer in my sinnes, in lying, pride, Sabbath breaking, in swearing, dicing, gaming, and wantonnesse: for God is mercifull, and in my old age I will repent. Ans. Well, soothe not thy selfe: but marke, vsually when God holds backe his hand for a season, he doth as it were fetch a more mightie blowe, for the greater confusion of a rebellious sinner; therefore humble, submit, and cast downe thy selfe before God, and doe not striue against him: his hand is mightie, and will ouerthrow thee. Though thou hadst all learning, wisdome, might, riches, &c. yet (as Christ said to the younge man) one thing is wanting, that thou shouldest bee humbled; and vntill thou bee humbled, nothing is to bee looked for but Gods iudge­ment for sinne,

Secondly seeing God is almightie; we must tremble and feare at all his iudge­ments, [Page 213] we must stand in awe, quake, and quiuer at them, as the poore childe doth, when he seeth his father come with the rod. Example of this we haue of­ten in Gods word; as when the sonnes of Aaron offered straunge fire before the Lord, he sent fire from heauen, and burned them vp. And though Aaron was very sorry for his sonnes: yet when Moses told him, that the Lord would be glorified in all that came neere him, then the text saith, Aaron helde his peace. Lev. 10. [...]. So also we read that the Apostles reprooued Peter, for preaching vnto the Gen­tiles: but when Peter had expounded the things in order which he had seene, then they held their peace, and glorified God. Act. 11.18. As also Dauid saith: I held my tongue O Lord, because thou didst it. Isaiah saieth, Psal. 19.10. Isai. 50. In hope & silence is true fortitude. If a man be in trouble he must hope for deliuerance, and be quiet and patient at Gods iudgements. But the practise of the world is flat contrarie. For men are so farre from trembling at them, that they vse to pray to god that plagues, cur­ses, and vengeance may light vpon them, and vpon their seruants and childrē. Nowe the Lord being a mighty God, often doth answerably bring his iudge­ments vpon them. Againe, many caried with impatiencie wish themselues hanged or drowned: which euils they thinke shal neuer befall them: yet at the length God doth in his iustice bring such punishments vpon them according as they wished. And (which is more) in all ages there haue bene some which haue scorned and mocked at Gods iudgements. Hereof we had not far hence a most fearefull example. One beeing with his companion in a house drink­ing on the Lords day, when he was readie to depart thence, there was great lightening and thunder: whereupon his fellow requested him to stay, but the man mocking and iesting at the thunder and lightning, said (as report was) it was nothing but a knaue cooper knocking on his tubbes, Anno 1592. in Cambridge shiere. come what woulde, hee would goe; and so went on his iourney: but before hee came halfe a mile from the house, the same hand of the Lord which before he had mocked, in a crack of thunder stroke him about the girdlestead, that he fell downe starke deade. Which example is worthy our remembrance, to put vs in mind of Gods hea­uy wrath against those which scorne his iudgements: for our dutie is to trem­ble and feare: and it were greatly to be wished, that wee coulde with open eye beholde the terriblenesse and fearefulnesse of Gods iudgements: it would make a man to quake and to leaue off sinne. If a man passe by some high and daungerous place in the night when hee cannot see, hee is not affraide; but if yee bring him backe againe in the day, and let him see what a steepe and dangerous way hee came, hee will not be perswa­ded to passe the same way againe for any thing: so it is in sinning: for men li­uing in ignorance and blindenesse, practise any wickednesse, and doe not care for Gods iudgements: but when God of his goodnesse bringeth them backe, and openeth their eies to see the downfall to the pit of hell, and the iudgements of God due to their sinnes: then (they say) they will ne­uer sinne as they haue done, but become new men, and walke in the way to e­ternall life.

Thirdly, we are taught by the Apostle Paul, that if wee be to doe any duty to our brethren, as to releeue them, wee must doe it with chearfulnesse: for he laboureth to perswade the Corinthians to cheerefull liberalitie; and the rea­son [Page 214] of his perswasion is, because God is able to make all grace to abound towardes them. 1. Cor 9.7,8. Where also this dutie is taught vs, that seeing God is omnipotent, and therefore able to make vs abound, therefore wee must giue cheerefully to our poore brethren which want.

Fourthly, whereas there are many in euery place, which haue liued long in their sinnes, euen from their cradle; some in wantonnes, some in drunkennes, some in swearing, some in idlenesse, and such like: out of this place to all such there is a good lesson, namely that euery one of them doe nowe become new men, and repent of all their sinnes, for all their life past. For marke what Paul saith of the Iewes which are cutte off from Christ through vnbeleefe, and haue so continued in hardnesse of heart, and desperat malice against him, almost 16. hundreth yeares: Rom. 11. [...]3. If (saith he) they abide not still in vnbeleefe, they may bee grafted into their oliue againe: and his reason is this, because God is able to graft them in againe. Euen so though wee haue liued many yeares in sinne, (and sure it is a daungerous and fearefull case for a man to liue 20.30. or 40. yeares vnder the power of the diuell;) yet wee must knowe that if wee will nowe liue a newe life, forsake all our sinnes and turne to God, wee may be receiued to grace, and be made a branch of the true oliue, though we haue borne the fruits of the wilde oliue all our life long. But some will obiect, that they haue no hope of Gods fauour, because they haue beene so grie­uous sinners, and continued in them so long. Ans. But knowe it, whosoeuer thou art, God is able to graft thee in; and if thou repent, he will receiue thee to his loue and fauour. This must be obserued of all, but especially of such as are olde in yeares, and yet remaine ignorant without knowledge; they must turne to the Lord by repentance: otherwise, if they continue still profane and impenitent, they must knowe this, that their damnation comes post hast to meete them, and they to it.

And thus much for the duties. Nowe followe the consolations which Gods Church reape from this, that God the father is omnipotent. First, the wonder­full power of God serueth to strengthen vs in praier vnto God; for hee that will pray truely, must onely pray for those things for which he hath warrant in Gods word: all our prayers must bee made in faith, and for a man to praie in faith, it is hard: therefore a speciall meanes to strengthen vs herein, is the mightie power of God. This was the ground and stay of the leper whom our Sauiour Christ clensed: Mat. [...]. Lord (saith he) if thou wilt thou canst make me cleane. And in the Lords praier, when our Sauiour Christ hath taught vs to make sixe petitions; in the end he giueth vs a reason, or motiue to induce vs to stand vpon, and to waite for the benefits before craued, in these wordes: Thine is the kingdome, thine is the power, &c.

Secondly, hence wee learne this comfort, that all the gates of hell shall ne­uer bee able to preuaile against the least member of Christ. I doe not say they shall neuer be able to assault, or tempt them, for that may be: but they shal neuer ouercome them. How (will some say) may we be resolued of this? I aun­swer, By reason of faith: for if a Christian man do beleeue that God the father, and in Christ his father, is almightie, no enemie shall euer be able to preuaile against him. [...]. Ioh. [...]. [...]. So S. Iohn reasoneth: Litle children, ye are of God, & haue ouercome [Page 215] them, that is, all false teachers, because greater is he that is in you, that is, Christ Ie­sus by his holy spirit, who is God, and therefore almightie, then he that is in the world, that is, the spirit of satan: therefore you neede not to feare. So Dauid compareth himselfe to a silly sheepe, and saith: Though I should walke through the valley of the shadow of death, Psal. 23. that is, as it were in the mouth of the lyon, yet I will feare none euill: why so? because the Lord is with him: thy rodde (saith he) and thy staffe comfort me.

Thus much for the benefits. Now whereas it is said the first person is a Fa­ther, as also Almightie: ioyne these two togither, and hence will arise singular benefits and instructions. First, whereas we are taught to confesse, that the first person is a Father Almightie, we and euery man must learne to haue ex­perience in himselfe, of the mightie power of this almightie father. Why, will some say, that is nothing, for the deuill and all the damned soules feele the power of the Almightie? True indeede they feele the power of God, namely, as he is an almightie. Iudge condemning them; but they feele not the power of an almightie father: this is the point whereof we must indeauour to haue experience in our selues. Eph. 1.19. Paul prayeth that the God of our Lord Iesus Christ the father of glorie, would giue vnto the Ephesians the spirit of wisedome, to see what is the exceeding greatnes of his power in them which beleeue, according to the wor­king of his mightie power which he wrought in Christ. Which place must be con­sidered: for here the Apostle would haue vs haue such a speciall manifestati­on of Gods power in our selues, like to that which he did once shew forth in Christ. But how did Christ see and finde the power of God as he was man [...] Answer. Diuers waies: I. On the crosse he died the first death; which is the separation of bodie and soule: and he suffered the sorrowes of the second death. For in his soule he bare the whole wrath of God, and all the pangs of hell, and after was buried and laide in the graue, where death triumphed ouer him for the space of three daies. Nowe in this extremitie God did shewe his power, in that he raised Christ from death to life. And looke as his power was manifested in Christ the head: so must it be manifested in all his mem­bers: for euery man hath his graue, which is naturall sinne and corruption, which we drawe from our first parents, and looke as a man lies dead in the graue, and can mooue neither hand nor foote: so euery man by nature lyeth dead in sinne. Now as God did shew his power in raising Christ from death: so euery one must labour to haue this knowledge and experience in himselfe of the mightie power of God, in raising him from the graue of sinne to new­nesse of life. For thus Paul makes a speciall request, that he might know Christ, and the vertue of his resurrection, Phil. 3.10. that is, that he might feele in himselfe that power whereby Christ was raised from death to life, to raise him also from the bondage of his sinnes to a newe life more and more. Furthermore, when Christ was vpon the crosse, and all the gates of hell were open against him, then did he vanquish Satan; he bruised the serpents head, and as Paul saith, Col. 2.15. he spoyled principalities and powers, and made a shew of them openly, and hath tri­umphed ouer them in the crosse: he ouercame the deuill and all his angels by the power of his almightie father, and by his owne power as he is God. And euen so must Christian men labour to finde the same power in themselues of this [Page 216] almightie father by which Christ did triumph ouer Satan: that by it they may tread him vnder their feete, which men can neuer doe by any power in them­selues. Againe, Christ praieth that that cup might passe from him: and yet hee saith: Luk. 22.42. Not my will, but thy will be fulfilled. For it was necessary that Christ should suffer. And this request was heard, not because he was freed from death, but because God his father Almightie gaue him power and strength in his man­hood to beare the brunt of his indignation. Nowe looke as this power was effectuall in Christ Iesus the head, to make him able and sufficient to beare the pangs of hell: so the same power of God, is in some measure effectuall in al the members of Christ, to make them both patient, & of sufficient strength to beare any affliction, as Saint Paul saith: Coloss. [...].11. beeing strengthened with all might through his glorious power vnto all patience and long suffering with ioifulnesse. And this is a notable point which euery one ought to learne: that whereas they confesse God to be their Almightie father, they should herewithall labour to feele and haue experience in themselues, that hee is almightie in the beginning and continuing of grace vnto them, and in giuing them power and patience to suffer afflictions. Eph. 1.20,21. Further, Christ Iesus when the worke of our redemption was accomplished, was lifted vp into heauen, and set at the right hand of God in heauenly places, farre aboue all principalities and powers, &c. euen by the power of his father: well, as this power was made manifest in the head: so must it bee in the members thereof. Euery childe of God shall hereafter see and feele in himselfe the same power, to translate him from this vale of mi­sery in this life, to the kingdome of heauen. Wherefore to conclude, we haue great cause to bee thankefull and to praise God for this priuiledge, that hee sheweth his power in his childrē in regenerating thē, in making them die vn­to sin, and to stand against the gates of hel, and to suffer afflictions patiently: as also that he translates them from death to life. And euery one should shew his thankefulnesse in labouring to haue experience of this power in himselfe, as Paul exhorteth vs in his Epistles to the Colossians and Ephesians: yea, read all his epistles, and we shal find he mentioneth no point so often as this, name­ly the mighty power of God, manifested first in Christ, and secondly in his members: Phil. 3.10 and he accounteth all things losse that he might knowe Christ, and the vertue of his resurrection. This point is the rather to be marked, because his po­wer in the matter of grace is not to be seene with eye; and fewe there be in re­spect that haue felt the vertue thereof in themselues: for the diuell doth migh­tily shewe his contrary power in the greatest part of the world, in carrying them to sinne and wickednesse.

Rom. 8.28.Secondly, hence we learne that which Paul teacheth, namely to knowe that all thinges worke togither for the best vnto them that loue God. God is almightie, and therefore able to doe whatsoeuer he will: he is also a father, and therefore is willing to doe that which is for our good. But some will say, we are subiect to many crosses, yea to sinne: what? can our sinnes turne to our good? Ans. If God almightie be thy father, he will turne thine afflictions, yea thy sinnes which by nature are euil, beyond all expectation vnto thy salua­tion. And thus much God will doe to all such as be obedient vnto him: yet no man must hereupon presume to sinne.

[Page 217]Thirdly, whereas we beleeue that God is a mightie father, it serues to con­firme gods children in the promises of mercy reuealed in his word. The chie­fest whereof is, that if men will turne from their sinnes, and beleeue in Christ, they shall not perish but haue life euerlasting. I knowe some men will make it an easie thing to beleeue, especially those which neuer knewe what faith meant. But such persons neede no meanes of confirmation of faith: therefore let all those which haue tasted of the hardnes of attaining vnto it, learne howe to establish their wauering hearts in the promises of God, by the considerati­on of these two points: God is a father, and therefore he is willing: he is also almightie, and therefore he is able to performe his promises. He that will bee truely resolued of Gods promises, must haue both these setled in his heart, and build on them as on two foundations.

It followeth, Creatour of heauen & earth] We haue spoken of the title of the first person, and of his attributes: nowe we come to speake of his effect, name­ly the creation: but before we come to it, we are to answer a certaine obiection which may be made. At the first it may seeme strange to some, that the worke of creation is ascribed to the first person in Trinitie the father: whereas in the Scripture it is common to them all three equally. And first that the father is Creatour, it was neuer doubted: as for the second person the Sonne, that hee is Creatour, it is euident: All things are made by it, Ioh. 1.3. that is, by the Sonne, who is the substantiall worde of the father, and without it was made nothing that was made. And againe it is saide, that God by his sonne made the worlde. Heb. 1.2. As for the holy Ghost, the worke of creation is also ascribed vnto him: and there­fore Moses saith, Gen. 1.2. The spirit mooued vpon the waters: and Iob saieth, His spirit hath garnished the heauens. Howe then is this peculiar to the father, beeing common to all the three persons in trinitie? I answer, The actions of God are twofold: either inward, or outward. The inwarde actions are those, which one person doth exercise towards another: as the father doth beget the sonne, and this is an inward action peculiar to the father: and all inward a­ctions are proper to the persons from whome they are. So the Sonne doth re­ceiue the Godhead by communication from the Father: and the holy Ghost from them both: and these are inward actions peculiar to these persons. So likewise, for the father to send his sonne, it is an inward action proper to the father and cannot be communicated to the holy ghost: and the sonne to bee sent by the father onely is a thing proper to the Sonne, and not common to the father, or to the holy Ghost. Now outward actions are the actions of the persons in the Trinitie to the creatures: as the worke of creation, the worke of preseruation, and of redemption. These and all such actions are common to al the three persons: the father createth, the sonne createth, and the holy Ghost createth: and so we may say of the works of gouernment, and of redempti­on, and of all outward actions of the persons to the creatures. But some againe may say, howe then can the worke of creation, beeing an outward action of God to the creature, be peculiar to the first person the father? I answere, the work of creatiō is not so proper to the first person the father, as that it cannot also be cōmon to the rest: for all the three persons ioyntly created all things of nothing; only they are distinguished in the maner of creating. For the father is [Page] the cause that beginneth the worke, the sonne puts it in execution, the holy ghost is the finisher of it. And againe, the father createth by the [...] cap. 16. [...] Colo [...]s. 1.16. [...]om. 11. [...]6. sonne; & by the holy ghost: the sonne createth by the holy ghost, and from the father: the holy ghost createth not by the father, nor by the sonne; but from the father & the sonne. And this is the reason why the worke of creation is ascribed here vnto the father, because he alone createth after a peculiar manner, namely by the sonne, and by the holy Ghost: but the Sonne and the holy Ghost create not by the father but from him.

Thus hauing answered the obiection, we come to speake of the creation it selfe. In handling whereof, we must withall treat of the Counsell of God, as bee­ing the cause therof, and of the Gouernment of the creatures, as being a work of God whereby he continunes the creation. And the order which I will ob­serue, is first to speake of the Counsell of God, and secondly of the exequution of his Counsell, which hath two speciall branches, the first the creation, the se­cond the preseruation or gouernment of things created.

The Counsell of God, is his eternall and vnchangeable decree, whereby he hath ordained all things either past, present, or to come, for his owne glo­rie. First I call it a decree, because God hath in it sette downe with himselfe and appointed as soueraigne Lord, what shall be, what shall not bee. I adde further, that all things whatsoeuer come vnder the compasse of this decree; as Paul saith, He worketh all things according to the counsell of his will. And our Sa­uiour Christ saith, that a sparrowe cannot fall on the ground without the hea­uenly father: Eph. 1.11. Math. 10.29. yea further, he tels his disciples, that the very haires of their heades are numbred, ver. 30. meaning that they are knowne and set downe in the counsell of God. And considering that God is King of heauen and earth; and that most wise, yea wisdome it selfe; and most mightie, yea might and power it selfe: it must needes bee that he hath determined how all things shall come to passe in his kingdome, with all their circumstances, time, place, causes, &c. in such par­ticular manner, that the very least thing that may bee, is not left vnappointed and vndisposed.

The counsell of God, hath two properties, eternitie, and vnchaungeablenes. It is eternall, because it was set downe by God from euerlasting before all times, as Paul saith, God hath chosen the Ephesians to saluation before all worldes. Eph. 1.4. 2. Tim. 1.9. And he saith of himselfe, that hee was called according to the purpose of God, which was before all worldes. Againe, the same counsell once set downe, is vnchangeable. Mal. 3.6. Iam. 1.17. God saith, I am Iehouah, and I chaunge not. With God (saith S. Iames) there is no variablenesse, nor shadowe of chaunge. Nowe such as God is, such is his decree or counsell. And beeing vnchangeable, his counsels also are vnchangeable.

Gods counsell hath two parts: his foreknoweledge, and his wil or pleasure. His foreknowledge, whereby he did foresee all thinges which were to come. His will, whereby in a generall manner he wills and ordaines whatsoeuer is to come to passe: and therefore such things as God altogither nilleth, cannot come to passe. Now these two-parts of the counsell of God must be ioyned together, and not seuered. Will without knowledge is impotent, and fore­knowledge without will is idle. And therefore such as holde that God doeth [Page 219] barely foresee sundrie things to come, no manner of way either willing or de­creeing the issue and euent of them, doe bring in little better then Atheisme. For if we say that any thing comes to passe either against Gods will, or God not knowing of it, or not regarding it, we shall make him either impotent or carelesse, and rase the very foundation of Gods prouidence.

And this decree of God must be conceiued of vs as the most generall cause of all things subsisting: being first in order hauing all other causes vnder it, and most principall, ouerruling all, ouerruled by none.

Thus wee see what is to be held touching Gods counsell: nowe for the bet­ter clearing of the trueth, three obiections of some difficultie are to be answe­red. First may some man say, if God decree and ordaine all things whatsoe­uer, then he decreeth and ordaineth sinne: but God decrees not sinne in as much as it is against his will: and therefore he decrees not all things. Ans. Wee vse not to say that God doth simply will or decree sinne, but onely in part, ad­ding withall these caueats: I. That God willeth and decreeth sinne, not pro­perly as it is sin, but as it hath in it sundry regards and respects of goodnes, so farforth as it is a punishment, or chastisement, or triall, or action, or Quatenus ha­bet rationem entis, non qua­tenus hab [...]t ra­tionem de [...] [...]us. hath any existence in nature. II. God can so vse euil instruments, that the work done by them beeing a sinne, shall neuerthelesse in him bee a good worke: because hee knowes howe to vse euill instruments well. If it be further alleadged, that God willeth no wickednesse, Psal. 5.5. we must knowe, that Gods will is two-folde, generall, and speciall. Generall, whereby God willeth and decreeth that a thing shall bee: and by this kinde of will he may be saide to will sinne; and that without sinne. For though he decree it thus, yet doth he not instill wic­kednesse into the heart of any sinner, and his decree is onely for a most excel­lent ende. For in regard of God which decreeth, it Bonum est vt f [...] malum. Aug. [...]uchir. ad Laur. c. 10 [...]. is good that there should be euill. To this purpose Augustine saith excellently, By an vnspeakeable man­ner it comes to passe, that that which is against Gods will, is not without his will. Voluntate permi [...]i [...]a vul [...] app oba [...] ­tiua non vuit.Nowe the speciall will of God is that whereby he willeth any thing in such manner, that he approoueth it, and delighteth in it. And thus indeede we can­not say without blasphemie, that god willeth sinne. Thus then we see in what manner and how farforth God may be said to decree sinne, that is, to will and appoint the permission of it.

Againe it may be obiected thus. If all things be determined by the vnchan­geable decree of God, then all things come to passe by an vnchangeable ne­cessitie: and men in their actions haue no freewill at all, or libertie in doing a­ny thing. Answer. This must be learned as a certaine rule, that the necessarie decree of God, doth not abolish the nature of the second causes, and impose necessitie vpon the will of man, but onely order and incline it without any constraint, to one part. As for example: when a people is gathered togither to heare gods word, there is none of them but they knowe that they come thi­ther by Gods prouidence (& In that respect necessarily) yet before they come, they had all freedome and libertie in themselues to come or not to come: and Gods eternall counsell did not hinder the libertie of our wills, in comming or not comming, nor take away the same: but onely incline and turne them to the choice of one part. An other example hereof we may haue in our Sauiour [Page 220] Christ, whose state